Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Ethernet Switch
CLI Reference
Firmware Version 1.00.xx
P/N 9034358-01
Notice
EnterasysNetworksreservestherighttomakechangesinspecificationsandotherinformationcontainedinthisdocumentand itswebsitewithoutpriornotice.ThereadershouldinallcasesconsultEnterasysNetworkstodeterminewhetheranysuch changeshavebeenmade. Thehardware,firmware,orsoftwaredescribedinthisdocumentissubjecttochangewithoutnotice. INNOEVENTSHALLENTERASYSNETWORKSBELIABLEFORANYINCIDENTAL,INDIRECT,SPECIAL,OR CONSEQUENTIALDAMAGESWHATSOEVER(INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITEDTOLOSTPROFITS)ARISINGOUTOF ORRELATEDTOTHISDOCUMENT,WEBSITE,ORTHEINFORMATIONCONTAINEDINTHEM,EVENIFENTERASYS NETWORKSHASBEENADVISEDOF,KNEWOF,ORSHOULDHAVEKNOWNOF,THEPOSSIBILITYOFSUCH DAMAGES. EnterasysNetworks,Inc. 50MinutemanRoad Andover,MA01810 2008EnterasysNetworks,Inc.Allrightsreserved. PartNumber: 903435801 March2008 ENTERASYS,ENTERASYSNETWORKS,ENTERASYSNETSIGHT,WEBVIEW,andanylogosassociatedtherewith,are trademarksorregisteredtrademarksofEnterasysNetworks,Inc.intheUnitedStatesandothercountries. Allotherproductnamesmentionedinthismanualmaybetrademarksorregisteredtrademarksoftheirrespectivecompanies. DocumentationURL:http://www.enterasys.com/support/manuals DocumentacionURL:http://www.enterasys.com/support/manuals DokumentationimInternet:http://www.enterasys.com/support/manuals
Version:
IftheProgramisexportedfromtheUnitedStatespursuanttotheLicenseExceptionTSRundertheU.S.Export AdministrationRegulations,inadditiontotherestrictionontransfersetforthinSection1or2ofthisAgreement,You agreenotto(i)reexportorreleasetheProgram,thesourcecodefortheProgramortechnologytoanationalofa countryinCountryGroupsD:1orE:2(Albania,Armenia,Azerbaijan,Belarus,Cambodia,Cuba,Georgia,Iraq, Kazakhstan,Laos,Libya,Macau,Moldova,Mongolia,NorthKorea,thePeoplesRepublicofChina,Russia,Tajikistan, Turkmenistan,Ukraine,Uzbekistan,Vietnam,orsuchothercountriesasmaybedesignatedbytheUnitedStates Government),(ii)exporttoCountryGroupsD:1orE:2(asdefinedherein)thedirectproductoftheProgramorthe technology,ifsuchforeignproduceddirectproductissubjecttonationalsecuritycontrolsasidentifiedontheU.S. CommerceControlList,or(iii)ifthedirectproductofthetechnologyisacompleteplantoranymajorcomponentofa plant,exporttoCountryGroupsD:1orE:2thedirectproductoftheplantoramajorcomponentthereof,ifsuch foreignproduceddirectproductissubjecttonationalsecuritycontrolsasidentifiedontheU.S.CommerceControl ListorissubjecttoStateDepartmentcontrolsundertheU.S.MunitionsList. 5. UNITEDSTATESGOVERNMENTRESTRICTEDRIGHTS. TheenclosedProgram(i)wasdevelopedsolelyat privateexpense;(ii)containsrestrictedcomputersoftwaresubmittedwithrestrictedrightsinaccordancewithsection 52.22719(a)through(d)oftheCommercialComputerSoftwareRestrictedRightsClauseanditssuccessors,and(iii)in allrespectsisproprietarydatabelongingtoEnterasysand/oritssuppliers.ForDepartmentofDefenseunits,the ProgramisconsideredcommercialcomputersoftwareinaccordancewithDFARSsection227.72023anditssuccessors, anduse,duplication,ordisclosurebytheU.S.Governmentissubjecttorestrictionssetforthherein. 6. DISCLAIMEROFWARRANTY. EXCEPTFORTHOSEWARRANTIESEXPRESSLYPROVIDEDTOYOUIN WRITINGBYENTERASYS,ENTERASYSDISCLAIMSALLWARRANTIES,EITHEREXPRESSORIMPLIED, INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITEDTOIMPLIEDWARRANTIESOFMERCHANTABILITY,SATISFACTORY QUALITY,FITNESSFORAPARTICULARPURPOSE,TITLEANDNONINFRINGEMENTWITHRESPECTTOTHE PROGRAM.IFIMPLIEDWARRANTIESMAYNOTBEDISCLAIMEDBYAPPLICABLELAW,THENANYIMPLIED WARRANTIESARELIMITEDINDURATIONTOTHIRTY(30)DAYSAFTERDELIVERYOFTHEPROGRAMTO YOU. 7. LIMITATIONOFLIABILITY. INNOEVENTSHALLENTERASYSORITSSUPPLIERSBELIABLEFORANY DAMAGESWHATSOEVER(INCLUDING,WITHOUTLIMITATION,DAMAGESFORLOSSOFBUSINESS, PROFITS,BUSINESSINTERRUPTION,LOSSOFBUSINESSINFORMATION,SPECIAL,INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,ORRELIANCEDAMAGES,OROTHERLOSS)ARISINGOUTOFTHEUSEORINABILITYTO USETHEPROGRAM,EVENIFENTERASYSHASBEENADVISEDOFTHEPOSSIBILITYOFSUCHDAMAGES. THISFOREGOINGLIMITATIONSHALLAPPLYREGARDLESSOFTHECAUSEOFACTIONUNDERWHICH DAMAGESARESOUGHT. THECUMULATIVELIABILITYOFENTERASYSTOYOUFORALLCLAIMSRELATINGTOTHEPROGRAM, INCONTRACT,TORTOROTHERWISE,SHALLNOTEXCEEDTHETOTALAMOUNTOFFEESPAIDTO ENTERASYSBYYOUFORTHERIGHTSGRANTEDHEREIN. 8. AUDITRIGHTS. YouherebyacknowledgethattheintellectualpropertyrightsassociatedwiththeProgramare ofcriticalvaluetoEnterasys,and,accordingly,Youherebyagreetomaintaincompletebooks,recordsandaccounts showing(i)licensefeesdueandpaid,and(ii)theuse,copyinganddeploymentoftheProgram.Youalsograntto Enterasysanditsauthorizedrepresentatives,uponreasonablenotice,therighttoauditandexamineduringYour normalbusinesshours,Yourbooks,records,accountsandhardwaredevicesuponwhichtheProgrammaybedeployed toverifycompliancewiththisAgreement,includingtheverificationofthelicensefeesdueandpaidEnterasysandthe use,copyinganddeploymentoftheProgram.Enterasysrightofexaminationshallbeexercisedreasonably,ingood faithandinamannercalculatedtonotunreasonablyinterferewithYourbusiness.Intheeventsuchauditdiscovers noncompliancewiththisAgreement,includingcopiesoftheProgrammade,usedordeployedinbreachofthis Agreement,YoushallpromptlypaytoEnterasystheappropriatelicensefees.Enterasysreservestheright,tobe exercisedinitssolediscretionandwithoutpriornotice,toterminatethislicense,effectiveimmediately,forfailureto complywiththisAgreement.Uponanysuchtermination,YoushallimmediatelyceasealluseoftheProgramandshall returntoEnterasystheProgramandallcopiesoftheProgram. 9. OWNERSHIP. Thisisalicenseagreementandnotanagreementforsale.Youacknowledgeandagreethatthe Programconstitutestradesecretsand/orcopyrightedmaterialofEnterasysand/oritssuppliers.Youagreeto implementreasonablesecuritymeasurestoprotectsuchtradesecretsandcopyrightedmaterial.Allright,titleand interestinandtotheProgramshallremainwithEnterasysand/oritssuppliers.Allrightsnotspecificallygrantedto YoushallbereservedtoEnterasys.
10. ENFORCEMENT. YouacknowledgeandagreethatanybreachofSections2,4,or9ofthisAgreementbyYoumay causeEnterasysirreparabledamageforwhichrecoveryofmoneydamageswouldbeinadequate,andthatEnterasys maybeentitledtoseektimelyinjunctiverelieftoprotectEnterasysrightsunderthisAgreementinadditiontoanyand allremediesavailableatlaw. 11. ASSIGNMENT. Youmaynotassign,transferorsublicensethisAgreementoranyofYourrightsorobligations underthisAgreement,exceptthatYoumayassignthisAgreementtoanypersonorentitywhichacquiressubstantially allofYourstockassets.EnterasysmayassignthisAgreementinitssolediscretion.ThisAgreementshallbebinding uponandinuretothebenefitoftheparties,theirlegalrepresentatives,permittedtransferees,successorsandassignsas permittedbythisAgreement.Anyattemptedassignment,transferorsublicenseinviolationofthetermsofthis AgreementshallbevoidandabreachofthisAgreement. 12. WAIVER. AwaiverbyEnterasysofabreachofanyofthetermsandconditionsofthisAgreementmustbein writingandwillnotbeconstruedasawaiverofanysubsequentbreachofsuchtermorcondition.Enterasysfailureto enforceatermuponYourbreachofsuchtermshallnotbeconstruedasawaiverofYourbreachorpreventenforcement onanyotheroccasion. 13. SEVERABILITY. IntheeventanyprovisionofthisAgreementisfoundtobeinvalid,illegalorunenforceable,the validity,legalityandenforceabilityofanyoftheremainingprovisionsshallnotinanywaybeaffectedorimpaired thereby,andthatprovisionshallbereformed,construedandenforcedtothemaximumextentpermissible.Anysuch invalidity,illegality,orunenforceabilityinanyjurisdictionshallnotinvalidateorrenderillegalorunenforceablesuch provisioninanyotherjurisdiction. 14. TERMINATION. EnterasysmayterminatethisAgreementimmediatelyuponYourbreachofanyoftheterms andconditionsofthisAgreement.Uponanysuchtermination,YoushallimmediatelyceasealluseoftheProgramand shallreturntoEnterasystheProgramandallcopiesoftheProgram.
Contents
About This Guide
Using This Guide ........................................................................................................................................... xxix Structure of This Guide .................................................................................................................................. xxix Related Documents ....................................................................................................................................... xxxi Conventions Used in This Guide ................................................................................................................... xxxi Getting Help .................................................................................................................................................. xxxii
Chapter 1: Introduction
G-Series CLI Overview ................................................................................................................................... 1-1 Switch Management Methods ........................................................................................................................ 1-1 Factory Default Settings ................................................................................................................................. 1-2 Using the Command Line Interface ................................................................................................................ 1-6 Starting a CLI Session ............................................................................................................................. 1-6 Logging In ................................................................................................................................................ 1-7 Navigating the Command Line Interface .................................................................................................. 1-8
show version..................................................................................................................................... 2-21 set system name .............................................................................................................................. 2-22 set system location ........................................................................................................................... 2-23 set system contact............................................................................................................................ 2-23 set width ........................................................................................................................................... 2-24 set length .......................................................................................................................................... 2-24 show logout ...................................................................................................................................... 2-25 set logout ......................................................................................................................................... 2-25 show console .................................................................................................................................... 2-26 set console baud .............................................................................................................................. 2-27 Activating Licensed Features ....................................................................................................................... 2-27 License Key Field Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 2-27 Clearing, Showing, and Moving Licenses .............................................................................................. 2-28 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 2-28 set license......................................................................................................................................... 2-28 show license ..................................................................................................................................... 2-29 clear license...................................................................................................................................... 2-29 Configuring System Power and Power over Ethernet (PoE) ........................................................................ 2-30 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 2-30 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 2-30 set system power.............................................................................................................................. 2-30 show inlinepower .............................................................................................................................. 2-31 set inlinepower threshold.................................................................................................................. 2-32 set inlinepower trap .......................................................................................................................... 2-33 show port inlinepower ....................................................................................................................... 2-33 set port inlinepower .......................................................................................................................... 2-34 Downloading a Firmware Image ................................................................................................................... 2-35 Downloading from a TFTP Server .......................................................................................................... 2-35 Downloading via the Serial Port ............................................................................................................. 2-35 Reverting to a Previous Image ............................................................................................................... 2-37 Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image ........................................................................................ 2-37 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 2-37 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 2-37 show boot system ............................................................................................................................. 2-37 set boot system ................................................................................................................................ 2-38 Starting and Configuring Telnet .................................................................................................................... 2-39 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 2-39 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 2-39 show telnet ....................................................................................................................................... 2-39 set telnet ........................................................................................................................................... 2-39 telnet................................................................................................................................................. 2-40 Managing Switch Configuration and Files .................................................................................................... 2-41 Configuration Persistence Mode ............................................................................................................ 2-41 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 2-41 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 2-41 show snmp persistmode ................................................................................................................... 2-42 set snmp persistmode ...................................................................................................................... 2-42 save config ....................................................................................................................................... 2-43 dir...................................................................................................................................................... 2-43 show file............................................................................................................................................ 2-44 show config....................................................................................................................................... 2-45 configure ........................................................................................................................................... 2-46 copy .................................................................................................................................................. 2-47 delete................................................................................................................................................ 2-47 show tftp settings.............................................................................................................................. 2-48 set tftp timeout .................................................................................................................................. 2-48
vi
clear tftp timeout ............................................................................................................................... 2-49 set tftp retry....................................................................................................................................... 2-49 clear tftp retry.................................................................................................................................... 2-50 Clearing and Closing the CLI ........................................................................................................................ 2-50 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 2-50 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 2-50 cls (clear screen) .............................................................................................................................. 2-51 exit .................................................................................................................................................... 2-51 Resetting the Switch ..................................................................................................................................... 2-52 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 2-52 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 2-52 reset.................................................................................................................................................. 2-52 clear config ....................................................................................................................................... 2-52 Using and Configuring WebView .................................................................................................................. 2-53 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 2-53 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 2-53 show webview .................................................................................................................................. 2-53 set webview ...................................................................................................................................... 2-54 show ssl............................................................................................................................................ 2-54 set ssl ............................................................................................................................................... 2-55
vii
set lldp hold-multiplier ....................................................................................................................... 3-22 set lldp trap-interval .......................................................................................................................... 3-23 set lldp med-fast-repeat .................................................................................................................... 3-23 set lldp port status ............................................................................................................................ 3-24 set lldp port trap................................................................................................................................ 3-24 set lldp port med-trap........................................................................................................................ 3-25 set lldp port location-info................................................................................................................... 3-25 set lldp port tx-tlv .............................................................................................................................. 3-26 clear lldp ........................................................................................................................................... 3-28 clear lldp port status ......................................................................................................................... 3-28 clear lldp port trap ............................................................................................................................. 3-29 clear lldp port med-trap..................................................................................................................... 3-29 clear lldp port location-info................................................................................................................ 3-30 clear lldp port tx-tlv ........................................................................................................................... 3-30
viii
Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 4-18 show flowcontrol ............................................................................................................................... 4-18 set flowcontrol................................................................................................................................... 4-19 Setting Port Link Traps and Link Flap Detection .......................................................................................... 4-19 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 4-19 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 4-19 show port trap................................................................................................................................... 4-20 set port trap ...................................................................................................................................... 4-20 show linkflap ..................................................................................................................................... 4-21 set linkflap globalstate ...................................................................................................................... 4-23 set linkflap portstate.......................................................................................................................... 4-24 set linkflap interval ............................................................................................................................ 4-24 set linkflap action .............................................................................................................................. 4-25 clear linkflap action ........................................................................................................................... 4-25 set linkflap threshold......................................................................................................................... 4-26 set linkflap downtime ........................................................................................................................ 4-26 clear linkflap down ............................................................................................................................ 4-27 clear linkflap...................................................................................................................................... 4-27 Configuring Broadcast Suppression ............................................................................................................. 4-28 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 4-28 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 4-28 show port broadcast ......................................................................................................................... 4-28 set port broadcast............................................................................................................................. 4-29 clear port broadcast.......................................................................................................................... 4-30 Port Mirroring ................................................................................................................................................ 4-30 Mirroring Features .................................................................................................................................. 4-31 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 4-31 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 4-31 show port mirroring........................................................................................................................... 4-31 set port mirroring .............................................................................................................................. 4-32 clear port mirroring ........................................................................................................................... 4-33 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) ................................................................................................... 4-33 LACP Operation ..................................................................................................................................... 4-34 LACP Terminology ................................................................................................................................. 4-34 G-Series Usage Considerations ............................................................................................................. 4-35 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 4-36 show lacp.......................................................................................................................................... 4-36 set lacp ............................................................................................................................................. 4-38 set lacp asyspri................................................................................................................................. 4-38 set lacp aadminkey........................................................................................................................... 4-39 clear lacp .......................................................................................................................................... 4-39 set lacp static.................................................................................................................................... 4-40 clear lacp static ................................................................................................................................. 4-41 set lacp singleportlag........................................................................................................................ 4-41 clear lacp singleportlag..................................................................................................................... 4-42 show port lacp .................................................................................................................................. 4-42 set port lacp ...................................................................................................................................... 4-44 clear port lacp ................................................................................................................................... 4-45 Configuring Protected Ports ......................................................................................................................... 4-47 Protected Port Operation ....................................................................................................................... 4-47 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 4-47 set port protected.............................................................................................................................. 4-47 show port protected .......................................................................................................................... 4-48 clear port protected........................................................................................................................... 4-48 set port protected name.................................................................................................................... 4-49 show port protected name ................................................................................................................ 4-49
ix
show newaddrtrap ............................................................................................................................ 5-29 set newaddrtrap................................................................................................................................ 5-29 show snmp notify .............................................................................................................................. 5-30 set snmp notify ................................................................................................................................. 5-31 clear snmp notify .............................................................................................................................. 5-32 show snmp notifyfilter ....................................................................................................................... 5-32 set snmp notifyfilter........................................................................................................................... 5-33 clear snmp notifyfilter........................................................................................................................ 5-34 show snmp notifyprofile .................................................................................................................... 5-34 set snmp notifyprofile........................................................................................................................ 5-35 clear snmp notifyprofile..................................................................................................................... 5-36 Creating a Basic SNMP Trap Configuration ................................................................................................. 5-36 Example ................................................................................................................................................. 5-37
xi
clear spantree tctrapsuppress .......................................................................................................... 6-23 set spantree protomigration .............................................................................................................. 6-24 show spantree spanguard ................................................................................................................ 6-24 set spantree spanguard .................................................................................................................... 6-25 clear spantree spanguard ................................................................................................................. 6-26 show spantree spanguardtimeout .................................................................................................... 6-26 set spantree spanguardtimeout ........................................................................................................ 6-26 clear spantree spanguardtimeout ..................................................................................................... 6-27 show spantree spanguardlock .......................................................................................................... 6-27 clear / set spantree spanguardlock................................................................................................... 6-28 show spantree spanguardtrapenable ............................................................................................... 6-28 set spantree spanguardtrapenable ................................................................................................... 6-29 clear spantree spanguardtrapenable ................................................................................................ 6-29 show spantree legacypathcost ......................................................................................................... 6-30 set spantree legacypathcost............................................................................................................. 6-30 clear spantree legacypathcost .......................................................................................................... 6-31 Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters ............................................................................................... 6-31 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 6-31 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 6-31 set spantree portadmin..................................................................................................................... 6-32 clear spantree portadmin.................................................................................................................. 6-32 show spantree portadmin ................................................................................................................. 6-33 show spantree portpri ....................................................................................................................... 6-33 set spantree portpri........................................................................................................................... 6-34 clear spantree portpri........................................................................................................................ 6-35 show spantree adminpathcost .......................................................................................................... 6-35 set spantree adminpathcost ............................................................................................................. 6-36 clear spantree adminpathcost .......................................................................................................... 6-36 show spantree adminedge ............................................................................................................... 6-37 set spantree adminedge ................................................................................................................... 6-37 clear spantree adminedge ................................................................................................................ 6-38 Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Parameters .................................................................................. 6-38 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 6-38 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 6-39 set spantree lp .................................................................................................................................. 6-39 show spantree lp .............................................................................................................................. 6-40 clear spantree lp ............................................................................................................................... 6-41 show spantree lplock ........................................................................................................................ 6-41 clear spantree lplock......................................................................................................................... 6-42 set spantree lpcapablepartner .......................................................................................................... 6-42 show spantree lpcapablepartner ...................................................................................................... 6-43 clear spantree lpcapablepartner ....................................................................................................... 6-44 set spantree lpthreshold ................................................................................................................... 6-44 show spantree lpthreshold................................................................................................................ 6-45 clear spantree lpthreshold ................................................................................................................ 6-45 set spantree lpwindow ...................................................................................................................... 6-46 show spantree lpwindow .................................................................................................................. 6-46 clear spantree lpwindow ................................................................................................................... 6-47 set spantree lptrapenable ................................................................................................................. 6-47 show spantree lptrapenable ............................................................................................................. 6-48 clear spantree lptrapenable .............................................................................................................. 6-48 set spantree disputedbpduthreshold ................................................................................................ 6-48 show spantree disputedbpduthreshold ............................................................................................. 6-49 clear spantree disputedbpduthreshold ............................................................................................. 6-50 show spantree nonforwardingreason ............................................................................................... 6-50
xii
xiii
show policy profile .............................................................................................................................. 8-2 set policy profile .................................................................................................................................. 8-4 clear policy profile ............................................................................................................................... 8-5 Configuring Classification Rules ..................................................................................................................... 8-5 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................... 8-5 Commands ............................................................................................................................................... 8-5 show policy rule .................................................................................................................................. 8-5 show policy capability ......................................................................................................................... 8-8 set policy rule.................................................................................................................................... 8-10 clear policy rule................................................................................................................................. 8-12 clear policy all-rules .......................................................................................................................... 8-13 Assigning Ports to Policy Profiles ................................................................................................................. 8-13 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 8-13 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 8-13 set policy port ................................................................................................................................... 8-13 clear policy port ................................................................................................................................ 8-14 Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) ................................................................................................... 8-15 About Policy-Based CoS Configurations ................................................................................................ 8-15 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 8-17 set cos state ..................................................................................................................................... 8-17 show cos state.................................................................................................................................. 8-18 clear cos state .................................................................................................................................. 8-18 set cos settings................................................................................................................................. 8-19 clear cos settings .............................................................................................................................. 8-20 show cos settings ............................................................................................................................. 8-21 set cos port-config ............................................................................................................................ 8-21 show cos port-config......................................................................................................................... 8-22 clear cos port-config ......................................................................................................................... 8-23 set cos port-resource........................................................................................................................ 8-24 show cos port-resource .................................................................................................................... 8-25 clear cos port-resource..................................................................................................................... 8-26 set cos reference .............................................................................................................................. 8-26 show cos reference .......................................................................................................................... 8-27 clear cos reference ........................................................................................................................... 8-28 show cos unit.................................................................................................................................... 8-29 clear cos all-entries........................................................................................................................... 8-29 show cos port-type ........................................................................................................................... 8-30
xv
Monitoring Network Events and Status ...................................................................................................... 11-11 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 11-11 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 11-11 history ............................................................................................................................................. 11-11 show history.................................................................................................................................... 11-12 set history ....................................................................................................................................... 11-12 ping................................................................................................................................................. 11-13 show users ..................................................................................................................................... 11-13 disconnect ...................................................................................................................................... 11-14 Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes ..................................................................................... 11-15 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 11-15 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 11-15 show arp ......................................................................................................................................... 11-15 set arp............................................................................................................................................. 11-16 clear arp.......................................................................................................................................... 11-17 traceroute ....................................................................................................................................... 11-17 show mac ....................................................................................................................................... 11-18 show mac agetime.......................................................................................................................... 11-19 set mac agetime ............................................................................................................................. 11-20 clear mac agetime .......................................................................................................................... 11-20 set mac algorithm ........................................................................................................................... 11-21 show mac algorithm........................................................................................................................ 11-21 clear mac algorithm ........................................................................................................................ 11-22 set mac multicast ............................................................................................................................ 11-22 clear mac address .......................................................................................................................... 11-23 show mac unreserved-flood ........................................................................................................... 11-23 set mac unreserved-flood ............................................................................................................... 11-24 Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) ................................................................................... 11-25 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 11-25 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 11-25 show sntp ....................................................................................................................................... 11-25 set sntp client.................................................................................................................................. 11-27 clear sntp client............................................................................................................................... 11-27 set sntp server ................................................................................................................................ 11-28 clear sntp server ............................................................................................................................. 11-28 set sntp poll-interval........................................................................................................................ 11-29 clear sntp poll-interval..................................................................................................................... 11-29 set sntp poll-retry ............................................................................................................................ 11-29 clear sntp poll-retry ......................................................................................................................... 11-30 set sntp poll-timeout ....................................................................................................................... 11-30 clear sntp poll-timeout .................................................................................................................... 11-31 Configuring Node Aliases ........................................................................................................................... 11-31 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 11-31 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 11-31 show nodealias config .................................................................................................................... 11-32 set nodealias .................................................................................................................................. 11-32 clear nodealias config ..................................................................................................................... 11-33
xvi
clear rmon stats ................................................................................................................................ 12-5 History Group Commands ............................................................................................................................ 12-5 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 12-5 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 12-5 show rmon history ............................................................................................................................ 12-5 set rmon history ................................................................................................................................ 12-6 clear rmon history ............................................................................................................................. 12-7 Alarm Group Commands .............................................................................................................................. 12-7 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 12-7 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 12-8 show rmon alarm .............................................................................................................................. 12-8 set rmon alarm properties................................................................................................................. 12-9 set rmon alarm status ..................................................................................................................... 12-10 clear rmon alarm............................................................................................................................. 12-11 Event Group Commands ............................................................................................................................ 12-12 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 12-12 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 12-12 show rmon event ............................................................................................................................ 12-12 set rmon event properties ............................................................................................................... 12-13 set rmon event status ..................................................................................................................... 12-14 clear rmon event............................................................................................................................. 12-14 Filter Group Commands ............................................................................................................................. 12-15 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 12-15 show rmon channel ........................................................................................................................ 12-16 set rmon channel ............................................................................................................................ 12-16 clear rmon channel ......................................................................................................................... 12-17 show rmon filter .............................................................................................................................. 12-17 set rmon filter .................................................................................................................................. 12-18 clear rmon filter ............................................................................................................................... 12-19 Packet Capture Commands ....................................................................................................................... 12-20 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 12-20 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 12-20 show rmon capture ......................................................................................................................... 12-20 set rmon capture............................................................................................................................. 12-21 clear rmon capture.......................................................................................................................... 12-22
Configuring IP Address Pools ..................................................................................................................... 13-10 Manual Pool Configuration Considerations .......................................................................................... 13-10 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 13-10 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 13-11 set dhcp pool .................................................................................................................................. 13-12 clear dhcp pool ............................................................................................................................... 13-12 set dhcp pool network..................................................................................................................... 13-13 clear dhcp pool network.................................................................................................................. 13-13 set dhcp pool hardware-address .................................................................................................... 13-14 clear dhcp pool hardware-address ................................................................................................. 13-14 set dhcp pool host .......................................................................................................................... 13-15 clear dhcp pool host ....................................................................................................................... 13-16 set dhcp pool client-identifier .......................................................................................................... 13-16 clear dhcp pool client-identifier ....................................................................................................... 13-17 set dhcp pool client-name............................................................................................................... 13-17 clear dhcp pool client-name............................................................................................................13-18 set dhcp pool bootfile...................................................................................................................... 13-18 clear dhcp pool bootfile................................................................................................................... 13-19 set dhcp pool next-server ............................................................................................................... 13-19 clear dhcp pool next-server ............................................................................................................13-20 set dhcp pool lease......................................................................................................................... 13-20 clear dhcp pool lease...................................................................................................................... 13-21 set dhcp pool default-router ............................................................................................................13-21 clear dhcp pool default-router......................................................................................................... 13-22 set dhcp pool dns-server ................................................................................................................ 13-22 clear dhcp pool dns-server ............................................................................................................. 13-23 set dhcp pool domain-name ........................................................................................................... 13-23 clear dhcp pool domain-name ........................................................................................................ 13-24 set dhcp pool netbios-name-server ................................................................................................ 13-24 clear dhcp pool netbios-name-server ............................................................................................. 13-25 set dhcp pool netbios-node-type .................................................................................................... 13-25 clear dhcp pool netbios-node-type ................................................................................................. 13-26 set dhcp pool option ....................................................................................................................... 13-26 clear dhcp pool option .................................................................................................................... 13-27 show dhcp pool configuration ......................................................................................................... 13-28
tunnel source .................................................................................................................................... 15-8 tunnel destination ............................................................................................................................. 15-9 tunnel mode.................................................................................................................................... 15-10 show interface tunnel...................................................................................................................... 15-10 Reviewing and Configuring the ARP Table ................................................................................................ 15-11 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 15-11 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 15-11 show ip arp ..................................................................................................................................... 15-11 arp .................................................................................................................................................. 15-12 ip proxy-arp..................................................................................................................................... 15-13 arp timeout...................................................................................................................................... 15-14 clear arp-cache ............................................................................................................................... 15-14 Configuring Broadcast Settings .................................................................................................................. 15-15 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 15-15 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 15-15 ip directed-broadcast ...................................................................................................................... 15-15 ip helper-address ............................................................................................................................ 15-16 Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes ............................................................................................. 15-17 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 15-17 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 15-17 show ip route .................................................................................................................................. 15-17 ip route............................................................................................................................................ 15-19 ping................................................................................................................................................. 15-19 traceroute ....................................................................................................................................... 15-20
ip ospf dead-interval ....................................................................................................................... 16-17 ip ospf authentication-key ............................................................................................................... 16-18 ip ospf message digest key md5 .................................................................................................... 16-18 distance ospf .................................................................................................................................. 16-19 area range ...................................................................................................................................... 16-20 area stub......................................................................................................................................... 16-21 area default cost ............................................................................................................................. 16-21 area nssa........................................................................................................................................ 16-22 area virtual-link ............................................................................................................................... 16-23 redistribute...................................................................................................................................... 16-24 show ip ospf.................................................................................................................................... 16-25 show ip ospf database.................................................................................................................... 16-25 show ip ospf interface ..................................................................................................................... 16-27 show ip ospf neighbor..................................................................................................................... 16-28 show ip ospf virtual-links................................................................................................................. 16-29 clear ip ospf process....................................................................................................................... 16-30 Configuring DVMRP ................................................................................................................................... 16-31 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 16-31 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 16-31 Enabling DVMRP on an Interface ........................................................................................................ 16-31 ip dvmrp.......................................................................................................................................... 16-32 ip dvmrp enable .............................................................................................................................. 16-32 ip dvmrp metric ............................................................................................................................... 16-33 show ip dvmrp ................................................................................................................................ 16-33 Configuring IRDP ........................................................................................................................................ 16-34 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 16-34 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 16-34 ip irdp enable .................................................................................................................................. 16-34 ip irdp maxadvertinterval ................................................................................................................ 16-35 ip irdp minadvertinterval ................................................................................................................. 16-35 ip irdp holdtime ............................................................................................................................... 16-36 ip irdp preference............................................................................................................................ 16-36 ip irdp broadcast ............................................................................................................................. 16-37 show ip irdp .................................................................................................................................... 16-38 Configuring VRRP ...................................................................................................................................... 16-38 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 16-38 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 16-39 router vrrp ....................................................................................................................................... 16-39 create.............................................................................................................................................. 16-40 address........................................................................................................................................... 16-40 priority............................................................................................................................................. 16-41 advertise-interval ............................................................................................................................ 16-42 preempt .......................................................................................................................................... 16-43 enable............................................................................................................................................. 16-43 ip vrrp authentication-key ............................................................................................................... 16-44 show ip vrrp .................................................................................................................................... 16-45 Configuring PIM-SM ................................................................................................................................... 16-45 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 16-45 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 16-46 ip pimsm ......................................................................................................................................... 16-46 ip pimsm staticrp............................................................................................................................. 16-47 ip pimsm enable ............................................................................................................................. 16-47 ip pimsm query-interval .................................................................................................................. 16-48 show ip pimsm................................................................................................................................ 16-48 show ip pimsm componenttable ..................................................................................................... 16-49 show ip pimsm interface ................................................................................................................. 16-50
xx
show ip pimsm neighbor ................................................................................................................. 16-52 show ip pimsm rp............................................................................................................................ 16-52 show ip pimsm rphash .................................................................................................................... 16-54 show ip pimsm staticrp ................................................................................................................... 16-54
xxii
show ipv6 ospf interface stats ........................................................................................................ 19-38 show ipv6 ospf neighbor................................................................................................................. 19-40 show ipv6 ospf range...................................................................................................................... 19-42 show ipv6 ospf stub table ............................................................................................................... 19-43 show ipv6 ospf virtual-link............................................................................................................... 19-44
xxiii
set multiauth precedence ............................................................................................................... 20-32 clear multiauth precedence ............................................................................................................20-33 show multiauth port ........................................................................................................................ 20-34 set multiauth port ............................................................................................................................ 20-34 clear multiauth port ......................................................................................................................... 20-35 show multiauth station .................................................................................................................... 20-36 show multiauth session .................................................................................................................. 20-36 show multiauth idle-timeout ............................................................................................................20-37 set multiauth idle-timeout................................................................................................................ 20-38 clear multiauth idle-timeout............................................................................................................. 20-38 show multiauth session-timeout ..................................................................................................... 20-39 set multiauth session-timeout ......................................................................................................... 20-40 clear multiauth session-timeout ...................................................................................................... 20-40 Configuring VLAN Authorization (RFC 3580) ............................................................................................. 20-41 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 20-41 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 20-42 show policy maptable response ..................................................................................................... 20-42 set policy maptable response ......................................................................................................... 20-42 set vlanauthorization....................................................................................................................... 20-43 set vlanauthorization egress ........................................................................................................... 20-44 clear vlanauthorization.................................................................................................................... 20-44 show vlanauthorization ................................................................................................................... 20-45 Configuring MAC Locking ........................................................................................................................... 20-46 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 20-46 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 20-46 show maclock ................................................................................................................................. 20-47 show maclock stations.................................................................................................................... 20-48 set maclock enable......................................................................................................................... 20-49 set maclock disable ........................................................................................................................ 20-50 set maclock..................................................................................................................................... 20-50 clear maclock.................................................................................................................................. 20-51 set maclock static ........................................................................................................................... 20-52 clear maclock static ........................................................................................................................ 20-52 set maclock firstarrival .................................................................................................................... 20-53 clear maclock firstarrival ................................................................................................................. 20-54 set maclock agefirstarrival .............................................................................................................. 20-54 clear maclock agefirstarrival ........................................................................................................... 20-55 set maclock move ........................................................................................................................... 20-55 set maclock trap ............................................................................................................................. 20-56 Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) .............................................................................................. 20-57 About PWA ........................................................................................................................................... 20-57 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 20-57 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 20-57 show pwa........................................................................................................................................ 20-58 set pwa ........................................................................................................................................... 20-59 show pwa banner ........................................................................................................................... 20-60 set pwa banner ............................................................................................................................... 20-60 clear pwa banner ............................................................................................................................ 20-61 set pwa displaylogo ........................................................................................................................ 20-61 set pwa ipaddress........................................................................................................................... 20-62 set pwa protocol ............................................................................................................................. 20-62 set pwa guestname ........................................................................................................................ 20-63 clear pwa guestname ..................................................................................................................... 20-63 set pwa guestpassword .................................................................................................................. 20-64 set pwa gueststatus........................................................................................................................ 20-64 set pwa initialize ............................................................................................................................. 20-65
xxiv
set pwa quietperiod ........................................................................................................................ 20-65 set pwa maxrequest ....................................................................................................................... 20-66 set pwa portcontrol ......................................................................................................................... 20-66 show pwa session .......................................................................................................................... 20-67 set pwa enhancedmode ................................................................................................................. 20-68 Configuring Secure Shell (SSH) ................................................................................................................. 20-68 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 20-68 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 20-68 show ssh status .............................................................................................................................. 20-68 set ssh ............................................................................................................................................ 20-69 set ssh hostkey............................................................................................................................... 20-69 Configuring Access Lists ............................................................................................................................ 20-70 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 20-70 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 20-70 show access-lists............................................................................................................................ 20-70 access-list (standard) ..................................................................................................................... 20-71 access-list (extended)..................................................................................................................... 20-72 ip access-group .............................................................................................................................. 20-74
Index Figures
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 7-1 G-Series Startup Screen .................................................................................................................... 1-6 Sample CLI Defaults Description........................................................................................................ 1-8 Performing a Keyword Lookup ........................................................................................................... 1-8 Performing a Partial Keyword Lookup ................................................................................................ 1-9 Scrolling Screen Output...................................................................................................................... 1-9 Abbreviating a Command ................................................................................................................. 1-10 Example of VLAN Propagation via GVRP ........................................................................................ 7-20
Tables
1-1 1-2 2-1 2-2 2-3 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 Default Settings for Basic Switch and Router Operation .................................................................... 1-2 Basic Line Editing Commands.......................................................................................................... 1-10 show system lockout Output Details................................................................................................... 2-7 show system Output Details ............................................................................................................. 2-12 show version Output Details ............................................................................................................. 2-21 show cdp Output Details..................................................................................................................... 3-2 show ciscodp Output Details .............................................................................................................. 3-7 show ciscodp port info Output Details ................................................................................................ 3-8 show lldp port local-info Output Details ............................................................................................ 3-19 show lldp port remote-info Output Display........................................................................................ 3-21 show port status Output Details.......................................................................................................... 4-5 show port counters Output Details ..................................................................................................... 4-7 show linkflap parameters Output Details .......................................................................................... 4-23 show linkflap metrics Output Details................................................................................................. 4-23 LACP Terms and Definitions ............................................................................................................ 4-34 show lacp Output Details.................................................................................................................. 4-37 SNMP Security Levels........................................................................................................................ 5-2 show snmp engineid Output Details ................................................................................................... 5-4 show snmp counters Output Details ................................................................................................... 5-6 show snmp user Output Details.......................................................................................................... 5-9 show snmp group Output Details ..................................................................................................... 5-11
xxv
5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-11 6-1 7-1 7-2 7-3 8-1 8-2 8-3 11-1 11-2 11-3 11-4 11-5 11-6 11-7 12-1 12-2 12-3 14-1 14-2 15-1 15-2 16-1 16-2 16-3 16-4 16-5 16-6 16-7 16-8 16-9 16-10 16-11 16-12 16-13 18-1 18-2 18-3 18-4 18-5 19-1 19-2 19-3 19-4 19-5 19-6 19-7 19-8
show snmp access Output Details ................................................................................................... 5-16 show snmp view Output Details ....................................................................................................... 5-20 show snmp targetparams Output Details ......................................................................................... 5-23 show snmp targetaddr Output Details .............................................................................................. 5-26 show snmp notify Output Details ...................................................................................................... 5-31 Basic SNMP Trap Configuration....................................................................................................... 5-36 show spantree Output Details ............................................................................................................ 6-6 Command Set for Creating a Secure Management VLAN ................................................................. 7-2 show vlan Output Details.................................................................................................................... 7-4 show gvrp configuration Output Details ............................................................................................ 7-22 show policy profile Output Details ...................................................................................................... 8-3 show policy rule Output Details .......................................................................................................... 8-7 Valid Values for Policy Classification Rules ..................................................................................... 8-10 show logging server Output Details.................................................................................................. 11-2 show logging application Output Details........................................................................................... 11-7 Mnemonic Values for Logging Applications...................................................................................... 11-8 show arp Output Details ................................................................................................................. 11-16 show mac Output Details................................................................................................................ 11-19 show sntp Output Details................................................................................................................ 11-26 show nodealias config Output Details ............................................................................................ 11-32 RMON Monitoring Group Functions and Commands ....................................................................... 12-1 show rmon alarm Output Details ...................................................................................................... 12-8 show rmon event Output Details .................................................................................................... 12-12 Enabling the Switch for Routing ....................................................................................................... 14-2 Router CLI Configuration Modes ...................................................................................................... 14-2 show ip interface Output Details ....................................................................................................... 15-5 show ip arp Output Details ............................................................................................................. 15-12 RIP Configuration Task List and Commands ................................................................................... 16-2 OSPF Configuration Task List and Commands.............................................................................. 16-10 show ip ospf database Output Details ............................................................................................ 16-27 show ip ospf interface Output Details ............................................................................................. 16-28 show ip ospf neighbor Output Details............................................................................................. 16-29 show ip ospf virtual links Output Details ......................................................................................... 16-30 show ip pimsm Output Details ........................................................................................................ 16-49 show ip pimsm componenettable Output Detail ............................................................................. 16-50 show ip pimsm interface vlan Output Details.................................................................................. 16-51 show ip pimsm interface stats Output Detail .................................................................................. 16-51 show ip pimsm neighbor Output Detail ........................................................................................... 16-52 show ip pimsm rp Output Detail...................................................................................................... 16-53 show ip pimsm staticrp Output Details ........................................................................................... 16-55 show ipv6 neighbor Output Details ................................................................................................. 18-22 show ipv6 route Output Details....................................................................................................... 18-23 show ipv6 route preferences Output Details................................................................................... 18-25 show ipv6 summary Output Details ................................................................................................ 18-26 show ipv6 traffic Output Details ..................................................................................................... 18-28 show ipv6 ospf Output Details ........................................................................................................ 19-28 show ipv6 ospf area Output Details................................................................................................ 19-30 show ipv6 ospf abr Output Details .................................................................................................. 19-31 show ipv6 ospf asbr Output Details ................................................................................................ 19-31 show ipv6 ospf database Output Details ....................................................................................... 19-34 show ipv6 ospf database database-summary Output Details ........................................................ 19-35 show ipv6 ospf interface Command Output Details........................................................................ 19-37 show ipv6 ospf interface stats Output Details................................................................................. 19-39
xxvi
19-9 19-10 19-11 19-12 19-13 20-1 20-2 20-3 20-4 20-5 20-6 20-7 20-8
show ipv6 ospf neighbor Output Details ........................................................................................ 19-41 show ipv6 ospf neighbor routerid Output Details............................................................................ 19-42 show ipv6 ospf range Output Details .............................................................................................. 19-43 show ipv6 ospf stub table Output Details ....................................................................................... 19-43 show ipv6 ospf virtual-link Output Details ....................................................................................... 19-44 show radius Output Details............................................................................................................... 20-4 show eapol Output Details.............................................................................................................. 20-16 show macauthentication Output Details ......................................................................................... 20-20 show macauthentication session Output Details ............................................................................ 20-21 show vlanauthorization Output Details ........................................................................................... 20-45 show maclock Output Details ......................................................................................................... 20-47 show maclock stations Output Details............................................................................................ 20-48 show pwa Output Details................................................................................................................ 20-57
xxvii
xxviii
Important Notice
Depending on the firmware version used in your G3 device, some features described in this document may not be supported. Refer to the Release Notes shipped with your device to determine which features are supported.
xxix
duplexmode,autonegotiation,flowcontrol,portmirroring,linkaggegationandbroadcast suppression. Chapter 5,SNMPConfiguration,describeshowtoconfigureSNMPusersandusergroups,access rights,targetaddresses,andnotificationparameters. Chapter 6,SpanningTreeConfiguration,describeshowtoreviewandsetSpanningTreebridge parametersforthedevice,includingbridgepriority,hellotime,maximumagingtimeandforward delay;andhowtoreviewandsetSpanningTreeportparameters,includingportpriorityandpath costs.ConfiguringtheSpanGuardandLoopProtectfunctionsisalsodescribed. Chapter 7,802.1QVLANConfiguration,describeshowtocreatestaticVLANs,selectthemodeof operationforeachport,establishVLANforwarding(egress)lists,routeframesaccordingto VLANID,displaythecurrentportsandporttypesassociatedwithaVLANandprotocol,createa securemanagementVLAN,andconfigureportsonthedeviceasGVRPawareports. Chapter 8,PolicyClassificationConfiguration,describeshowtocreate,changeorremoveuser rolesorprofilesbasedonbusinessspecificuseofnetworkservices;howtopermitordenyaccess tospecificservicesbycreatingandassigningclassificationruleswhichmapuserprofilestoframe filteringpolicies;howtoclassifyframestoaVLANorClassofService(CoS);andhowtoassignor unassignportstopolicyprofilessothatonlyportsactivatedforaprofilewillbeallowedto transmitframesaccordingly. Chapter 9,PortPriorityConfiguration,describeshowtosetthetransmitpriorityofeachport andconfigurearatelimitforagivenportandlistofpriorities. Chapter 10,IGMPConfiguration,describeshowtoconfigureInternetGroupManagement Protocol(IGMP)settingsformulticastfiltering. Chapter 11,LoggingandNetworkManagement,describeshowtoconfigureSyslog,howto managegeneralswitchsettings,howtomonitornetworkeventsandstatus,andhowtoconfigure SNTPandnodealiases. Chapter 12,RMONConfiguration,describeshowtouseRMON(RemoteNetworkMonitoring), whichprovidescomprehensivenetworkfaultdiagnosis,planning,andperformancetuning informationandallowsforinteroperabilitybetweenSNMPmanagementstationsandmonitoring agents. Chapter 13,DHCPServerConfiguration,describeshowtoreviewandconfigureDHCPserver parameters,howtoreviewandconfigureDHCPaddresspools,andhowtodisplayDHCPserver information. Chapter 14,PreparingforRouterMode,providesinformationaboutroutermodesandhowto activatealicense. Chapter 15,IPConfiguration,describeshowtoenableIProutingforroutermodeoperation,how toconfigureIPinterfacesettings,howtoreviewandconfiguretheroutingARPtable,howto reviewandconfigureroutingbroadcasts,howtoconfigurePIM,andhowtoconfigureIProutes. Chapter 16,IPv4RoutingProtocolConfiguration,describeshowtoconfigureIPv4routingand routingprotocols,includingRIP,OSPF,DVMRP,IRDP,andVRRP. Chapter 17,IPv6Management,describesthecommandsusedtoconfigureIPv6attheswitch level. Chapter 18,IPv6Configuration,describesthecommandsusedtoconfigureIPv6attherouting level. Chapter 19,OSPFv3Configuration,describesthecommandsusedtoconfiguretheOpenShortest PathFirstroutingprotocolforIPv6. Chapter 20,SecurityConfiguration,describeshowtoconfigure802.1Xauthenticationusing EAPOL,howtoconfigureRADIUSserver,SecureShellserver,MACauthentication,MAC locking,MulipleAuthentication,PortWebAuthentication,andIPaccesscontrollists(ACLs).
xxx About This Guide
Related Documents
Related Documents
ThefollowingEnterasysNetworksdocumentsmayhelpyoutosetup,control,andmanagethe switchdevice: EthernetTechnologyGuide CablingGuide GSeriesInstallationGuide(s)
Thefollowingiconsareusedinthisguide:
Note: Calls the readers attention to any item of information that may be of special importance.
xxxi
Getting Help
Getting Help
Foradditionalsupportrelatedtothisswitchordocument,contactEnterasysNetworksusingone ofthefollowingmethods:
World Wide Web www.enterasys.com/support 1-800-872-8440 (toll-free in U.S. and Canada) or 1-978-684-1000 Phone Internet mail To find the Enterasys Networks Support toll-free number in your country: www.enterasys.com/support/contact/ support@enterasys.com To expedite your message, type [SWITCHING] in the subject line. To send comments or suggestions concerning this document to the Technical Publications Department: techpubs@enterasys.com Make sure to include the document Part Number in the email message.
BeforecallingEnterasysNetworks,havethefollowinginformationready: YourEnterasysNetworksservicecontractnumber Adescriptionofthefailure Adescriptionofanyaction(s)alreadytakentoresolvetheproblem(forexample,changing modeswitchesorrebootingtheunit) TheserialandrevisionnumbersofallinvolvedEnterasysNetworksproductsinthenetwork Adescriptionofyournetworkenvironment(forexample,layout,cabletype) Networkloadandframesizeatthetimeoftrouble(ifknown) Theswitchhistory(forexample,haveyoureturnedtheswitchbefore,isthisarecurring problem?) AnypreviousReturnMaterialAuthorization(RMA)numbers
xxxii
1
Introduction
ThischapterprovidesanoverviewoftheGSeriessuniquefeaturesandfunctionality,an overviewofthetasksthatmaybeaccomplishedusingtheCLIinterface,anoverviewofwaysto managetheswitch,factorydefaultsettings,andinformationabouthowtousetheCommandLine Interfacetoconfiguretheswitch.
For information about... G-Series CLI Overview Switch Management Methods Factory Default Settings Using the Command Line Interface Refer to page... 1-1 1-1 1-2 1-6
TheInstallationGuideforyourGSeriesdeviceprovidessetupinstructionsforconnectinga terminalormodemtotheswitch.
1-2
Introduction
Table 1-1
Feature
Jumbo frame support Link aggregation control protocol (LACP) Link aggregation admin key Link aggregation flow regeneration Link aggregation system priority Link aggregation outport algorithm Lockout Logging MAC aging time MAC locking Passwords Password aging Password history Policy classification Port auto-negotiation Port advertised ability
Port broadcast suppression Enabled and set to limit broadcast packets to 14,881 per second on all switch ports. Port duplex mode Port enable/disable Port priority Port speed Port trap Power over Ethernet port admin state Priority classification RADIUS client RADIUS last resort action RADIUS retries RADIUS timeout Set to half duplex, except for 100BASE-FX and 1000BASE-X, which is set to full duplex. Enabled. Set to 0. Set to 10 Mbps, except for 1000BASE-X, which is set to 1000 Mbps, and 100BASE-FX, which is set to 100 Mbps. All ports are enabled to send link traps. Administrative state is on (auto). Classification rules are automatically enabled when created. Disabled. When the client is enabled, set to Challenge. When the client is enabled, set to 3. When the client is enabled, set to 20 seconds.
1-3
Table 1-1
Feature
Rate limiting SNMP SNTP Spanning Tree Spanning Tree edge port administrative status Spanning Tree edge port delay Spanning Tree forward delay Spanning Tree hello interval Spanning Tree ID (SID) Spanning Tree maximum aging time Spanning Tree port priority Spanning Tree priority Spanning Tree topology change trap suppression Spanning Tree version SSH System baud rate System contact System location System name Terminal Timeout User names VLAN dynamic egress VLAN ID Host VLAN Router Mode Defaults
Access groups (IP security) None configured. Access lists (IP security) Area authentication (OSPF) Area default cost (OSPF) None configured. Disabled. Set to 1.
1-4
Introduction
Table 1-1
Feature
Area NSSA (OSPF) Area range (OSPF) ARP table ARP timeout Authentication key (RIP and OSPF) Authentication mode (RIP and OSPF) Dead interval (OSPF) Disable triggered updates (RIP) Distribute list (RIP) DVMRP Hello interval (OSPF) ICMP IP-directed broadcasts IP forward-protocol IP interfaces IRDP
MD5 authentication (OSPF) MTU size OSPF OSPF cost OSPF network OSPF priority Passive interfaces (RIP) Proxy ARP Receive interfaces (RIP) Retransmit delay (OSPF) Retransmit interval (OSPF) RIP receive version RIP send version RIP offset SNMP
1-5
Table 1-1
Feature
Split horizon Stub area (OSPF) Telnet Telnet port (IP) Timers (OSPF) Transmit delay (OSPF) VRRP
Figure 1-1
Username:admin Password: Enterasys G-Series Command Line Interface Enterasys Networks, Inc. 50 Minuteman Rd. Andover, MA 01810-1008 U.S.A. Phone: +1 978 684 1000 E-mail: support@enterasys.com WWW: http://www.enterasys.com (c) Copyright Enterasys Networks, Inc. 2006 Chassis Serial Number: Chassis Firmware Revision: 041800249041 1.00.xx
G3(su)->
1-6
Introduction
Logging In
Bydefault,theGSeriesswitchisconfiguredwiththreeuserloginaccountsroforReadOnly access,rwforReadWriteaccess,andadminforsuperuseraccesstoallmodifiableparameters. Thedefaultpasswordissettoablankstring.Forinformationonchangingthesedefaultsettings, refertoSettingUserAccountsandPasswordsonpage 22.
ThenoticeofauthorizationandthepromptdisplaysasshowninFigure 11.
Note: Users with Read-Write (rw) and Read-Only access can use the set password command (page 2-5) to change their own passwords. Administrators with Super User (su) access can use the set system login command (page 2-3) to create and change user accounts, and the set password command to change any local account password.
1-7
Syntax
show port status [port-string]
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,statusinformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Enteringaquestionmark(?)withoutaspaceafterapartialkeywordwilldisplayalistof commandsthatbeginwiththepartialkeyword.Figure 14showshowtousethisfunctionforall commandsbeginningwithco: Figure 1-4 Performing a Partial Keyword Lookup
copy
Note: At the end of the lookup display, the system will repeat the command you entered without the ?.
G3(su)->show mac MAC Address FID Port Type ---------------------------------------------------------00-00-1d-67-68-69 1 host Management 00-00-02-00-00-00 1 ge.1.2 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-01 1 ge.1.3 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-02 1 ge.1.4 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-03 1 ge.1.5 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-04 1 ge.1.6 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-05 1 ge.1.7 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-06 1 ge.1.8 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-07 1 ge.1.9 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-08 1 ge.1.10 Learned --More--
1-9
Figure 1-6
Abbreviating a Command
G3(su)->sh net Active Internet connections (including servers) Proto Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address Foreign Address ----- ------ ------ --------------------- --------------------TCP 0 0 10.21.73.13.23 134.141.190.94.51246 TCP 0 275 10.21.73.13.23 134.141.192.119.4724 TCP 0 0 *.80 *.* TCP 0 0 *.23 *.* UDP 0 0 10.21.73.13.1030 134.141.89.113.514 UDP 0 0 *.161 *.* UDP 0 0 *.1025 *.* UDP 0 0 *.123 *.*
Key Sequence Ctrl+A Ctrl+B Ctrl+D Ctrl+E Ctrl+F Ctrl+H Ctrl+I or TAB Ctrl+K Ctrl+N Ctrl+P Ctr1+Q Ctr1+S Ctrl+T Ctrl+U or Ctrl+X Ctrl+W Ctrl+Y
1-10
Introduction
2
Basic Configuration
Atstartup,theGSeriesswitchisconfiguredwithmanydefaultsandstandardfeatures.This chapterdescribeshowtocustomizebasicsystemsettingstoadapttoyourworkenvironment.
For information about... Quick Start Setup Commands Setting User Accounts and Passwords Setting Basic Switch Properties Activating Licensed Features Configuring System Power and Power over Ethernet (PoE) Downloading a Firmware Image Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image Starting and Configuring Telnet Managing Switch Configuration and Files Clearing and Closing the CLI Resetting the Switch Using and Configuring WebView Refer to page... 2-1 2-2 2-8 2-27 2-30 2-35 2-37 2-39 2-41 2-50 2-52 2-53
2-1
Table 2-2
Task
Save the active configuration. Enable or disable SSH. Enable or disable Telnet. Enable or disable HTTP management (WebView). Enable or disable SNMP port link traps. Set the per port broadcast limit Configure a VLAN. Set a Syslog server IP and severity Configure and enable a RADIUS server.
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoconfigureuseraccountsandpasswordsarelistedbelow.
For information about... show system login set system login clear system login set password set system password length set system password aging set system password history show system lockout Refer to page... 2-3 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-6 2-7 2-7
2-2
Basic Configuration
Syntax
show system login
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayloginaccountinformation.Inthiscase,switchdefaultshave notbeenchanged:
G3(su)->show system login Password history size: 0 Password aging : disabled Username admin ro rw Access super-user read-only read-write State enabled enabled enabled
2-3
Syntax
set system login username {super-user | read-write | read-only} {enable | disable}
Parameters
username Specifiesaloginnameforaneworexistinguser.Thisstringcanbea maximumof80characters,althoughamaximumof16charactersis recommendedforproperviewingintheshowsystemlogindisplay. Specifiestheaccessprivilegesforthisuser.
Enablesordisablestheuseraccount.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableanewuseraccountwiththeloginnamenetopswithsuper useraccessprivileges:
G3(su)->set system login netops super-user enable
Syntax
clear system login username
Parameters
username Specifiestheloginnameoftheaccounttobecleared.
Note: The default admin (su) account cannot be deleted.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovethenetopsuseraccount:
G3(su)->clear system login netops
2-4
Basic Configuration
set password
set password
UsethiscommandtochangesystemdefaultpasswordsortosetanewloginpasswordontheCLI.
Syntax
set password [username]
Parameters
username (Onlyavailabletouserswithsuperuseraccess.)Specifiesasystem defaultorauserconfiguredloginaccountname.Bydefault,theGSeries switchprovidesthefollowingaccountnames: roforReadOnlyaccess. rwforReadWriteaccess. adminforSuperUseraccess.(ThisaccesslevelallowsReadWriteaccess toallmodifiableparameters,includinguseraccounts.)
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite. Switchcommand,superuser.
Usage
ReadWriteuserscanchangetheirownpasswords. SuperUsers(Admin)canchangeanypasswordonthesystem.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowasuperuserwouldchangetheReadWritepasswordfromthesystem default(blankstring):
G3(su)->set password rw Please enter new password: ******** Please re-enter new password: ******** Password changed. G3(su)->
ThisexampleshowshowauserwithReadWriteaccesswouldchangehispassword:
G3(su)->set password Please enter old password: ******** Please enter new password: ******** Please re-enter new password: ******** Password changed. G3(su)->
2-5
Syntax
set system password length characters
Parameters
characters Specifiestheminimumnumberofcharactersforauseraccountpassword. Validvaluesare0to40.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheminimumsystempasswordlengthto8characters:
G3(su)->set system password length 8
Syntax
set system password aging {days | disable}
Parameters
days disable Specifiesthenumberofdaysuserpasswordswillremainvalidbefore agingout.Validvaluesare1to365. Disablespasswordaging.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystempasswordagetimeto45days:
G3(su)->set system password aging 45
2-6
Basic Configuration
Syntax
set system password history size
Parameters
size Specifiesthenumberofpasswordscheckedforduplication.Validvalues are0to10.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigurethesystemtocheckthelast10passwordsforduplication
G3(su)->set system password history 10
Syntax
show system lockout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayuserlockoutsettings.Inthiscase,switchdefaultshavenot beenchanged:
G3(su)->show system lockout Lockout attempts: 3 Lockout time: 15 minutes.
Table 23providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput..
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 2-7
Table 2-3
Commands
Thecommandsusedtosetbasicsysteminformationarelistedbelow.
For information about... show ip address set ip address clear ip address show ip protocol set ip protocol show system show system hardware show system utilization show time set time show summertime set summertime set summertime date set summertime recurring clear summertime set prompt show banner motd set banner motd clear banner motd show version set system name set system location Refer to page... 2-9 2-9 2-10 2-10 2-11 2-11 2-12 2-14 2-15 2-16 2-16 2-17 2-17 2-18 2-19 2-19 2-20 2-20 2-21 2-21 2-22 2-23
2-8
Basic Configuration
show ip address
For information about... set system contact set width set length show logout set logout show console set console baud
show ip address
UsethiscommandtodisplaythesystemIPaddressandsubnetmask.
Syntax
show ip address
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesystemIPaddressandsubnetmask:
G3(su)->show ip address Name ---------------host Address ---------------10.42.13.20 Mask ---------------255.255.0.0
set ip address
UsethiscommandtosetthesystemIPaddress,subnetmaskanddefaultgateway.
Note: The G3 does not support the ability for a user to configure the host's gateway to be a local routed interface IP. The host's gateway must exist on a different device in the network if one is configured.
Syntax
set ip address ip-address [mask ip-mask] [gateway ip-gateway]
Parameters
ipaddress SetstheIPaddressforthesystem..
2-9
clear ip address
maskipmask gatewayipgateway
(Optional)Setsthesystemssubnetmask. (Optional)Setsthesystemsdefaultgateway(nexthopdevice).
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,ipmaskwillbesettothenaturalmaskoftheipaddressandipgatewaywillbesetto theipaddress.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Paramtersmustbeenteredintheordershown(hostIP,thenmask,thengateway)forthe commandtobeaccepted.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemIPaddressto10.1.10.1withamaskof255.255.128.0:
G3(su)->set ip address 10.1.10.1 mask 255.255.128.0
clear ip address
UsethiscommandtoclearthesystemIPaddress.
Syntax
clear ip address
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthesystemIPaddress:
G3(rw)->clear ip address
show ip protocol
UsethiscommandtodisplaythemethodusedtoacquireanetworkIPaddressforswitch management.
Syntax
show ip protocol
2-10
Basic Configuration
set ip protocol
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythemethodusedtoacquireanetworkIPaddress:
G3(su)->show ip protocol System IP address acquisition method: dhcp
set ip protocol
UsethiscommandtospecifytheprotocolusedtoacquireanetworkIPaddressforswitch management.
Syntax
set ip protocol {bootp | dhcp | none}
Parameters
bootp dhcp none SelectsBOOTPastheprotocoltousetoacquirethesystemIPaddress. SelectsDHCPastheprotocoltousetoacquirethesystemIPaddress. NoprotocolwillbeusedtoacquirethesystemIPaddress.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthemethodusedtoacquireanetworkIPaddresstoDHCP.
G3(su)->set ip protocol dhcp
show system
Usethiscommandtodisplaysysteminformation,includingcontactinformation,powerandfan traystatusanduptime.
Syntax
show system
2-11
show system
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaysysteminformation:
G3(su)->show system System contact: System location: System name: Power Supply 1 Status --------------------Ok Fan Group 1-Status -----------------Ok Fan Group 3-Status -----------------Ok Thermal Sensor -------------Fixed Slot Power Supply Redundancy ----------------------Enabled Uptime d,h:m:s -------------4,22:9:13 Logout ------0 min
Output Field System contact System location System name Power Supply 1 Status Power Supply 2 Status
2-12
Basic Configuration
Table 2-4
Thermal Sensor Thermal Threshold Power Supply Redundancy Uptime d,h:m:s Logout
Location of thermal sensor(s). Percentage of thermal threshold reached. Whether or not power redundancy is enabled or disabled. Default mode of enabled can be changed with the set system power command (set system power on page 2-30). System uptime. Time an idle console or Telnet CLI session will remain connected before timing out. Default of 5 minutes can be changed with the set logout command (set logout on page 2-25).
Syntax
show system hardware
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
2-13
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesystemshardwareconfiguration.Pleasenotethatthe informationyouseedisplayedmaydifferfromthisexample.
G3(su)->show system hardware SLOT 1 HARDWARE INFORMATION --------------------------Model: Serial Number: Vendor ID: Base MAC Address: Hardware Version: FirmWare Version: Boot Code Version: SLOT 2 HARDWARE INFORMATION --------------------------Slot is not present. SLOT 3 HARDWARE INFORMATION --------------------------Slot is not present. SLOT 4 HARDWARE INFORMATION --------------------------Model: Serial Number: Vendor ID: Base MAC Address: Hardware Version: FirmWare Version: Boot Code Version:
POWER SUPPLY 1 HARDWARE INFORMATION ----------------------------------Model: Serial Number: Wattage: 400 Software Version: Revision: -
Syntax
show system utilization {cpu | storage | process}
Parameters
cpu storage process Displayinformationabouttheprocessorrunningontheswitch. Displayinformationabouttheoverallmemoryusageontheswitch. Displayinformationabouttheprocessesrunningontheswitch.
2-14
Basic Configuration
show time
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesystemsCPUutilization:
G3(ro)->show system utilization cpu Total CPU Utilization: Switch CPU 5 sec 1 min 5 min ----------------------------------------------1 1 3% 1% 1%
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesystemsoverallmemoryusage:
G3(ro)->show system utilization storage Storage Utilization: Type Description Size(Kb) Available (Kb) --------------------------------------------------------------RAM RAM device 262144 97173 Flash Images, Config, Other 31095 8094
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationabouttheprocessesrunningonthesystem.Only partialoutputisshown.
G3(ro)->show system utilization process TID Name 5Sec 8d45148 captureTask 0.00% 8e264f8 poe_monitor 0.00% 8ea6d38 poe_read 0.80% 8eb7140 vlanDynEg 0.00% 8f0be10 tcdpSendTask 0.00% 8f1c0e8 tcdpTask 0.00% 1Min 0.00% 0.01% 0.22% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 5Min 0.00% 0.05% 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
show time
Usethiscommandtodisplaythecurrenttimeofdayinthesystemclock.
Syntax
show time
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
2-15
set time
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrenttime.Theoutputshowsthedayoftheweek, month,day,andthetimeofdayinhours,minutes,andsecondsandtheyear:
G3(su)->show time THU SEP 05 09:21:57 2002
set time
Usethiscommandtochangethetimeofdayonthesystemclock.
Syntax
set time [mm/dd/yyyy] [hh:mm:ss]
Parameters
[mm/dd/yyyy] [hh:mm:ss] Setsthetimein: month,day,yearand/or 24hourformat Atleastonesetoftimeparametersmustbeentered.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemclockto7:50a.m:
G3(su)->set time 7:50:00
show summertime
Usethiscommandtodisplaydaylightsavingstimesettings.
Syntax
show summertime
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
2-16
Basic Configuration
set summertime
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaydaylightsavingstimesettings:
G3(su)->show summertime Summertime is disabled and set to '' Start : SUN APR 04 02:00:00 2004 End : SUN OCT 31 02:00:00 2004 Offset: 60 minutes (1 hours 0 minutes) Recurring: yes, starting at 2:00 of the first Sunday of April and ending at 2:00 of the last Sunday of October
set summertime
Usethiscommandtoenableordisablethedaylightsavingstimefunction.
Syntax
set summertime {enable | disable} [zone]
Parameters
enable|disable zone Enablesordisablesthedaylightsavingstimefunction. (Optional)Appliesanametothedaylightsavingstimesettings.
Defaults
Ifazonenameisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenabledaylightsavingstimefunction:
G3(su)->set summertime enable
Syntax
set summertime date start_month start_date start_year start_hr_min end_month end_date end_year end_hr_min [offset_minutes]
Parameters
start_month start_date start_year start_hr_min end_month Specifiesthemonthoftheyeartostartdaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthedayofthemonthtostartdaylightsavingstime. Specifiestheyeartostartdaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthetimeofdaytostartdaylightsavingstime.Formatishh:mm. Specifiesthemonthoftheyeartoenddaylightsavingstime.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 2-17
Defaults
Ifanoffsetisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetadaylightsavingstimestartdateofApril4,2004at2a.m.andan endingdateofOctober31,2004at2a.m.withanoffsettimeofonehour:
G3(su)->set summertime date April 4 2004 02:00 October 31 2004 02:00 60
Syntax
set summertime recurring start_week start_day start_month start_hr_min end_week end_day end_month end_hr_min [offset_minutes]
Parameters
start_week start_day start_hr_min end_week end_day end_hr_min offset_minutes Specifiestheweekofthemonthtorestartdaylightsavingstime.Valid valuesare:first,second,third,fourth,andlast. Specifiesthedayoftheweektorestartdaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthetimeofdaytorestartdaylightsavingstime.Formatis hh:mm. Specifiestheweekofthemonthtoenddaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthedayoftheweektoenddaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthetimeofdaytoenddaylightsavingstime.Formatishh:mm. (Optional)Specifiestheamountoftimeinminutestooffsetdaylight savingstimefromthenondaylightsavingstimesystemsetting.Valid valuesare11440.
Defaults
Ifanoffsetisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
2-18
Basic Configuration
clear summertime
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowsetdaylightsavingstimetorecurstartingonthefirstSundayofAprilat 2a.m.andendingthelastSundayofOctoberat2a.m.withanoffsettimeofonehour:
G3(su)->set summertime recurring first Sunday April 02:00 last Sunday October 02:00 60
clear summertime
Usethiscommandtoclearthedaylightsavingstimeconfiguration.
Syntax
clear summertime
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthedaylightsavingstimeconfiguration:
G3(su)->clear summertime
set prompt
Usethiscommandtomodifythecommandprompt.
Syntax
set prompt prompt_string
Parameters
prompt_string Specifiesatextstringforthecommandprompt.
Note: A prompt string containing a space in the text must be enclosed in quotes as shown in the example below.
Defaults
None.
2-19
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthecommandprompttoSwitch1:
G3(su)->set prompt Switch 1 Switch 1(su)->
Syntax
show banner motd
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythebannermessageoftheday:
G3(rw)->show banner motd O Knights of Ni, you are just and fair, and we will return with a shrubbery -King Arthur
Syntax
set banner motd message
Parameters
message Specifiesamessageoftheday.Thisisatextstringthatneedstobein doublequotesifanyspacesareused.Usea\nforanewlineand\tfora tab(eightspaces).
2-20
Basic Configuration
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthemessageofthedaybannertoread:O Knights of Ni, you are just and fair, and we will return with a shrubbery - King Arthur:
G3(rw)->set banner motd "O Knights of Ni, you are just and \n fair, and we will return with a shrubbery \n \t -King Arthur"
Syntax
clear banner motd
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthemessageofthedaybannertoablankstring:
G3(rw)->clear banner motd
show version
Usethiscommandtodisplayhardwareandfirmwareinformation.RefertoDownloadinga FirmwareImageonpage235forinstructionsonhowtodownloadafirmwareimage.
Syntax
show version
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
2-21
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayversioninformation.Pleasenotethatyoumayseedifferent informationdisplayed,dependingonthetypeofhardware.
G3(su)->show version Copyright (c) 2007 by Enterasys Networks, Inc. Boot promt:01.00.38 Slot Port Model Serial Number Hw Version ---- ------ ----------------------0 24 G3G170-24
Syntax
set system name [string]
Parameters
string (Optional)Specifiesatextstringthatidentifiesthesystem.
Note: A name string containing a space in the text must be enclosed in quotes as shown in the example below.
Defaults
Ifstringisnotspecified,thesystemnamewillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
2-22
Basic Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemnametoInformationSystems:
G3(su)->set system name Information Systems
Syntax
set system location [string]
Parameters
string (Optional)Specifiesatextstringthatindicateswherethesystemis located.
Note: A location string containing a space in the text must be enclosed in quotes as shown in the example below.
Defaults
Ifstringisnotspecified,thelocationnamewillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemlocationstring:
G3(su)->set system location Bldg N32-04 Closet 9
Syntax
set system contact [string]
Parameters
string (Optional)Specifiesatextstringthatcontainsthenameofthepersonto contactforsystemadministration.
Note: A contact string containing a space in the text must be enclosed in quotes as shown in the example below.
Defaults
Ifstringisnotspecified,thecontactnamewillbecleared.
2-23
set width
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemcontactstring:
G3(su)->set system contact Joe Smith
set width
Usethiscommandtosetthenumberofcolumnsfortheterminalconnectedtotheswitchsconsole port.
Syntax
set width screenwidth [default]
Parameters
screenwidth default Setsthenumberofterminalcolumns.Validvaluesare50to150. (Optional)Makesthissettingpersistentforallfuturesessions(writtento NVRAM).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThenumberofrowsofCLIoutputdisplayedissetusingthesetlengthcommandasdescribedin setlengthonpage224.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheterminalcolumnsto50:
G3(su)->set width 50
set length
UsethiscommandtosetthenumberoflinestheCLIwilldisplay.Thiscommandispersistent (writtentoNVRAM).
Syntax
set length screenlength
2-24
Basic Configuration
show logout
Parameters
screenlength SetsthenumberoflinesintheCLIdisplay.Validvaluesare0,which disablesthescrollingscreenfeaturedescribedinDisplayingScrolling Screensonpage19,andfrom5to512.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheterminallengthto50:
G3(su)->set length 50
show logout
Usethiscommandtodisplaythetime(inseconds)anidleconsoleorTelnetCLIsessionwill remainconnectedbeforetimingout.
Syntax
show logout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheCLIlogoutsetting:
G3(su)->show logout Logout currently set to: 10 minutes.
set logout
Usethiscommandtosetthetime(inminutes)anidleconsoleorTelnetCLIsessionwillremain connectedbeforetimingout.
Syntax
set logout timeout
2-25
show console
Parameters
timeout Setsthenumberofminutesthesystemwillremainidlebeforetimingout.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemtimeoutto10minutes:
G3(su)->set logout 10
show console
Usethiscommandtodisplayconsolesettings.
Syntax
show console [baud] [bits] [flowcontrol] [parity] [stopbits]
Parameters
baud bits flowcontrol parity stopbits (Optional)Displaystheinput/outputbaudrate. (Optional)Displaysthenumberofbitspercharacter. (Optional)Displaysthetypeofflowcontrol. (Optional)Displaysthetypeofparity. (Optional)Displaysthenumberofstopbits.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allsettingswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayallconsolesettings:
G3(su)->show console Baud Flow Bits ------ ------- ---9600 Disable 8 StopBits ---------1 Parity -----none
2-26
Basic Configuration
Syntax
set console baud rate
Parameters
rate Setstheconsolebaudrate.Validvaluesare:300,600,1200,2400,4800,5760, 9600,14400,19200,38400,and115200.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheconsoleportbaudrateto19200:
G3(su)->set console baud 19200
Thecontentsofthesixfields,fromtheleft,indicate: Typethetypeoflicense.FortheGSeries,thevalueinthisfieldisalwaysINCREMENT. Featuredescriptionofthefeaturebeinglicensed.Forexample,g3advrouterasshownin thecharacterstringabove. Datebasedversion(DBV)adaterelatedstring.FortheGSeries,thevalueinthisfieldisnot significant. Expirationtypeindicateswhetherthelicenseisapermanentoranevaluationlicense.Ifthe licenseisanevaluationlicense,thisfieldwillcontaintheexpirationdateofthelicense.Ifthe licenseisapermanentlicense,thisfieldwillcontainthewordpermanent. Keythelicensekey. HostIDtheserialnumberoftheswitchtowhichthislicenseapplies.
2-27
set license
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoactivateandverifylicensedfeaturesarelistedbelow.
For information about... set license show license clear license Refer to page... 2-28 2-29 2-29
set license
UsethiscommandtoactivatetheGSerieslicensedfeatures.
Syntax
set license type feature DBV expiration key hostid
Parameters
type feature DBV expiration Specifiesthetypeoflicense.FortheGSeries,thevalueinthisfieldis alwaysINCREMENT. Thenameofthefeaturebeinglicensed. Adaterelatedstringgeneratedaspartofthelicense. Indicateswhetherthelicenseisapermanentoranevaluationlicense.If thelicenseisanevaluationlicense,thisfieldwillcontaintheexpiration dateofthelicense.Ifthelicenseisapermanentlicense,thisfieldwill containthewordpermanent. Thelicensekey. Theserialnumberoftheswitchtowhichthislicenseapplies.
key hostid
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Whenactivatinglicenseswiththiscommand,EnterasysNetworksrecommendsthatyoucopyand pastetheentirelicensecharacterstring,ratherthanenterthetextmanually.Ifyouenterthe
2-28 Basic Configuration
show license
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoactivateapermanentlicensekeyontheswitchwithserialnumber 075103099041.
G3(rw)->set license INCREMENT G3ipv6router 2008.0212 permanent DF6A8558E5AB 075103099041 Validating license License successfully validated and set G3(rw)->
show license
Usethiscommandtodisplaylicensekeyinformationforswitcheswithactivatedlicenses.
Syntax
show license
Parameters
Defaults
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Licensescanbedisplayed,applied,andclearedonlywiththelicensecommandsdescribedinthis chapter.Generalconfigurationcommandssuchasshowconfigorclearconfigdonotaffect licenses.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaylicensekeyinformation.
G3(ro)->show license key: INCREMENT 2006.0728 permanent 31173CAC6495 045100039001 status: Active
clear license
Usethiscommandtoclearthelicensekeysettings.
Syntax
clear license featureId feature
2-29
Parameters
featureIDfeature Thenameofthefeaturebeingcleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheAdvancedRoutinglicensedfeature:
G3(rw)->clear license featureId g3advrouter
Purpose
ToreviewandsetsystempowerandPoEparameters,includingthepoweravailabletothesystem, theusagethresholdforeachmodule,whetherornotSNMPtrapmessageswillbesentwhen powerstatuschanges,andperportPoEsettings.
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewandsetsystempowerparametersarelistedbelow.
For information about... set system power show inlinepower set inlinepower threshold set inlinepower trap show port inlinepower set port inlinepower Refer to page... 2-30 2-30 2-30 2-33 2-33 2-34
2-30
Basic Configuration
show inlinepower
Parameters
redundant nonredundant Setsthesystemtooperateinredundantpowermode.Thisisthedefault settingwhentwopowersuppliesareinstalled. Setsthesystemtooperateinnonredundantpowermodewhentwo powersuppliesareinstalled.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystempowerredundancymodetononredundant:
G3(su)->set system power non-redundant
show inlinepower
Usethiscommandtodisplaysystempowerproperties.
Syntax
show inlinepower
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
2-31
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaysystempowerproperties.Inthiscase,powerredundancyis settoredundantmode:
G3(su)->show inlinepower Detection Mode : Total Power Detected : Total Power Available : Total Power Assigned : Power Allocation Mode : Power Trap Status : Power Redundancy Status: Power Supply 1 Status : Power Supply 2 Status : Slot ---1 2 3 4 Status -----auto auto Power(W) -------480 480 auto 1200 Watts 1000 Watts 0 Watts auto enable redundant Ok Ok Consumption(W) -------------0.00 0.00 Usage(%) -------0.00 0.00 Threshold(%) -----------80 80 Trap ---enable enable
Thisexampleshowssystempowerpropertieswhenpowerredundancyissettononredundant mode:
G3(su)->show inlinepower Detection Mode : Total Power Detected : Total Power Available : Total Power Assigned : Power Allocation Mode : Power Trap Status : Power Redundancy Status: Power Supply 1 Status : Power Supply 2 Status : Slot ---1 2 3 4 Status -----auto auto Power(W) -------480 480 auto 2400 Watts 2200 Watts 0 Watts auto enable not redundant Ok Ok Consumption(W) -------------0.00 0.00 Usage(%) -------0.00 0.00 Threshold(%) -----------80 80 Trap ---enable enable
Syntax
set inlinepower threshold usage-threshold unit-number
Parameters
thresholdvalue modulenumber Specifiesapowerthresholdasapercentageoftotalsystempowerusage. Validvaluesare11to100. Specifiesthemoduleonwhichtosetthepowerthreshold.
2-32
Basic Configuration
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthepowerthresholdto50onmodule/unit1:
G3(su)->set inlinepower threshold 50 1
Syntax
set inlinepower trap {disable | enable} module-number
Parameters
disable|enable modulenumber Disablesorenablesinlinepowertrapmessaging. Specifiesthemoduleonwhichtodisableorenabletrapmessaging.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableinlinepowertrapmessagingonmodule1:
G3(su)->set inlinepower trap enable 1
Syntax
show port inlinepower [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysinformationforspecificPoEport(s).
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,informationforallPoEportswillbedisplayed.
2-33
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPoEinformationforportge.2.1.Inthiscase,theports administrativestate,PoEpriorityandclasshavenotbeenchangedfromdefaultvalues:
G3(su)->show port inlinepower ge.2.1 Port Type Admin Oper -------------ge.2.1 wireless auto searching Priority -------low Class ----0 Power(W) -------15.4
Syntax
set port inlinepower port-string {[admin {off | auto}] [priority {critical | high | low}] [type type]}
Parameters
portstring adminoff|auto prioritycritical| high|low typetype Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoconfigurePoE. SetsthePoEadministrativestatetooff(disabled)orauto(on). Setstheport(s)priorityforthePoEallocationalgorithmtocritical (highest),highorlow. Specifiesastringdescribingthetypeofdeviceconnectedtoaport.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePoEonportge.3.1withcriticalpriority:
G3(su)->set port inlinepower ge.3.1 admin auto priority critical
2-34
Basic Configuration
2.
Beforethebootupcompletes,type2toselectStartBootMenu.Useadministratorforthe Password.
Note: The Boot Menu password administrator can be changed using boot menu option 11.
2-35
Options available 1 - Start operational code 2 - Change baud rate 3 - Retrieve event log using XMODEM (64KB). 4 - Load new operational code using XMODEM 5 - Display operational code vital product data 6 - Run Flash Diagnostics 7 - Update Boot Code 8 - Delete operational code 9 - Reset the system 10 - Restore Configuration to factory defaults (delete config files) 11 - Set new Boot Code password [Boot Menu] 2
3.
Type2.Thefollowingbaudrateselectionscreendisplays:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 no change
4.
Type8tosettheswitchbaudrateto115200.Thefollowingmessagedisplays:
Setting baud rate to 115200, you must change your terminal baud rate.
5. 6.
2-36
Basic Configuration
7. 8.
Fromthebootmenuoptionsscreen,type2todisplaythebaudrateselectionscreenagain. Type4settheswitchbaudrateto9600.Thefollowingmessagedisplays:
Setting baud rate to 9600, you must change your terminal baud rate.
9.
Settheterminalbaudrateto9600andpressENTER.
1. 2. 3. 4.
Saveyourconfiguration,asdescribedinsaveconfig(page 243). Loadyourpreviousversionofcodeonthedevice,asdescribedinDownloadingaFirmware Image(page 235). Setthisolderversionofcodetobethebootcode,asdescribedinReviewingandSelectinga BootFirmwareImage(page 237). Reloadthesavedconfigurationontothedeviceasdescribedinconfigure(page 246).
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewandselecttheswitchsbootimagefilearelistedbelow.
For information about... show boot system set boot system Refer to page... 2-37 2-38
2-37
Syntax
show boot system
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheswitchsbootfirmwareimage:
G3(su)->show boot system Current system image to boot: bootfile
Syntax
set boot system filename
Parameters
filename Specifiesthenameofthefirmwareimagefile.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthebootfirmwareimagefiletonewimage:
G3(su)->set boot system newimage
2-38
Basic Configuration
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoenable,startandconfigureTelnetarelistedbelow.
For information about... show telnet set telnet telnet Refer to page... 2-39 2-39 2-40
show telnet
UsethiscommandtodisplaythestatusofTelnetontheswitch.
Syntax
show telnet
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayTelnetstatus:
G3(su)->show telnet Telnet inbound is currently: ENABLED Telnet outbound is currently: ENABLED
set telnet
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableTelnetontheswitch.
Syntax
set telnet {enable | disable} [inbound | outbound | all]
2-39
telnet
Parameters
enable|disable inbound| outbound|all EnablesordisablesTelnetservices. (Optional)Specifiesinboundservice(theabilitytoTelnettothisswitch), outboundservice(theabilitytoTelnettootherdevices),orall(both inboundandoutbound).
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,bothinboundandoutboundTelnetservicewillbeenabled.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableinboundandoutboundTelnetservices:
G3(su)->set telnet disable all Disconnect all telnet sessions and disable now (y/n)? [n]: y All telnet sessions have been terminated, telnet is now disabled.
telnet
UsethiscommandtostartaTelnetconnectiontoaremotehost.TheGSeriesswitchallowsatotal offourinboundand/oroutboundTelnetsessiontorunsimultaneously.
Syntax
telnet host [port]
Parameters
host port SpecifiesthenameorIPaddressoftheremotehost. (Optional)Specifiestheserverportnumber.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,thedefaultportnumber23willbeused.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtostartaTelnetsessiontoahostat10.21.42.13:
G3(su)->telnet 10.21.42.13
2-40
Basic Configuration
Purpose
TosetandviewthepersistencemodeforCLIconfigurationcommands,manuallysavethe runningconfiguration,view,manage,andexecuteconfigurationfilesandimagefiles,andsetand viewTFTPparameters.
Commands
For information about... show snmp persistmode set snmp persistmode save config dir show file show config configure copy delete show tftp settings set tftp timeout Refer to page... 2-42 2-42 2-43 2-43 2-44 2-45 2-46 2-47 2-47 2-48 2-48
2-41
For information about... clear tftp timeout set tftp retry clear tftp retry
Syntax
show snmp persistmode
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Bydefault,themodeissettoautosave,whichautomaticallysavesconfigurationchangesat specificintervals.Ifthemodeissettomanual,configurationcommandsareneverautomatically saved.Inordertomakeconfigurationchangespersistentwhenthemodeismanual,thesave configcommandmustbeissuedasdescribedinConfigurationPersistenceModeonpage241.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheconfigurationpersistencemodesetting.Inthiscase, persistencemodeissettomanual,whichmeansconfigurationchangesarenotbeing automaticallysaved.
G3(su)->show snmp persistmode persistmode is manual
Syntax
set snmp persistmode {auto | manual}
2-42
Basic Configuration
save config
Parameters
auto manual Setstheconfigurationpersistencemodetoautomatic.Thisisthedefault state. Setstheconfigurationpersistencemodetomanual.Inordertomake configurationchangespersistent,thesaveconfigcommandmustbe issuedasdescribedinsaveconfigonpage243.Thismodeisusefulfor revertingbacktooldconfigurations.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheconfigurationpersistencemodetomanual:
G3(su)->set snmp persistmode manual
save config
Usethiscommandtosavetherunningconfiguration. Syntax
save config
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosavetherunningconfiguration:
G3(su)->save config
dir
Usethiscommandtolistconfigurationandimagefilesstoredinthefilesystem.
Syntax
dir [filename]
2-43
show file
Parameters
filename (Optional)Specifiesthefilenameordirectorytolist.
Defaults
Iffilenameisnotspecified,allfilesinthesystemwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtolistalltheconfigurationandimagefilesinthesystem:
G3(su)->dir Images: ================================================================== Filename: G3-series_02.01.30 Version: 1.00.xx Size: 6873088 (bytes) Date: Fri Apr 1 15:23:24 2005 CheckSum: 7eb3dd1118a8ef60cf2c7bb162ac07ee Compatibility: G3G124-24, G3G124-24P Filename: Version: Size: Date: CheckSum: Compatibility: G3-image_02.61.30 (Active) (Boot) 1.00.xx 6883328 (bytes) Tue Apr 5 16:41:50 2005 37cb8761e1761a7a0e24c33e88138d5a G3G124-24, G3G124-24P Size ======== 17509 3173 162833
show file
Usethiscommandtodisplaythecontentsofafile.
Syntax
show file filename
Parameters
filename Specifiesthenameofthefiletodisplay.
Defaults
None.
2-44
Basic Configuration
show config
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayatextfilenamedmypolicyintheconfigs/directory.Note thatonlyaportionofthefileisshowninthisexample.
G3(rw)->show file configs/mypolicy 1 : 2 : 3 : #policy 4 : 5 : set policy profile 1 name "Check GUEST" pvid-status enable pvid 4095 untaggedvlans 1 6 : 7 : set policy profile 2 name "User LABORATORIES" pvid-status enable pvid 680 cosstatus enable cos 4 untagged-vlans 680 8 : 9 : set policy profile 3 name "Administrator" pvid-status enable pvid 4095 10 : 11 : set policy profile 4 name "Guest" pvid-status enable pvid 999 cos-status enable cos 3 untagged-vlans 999 12 : 13 : set policy port ge.1.1 4 14 : 15 : set policy port ge.1.2 4
show config
Usethiscommandtodisplaythesystemconfigurationorwritetheconfigurationtoafile.
Syntax
show config [all | facility] [outfile {configs/filename}]
Parameters
all facility (Optional)Displaysdefaultandnondefaultconfigurationsettings. (Optional)Specifiestheexactnameofonefacilityforwhichtoshow configuration.Forexample,enterroutertoshowonlyrouter configuration. (Optional)Specifiesthatthecurrentconfigurationwillbewrittentoatext fileintheconfigs/directory. Specifiesafilenameintheconfigs/directorytodisplay.
outfile configs/filename
Defaults
Bydefault,showconfigwilldisplayallnondefaultconfigurationinformationforallfacilities.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
2-45
configure
Usage
Theseparatefacilitiesthatcanbedisplayedbythiscommandareidentifiedinthedisplayofthe currentconfigurationbya#precedingthefacilityname.Forexample,#portindicatesthefacility nameport.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtowritethecurrentconfigurationtoafilenamedsave_config2:
G3(rw)->show config all outfile configs/save_config2
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayconfigurationforthefacilityport.
G3(rw)->show config port This command shows non-default configurations only. Use 'show config all' to show both default and non-default configurations. begin ! #***** NON-DEFAULT CONFIGURATION ***** ! ! #port set port jumbo disable ge.1.1 ! end
configure
Usethiscommandtoexecuteapreviouslydownloadedconfigurationfilestoredontheswitch.
Syntax
configure filename [append]
Parameters
filename append Specifiesthepathandfilenameoftheconfigurationfiletoexecute. (Optional)Appendstheconfigurationfilecontentstothecurrent configuration.Thisisequivalenttotypingthecontentsoftheconfigfile directlyintotheCLIandcanbeused,forexample,tomakeincremental adjustmentstothecurrentconfiguration.
Defaults
Ifappendisnotspecified,thecurrentrunningconfigurationwillbereplacedwiththecontentsof theconfigurationfile,whichwillrequireanautomatedresetofthechassis.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
2-46
Basic Configuration
copy
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoexecutetheJan1_2004.cfgconfigurationfile:
G3(su)->configure configs/Jan1_2004.cfg
copy
UsethiscommandtouploadordownloadanimageoraCLIconfigurationfile.
Syntax
copy source destination
Parameters
source destination Specifieslocationandnameofthesourcefiletocopy.Optionsarealocalfile pathintheconfigsdirectory,ortheURLofaTFTPserver. Specifieslocationandnameofthedestinationwherethefilewillbecopied. Optionsareaslotlocationandfilename,ortheURLofaTFTPserver.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodownloadanimageviaTFTP:
G3(su)->copy tftp://10.1.192.34/version01000 system:image
Thisexampleshowshowtodownloadaconfigurationfiletotheconfigsdirectory:
G3(su)->copy tftp://10.1.192.1/Jan1_2004.cfg configs/Jan1_2004.cfg
delete
UsethiscommandtoremoveanimageoraCLIconfigurationfilefromtheswitch.
Syntax
delete filename
Parameters
filename Specifiesthelocalpathnametothefile.Validdirectoriesare/imagesand /configs.44.
Defaults
None.
2-47
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Usethedircommand(page243)todisplaycurrentimageandconfigurationfilenames.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeletetheJan1_2004.cfgconfigurationfile:
G3(su)->delete configs/Jan1_2004.cfg
Syntax
show tftp settings
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
TheTFTPtimeoutvaluecanbesetwiththesettftptimeoutcommand.TheTFTPretryvaluecan besetwiththesettftpretrycommand.
Example
Thisexampleshowstheoutputofthiscommand.
G3(ro)->show tftp settings TFTP packet timeout (seconds): 2 TFTP max retry: 5
Syntax
set tftp timeout seconds
2-48
Basic Configuration
Parameters
seconds Specifiesthenumberofsecondstowaitforareply.Thevalidrangeis from1to30seconds.Defaultvalueis2seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthetimeoutperiodto4seconds.
G3(rw)->set tftp timeout 4
Syntax
clear tftp timeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthetimeoutvaluetothedefaultof2seconds.
G3(rw)-> clear tftp timeout
Syntax
set tftp retry retry
Parameters
retry Specifiesthenumberoftimesapacketwillberesent.Thevalidrangeis from1to1000.Defaultvalueis5retries.
2-49
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetstheretrycountto3.
G3(rw)->set tftp retry 3
Syntax
clear tftp retry
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocleartheretryvaluetothedefaultof5retries.
G3(rw)-> clear tftp retry
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoclearandclosetheCLIsessionarelistedbelow.
For information about... cls exit Refer to page... 2-51 2-51
2-50
Basic Configuration
Syntax
cls
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCLIscreen:
G3(su)->cls
exit
UseeitherofthesecommandstoleaveaCLIsession.
Syntax
exit
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Bydefault,switchtimeoutoccursafter15minutesofuserinactivity,automaticallyclosingyour CLIsession.Usethesetlogoutcommand(page225)tochangethisdefault.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoexitaCLIsession:
G3(su)->exit
2-51
Commands
For information about... reset clear config Refer to page... 2-52 2-52
reset
Usethiscommandtoresettheswitchwithoutlosinganyuserdefinedconfigurationsettings.
Syntax
reset
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthesystem:
G3(su)->reset This command will reset all modules and may disconnect your telnet session. Do you want to continue (y/n) [n]?
clear config
Usethiscommandtocleartheuserdefinedconfigurationparameters.
Syntax
clear config
Parameters
None.
2-52
Basic Configuration
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearconfigurationparameters:
G3(su)->clear config
Commands
For information about... show webview set webview show ssl set ssl Refer to page... 2-53 2-54 2-54 2-55
show webview
UsethiscommandtodisplayWebViewstatus.
Syntax
show webview
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
2-53
set webview
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayWebViewstatus:
G3(rw)->show webview WebView is Enabled.
set webview
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableWebViewontheswitch.
Syntax
set webview {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnableordisableWebViewontheswitch.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ItisgoodpracticeforsecurityreasonstodisableHTTPaccessontheswitchwhenfinished configuringwithWebView,andthentoonlyenableWebViewontheswitchwhenchangesneed tobemade.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableWebViewontheswitch:
G3(rw)->set webview disable
show ssl
UsethiscommandtodisplaySSLstatus.
Syntax
show ssl
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
2-54
Basic Configuration
set ssl
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySSLstatus:
G3(rw)->show ssl SSL status: Enabled
set ssl
UsethiscommandtoenableordisabletheuseofWebViewoverSSLport443.Bydefault,SSLis disabledontheswitch.Thiscommandcanalsobeusedtoreinitializethehostkeythatisusedfor encryption.
Syntax
set ssl {enabled | disabled | reinitialize | hostkey reinitialize}
Parameters
enabled|disabled reinitialize hostkeyreinitialize EnableordisabletheabilitytouseWebViewoverSSL. StopsandthenrestartstheSSLprocess. StopsSSL,regeneratesnewkeys,andthenrestartsSSL.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableSSL:
G3(rw)->set ssl enabled
2-55
set ssl
2-56
Basic Configuration
3
Discovery Protocol Configuration
Thischapterdescribeshowtoconfigurediscoveryprotocols.
For information about... Configuring CDP Configuring Cisco Discovery Protocol Configuring Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Refer to page... 3-1 3-6 3-13
Configuring CDP
Purpose
ToreviewandconfiguretheEnterasysCDPdiscoveryprotocol.Thisprotocolisusedtodiscover networktopology.Whenenabled,thisprotocolallowsEnterasysdevicestosendperiodicPDUs aboutthemselvestoneighboringdevices.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfiguretheCDPdiscoveryprotocolarelistedbelow.
For information about... show cdp set cdp state set cdp auth set cdp interval set cdp hold-time clear cdp show neighbors Refer to page... 3-1 3-3 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-5 3-6
show cdp
UsethiscommandtodisplaythestatusoftheCDPdiscoveryprotocolandmessageintervalon oneormoreports.
3-1
show cdp
Syntax
show cdp [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysCDPstatusforaspecificport.Foradetaileddescription ofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,allCDPinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayCDPinformationforportsge.1.1throughge.1.9:
G3(su)->show cdp ge.1.1-9 CDP Global Status CDP Version Supported CDP Hold Time CDP Authentication Code CDP Transmit Frequency Port Status ----------------ge.1.1 auto-enable ge.1.2 auto-enable ge.1.3 auto-enable ge.1.4 auto-enable ge.1.5 auto-enable ge.1.6 auto-enable ge.1.7 auto-enable ge.1.8 auto-enable ge.1.9 auto-enable :auto-enable :30 hex :180 :00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 hex :60
3-2
Table 3-1
Syntax
set cdp state {auto | disable | enable} [port-string]
Parameters
auto|disable| enable portstring Autoenables,disablesorenablestheCDPprotocolonthespecifiedport(s). Inautoenablemode,whichisthedefaultmodeforallports,aport automaticallybecomesCDPenableduponreceivingitsfirstCDPmessage. (Optional)EnablesordisablesCDPonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,theCDPstatewillbegloballyset.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballyenableCDP:
G3(su)->set cdp state enable
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheCDPforportge.1.2:
G3(su)->set cdp state enable ge.1.2
ThisexampleshowshowtodisabletheCDPforportge.1.2:
G3(su)->set cdp state disable ge.1.2
Syntax
set cdp auth auth-code
3-3
Parameters
authcode SpecifiesanauthenticationcodefortheCDPprotocol.Thiscanbeupto16 hexadecimalvaluesseparatedbycommas.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheauthenticationcodevaluedeterminesaswitchsCDPdomain.Iftwoormoreswitcheshave thesameCDPauthenticationcode,theywillbeenteredintoeachothersCDPneighbortables.If theyhavedifferentauthenticationcodes,theyareindifferentdomainsandwillnotbeentered intoeachothersCDPneighbortables. Aswitchwiththedefaultauthenticationcode(16nullcharacters)willrecognizeallswitches,no matterwhattheirauthenticationcode,andenterthemintoitsCDPneighbortable.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCDPauthenticationcodeto1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8:
G3(su)->set cdp auth 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8:
Syntax
set cdp interval frequency
Parameters
frequency SpecifiesthetransmitfrequencyofCDPmessagesinseconds.Validvalues arefrom5to900seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCDPintervalfrequencyto15seconds:
G3(su)->set cdp interval 15
3-4
Syntax
set cdp hold-time hold-time
Parameters
holdtime SpecifiestheholdtimevalueforCDPmessagesinseconds.Validvaluesare from15to600.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetCDPholdtimeto60seconds:
G3(su)->set cdp hold-time 60
clear cdp
UsethiscommandtoresetCDPdiscoveryprotocolsettingstodefaults.
Syntax
clear cdp {[state] [port-state port-string] [interval] [hold-time] [auth-code]}
Parameters
state portstateportstring interval holdtime authcode (Optional)ResetstheglobalCDPstatetoautoenabled. (Optional)Resetstheportstateonspecificport(s)toautoenabled. (Optional)Resetsthemessagefrequencyintervalto60seconds. (Optional)Resetstheholdtimevalueto180seconds. (Optional)Resetstheauthenticationcodeto16bytesof00(000000 0000000000).
Defaults
Atleastoneoptionalparametermustbeentered.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheCDPstatetoautoenabled:
G3(su)->clear cdp state
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 3-5
show neighbors
show neighbors
ThiscommanddisplaysNeighborDiscoveryinformationforeithertheCDPorCiscoDP protocols.
Syntax
show neighbors [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)SpecifiestheportorportsforwhichtodisplayNeighbor Discoveryinformation.
Defaults
Ifnoportisspecified,allNeighborDiscoveryinformationisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
ThiscommanddisplaysinformationdiscoveredbyboththeCDPandtheCiscoDPprotocols.
Example
ThisexampledisplaysNeighborDiscoveryinformationforallports.
G3(su)->show neighbors Port Device ID Port ID Type Network Address -----------------------------------------------------------------------------ge.1.1 00036b8b1587 12.227.1.176 ciscodp 12.227.1.176 ge.1.6 0001f496126f 140.2.3.1 ciscodp 140.2.3.1 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-00-72-fe 140.2.4.102 cdp 140.2.4.102 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-00-70-8a 140.2.4.104 cdp 140.2.4.104 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-c5-f7-20 140.2.4.101 cdp 140.2.4.101 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-89-4f-ae 140.2.4.105 cdp 140.2.4.105 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-5f-1f-c0 140.2.1.11 cdp 140.2.1.11 ge.1.19 0001f400732e 165.32.100.10 ciscodp 165.32.100.10
3-6
show ciscodp
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfiguretheCiscodiscoveryprotocolarelistedbelow.Refer alsotoshowneighborsonpage36.
For information about... show ciscodp show ciscodp port info set ciscodp status set ciscodp timer set ciscodp holdtime set ciscodp port clear ciscodp Refer to page... 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-9 3-10 3-10 3-12
show ciscodp
UsethiscommandtodisplayglobalCiscodiscoveryprotocolinformation.
Syntax
show ciscodp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayglobalCiscoDPinformation.
G3(su)->show ciscodp CiscoDP :Enabled Timer :5 Holdtime (TTl): 180 Device ID : 001188554A60 Last Change : WED NOV 08 13:19:56 2006
3-7
Table 3-2
Syntax
show ciscodp port info [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysCiscoDPinformationforaspecificport.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,CiscoDPinformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayCiscoDPinformationforGigabitEthernetport1inslot1.
G3(su)->show ciscodp port info ge.1.1 port state vvid trusted cos ---------------------------------------------ge.1.1 enable none yes 0
Table 33providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput. Table 3-3 show ciscodp port info Output Details
What It Displays... Port designation. For a detailed description of possible port-string values, refer to Port String Syntax Used in the CLI on page 4-1. Whether Cisco DP is enabled, disabled or auto-enabled on the port. Default state of enabled can be changed using the set ciscodp port command. Whether a voice VLAN ID has been set on this port. Default of none can be changed using the set ciscodp port command.
3-8
Table 3-3
Syntax
set ciscodp state {auto | disable | enable}
Parameters
auto disable enable GloballyenableonlyifCiscoDPPDUsarereceived. GloballydisableCiscodiscoveryprotocol. GloballyenableCiscodiscoveryprotocol.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballyenableCiscoDP:
G3(su)->set ciscodp state enable
Syntax
set ciscodp timer seconds
Parameters
seconds SpecifiesthenumberofsecondsbetweenCiscoDPPDUtransmissions. Validvaluesarefrom5to254seconds.
Defaults
None.
3-9
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCiscoDPtimerto120seconds.
G3(su)->set ciscodp timer 120
Syntax
set ciscodp holdtime hold-time
Parameters
holdtime SpecifiesthetimetoliveforCiscoDPPDUs.Validvaluesarefrom10to255 seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetCiscoDPholdtimeto180seconds:
G3(su)->set ciscodp hold-time 180
Syntax
set ciscodp port {[status {disable | enable}] [vvid {vlan-id | none | dot1p | untagged}] [trusted {yes | no}] [cos value]} port-string
Parameters
status disable enable vvid vlanid SetstheCiscoDPportoperationalstatus. DoesnottransmitorprocessCiscoDPPDUs. TransmitsandprocessesCiscoDPPDUs. SetstheportvoiceVLANforCiscoDPPDUtransmission. SpecifiestheVLANID,range14094.
3-10
NovoiceVLANwillbeusedinCiscoDPPDUs.Thisisthedefault. Instructsattachedphonetosend802.1ptaggedframes. Instructsattachedphonetosenduntaggedframes. Setstheextendedtrustmodeontheport. Instructsattachedphonetoallowthedeviceconnectedtoittotransmit trafficcontaininganyCoSorLayer2802.1pmarking.Thisisthedefault value. Instructsattachedphonetooverwritethe802.1ptagoftraffic transmittedbythedeviceconnectedtoitto0,bydefault,ortothevalue configuredwiththecosparameter. Instructsattachedphonetooverwritethe802.1ptagoftraffic transmittedbythedeviceconnectedtoitwiththespecifiedvalue,when thetrustmodeoftheportissettountrusted.Valuecanrangefrom0to 7,with0indicatingthelowestpriority. Specifiestheport(s)onwhichstatuswillbeset.
no
cosvalue
portstring
Defaults
Status:enabled VoiceVLAN:none Trustmode:trusted CoSvalue:0
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
ThefollowingpointsdescribehowtheCiscoDPextendedtrustsettingsworkontheswitch. ACiscoDPporttruststatusoftrustedoruntrustedisonlymeaningfulwhenaCiscoIPphone isconnectedtoaswitchportandaPCorotherdeviceisconnectedtothebackoftheCiscoIP phone. ACiscoDPportstateoftrustedoruntrustedonlyaffectstaggedtraffictransmittedbythe deviceconnectedtotheCiscoIPphone.Untaggedtraffictransmittedbythedeviceconnected totheCiscoIPphoneisunaffectedbythissetting. IftheswitchportisconfiguredtoaCiscoDPtruststateoftrusted(withthetrustedyes parameterofthiscommand),thissettingiscommunicatedtotheCiscoIPphoneinstructingit toallowthedeviceconnectedtoittotransmittrafficcontaininganyCoSorLayer2802.1p marking. IftheswitchportisconfiguredtoaCiscoDPtruststateofuntrusted(trustedno),thissetting iscommunicatedtotheCiscoIPphoneinstructingittooverwritethe802.1ptagoftraffic transmittedbythedeviceconnectedtoitto0,bydefault,ortothevaluespecifiedbythecos parameterofthiscommand. Thereisaonetoonecorrelationbetweenthevaluesetwiththecosparameterandthe802.1p valueassignedtoingressedtrafficbytheCiscoIPphone.Avalueof0equatestoan802.1p priorityof0.Therefore,avalueof7isgiventhehighestpriority.
3-11
clear ciscodp
Note: The Cisco Discovery Protocol must be globally enabled using the set ciscodp status command before operational status can be set on individual ports.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCiscoDPportvoiceVLANIDto3onportge.1.6andenable theportoperationalstate.
G3(rw)->set ciscodp port status enable vvid 3 ge.1.6
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCiscoDPextendedtrustmodetountrustedonportge.1.5and settheCoSpriorityto1.
G3(rw)->set ciscodp port trusted no cos 1 ge.1.5
clear ciscodp
UsethiscommandtocleartheCiscodiscoveryprotocolbacktothedefaultvalues.
Syntax
clear ciscodp [status | timer | holdtime | {port {status | vvid | trust | cos} [port-string]}]
Parameters
status timer holdtime port status vvid trust cos portstring ClearsglobalCiscoDPenablestatustodefaultofauto. ClearsthetimebetweenCiscoDPPDUtransmissionstodefaultof60 seconds. ClearsthetimetoliveforCiscoDPPDUdatatodefaultof180seconds. ClearstheCiscoDPportconfiguration. Clearstheindividualportoperationalstatustothedefaultofenabled. ClearstheindividualportvoiceVLANforCiscoDPPDUtransmission to0. Clearsthetrustmodeconfigurationoftheporttotrusted. ClearstheCoSpriorityforuntrustedtrafficoftheportto0. (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)onwhichstatuswillbeset.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersareentered,allCiscoDPparametersareresettothedefaultsgloballyandforall ports.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearalltheCiscoDPparametersbacktothedefaultsettings.
G3(rw)->clear ciscodp
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCiscoDPstatusonportge.1.5.
G3(rw)->clear ciscodp port status ge.1.5
3-12 Discovery Protocol Configuration
TheinformationsentbyanLLDPenableddeviceisextractedandtabulatedbyitspeers.The communicationcanbedonewheninformationchangesoronaperiodicbasis.Theinformation tabulatedisagedtoensurethatitiskeptuptodate.Portscanbeconfiguredtosendthis information,receivethisinformation,orbothsendandreceive. EitherLLDPorLLDPMED,butnotboth,canbeusedonaninterfacebetweentwodevices.A switchportusesLLDPMEDwhenitdetectsthatanLLDPMEDcapabledeviceisconnectedtoit. LLDPinformationiscontainedwithinaLinkLayerDiscoveryProtocolDataUnit(LLDPDU)sent inasingle802.3Ethernetframe.TheinformationfieldsinLLDPDUareasequenceofshort, variablelength,informationelementsknownasTLVstype,length,andvaluefieldswhere: Typeidentifieswhatkindofinformationisbeingsent Lengthindicatesthelengthoftheinformationstringinoctets Valueistheactualinformationthatneedstobesent
Purpose
ToreviewandconfigureLLPDandLLPDMED.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfiguretheCDPdiscoveryprotocolarelistedbelow.
For information about... show lldp show lldp port status show lldp port trap show lldp port tx-tlv show lldp port location-info show lldp port local-info Refer to page... 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-16 3-17 3-17
3-13
show lldp
For information about... show lldp port remote-info set lldp tx-interval set lldp hold-multiplier set lldp trap-interval set lldp med-fast-repeat set lldp port status set lldp port trap set lldp port med-trap set lldp port location-info set lldp port tx-tlv clear lldp clear lldp port status clear lldp port trap clear lldp port med-trap clear lldp port location-info clear lldp port tx-tlv clear lldp port tx-tlv
Refer to page... 3-20 3-22 3-22 3-23 3-23 3-24 3-24 3-25 3-25 3-26 3-28 3-28 3-29 3-29 3-30 3-30 3-30
Configuration Tasks
Thecommandsincludedinthisimplementationallowyoutoperformthefollowingconfiguration tasks:
Step 1. Task Configure global system LLDP parameters Command(s) set lldp tx-interval set lldp hold-multiplier set lldp trap-interval set lldp med-fast-repeat clear lldp 2. Enable/disable specific ports to: Transmit and process received LLDPDUs Send LLDP traps Send LLDP-MED traps set/clear lldp port status set/clear lldp port trap set/clear lldp port med-trap
show lldp
UsethiscommandtodisplayLLDPconfigurationinformation.
Syntax
show lldp
3-14
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayLLDPconfigurationinformation.
G3(ro)->show lldp Message Tx Interval Message Tx Hold Multiplier Notification Tx Interval MED Fast Start Count Tx-Enabled Ports Rx-Enabled Ports Trap-Enabled Ports MED Trap-Enabled Ports : : : : 30 4 5 3
: ge.1.1-60; ge.2.1-24; ge.3.1-30; ge.4.1-12; : ge.1.1-60; ge.2.1-24; ge.3.1-30; ge.4.1-12; : ge.1.1-60; ge.2.1-24; ge.3.1-30; ge.4.1-12; : ge.1.1-60; ge.2.1-24; ge.3.1-30; ge.4.1-12;
Syntax
show lldp port status [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysLLDPstatusforoneorarangeofports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,LLDPstatusinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayLLDPportstatusinformationforallports.
G3(ro)->show lldp port status Tx-Enabled Ports Rx-Enabled Ports : ge.1.1-60; ge.2.1-24; ge.3.1-30; ge.4.1-12 : ge.1.1-60; ge.2.1-24; ge.3.1-30; ge.4.1-12
3-15
Syntax
show lldp port trap [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaystheportorrangeofportsthathavebeenenabled tosendLLDPand/orLLDPMEDnotifications.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,LLDPporttrapinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayLLDPporttrapinformationforallports.
G3(ro)->show lldp port trap Trap-Enabled Ports : MED Trap-Enabled Ports:
Syntax
showlldpporttxtlv[portstring]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysinformationaboutTLVconfigurationforoneora rangeofports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,TLVconfigurationinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
3-16
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytransmitTLVinformationforthreeports.
G3(ro)->show lldp port tx-tlv ge.1.1-3 * Means TLV is supported and enabled on this port o Means TLV is supported on this port Means TLV is not supported on this port Column Pro Id uses letter notation for enable: s-stp, l-lacp, g-gvrp Ports ------ge.1.1 ge.1.2 ge.1.3 Port Desc ---* * * Sys Name ---* * * Sys Desc ---* * * Sys Cap --* * * Mgmt Addr ---* * * Vlan Id ---* * * Pro Id ---slg slg slg MAC PoE Link Max PHY Aggr Frame --- --- ---- ---* * * * * * * * * MED MED MED MED Cap Pol Loc PoE --- --- --- --* * * *
Syntax
show lldp port location-info [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysportlocationinformationforoneorarangeof ports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,portlocationconfigurationinformationwillbedisplayedforall ports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayportlocationinformationforthreeports.
G3(ro)->show lldp port location-info ge.1.1-3 Ports -------ge.1.1 ge.1.2 ge.1.3 Type ------------ELIN ELIN ELIN Location ------------------------1234567890 1234567890 1234567890
3-17
Syntax
show lldp port local-info [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displayslocalsysteminformationforoneorarangeof ports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,localsysteminformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythelocalsysteminformationstoredforportge.4.1.Table 34 describestheoutputfieldsofthiscommand.
G3(rw)->show lldp port local-info ge.4.1 Local Port : ge.4.1 Local Port Id: ge.4.1 -------------------Port Desc : ... 1000BASE-TX RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet Frontpanel Port Mgmt Addr : 10.21.64.100 Chassis ID : 00-E0-63-93-74-A5 Sys Name : LLDP PoE test Chassis Sys Desc : Enterasys Networks, Inc. Sys Cap Supported/Enabled : bridge,router/bridge Auto-Neg Supported/Enabled Auto-Neg Advertised : yes/yes : 10BASE-T, 10BASE-TFD, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-TXFD, 1000BASE-TFD, Bpause Operational Speed/Duplex/Type : 100 full tx Max Frame Size (bytes) : 1522 Vlan Id : 1 LAG Supported/Enabled/Id : no/no/0 Protocol Id : Spanning Tree v-3 (IEEE802.1s) LACP v-1 GVRP PoE PoE PoE PoE PoE PoE PoE Device Power Source MDI Supported/Enabled Pair Controllable/Used Power Class Power Limit (mW) Power Priority : : : : : : : PSE device primary yes/yes false/spare 2 15400 high
Table 34describestheinformationdisplayedbytheshowlldpportlocalinfocommand.
3-18
Table 3-4
Output Field Local Port Local Port Id Port Desc Mgmt Addr Chassis ID Sys Name Sys Desc Sys Cap Supported/Enabled Auto-Neg Supported/Enabled
Protocol Id
ECS ELIN
PoE Device
3-19
Table 3-4
Syntax
show lldp port remote-info [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysremotesysteminformationforoneorarangeof ports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,remotesysteminformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
3-20
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheremotesysteminformationstoredforportge.3.1.The remotesysteminformationwasreceivedfromanIPphone,whichisanLLDPMEDenabled device.Table 35describestheoutputfieldsthatareuniquetotheremotesysteminformation displayedforaMEDenableddevice.
G3(ro)->show lldp port remote-info ge.3.1 Local Port : ge.3.1 Remote Port Id : 00-09-6e-0e-14-3d --------------------Mgmt Addr : 0.0.0.0 Chassis ID : 0.0.0.0 Device Type : Communication Device Endpoint (class III) Sys Name : AVE0E143D Sys Cap Supported/Enabled : bridge,telephone/bridge Auto-Neg Supported/Enabled Auto-Neg Advertised : : : : : : : : : : yes/yes 10BASE-T, 10BASE-TFD 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-TXFD pause, Spause 4610D01A b10d01b2_7.bin a10d01b2_7.bin 05GM42004348 Avaya 4610
Operational Speed/Duplex/Type : 100/full/TX Hardware Revision Firmware Revision Software Revision Serial Number Manufacturer Model Number
Notethattheinformationfieldsdisplayedbytheshowlldpportremoteinfocommandwillvary, dependingonthetypeofremotedevicethatisconnectedtotheport. Table 35describestheoutputfieldsthatareuniquetotheremotesysteminformationdatabase. RefertoTable 34onpage 19fordescriptionsoftheinformationfieldsthatarecommontoboth thelocalandtheremotesysteminformationdatabases. Table 3-5 show lldp port remote-info Output Display
What it Displays... Displays whatever port Id information received in the LLDPDU from the remote device. In this case, the port Id is MAC address of remote device. Mandatory LLDP-MED Capabilities TLV. Displayed only when the port is connected to an LLDP-MED-capable endpoint device. LLDP-MED Extensions Inventory Management TLV component. LLDP-MED Extensions Inventory Management TLV component. LLDP-MED Extensions Inventory Management TLV component. LLDP-MED Extensions Inventory Management TLV component. LLDP-MED Extensions Inventory Management TLV component. LLDP-MED Extensions Inventory Management TLV component. LLDP-MED Extensions Inventory Management TLV component. In the above example, no asset ID was received from the remote device so the field is not displayed.
Output Field Remote Port Id Device Type Hardware Revision Firmware Revision Software Revision Serial Number Manufacturer Model Number Asset ID
3-21
Syntax
set lldp tx-interval frequency
Parameters
frequency SpecifiesthenumberofsecondsbetweentransmissionsofLLDP frames.Valuecanrangefrom5to32,768seconds.Thedefaultis30 seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthetransmitintervalto20seconds.
G3(rw)->set lldp tx-interval 20
Syntax
set lldp hold-multiplier multiplier-val
Parameters
multiplierval Specifiesthemultipliertoapplytothetransmitintervaltodetermine thetimetolivevalue.Valuecanrangefrom2to10.Defaultvalueis 4.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthetransmitintervalto20secondsandtheholdmultiplierto5,whichwill configureatimetoliveof100tobeusedintheTTLfieldintheLLDPDUheader.
G3(rw)->set lldp tx-interval 20 G3(rw)->set lldp hold-multiplier 5
3-22 Discovery Protocol Configuration
Syntax
set lldp trap-interval frequency
Parameters
frequency SpecifiestheminimumtimebetweenLLDPtraptransmissions,in seconds.Thevaluecanrangefrom5to3600seconds.Thedefault valueis5seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexamplesetstheminimumintervalbetweenLLDPtrapsto10seconds.
G3(rw)->set lldp trap-interval 10
Syntax
set lldp med-fast-repeat count
Parameters
count SpecifiesthenumberoffaststartLLDPDUstobesentwhenan LLDPMEDendpointdeviceisdetected.Valuecanrangefrom1to 10.Defaultis3.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
3-23
Example
ThisexamplesetsthenumberoffaststartLLDPDUstobesentto4.
G3(rw)->set lldp med-fast-repeat 4
Syntax
set lldp port status {tx-enable | rx-enable | both | disable} port-string
Parameters
txenable rxenable both disable portstring EnablestransmittingLLDPDUsonthespecifiedports. EnablesreceivingandprocessingLLDPDUsfromremotesystemson thespecifiedports. EnablesbothtransmittingandprocessingreceivedLLDPDUsonthe specifiedports. DisablesbothtransmittingandprocessingreceivedLLDPDUsonthe specifiedports. Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleenablesbothtransmittingLLDPDUsandreceivingandprocessingLLDPDUsfrom remotesystemsonportsge.1.1throughge.1.6.
G3(rw)->set lldp port status both ge.1.1-6
Syntax
set lldp port trap {enable | disable} port-string
Parameters
enable disable portstring
3-24 Discovery Protocol Configuration
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleenablestransmittingLLDPtrapsonportsge.1.1throughge.1.6.
G3(rw)->set lldp port trap enable ge.1.1-6
Syntax
set lldp port med-trap {enable | disable} port-string
Parameters
enable disable portstring EnablestransmittingLLDPMEDtrapsonthespecifiedports. DisablestransmittingLLDPMEDtrapsonthespecifiedports. Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleenablestransmittingLLDPMEDtrapsonportsge.1.1throughge.1.6.
G3(rw)->set lldp port med-trap enable ge.1.1-6
Syntax
set lldp port location-info elin elin-string port-string
3-25
Parameters
elin elinstring portstring SpecifiesthattheECSELINdataformatistobeused. Specifiesthelocationidentifier.Valuecanbefrom10to25numerical characters. Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Afteryouconfigurealocationinformationvalue,youmustalsoconfiguretheporttosendthe LocationInformationTLVwiththesetlldpporttxtlvcommand.Thisexampleconfiguresthe ELINidentifier5551234567onportsge.1.1throughge.1.6andthenconfigurestheportstosend theLocationInformationTLV.
G3(rw)->set lldp port location-info 5551234567 ge.1.1-6 G3(rw)->set lldp port tx-tlv med-loc ge.1.1-6
Syntax
set lldp port tx-tlv {[all] | [port-desc] [sys-name] [sys-desc] [sys-cap] [mgmtaddr] [vlan-id] [stp] [lacp] [gvrp] [mac-phy] [poe] [link-aggr] [max-frame] [medcap] [med-loc] [med-poe]} port-string
Parameters
all portdesc sysname sysdesc syscap mgmtaddr vlanid AddsalloptionalTLVstotransmittedLLDPDUs. PortDescriptionoptionalbasicLLDPTLV.ValuesentisifDescr objectdefinedinRFC2863. SystemNameoptionalbasicLLDPTLV.Valuesentisthe administrativelyassignednameforthesystem. SystemDescriptionoptionalbasicLLDPTLV.ValuesentissysDescr objectdefinedinRFC3418. SystemCapabilitiesoptionalbasicLLDPTLV.Foranetwork connectivitydevice,valuesentcanbebridgeand/orrouter. ManagementAddressoptionalbasicLLDPTLV.ValuesentisIPv4 addressofhostinterface. PortVLANIDIEEE802.1ExtensionsTLV.ValuesentisportVLAN ID(PVID).
3-26
stp
SpanningTreeinformationdefinedbyProtocolIdentityIEEE802.1 ExtensionsTLV.IfSTPisenabledontheport,valuesentincludes versionofprotocolbeingused. LACPinformationdefinedbyProtocolIdentityIEEE802.1 ExtensionsTLV.IfLACPisenabledontheport,valuesentincludes versionofprotocolbeingused. GVRPinformationdefinedbyProtocolIdentityIEEE802.1 ExtensionsTLV.IfLACPisenabledontheport,valuesentincludes versionofprotocolbeingused. MACPHYConfiguration/StatusIEEE802.3ExtensionsTLV.Value sentincludestheoperationalMAUtype,duplex,andspeedofthe port. PowerviaMDIIEEE802.3ExtensionsTLV.Valuessentinclude whetherpairselectioncanbecontrolledonport,andthepowerclass suppliedbytheport.OnlyvalidforPoEenabledports. LinkAggregationIEEE802.3ExtensionsTLV.Valuessentindicate whetherthelinkassociatedwiththisportcanbeaggregated, whetheritiscurrentlyaggregated,andifaggregated,theaggregated portidentifier. MaximumFrameSizeIEEE802.3ExtensionsTLV.Valuesent indicatesmaximumframesizeoftheportsMACandPHY. LLDPMEDCapabilitiesTLV.Valuesentindicatesthecapabilities (whetherthedevicesupportslocationinformation,extendedpower viaMDI)andDeviceType(networkconnectivitydevice)ofthe sendingdevice. LLDPMEDLocationIdentificationTLV.ValuesentistheECSELIN valueconfiguredontheport.Seethesetlldpportlocationinfo commandformoreinformation. LLDPMEDExtendedPowerviaMDITLV.Valuessentincludethe PowerLimit(totalpowertheportiscapableofsourcingovera maximumlengthcable)andthepowerpriorityconfiguredonthe port.OnlyvalidforPoEenabledports. Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
lacp
gvrp
macphy
poe
linkaggr
maxframe medcap
medloc
medpoe
portstring
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleconfiguresthemanagementaddress,MEDcapability,andMEDlocation identificationTLVstobesentinLLDPDUsbyportge.1.1.
G3(rw)->set lldp port tx-tlv mgmt-addr med-cap med-loc ge.1.1
3-27
clear lldp
clear lldp
UsethiscommandtoreturnLLDPparameterstotheirdefaultvalues.
Syntax
clear lldp {all | tx-interval | hold-multiplier | trap-interval | med-fast-repeat}
Parameters
all txinterval holdmultiplier trapinterval medfastrepeat ReturnsallLLDPconfigurationparameterstotheirdefaultvalues, includingportLLDPconfigurationparameters. ReturnsthenumberofsecondsbetweentransmissionsofLLDP frames.tothedefaultof30seconds. Returnsthemultipliertoapplytothetransmitintervaltodetermine thetimetolivevaluetothedefaultvalueof4. ReturnstheminimumtimebetweenLLSPtraptransmissionstothe defaultvalueof5seconds. ReturnsthenumberoffaststartLLDPDUstobesentwhenanLLDP MEDendpointdeviceisdetectedtothedefaultof3.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplereturnsthetransmitintervaltothedefaultvalueof30seconds.
G3(rw)->clear lldp tx-interval
Syntax
clear lldp port status port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
3-28
Example
Thisexamplereturnsportge.1.1tothedefaultstateofenabledforbothtransmittingand processingreceivedLLDPDUs.
G3(rw)->clear lldp port status ge.1.1
Syntax
clear lldp port trap port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplereturnsportge.1.1tothedefaultLLDPtrapstateofdisabled.
G3(rw)->clear lldp port trap ge.1.1
Syntax
clear lldp port med-trap port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplereturnsportge.1.1tothedefaultLLDPMEDtrapstateofdisabled.
G3(rw)->clear lldp port med-trap ge.1.1
3-29
Syntax
clear lldp port location-info elin port-string
Parameters
elin portstring SpecifiesthattheECSELINlocationinformationvalueshouldbe cleared. Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexamplereturnsthelocationinformationELINvalueonportge.1.1tothedefaultvalueof null.
G3(rw)->clear lldp port location-info elin ge.1.1
Syntax
clear lldp port tx-tlv {[all] | [port-desc] [sys-name] [sys-desc] [sys-cap] [mgmtaddr] [vlan-id] [stp] [lacp] [gvrp] [mac-phy] [poe] [link-aggr] [max-frame] [medcap] [med-loc] [med-poe]} port-string
Parameters
all portdesc sysname sysdesc syscap mgmtaddr DisablesalloptionalTLVsfrombeingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablesthePortDescriptionoptionalbasicLLDPTLVfrombeing transmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheSystemNameoptionalbasicLLDPTLVfrombeing transmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheSystemDescriptionoptionalbasicLLDPTLVfrom beingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheSystemCapabilitiesoptionalbasicLLDPTLVfrom beingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheManagementAddressoptionalbasicLLDPTLVfrom beingtransmittedinLLDPDUs.
3-30
vlanid stp lacp gvrp macphy poe linkaggr maxframe medcap medloc medpoe portstring
DisablesthePortVLANIDIEEE802.1ExtensionsTLVfrombeing transmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheSpanningTreeinformationdefinedbyProtocolIdentity IEEE802.1ExtensionsTLVfrombeingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheLACPinformationdefinedbyProtocolIdentityIEEE 802.1ExtensionsTLVfrombeingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheGVRPinformationdefinedbyProtocolIdentityIEEE 802.1ExtensionsTLVfrombeingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheMACPHYConfiguration/StatusIEEE802.3Extensions TLVfrombeingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablesthePowerviaMDIIEEE802.3ExtensionsTLVfrombeing transmittedinLLDPDUs.OnlyvalidforPoEenabledports. DisablestheLinkAggregationIEEE802.3ExtensionsTLVfrombeing transmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheMaximumFrameSizeIEEE802.3ExtensionsTLVfrom beingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheLLDPMEDCapabilitiesTLVfrombeingtransmittedin LLDPDUs. DisablestheLLDPMEDLocationIdentificationTLVfrombeing transmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheLLDPMEDExtendedPowerviaMDITLVfrombeing transmittedinLLDPDUs.OnlyvalidforPoEenabledports. Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledisablesthemanagementaddress,MEDcapability,andMEDlocationidentification TLVsfrombeingsentinLLDPDUsbyportge.1.1.
G3(rw)->clear lldp port tx-tlv mgmt-addr med-cap med-loc ge.1.1
3-31
3-32
Port Configuration
ThischapterdescribesthePortConfigurationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... Port Configuration Summary Reviewing Port Status Disabling / Enabling and Naming Ports Setting Speed and Duplex Mode Enabling / Disabling Jumbo Frame Support Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability Setting Flow Control Setting Port Link Traps and Link Flap Detection Configuring Broadcast Suppression Port Mirroring Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) Configuring Protected Ports Refer to page... 4-1 4-3 4-7 4-9 4-12 4-14 4-18 4-19 4-28 4-30 4-33 4-47
4-1
Thehighestvalidportnumberisdependentonthenumberofportsinthedeviceandtheport type.
Examples
Note: You can use a wildcard (*) to indicate all of an item. For example, ge.3.* would represent all 1-Gigabit Ethernet (ge) ports in slot 3.
Thisexampleshowstheportstringsyntaxforspecifyingthe1GigabitEthernetport14inslot3.
ge.3.14
Thisexampleshowstheportstringsyntaxforspecifyingall1GigabitEthernetportsinslot3inthe system.
ge.3.*
Thisexampleshowstheportstringsyntaxforspecifyingallports(ofanyinterfacetype)inthe system.
*.*.*
4-2
Port Configuration
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigureportge.2.1intheG3G24SFPmoduletooperatewitha 100BASEFXtransceiverinstalled.First,themoduleisverifiedaspresentinSlot2,andtheport statusisshownasoperatingasa1000BASESXport.Afterthe1Gigabittransceiverisreplaced withthea100Mbpstransceiver,theportisconfiguredappropriatelyandthenewsettingsare verified.
G3(su)->show version Slot Status Ports Model Serial Number ---- -------- ----- ---------- ------------1 Present 24 G3G170-24 0011223302 2 Present 24 G3G-24SFP H03611239 3 4 G3(su)->show port advertise ge.2.1 ge.2.1 capability advertised remote ------------------------------------------------10BASE-T no no no 10BASE-TFD no no no 100BASE-TX no no no 100BASE-TXFD yes no no 1000BASE-T no no no 1000BASE-TFD yes yes no pause yes yes no G3(su)->show port status ge.2.1 Alias Oper Admin Port (truncated) Status Status --------- ------------ ------- ------ge.2.1 Down Up G3(su)->set G3(su)->set G3(su)->set G3(su)->set port port port port Hw Version -------------BCM56514 REV 1 BCM56512 REV 1
negotiation ge.2.1 disable advertise ge.2.1 100txfd speed ge.2.1 100 duplex ge.2.1 full
G3(su)->show port status ge.2.1 Alias Oper Admin Port (truncated) Status Status --------- ------------ ------- ------ge.2.1 Down Up
Formoreinformation,refertothecommandsinthischapterandtoyourGSerieshardware installationdocumentation.
4-3
show port
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewportstatusarelistedbelow.
For information about... show port show port status show port counters Refer to page... 4-4 4-4 4-5
show port
Usethiscommandtodisplaywhetherornotoneormoreportsareenabledforswitching.
Syntax
show port [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysoperationalstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,operationalstatusinformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayoperationalstatusinformationforge.3.14:
G3(su)->show port ge.3.14 Port ge.3.14 enabled
Syntax
show port status [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page41.
4-4
Port Configuration
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,statusinformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaystatusinformationforge.3.14:
G3(su)->show port status ge.3.14 Port Alias (truncated) ------------ -------------ge.3.14 Oper Status ------up Admin Status ------up Speed -------N/A Duplex Type
Speed Duplex
Type
Syntax
show port counters [port-string] [switch | mib2]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displayscounterstatisticsforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage41.
4-5
switch|mib2
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,counterstatisticswillbedisplayedforallports. Ifmib2orswitcharenotspecified,allcounterstatisticswillbedisplayedforthespecifiedport(s).
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayallcounterstatistics,includingMIB2networktrafficand trafficthroughthedeviceforge.3.1:
G3(su)->show port counters ge.3.1 Port: ge.3.1 MIB2 Interface: 1 No counter discontinuity time ----------------------------------------------------------------MIB2 Interface Counters ----------------------In Octets In Unicast Pkts In Multicast Pkts In Broadcast Pkts In Discards In Errors Out Octets Out Unicasts Pkts Out Multicast Pkts Out Broadcast Pkts Out Errors 802.1Q Switch Counters ---------------------Frames Received Frames Transmitted
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayallge.3.1portcounterstatisticsrelatedtotrafficthroughthe device.
G3(su)->show port counters ge.3.1 switch Port: ge.3.1 Bridge Port: 2
0 0
Table 42providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
4-6
Port Configuration
Table 4-2
Output Field Port MIB2 Interface Bridge Port MIB2 Interface Counters 802.1Q Switch Counters
Commands
For information about... set port disable set port enable show port alias set port alias Refer to page... 4-7 4-8 4-8 4-9
Syntax
set port disable port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)todisable.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleport stringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41.
Defaults
None.
4-7
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisablege.1.1:
G3(su)->set port disable ge.1.1
Syntax
set port enable port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)toenable.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleport stringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenablege.1.3:
G3(su)->set port enable ge.1.3
Syntax
show port alias [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysaliasname(s)forspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,aliasesforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
4-8
Port Configuration
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayaliasinformationforports13onslot3:
G3(rw)->show Port ge.3.1 Port ge.3.2 Port ge.3.3 port alias ge.3.1-3 user user Admin
Syntax
set port alias port-string [name]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheporttowhichanaliaswillbeassigned.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage41. (Optional)Assignsanaliasnametotheport.Ifthealiasnamecontains spaces,thetextstringmustbesurroundedbydoublequotes.Maximum lengthis60characters.
name
Defaults
Ifnameisnotspecified,thealiasassignedtotheportwillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoassignthealiasAdmintoge.3.3:
G3(rw)->set port alias ge.3.3 Admin
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthealiasforge.3.3:
G3(rw)->set port alias ge.3.3
4-9
Commands
For information about... show port speed set port speed show port duplex set port duplex Refer to page... 4-10 4-10 4-11 4-14
Syntax
show port speed [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysdefaultspeedsetting(s)forspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,defaultspeedsettingsforallportswilldisplay.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedefaultspeedsettingfor1GigabitEthernetport14in slot 3:
G3(su)->show port speed ge.3.14 default speed is 10 on port ge.3.14.
Syntax
set port speed port-string {10 | 100 | 1000}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoaspeedvaluewillbeset.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41.
4-10
Port Configuration
10|100|1000
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetge.3.3toaportspeedof10 Mbps:
G3(su)->set port speed ge.3.3 10
Syntax
show port duplex [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysdefaultduplexsetting(s)forspecificport(s). Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,defaultduplexsettingsforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedefaultduplexsettingforGigabitEthernetport14in slot 3:
G3(su)->show port duplex ge.3.14 default duplex mode is full on port ge.3.14.
Syntax
set port duplex port-string {full | half}
4-11
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichduplextypewillbeset.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage41. Setstheport(s)tofullduplexorhalfduplexoperation.
full|half
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetge.1.17tofullduplex:
G3(su)->set port duplex ge.1.17 full
Commands
For information about... show port jumbo set port jumbo clear port jumbo Refer to page... 4-12 4-13 4-13
Syntax
show port jumbo [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysthestatusofjumboframesupportforspecific port(s).Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41.
4-12
Port Configuration
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,jumboframesupportstatusforallportswilldisplay.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestatusofjumboframesupportforge.1.1:
G3(su)->show port jumbo ge.1.1 Port Number Jumbo Status Max Frame Size ------------- --------------- -----------------ge.1.1 Enable 9216
Syntax
set port jumbo {enable | disable}[port-string]
Parameters
enable|disable portstring Enablesordisablesjumboframesupport. (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtodisableorenablejumbo framesupport.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,jumboframesupportwillbeenabledordisabledonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablejumboframesupportforGigabitEthernetport14inslot3:
G3(su)->set port jumbo enable ge.3.14
Syntax
clear port jumbo [port-string]
4-13
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoresetjumboframe supportstatustoenabled.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossible portstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,jumboframesupportstatuswillberesetonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetjumboframesupportstatusforGigabitEthernetport14inslot 3:
G3(su)->clear port jumbo ge.3.14
Commands
For information about... show port negotiation set port negotiation show port advertise set port advertise clear port advertise Refer to page... 4-15 4-15 4-16 4-16 4-17
4-14
Port Configuration
Syntax
show port negotiation [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysautonegotiationstatusforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,autonegotiationstatusforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayautonegotiationstatusfor1GigabitEthernetport14inslot 3:
G3(su)->show port negotiation ge.3.14 auto-negotiation is enabled on port ge.3.14.
Syntax
set port negotiation port-string {enable | disable}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoenableordisableautonegotiation.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41. Enablesordisablesautonegotiation.
enable|disable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisableautonegotiationon1GigabitEthernetport3inslot14:
G3(su)->set port negotiation ge.3.14 disable
4-15
Syntax
show port advertise [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysadvertisedabilityforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,advertisementforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayadvertisementstatusforGigabitports13and14:
G3(su)->show port advertise ge.1.13-14 ge.1.13 capability advertised remote ------------------------------------------------10BASE-T yes yes yes 10BASE-TFD yes yes yes 100BASE-TX yes yes yes 100BASE-TXFD yes yes yes 1000BASE-T no no no 1000BASE-TFD yes yes yes pause yes yes no ge.1.14 capability advertised remote ------------------------------------------------10BASE-T yes yes yes 10BASE-TFD yes yes yes 100BASE-TX yes yes yes 100BASE-TXFD yes yes yes 1000BASE-T no no no 1000BASE-TFD yes yes yes pause yes yes no
Syntax
set port advertise {port-string}{10t | 10tfd | 100tx | 100txfd | 1000t | 1000tfd | pause}
4-16
Port Configuration
Parameters
portstring Selecttheportsforwhichtoconfigureadvertisements.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage41. Advertise10BASEThalfduplexmode. Advertise10BASETfullduplexmode. Advertise100BASETXhalfduplexmode. Advertise100BASETXfullduplexmode.RefertoConfiguringSFPPorts for100BASEFXonpage 42formoreinformationonsettingadvertised abilityfor100MbSFPtranceivers. Advertise1000BASEThalfduplexmode. Advertise1000BASETfullduplexmode. AdvertisePAUSEforfullduplexlinks.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigureport1toadvertise1000BASETfullduplex:
G3(su)->set port advertise ge.1.1 1000tfd
Syntax
clear port advertise {port-string}{10t | 10tfd | 100tx | 100txfd | 1000t | 1000tfd | pause}
Parameters
portstring Clearadvertisementsforspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedinthe CLIonpage41. Donotadvertise10BASEThalfduplexmode. Donotadvertise10BASETfullduplexmode. Donotadvertise100BASETXhalfduplexmode. Donotadvertise100BASETXfullduplexmode. Donotadvertise1000BASEThalfduplexmode. Donotadvertise1000BASETfullduplexmode. DonotadvertisePAUSEforfullduplexlinks.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 4-17
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigureport1tonotadvertise10MBcapabilityforauto negotiation:
G3(su)->clear port advertise ge.1.1 10t 10tfd
Commands
For information about... show flowcontrol set flowcontrol Refer to page... 4-18 4-19
show flowcontrol
Usethiscommandtodisplaytheflowcontrolstate.
Syntax
show flowcontrol
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheportflowcontrolstate:
G3(su)->show flowcontrol Flow control status: enabled
4-18 Port Configuration
set flowcontrol
set flowcontrol
Usethiscommandtoenableordisableflowcontrol.
Syntax
set flowcontrol {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable Enablesordisablesflowcontrolsettings.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableflowcontrol:
G3(su)->set flowcontrol enable
Commands
For information about... show port trap set port trap show linkflap set linkflap globalstate set linkflap portstate set linkflap interval set linkflap action Refer to page... 4-20 4-20 4-21 4-23 4-24 4-24 4-25
4-19
For information about... clear linkflap action set linkflap threshold set linkflap downtime clear linkflap down clear linkflap
Syntax
show port trap [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displayslinktrapstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,thetrapstatusforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaylinktrapstatusforge.3.1through4:
G3(su)->show port trap ge.3.1-4 Link traps enabled on port ge.3.1. Link traps enabled on port ge.3.2. Link traps enabled on port ge.3.3. Link traps enabled on port ge.3.4.
Syntax
set port trap port-string {enable | disable}
4-20
Port Configuration
show linkflap
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoenableordisableporttraps.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41. Enablesordisablessendingtrapmessageswhenlinkstatuschanges.
enable|disable
Defaults
Sendingtrapswhenlinkstatuschangesisenabledbydefault.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thefollowingexampledisablessendingtraponge.3.1.
G3(su)->set port trap ge.3.1 disable
show linkflap
Usethiscommandtodisplaylinkflapdetectionstateandconfigurationinformation.
Syntax
show linkflap {globalstate | portstate | parameters | metrics | portsupported | actsupported | maximum | downports | action | operstatus | threshold | interval] | downtime | currentcount | totalcount | timelapsed | violations [port-string]}
Parameters
globalstate portstate parameters metrics portsupported actsupported maximum downports action operstatus threshold interval downtime currentcount Displaystheglobalenablestateoflinkflapdetection. Displaystheportenablestateoflinkflapdetection. Displaysthecurrentvalueofsettablelinkflapdetectionparameters. Displayslinkflapdetectionmetrics. Displaysportswhichcansupportthelinkflapdetectionfunction. Displayslinkflapdetectionactionssupportedbysystemhardware. Displaysthemaximumallowedlinkdownsper10secondssupported bysystemhardware. Displaysportsdisabledbylinkflapdetectionduetoaviolation. Displayslinkflapactionstakenonviolatingport(s). Displayswhetherlinkflaphasdeactivatedport(s). Displaysthenumberofallowedlinkdowntransitionsbeforeactionis taken. Displaysthetimeperiodforcountinglinkdowntransitions. Displayshowlongviolatingport(s)aredeactivated. Displayshowmanylinkdowntransitionsareinthecurrentinterval.
4-21
show linkflap
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,informationaboutalllinkflapdetectionsettingswillbedisplayed. Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchmode,readonly.
Usage
Thelinkflapdefaultconditionsareshowninthefollowingtable.
Linkflap Parameter Linkflap global state Linkflap port state Linkflap action Linkflap interval Linkflap maximum allowed link downs per 10 seconds Linkflap threshold (number of allowed link down transitions before action is taken) Default Condition Disabled Disabled None 5 20 10
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheglobalstatusofthelinktrapdetectionfunction:
G3(rw)->show linkflap globalstate Linkflap feature globally disabled
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayportsdisabledbylinkflapdetectionduetoaviolation:
G3(rw)->show linkflap downports Ports currently held DOWN for Linkflap violations: None.
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythelinkflapparameterstable:
G3(rw)->show linkflap parameters Linkflap Port Settable Parameter Table (X Port LF Status Actions Threshold -------- --------- ------- ---------ge.1.1 disabled ....... 10 ge.1.2 enabled D..S..T 3 ge.1.3 disabled ...S..T 10 means error Interval ---------5 5 5 occurred) Downtime ---------300 300 300
Table 43providesanexplanationoftheshowlinkflapparameterscommandoutput.
4-22
Port Configuration
Table 4-3
Number of link down transitions necessary to trigger the link flap action. Time interval (in seconds) for accumulating link down transitions. Interval (in seconds) port(s) will be held down after a link flap violation.
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythelinkflapmetricstable:
G3(rw)->show linkflap metrics Port LinkStatus CurrentCount -------- ----------- -----------ge.1.1 operational 0 ge.1.2 disabled 4 ge.1.3 operational 3 TotalCount ---------0 15 3 TimeElapsed Violations ----------- ------------241437 0 147 5 241402 0
Syntax
set linkflap globalstate {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable Globallydisablesorenablesthelinkflapdetectionfunction.
Defaults
Bydefault,thefunctionisdisabledgloballyandonallports.
4-23
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
Bydefault,thefunctionisdisabledgloballyandonallports.Ifdisabledgloballyafterperport settingshavebeenconfiguredusingthelinkflapcommands,perportsettingswillberetained.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtogloballyenablethelinktrapdetectionfunction.
G3(rw)->set linkflap globalstate enable
Syntax
set linkflap portstate {disable | enable} [port-string]
Parameters
disable|enable portstring Disablesorenablesthelinkflapdetectionfunction. (Optional)Specifiestheportorportsonwhichtodisableorenable monitoring.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,allportsareenabledordisabled.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenablethelinktrapmonitoringonallports.
G3(rw)->set linkflap portstate enable
Syntax
set linkflap interval port-string interval-value
Parameters
portstring intervalvalue Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetthelinkflapinterval. Specifiesanintervalinseconds.Avalueof0willsettheintervalto forever.
4-24
Port Configuration
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthelinkflapintervalonportge.1.4to1000seconds.
G3(rw)->set linkflap interval ge.1.4 1000
Syntax
set linkflap action port-string {disableInterface | gensyslogentry | gentrap | all}
Parameters
portstring disableInterface gensyslogentry gentrap all Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetthelinkflapaction. Setsthereactionasdisablingtheinterface. Setsthereactionasgeneratingasyslogentry. SetsthereactionasgeneratinganSNMPtrap. Setsthereactionasalloftheabove.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthelinkflapviolationactiononportge.1.4togeneratingaSyslog entry.
G3(rw)->set linkflap action ge.1.4 gensyslogentry
Syntax
clear linkflap action [port-string] {disableInterface | gensyslogentry | gentrap | all}
4-25
Parameters
portstring disableInterface gensyslogentry gentrap all (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoclearthelinkflapaction. Clearsthereactionasdisablingtheinterface. Clearsthereactionasgeneratingasyslogentry. ClearsthereactionasgeneratinganSNMPtrap. Clearsthereactionasalloftheabove.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,actionswillbeclearedonallports.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthelinkflapviolationactiononportge.1.4togeneratinga Syslogentry.
G3(rw)->clear linkflap action ge.1.4 gensyslogentry
Syntax
set linkflap threshold port-string threshold-value
Parameters
portstring thresholdvalue Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetthelinkflapactiontriggercount. Specifiesthenumberoflinkdowntransitionsnecessarytotriggerthe linkflapaction.Aminimumof1mustbeconfigured.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthelinkflapthresholdonportge.1.4to5.
G3(rw)->set linkflap threshold ge.1.4 5
4-26
Port Configuration
Syntax
set linkflap downtime port-string downtime-value
Parameters
portstring downtimevalue Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetthelinkflapdowntime. Specifiesadowntimeinseconds.Avalueof0willsetthedowntimeto forever.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthelinkflapdowntimeonportge.1.4to5000seconds.
G3(rw)->set linkflap downtime ge.1.4 5000
Syntax
clear linkflap down [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheportstomakeoperational.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,allportsdisabledbyalinkflapviolationwillbemadeoperational.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtomakedisabledportge.1.4operational.
G3(rw)->clear linkflap down ge.1.4
clear linkflap
Usethiscommandtoclearalllinkflapoptionsand/orstatisticsononeormoreports.
Syntax
clear linkflap {all | stats [port-string] | parameter port-string {threshold | interval | downtime | all}
4-27
Parameters
all|stats parameter Clearsalloptionsandstatistics,orclearsonlystatistics. Clearslinkflapparameters.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,settingsand/orstatisticswillbeclearedonallports.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearalllinkflapoptionsonportge.1.4.
G3(rw)->clear linkflap all ge.1.4
Commands
For information about... show port broadcast set port broadcast clear port broadcast Refer to page... 4-28 4-29 4-30
Syntax
show port broadcast [port-string]
4-28
Port Configuration
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Selecttheportsforwhichtoshowbroadcastsuppression thresholds.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refer toPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,broadcaststatusofallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythebroadcastsuppressionthresholdsforports1through4:
G3(su)->show port broadcast ge.1.1-4 Port Total BC Threshold Packets (pkts/s) ---------------------------------------ge.1.1 0 50 ge.1.2 0 50 ge.1.3 0 40 ge.1.4 0 14881
Syntax
set port broadcast port-string threshold-val
Parameters
portstring Selecttheportsforwhichtoconfigurebroadcastsuppressionthresholds. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41. Setsthepacketspersecondthresholdonbroadcasttraffic.Maximum valueis 148810forFastEthernetports 1488100for1Gigabitports. 14881000for10Gigabitports
thresholdval
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
4-29
Usage
PerportbroadcastsuppressionishardsettobegloballyenabledontheG3.Ifyouwouldliketo disablebroadcastsuppression,youcangetthesameresultbysettingthethresholdlimitforeach porttothemaximumnumberofpacketswhichcanbereceivedpersecondaslistedinthe parameterssection,above.Thedefaultbroadcastsuppressionthresholdforallportsissetto 14881.
Example
Thisexampleconfiguresports1through5withabroadcastlimitof50pps:
G3(su)->set port broadcast ge.1.1-5 50
Syntax
clear port broadcast port-string threshold
Parameters
portstring Selecttheportsforwhichtoclearbroadcastsuppressionthresholds.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleclearsthebroadcastthresholdlimitto14881ppsforports1through5:
G3(su)->clear port broadcast ge.1.1-5 threshold
Port Mirroring
Caution: Port mirroring configuration should be performed only by personnel who are knowledgeable about the effects of port mirroring and its impact on network operation.
4-30
Port Configuration
Mirroring Features
TheGSeriesdevicesupportsthefollowingmirroringfeatures: Mirroringcanbeconfiguredinamanytooneconfigurationsothatonetarget(destination) portcanmonitortrafficonupto8sourceports. Bothtransmitandreceivetrafficwillbemirrored. Adestinationportwillonlyactasamirroringportwhenthesessionisoperationallyactive. Whenaportmirroriscreated,themirrordestinationportisremovedfromtheegresslistof VLAN1afterareboot. MACaddresseswillbelearnedforpacketstaggedwiththemirrorVLANID.Thiswill preventtheabilitytosnooptrafficacrossmultiplehops.
Caution: Traffic mirrored to a VLAN may contain control traffic. This may be interpreted by the downstream neighbor as legal control frames. It is recommended that you disable any protocols (such as Spanning Tree) on inter-switch connections that might be affected .
Purpose
Toreviewandconfigureportmirroringonthedevice.
Commands
For information about... show port mirroring set port mirroring clear port mirroring Refer to page... 4-31 4-32 4-33
Syntax
show port mirroring
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
4-31
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayportmirroringinformation.Inthiscase,ge.1.4isconfigured asasourceportandge.1.11isatargetandmirroringhasbeenenabledbetweentheseports:
G3(su)->show port mirroring Port Mirroring ============== Source Port = ge.1.4 Target Port = ge.1.11 Frames Mirrored = Rx and Tx Port Mirroring status enabled.
Syntax
set port mirroring {create | disable | enable} source destination}
Parameters
create|disable| enable source Creates,disablesorenablesmirroringsettingsonthespecifiedports. Specifiesthesourceportdesignation.Thisistheportonwhichthetraffic willbemonitored.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41. Specifiesthetargetportdesignation.Thisistheportthatwillduplicateor mirrorallthetrafficonthemonitoredport. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41.
destination
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
NotethatLAGportsandtheirunderlyingphysicalports,asdescribedinLinkAggregation ControlProtocol(LACP)onpage433,cannotbemirrored.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocreateandenableportmirroringwithge.1.4asthesourceport,and ge.1.11asthetargetport:
4-32 Port Configuration
G3(su)->set port mirroring create ge.1.4 ge.1.11 G3(su)->set port mirroring enable ge.1.4 ge.1.11
Syntax
clear port mirroring source destination
Parameters
source Specifiesthesourceportofthemirroringconfigurationtobecleared.For adetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41. Specifiesthetargetportofthemirroringconfigurationtobecleared.
destination
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearportmirroringbetweensourceportge.1.4andtargetport ge.1.11:
G3(su)->clear port mirroring ge.1.4 ge.1.11
Usingmultiplelinkssimultaneouslytoincreasebandwidthisadesirableswitchfeature,which canbeaccomplishedifbothsidesagreeonasetofportsthatarebeingusedasaLinkAggregation Group(LAG).OnceaLAGisformedfromselectedports,problemswithloopingcanbeavoided sincetheSpanningTreecantreatthisLAGasasingleport. Enabledbydefault,theLinkAggregationControlProtocol(LACP)logicallygroupsinterfaces togethertocreateagreaterbandwidthuplink,orlinkaggregation,accordingtotheIEEE802.3ad standard.ThisstandardallowstheswitchtodeterminewhichportsareinLAGsandconfigure themdynamically.SincetheprotocolisbasedontheIEEE802.3adspecification,anyswitchfrom anyvendorthatsupportsthisstandardcanaggregatelinksautomatically. 802.3adLACPaggregationscanalsoberuntoendusers(thatis,aserver)ortoarouter.
Note: Earlier (proprietary) implementations of port aggregation referred to groups of aggregated ports as trunks.
4-33
LACP Operation
Foreachaggregatableportinthedevice,LACP: Maintainsconfigurationinformation(reflectingtheinherentpropertiesoftheindividuallinks aswellasthoseestablishedbymanagement)tocontrolaggregation. ExchangesconfigurationinformationwithotherdevicestoallocatethelinktoaLink AggregationGroup(LAG).
Note: A given link is allocated to, at most, one Link Aggregation Group (LAG) at a time. The allocation mechanism attempts to maximize aggregation, subject to management controls.
LACP Terminology
Table 45defineskeyterminologyusedinLACPconfiguration. Table 4-5
Term Aggregator
LAG
4-34
Port Configuration
Table 4-5
Term LACPDU
Admin Key
System Priority
4-35
show lacp
TheLACPimplementationontheGSeriesdevicewillallowuptophysicalportsintoaLAG.The devicewiththelowestLAGIDdetermineswhichunderlyingphysicalportsareallowedintoa LAGbasedontheportsLAGportpriority.PortswiththelowestLAGportpriorityvaluesare allowedintotheLAGandallotherspeedgroupingsgointoastandbystate. WhenanexistingdynamicallycreatedLAGisreducedtooneport,theGSeriesremovestheLAG fromitsVLANandaddstheremainingunderlyingporttotheVLAN.Forthisreason,youshould ensurethattheLAGandalltheportsintheLAGareassignedtotheegresslistofthedesired VLAN.Otherwise,whentheLAGisremoved,theremainingportmaybeassignedtothewrong VLAN.Theotheroptionistoenablethesingleportlagfeatureasdescribedinsetlacp singleportlagonpage441.
Note: To aggregate, underlying physical ports must be running in full duplex mode and must be of the same operating speed.
Commands
For information about... show lacp set lacp set lacp asyspri set lacp aadminkey clear lacp set lacp static clear lacp static set lacp singleportlag clear lacp singleportlag show port lacp set port lacp clear port lacp Refer to page... 4-36 4-38 4-38 4-39 4-39 4-40 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-42 4-44 4-45
show lacp
Usethiscommandtodisplayinformationaboutoneormoreaggregatorports.
Syntax
show lacp [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysLACPinformationforspecificLAGport(s).Valid portdesignationsarelag.0.16.
4-36
Port Configuration
show lacp
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,linkaggregationinformationforallLAGswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
EachGSeriesmoduleprovides6virtuallinkaggregatorports,whicharedesignatedintheCLIas lag.0.1throughlag.0.6.Onceunderlyingphysicalports(thatis,ge.x.x)areassociatedwithan aggregatorport,theresultingaggregationwillberepresentedasoneLinkAggregationGroup (LAG)withalag.x.xportdesignation.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaylacpinformationforlag.0.1.Thefollowingtabledescribesthe outputfields.
G3(su)->show lacp lag.0.1 Global Link Aggregation state: enabled Single Port LAGs: disabled Aggregator: lag.0.1 System Identifier: System Priority: Admin Key: Oper Key: Attached Ports: Actor 00:01:F4:5F:1E:20 32768 32768 32768 ge.1.1 ge.1.3 Partner 00:11:88:11:74:F9 32768 0
Output Field Global Link Aggregation state Single Port LAGs Aggregator
Admin Key
4-37
set lacp
Table 4-6
set lacp
UsethiscommandtodisableorenabletheLinkAggregationControlProtocol(LACP)onthe device.
Syntax
set lacp {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable DisablesorenablesLACP.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableLACP:
G3(su)->set lacp disable
Syntax
set lacp asyspri value
Parameters
asyspri value SetsthesystemprioritytobeusedincreatingaLAG(LinkAggregation Group)ID.Validvaluesare0to65535. Specifiesasystempriorityvalue.Validvaluesare0to65535,with precedencegiventolowervalues.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
4-38
Port Configuration
Usage
LACPusesthisvaluetodetermineaggregationprecedence.Iftherearetwopartnerdevices competingforthesameaggregator,LACPcomparestheLAGIDsforeachgroupingofports.The LAGwiththelowerLAGIDisgivenprecedenceandwillbeallowedtousetheaggregator.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheLACPsystempriorityto1000:
G3(su)->set lacp asyspri 1000
Syntax
set lacp aadminkey port-string value
Parameters
portstring value SpecifiestheLAGport(s)onwhichtoassignanadminkey. Specifiesanadminkeyvaluetoset.Validvaluesare0to65535.The defaultadminkeyvalueis32768.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
LACPwillusethisvaluetoformanoperkey.Onlyunderlyingphysicalportswithoperkeys matchingthoseoftheiraggregatorswillbeallowedtoaggregate.Thedefaultadminkeyvaluefor allLAGportsis32768.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheLACPadminkeyto2000forLAGport6:
G3(su)->set lacp aadminkey lag.0.6 2000
clear lacp
UsethiscommandtoclearLACPsystempriorityoradminkeysettings.
Syntax
clear lacp {[asyspri] [aadminkey port-string]}
Parameters
asyspri Clearssystempriority.
4-39
aadminkeyportstring
Resetsadminkeysforoneormoreportstothedefaultvalueof32768.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheactoradminkeyforLAGport6:
G3(su)->clear lacp aadminkey lag.0.6
Syntax
set lacp static {disable | enable} | lagportstring [key] port-string
Parameters
disable|enable lagportstring key Disablesorenablesstaticlinkaggregation. SpecifiestheLAGaggregatorporttowhichnewportswillbeassigned. (Optional)SpecifiesthenewmemberportandLAGportaggregator adminkeyvalue.Onlyportswithmatchingkeysareallowedto aggregate.Validvaluesare065535.
Note: This key value must be unique. If ports other than the desired underlying physical ports share the same admin key value, aggregation will fail or undesired aggregations will form.
portstring
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,akeywillbeassignedaccordingtothespecifiedaggregator.Forexampleakeyof4 wouldbeassignedtolag.0.4.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoaddportge.1.6totheLAGofaggregatorport6:
G3(su)->set lacp static lag.0.6 ge.1.6
4-40
Port Configuration
Syntax
clear lacp static lagportstring port-string
Parameters
lagportstring portstring SpecifiestheLAGaggregatorportfromwhichportswillberemoved. Specifiestheport(s)toremovefromtheLAG.Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovege.1.6fromtheLAGofaggregatorport6:
G3(su)->clear lacp static lag.0.6 ge.1.6
Syntax
set lacp singleportlag {enable | disable}
Parameters
disable|enable EnablesordisablestheformationofsingleportLAGs.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
WhensingleportLAGsareenabled,LinkAggregrationGroupscanbeformedwhenonlyone portisreceivingprotocoltransmissionsfromapartner.Whenthissettingisdisabled,twoormore portsarerequiredtoformaLAG. ThissettinghasnoeffectonexistingLAGscreatedwithmultiplememberports.Italsodoesnot preventpreviouslyformedLAGsfromcomingupaftertheyhavegonedown,aslongasany
4-41
previousLAGmemberportscomesupconnectedtothesameswitchasbeforetheLAGwent down.
Example
ThisexampleenablestheformationofsingleportLAGs:
G3(su)->set lacp singleportlag enable
Syntax
clear lacp singleportlag
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthesingleportLAGfunctionbacktodisabled:
G3(su)->clear lacp singleportlag
Syntax
show port lacp port port-string {[status {detail | summary}] | [counters]}
Parameters
portportstring DisplaysLACPinformationforspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescription ofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage41. DisplaysLACPstatusindetailedorsummaryinformation. DisplaysLACPcounterinformation.
Defaults
None.
4-42
Port Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Statedefinitions,suchasActorAdminStateandPartnerAdminState,areindicatedwithletter abbreviations.Iftheshowportlacpcommanddisplaysoneormoreofthefollowingletters,it meansthestateistruefortheassociatedactororpartnerports: E=Expired F=Defaulted D=Distributing(txenabled) C=Collecting(rxenabled) S=Synchronized(actorandpartneragree) G=Aggregationallowed S/l=Short/LongLACPtimeout A/p=Active/PassiveLACP
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaydetailedLACPstatusinformationforportge.1.12:
G3(su)-> show port lacp port ge.1.12 status detail Port Instance: ge.1.12 ActorPort: 1411 PartnerAdminPort: 1411 ActorSystemPriority: 32768 PartnerOperPort: 1411 ActorPortPriority: 32768 PartnerAdminSystemPriority: 32768 ActorAdminKey: 32768 PartnerOperSystemPriority: 32768 ActorOperKey: 32768 PartnerAdminPortPriority: 32768 ActorAdminState: -----GlA PartnerOperPortPriority: 32768 ActorOperState: -F----lA PartnerAdminKey: 1411 ActorSystemID: 00-e0-63-9d-b5-87 PartnerOperKey: 1411 SelectedAggID: none PartnerAdminState: --DCSGlp AttachedAggID: none PartnerOperState: --DC-Glp MuxState: Detached PartnerAdminSystemID: 00-00-00-00-00-00 DebugRxState: port Disabled PartnerOperSystemID: 00-00-00-00-00-00
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaysummarizedLACPstatusinformationforportge.1.12:
G3(su)->show port lacp port ge.1.12 status summary Port Aggr Actor System Partner System Pri: System ID: Key: Pri: System ID: Key: ge.1.12 none [(32768,00e0639db587,32768),(32768,000000000000, 1411)]
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayLACPcountersforportge.1.12:
G3(su)->show port lacp port ge.1.12 counters Port Instance: ge.1.12 LACPDUsRx: 11067 LACPDUsTx: 0 IllegalRx: 0 UnknownRx: 0 MarkerPDUsRx: 0
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 4-43
0 0 374
Syntax
set port lacp port port-string {[aadminkey aadminkey] [aadminstate {lacpactive | lacptimeout | lacpagg | lacpsync | lacpcollect | lacpdist | lacpdef | lacpexpire}] [aportpri aportpri] [asyspri asyspri] [enable | [disable] [padminkey padminkey] [padminport padminport] [padminportpri padminportpri] [padminstate {lacpactive | lacptimeout | lacpagg | lacpsync | lacpcollect | lacpdist | lacpdef | lacpexpire}] [padminsysid padminsysid] [padminsyspri padminsyspri]
Parameters
portportstring Specifiesthephysicalport(s)onwhichtoconfigureLACP.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage41. Setstheportsactoradminkey.LACPwillusethisvaluetoformanoper keyandwilldeterminewhichunderlyingphysicalportsarecapableof aggregatingbycomparingoperkeys.Aggregatorportsallowonly underlyingportswithoperkeysmatchingtheirstojointheirLAG.Valid valuesare165535.Thedefaultkeyvalueis32768. SetstheportsactorLACPadministrativestatetoallowfor: lacpactiveTransmittingLACPPDUs. lacptimeoutTransmittingLACPPDUsevery1sec.vs30sec.(default). lacpaggAggregationonthisport. lacpsyncTransitiontosynchronizationstate. lacpcollectTransitiontocollectionstate. lacpdistTransitiontodistributionstate. lacpdefTransitiontodefaultedstate. lacpexpireTransitiontoexpiredstate. aportpriaportpri asyspriasyspri Setstheportsactorportpriority.Validvaluesare065535,withlower valuesdesignatinghigherpriority. Setstheportsactorsystempriority.TheLACPimplementationontheG Seriesdeviceusesthisvaluetodetermineaggregationprecedencewhen therearetwodevicescompetingforthesameaggregator.Validvaluesare 065535,withhigherprecedencegiventolowervalues.
Note: Only one LACP system priority can be set on a G-Series device, using either this command, or the set lacp asyspri command (set lacp asyspri on page 4-38).
aadminkey aadminkey
enable
(Optional)EnablesLACPDUprocessingonthisport.
4-44
Port Configuration
SetsaportspartnerLACPadministrativestate.Seeaadminstateforvalid padminstate lacpactive| options. lacptimeout| lacpagg|lacpsync |lacpcollect| lacpdist|lacpdef| lacpexpire padminsysid padminsysid padminsyspri padminsyspri SetsadefaultvaluetouseastheportspartnersystemID.ThisisaMAC address. Setsadefaultvaluetouseastheportspartnerpriority.Validvaluesare0 65535,withlowervaluesgivenhigherpriority.
Defaults
Atleastoneparametermustbeenteredperportstring. Ifenableordisablearenotspecified,port(s)willbeenabledwiththeLACPparametersentered.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
LACPcommandsandparametersbeginningwithana(suchasaadminkey)setactorvalues. Correspondingcommandsandparametersbeginningwithap(suchaspadminkey)set correspondingpartnervalues.ActorreferstothelocaldeviceparticipatinginLACPnegotiation, whilepartnerreferstoitsremotedevicepartnerattheotherendofthenegotiation.Actorsand partnersmaintaincurrentstatusoftheotherviaLACPDUscontaininginformationabouttheir portsLACPstatusandoperationalstate.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheactoradminkeyto3555forportge.3.16:
G3(su)->set port lacp ge.3.16 aadminkey 3555
Syntax
clear port lacp port port-string {[aadminkey] [aportpri] [asyspri] [aadminstate {lacpactive | lacptimeout | lacpagg | lacpsync | lacpcollect | lacpdist | lacpdef | lacpexpire | all}] [padminsyspri] [padminsysid] [padminkey] [padminportpri] [padminport] [padminstate {lacpactive | lacptimeout | lacpagg | lacpsync | lacpcollect | lacpdist | lacpdef | lacpexpire | all}]}
4-45
Parameters
portportstring Specifiesthephysicalport(s)onwhichLACPsettingswillbecleared.For adetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage41. Clearsaportsactoradminkey. Clearsaportsactorportpriority. Clearstheportsactorsystempriority.
Clearsaportsspecificactoradminstate,orallactoradminstate(s).For aadminstate descriptionsofspecificstates,refertothesetportlacpcommand(set lacpactive| portlacponpage444). lacptimeout| lacpagg|lacpsync |lacpcollect| lacpdist|lacpdef| lacpexpire|all padminsyspri padminsysid padminkey padminportpri padminport Clearstheportsdefaultpartnerpriorityvalue. ClearstheportsdefaultpartnersystemID. Clearstheportsdefaultpartneradminkey. Clearstheportsdefaultpartnerportpriority. DeletesapartnerportfromtheLACPconfiguration.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
IfyousetaporttoLACPpassiveusingthecommandclearportlacpport<portstring> aadminstatelacpactive,thecommandclearportlacpport<portstring>aadminstatelacptimeout willalsobeaddedtotheconfiguration.Ifyouunsetthefirstcommand,itwillremovethesecond commandautomaticallyfromtheconfigurationfile.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearalllinkaggregationparametersforportge.3.16:
G3(su)->clear port lacp port ge.3.16
4-46
Port Configuration
Commands
For information about... set port protected show port protected clear port protected set port protected name show port protected name clear port protected name Refer to page... 4-47 4-48 4-48 4-49 4-49 4-50
Syntax
set port protected port-string group-id
Parameters
portstring groupid Specifiestheportorportstobeprotected. Specifiestheidofthegrouptowhichtheportsshouldbeassigned.Idcan rangefrom0to2.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
4-47
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoassignportsge.1.1throughge.1.3toprotectedportgroup1:
G3(rw)->set port protected ge.1.1-3 1
Syntax
show port protected [port-string] | [group-id]
Parameters
portstring groupid (Optional)Specifiestheportorportsforwhichtodisplayinformation. (Optional)Specifiestheidofthegroupforwhichtodisplayinformation. Idcanrangefrom0to2.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersareentered,informationaboutallprotectedportsisdisplayed.
Mode
Readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationaboutallprotectedports:
G3(ro)->show port protected Group id Port ---------------------1 ge.1.1 1 ge.1.2 1 ge.1.3
Syntax
clear port protected [port-string] | [group-id]
Parameters
portstring groupid (Optional)Specifiestheportorportstoremovefromprotectedmode. (Optional)Specifiestheidofthegrouptoremovefromprotectedmode. Idcanrangefrom0to2.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersareentered,allprotectedportsandgroupsarecleared.
4-48
Port Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearprotectedportsge.1.1throughge.1.3:
G3(rw)->clear port protected ge.1.1-3
Syntax
set port protected name group-id name
Parameters
groupid name Specifiestheidofthisgroup.Idcanrangefrom0to2. Specifiesanameforthegroup.Thenamecanbeupto32charactersin length.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoassignthenamegroup1toprotectedportgroup1:
G3(rw)->set port protected name 1 group1
Syntax
show port protected name group-id
Parameters
groupid Specifiestheidofthegrouptodisplay.Idcanrangefrom0to2.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Readonly.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 4-49
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoshowthenameofprotectedportgroup1:
G3(ro)->show port protected name 1 Group ID Group Name ----------------------------1 group1
Syntax
clear port protected name group-id
Parameters
groupid Specifiestheidofthegroupforwhichtoclearthename.Idcanrange from0to2.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthenameofprotectedportgroup1:
G3(rw)->clear port protected name 1
4-50
Port Configuration
5
SNMP Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheSimpleNetworkManagementProtocol(SNMP)setofcommandsand howtousethem.
For information about... SNMP Configuration Summary Reviewing SNMP Statistics Configuring SNMP Users, Groups, and Communities Configuring SNMP Access Rights Configuring SNMP MIB Views Configuring SNMP Target Parameters Configuring SNMP Target Addresses Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters Creating a Basic SNMP Trap Configuration Refer to page... 5-1 5-3 5-7 5-15 5-18 5-22 5-25 5-28 5-36
SNMPnetworkmanagementapplications,suchastheEnterasysNetSightapplication,which communicatewithagentstogetstatisticsandalertsfromthemanageddevices.
SNMPv3
SNMPv3isaninteroperablestandardsbasedprotocolthatprovidessecureaccesstodevicesby authenticatingandencryptingframesoverthenetwork.Theadvancedsecurityfeaturesprovided inSNMPv3areasfollows: MessageintegrityCollectsdatasecurelywithoutbeingtamperedwithorcorrupted. AuthenticationDeterminesthemessageisfromavalidsource. EncryptionScramblesthecontentsofaframetopreventitfrombeingseenbyan unauthorizedsource.
UnlikeSNMPv1andSNMPv2c,inSNMPv3,theconceptofSNMPagentsandSNMPmanagersno longerapply.TheseconceptshavebeencombinedintoanSNMPentity.AnSNMPentityconsists ofanSNMPengineandSNMPapplications.AnSNMPengineconsistsofthefollowingfour components: DispatcherThiscomponentsendsandreceivesmessages. MessageprocessingsubsystemThiscomponentacceptsoutgoingPDUsfromthe dispatcherandpreparesthemfortransmissionbywrappingtheminamessageheaderand returningthemtothedispatcher.Themessageprocessingsubsystemalsoacceptsincoming messagesfromthedispatcher,processeseachmessageheader,andreturnstheenclosedPDU tothedispatcher. SecuritysubsystemThiscomponentauthenticatesandencryptsmessages. AccesscontrolsubsystemThiscomponentdetermineswhichusersandwhichoperations areallowedaccesstomanagedobjects.
5-2
SNMP Configuration
Table 5-1
Model v3
authPriv
MD5 or SHA
DES
Example
ThisexamplepermitsthepowergrouptomanageallMIBsviaSNMPv3:
G3(su)->set snmp access powergroup security-model usm
Configuration Considerations
CommandsforconfiguringSNMPontheGSeriesdeviceareindependentduringtheSNMP setupprocess.Forinstance,targetparameterscanbespecifiedwhensettingupoptional notificationfilterseventhoughtheseparametershavenotyetbeencreatedwiththesetsnmp targetparamscommand.
5-3
Commands
For information about... show snmp engineid show snmp counters Refer to page... 5-4 5-5
Syntax
show snmp engineid
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPengineproperties:
G3(su)->show snmp engineid EngineId: 80:00:15:f8:03:00:e0:63:9d:b5:87 Engine Boots = 12 Engine Time = 162181 Max Msg Size = 2048
Output Field EngineId Engine Boots Engine Time Max Msg Size
5-4
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
show snmp counters
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPcountervalues
G3(su)->show snmp counters --- mib2 SNMP group counters: snmpInPkts = 396601 snmpOutPkts = 396601 snmpInBadVersions = 0 snmpInBadCommunityNames = 0 snmpInBadCommunityUses = 0 snmpInASNParseErrs = 0 snmpInTooBigs = 0 snmpInNoSuchNames = 0 snmpInBadValues = 0 snmpInReadOnlys = 0 snmpInGenErrs = 0 snmpInTotalReqVars = 403661 snmpInTotalSetVars = 534 snmpInGetRequests = 290 snmpInGetNexts = 396279 snmpInSetRequests = 32 snmpInGetResponses = 0 snmpInTraps = 0 snmpOutTooBigs = 0 snmpOutNoSuchNames = 11 snmpOutBadValues = 0 snmpOutGenErrs = 0 snmpOutGetRequests = 0 snmpOutGetNexts = 0 snmpOutSetRequests = 0 snmpOutGetResponses = 396601 snmpOutTraps = 0 snmpSilentDrops = 0 snmpProxyDrops = 0 --- USM Stats counters: usmStatsUnsupportedSecLevels = 0 usmStatsNotInTimeWindows = 0 usmStatsUnknownUserNames = 0
5-5
= 0 = 0 = 0
snmpInASNParseErrs
5-6
SNMP Configuration
Table 5-3
Output Field snmpOutBadValues snmpOutGenErrs snmpOutGetRequests snmpOutGetNexts snmpOutSetRequests snmpOutGetResponses snmpOutTraps snmpSilentDrops
snmpProxyDrops
usmStatsUnknownUserNames
usmStatsUnknownEngineIDs
usmStatsWrongDigests usmStatsDecriptionErrors
5-7
Commands
For information about... show snmp user set snmp user clear snmp user show snmp group set snmp group clear snmp group show snmp community set snmp community clear snmp community Refer to page... 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-10 5-12 5-12 5-13 5-13 5-14
Syntax
show snmp user [list] | [user] | [remote remote] [volatile | nonvolatile | readonly]
Parameters
list user remoteremote (Optional)DisplaysalistofregisteredSNMPusernames. (Optional)Displaysinformationaboutaspecificuser. (Optional)DisplaysinformationaboutusersonaspecificremoteSNMP engine.
Defaults
Iflistisnotspecified,detailedSNMPinformationwillbedisplayed. Ifuserisnotspecified,informationaboutallSNMPuserswillbedisplayed. Ifremoteisnotspecified,userinformationaboutthelocalSNMPenginewillbedisplayed. Ifnotspecified,userinformationforallstoragetypeswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
5-8
SNMP Configuration
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayanSNMPuserlist:
G3(su)->show snmp user list --- SNMP user information ----- List of registered users: Guest admin1 admin2 netops
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationfortheSNMPguestuser:
(su)->show snmp user guest --- SNMP user information --EngineId: 00:00:00:63:00:00:00:a1:00:00:00:00 Username = Guest Auth protocol = usmNoAuthProtocol Privacy protocol = usmNoPrivProtocol Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active
Syntax
set snmp user user [remote remoteid] [authentication {md5 | sha}] [authpassword] [privacy privpassword] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
user remoteremoteid SpecifiesanamefortheSNMPv3user. (Optional)RegisterstheuseronaspecificremoteSNMPengine.
volatile| nonvolatile
(Optional)Specifiesastoragetypeforthisuserentry.
Defaults
Ifremoteisnotspecified,theuserwillberegisteredforthelocalSNMPengine. Ifauthenticationisnotspecified,noauthenticationwillbeapplied. Ifprivacyisnotspecified,noencryptionwillbeapplied. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatilewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanewSNMPusernamednetops.Bydefault,thisuserwillbe registeredonthelocalSNMPenginewithoutauthenticationandencryption.Entriesrelatedtothis userwillbestoredinpermanent(nonvolatile)memory:
G3(su)->set snmp user netops
Syntax
clear snmp user user [remote remote]
Parameters
user remoteremote SpecifiesanSNMPv3usertoremove. (Optional)RemovestheuserfromaspecificremoteSNMPengine.
Defaults
Ifremoteisnotspecified,theuserwillberemovedfromthelocalSNMPengine.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoremovetheSNMPusernamedbill:
G3(su)->clear snmp user bill
5-10
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
show snmp group [groupname groupname] [user user] [security-model {v1 | v2c | usm}] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
groupname groupname useruser (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificSNMPgroup. (Optional)Displaysinformationaboutuserswithinthespecifiedgroup.
Defaults
Ifgroupnameisnotspecified,informationaboutallSNMPgroupswillbedisplayed. Ifuserisnotspecified,informationaboutallSNMPuserswillbedisplayed. Ifsecuritymodelisnotspecified,userinformationaboutallSNMPversionswillbedisplayed. Ifnotspecified,informationforallstoragetypeswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPgroupinformation:
G3(su)->show snmp group --- SNMP group information --Security model = SNMPv1 Security/user name = public Group name = Anyone Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active Security model Security/user name Group name Storage type Row status = = = = = SNMPv1 public.router1 Anyone nonVolatile active
5-11
Syntax
set snmp group groupname user user security-model {v1 | v2c | usm} [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
groupname useruser SpecifiesanSNMPgroupnametocreate. SpecifiesanSNMPv3usernametoassigntothegroup.
Defaults
Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatilestoragewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanSNMPgroupcalledanyone,assignausernamedpublic andassignSNMPv3securitytothegroup:
G3(su)->set snmp group anyone user public security-model usm
Syntax
clear snmp group groupname user [security-model {v1 | v2c | usm}]
Parameters
groupname user SpecifiestheSNMPgrouptobecleared. SpecifiestheSNMPusertobecleared.
Defaults
If not specified, settings related to all security models will be cleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
5-12 SNMP Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearallsettingsassignedtothepublicuserwithintheSNMPgroup anyone:
G3(su)->clear snmp group anyone public
Syntax
show snmp community [name]
Parameters
name (Optional)DisplaysSNMPinformationforaspecificcommunityname.
Defaults
Ifnameisnotspecified,informationwillbedisplayedforallSNMPcommunities.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationabouttheSNMPpubliccommunityname.For adescriptionofthisoutput,refertosetsnmpcommunity(page513).
G3(su)->show snmp community public --- Configured community strings --Name Security name Context Transport tag Storage type Status = = = = = = ********* public
nonVolatile active
Syntax
set snmp community community [securityname securityname] [context context] [transport transport] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
community securityname securityname Specifiesacommunitygroupname. (Optional)SpecifiesanSNMPsecuritynametoassociatewiththis community.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 5-13
contextcontext
transporttransport
volatile| nonvolatile
Defaults
Ifsecuritynameisnotspecified,thecommunitynamewillbeused. Ifcontextisnotspecified,accesswillbegrantedforthedefaultcontext. Iftransporttagisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatilewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetanSNMPcommunitynamecalledvip
G3(su)->set snmp community vip
Syntax
clear snmp community name
Parameters
name SpecifiestheSNMPcommunitynametoclear.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodeletethecommunitynamevip.
G3(su)->clear snmp community vip
5-14
SNMP Configuration
Commands
For information about... show snmp access set snmp access clear snmp access Refer to page... 5-15 5-16 5-18
Syntax
show snmp access [groupname] [security-model {v1 | v2c | usm}] [noauthentication | authentication | privacy] [context context] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
groupname (Optional)DisplaysaccessinformationforaspecificSNMPv3group. securitymodelv1| (Optional)DisplaysaccessinformationforSNMPsecuritymodelversion v2c|usm 1,2cor3(usm). noauthentication| authentication| privacy contextcontext (Optional)Displaysaccessinformationforaspecificsecuritylevel.
Defaults
Ifgroupnameisnotspecified,accessinformationforallSNMPgroupswillbedisplayed. Ifsecuritymodelisnotspecified,accessinformationforallSNMPversionswillbedisplayed. Ifnoauthentication,authenticationorprivacyarenotspecified,accessinformationforall securitylevelswillbedisplayed. Ifcontextisnotspecified,allcontextswillbedisplayed. Ifvolatile,nonvolatileorreadonlyarenotspecified,allentriesofallstoragetypeswillbe displayed.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 5-15
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPaccessinformation:
G3(su)->show snmp Group = Security model = Security level = Read View = Write View = Notify View = Context match = Storage type = Row status = Group Security model Security level Read View Write View Notify View Context match Storage type Row status = = = = = = = = = access SystemAdmin USM noAuthNoPriv All All exact match nonVolatile active NightOperator USM noAuthNoPriv All All exact match nonVolatile active
5-16
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
set snmp access groupname security-model {v1 | v2c | usm} [noauthentication | authentication | privacy] [context context] [exact | prefix] [read read] [write write] [notify notify] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
groupname SpecifiesanameforanSNMPv3group. securitymodelv1| SpecifiesSNMPversion1,2cor3(usm). v2c|usm noauthentication| authentication| privacy (Optional)AppliesSNMPsecuritylevelasnoauthentication, authentication(withoutprivacy)orprivacy.Privacyspecifiesthat messagessentonbehalfoftheuserareprotectedfromdisclosure.
contextcontextexact (Optional)Setsthecontextforthisaccessconfigurationandspecifiesthat |prefix thematchmustbeexact(matchingthewholecontextstring)oraprefix matchonly.ContextisasubsetofmanagementinformationthisSNMP groupwillbeallowedtoaccess.Validvaluesarefullorpartialcontext names.Toreviewallcontextsconfiguredforthedevice,usetheshow snmpcontextcommandasdescribedinshowsnmpcontexton page 520. readread writewrite notifynotify volatile| nonvolatile|read only (Optional)Specifiesareadaccessview. (Optional)Specifiesawriteaccessview. (Optional)Specifiesanotifyaccessview. (Optional)StoresassociatedSNMPentriesastemporaryorpermanent,or readonly.
Defaults
Ifsecuritylevelisnotspecified,noauthenticationwillbeapplied. Ifcontextisnotspecified,accesswillbeenabledforthedefaultcontext.Ifcontextisspecified withoutacontextmatch,exactmatchwillbeapplied. Ifreadviewisnotspecifiednonewillbeapplied. Ifwriteviewisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifnotifyviewisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,entrieswillbestoredaspermanentandwillbeheldthroughdevice reboot.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexamplepermitsthepowergrouptomanageallMIBsviaSNMPv3:
G3(su)->set snmp access powergroup security-model usm
5-17
Syntax
clear snmp access groupname security-model {v1 | v2c | usm} [noauthentication | authentication | privacy] [context context]
Parameters
groupname SpecifiesthenameoftheSNMPgroupforwhichtoclearaccess. securitymodelv1| SpecifiesthesecuritymodeltobeclearedfortheSNMPaccessgroup. v2c|usm noauthentication| authentication| privacy contextcontext (Optional)ClearsaspecificsecuritylevelfortheSNMPaccessgroup.
(Optional)ClearsaspecificcontextfortheSNMPaccessgroup.Enter// toclearthedefaultcontext.
Defaults
Ifsecuritylevelisnotspecified,alllevelswillbecleared. Ifcontextisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearSNMPversion3accessforthemisgroupviathe authenticationprotocol:
G3(su)->clear snmp access mis-group security-model usm authentication
Commands
For information about... show snmp view show snmp context set snmp view clear snmp view Refer to page... 5-19 5-20 5-20 5-21
5-18
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
show snmp view [viewname] [subtree oid-or-mibobject] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
viewname subtreeoidormibobject volatile|nonvolatile| readonly (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificMIBview. (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificMIBsubtreewhen viewnameisspecified. (Optional)Displaysentriesforaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allSNMPMIBviewconfigurationinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPMIBviewconfigurationinformation:
G3(su)->show snmp view --- SNMP MIB View information --View Name = All Subtree OID = 1 Subtree mask = View Type = included Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active View Name Subtree OID Subtree mask View Type Storage type Row status View Name Subtree OID Subtree mask View Type Storage type Row status = = = = = = = = = = = = All 0.0 included nonVolatile active Network 1.3.6.1.2.1 included nonVolatile active
5-19
Table 5-7
Syntax
show snmp context
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
AnSNMPcontextisacollectionofmanagementinformationthatcanbeaccessedbyanSNMP agentorentity.ThedefaultcontextallowsallSNMPagentstoaccessallmanagementinformation (MIBs).Whencreatedusingthesetsnmpaccesscommand(setsnmpaccessonpage 516),other contextscanbeappliedtolimitaccesstoasubsetofmanagementinformation.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayalistofallSNMPcontextsknowntothedevice:
G3(su)->show snmp context --- Configured contexts: default context (all mibs)
Syntax
set snmp view viewname viewname subtree subtree [mask mask] [included | excluded] [volatile | nonvolatile]
5-20
SNMP Configuration
Parameters
viewnameviewname SpecifiesanameforaMIBview. subtreesubtree maskmask included| excluded volatile| nonvolatile SpecifiesaMIBsubtreename. (Optional)Specifiesabitmaskforasubtree. (Optional)Specifiessubtreeuse(default)ornosubtreeuse. (Optional)Specifiestheuseoftemporaryorpermanent(default)storage.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,maskwillbesetto255.255.255.255 Ifnotspecified,subtreeusewillbeincluded. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatile(permanent)willbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetanSNMPMIBviewtopublicwithasubtreenameof1.3.6.1 included:
G3(su)->set snmp view viewname public subtree 1.3.6.1 included
Syntax
clear snmp view viewname subtree
Parameters
viewname subtree SpecifiestheMIBviewnametobedeleted. SpecifiesthesubtreenameoftheMIBviewtobedeleted.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteSNMPMIBviewpublic:
G3(su)->clear snmp view public 1.3.6.1
5-21
Commands
For information about... show snmp targetparams set snmp targetparams clear snmp targetparams Refer to page... 5-22 5-23 5-24
Syntax
show snmp targetparams [targetParams] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
targetParams volatile|nonvolatile| readonly (Optional)Displaysentriesforaspecifictargetparameter. (Optional)Displaystargetparameterentriesforaspecificstorage type.
Defaults
IftargetParamsisnotspecified,entriesassociatedwithalltargetparameterswillbedisplayed. Ifnotspecified,entriesofallstoragetypeswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
5-22
SNMP Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPtargetparametersinformation:
G3(su)->show snmp targetparams --- SNMP TargetParams information --Target Parameter Name = v1ExampleParams Security Name = public Message Proc. Model = SNMPv1 Security Level = noAuthNoPriv Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active Target Parameter Name = v2cExampleParams Security Name = public Message Proc. Model = SNMPv2c Security Level = noAuthNoPriv Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active Target Parameter Name Security Name Message Proc. Model Security Level Storage type Row status = = = = = = v3ExampleParams CharlieDChief USM authNoPriv nonVolatile active
Syntax
set snmp targetparams paramsname user user security-model {v1 | v2c | usm} messageprocessing {v1 | v2c | v3} [noauthentication | authentication | privacy] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
paramsname SpecifiesanameidentifyingparametersusedtogenerateSNMPmessages toaparticulartarget.
5-23
useruser
SpecifiesanSNMPv1orv2communitynameoranSNMPv3username. Maximumlengthis32bytes.
securitymodelv1| SpecifiestheSNMPsecuritymodelappliedtothistargetparameteras v2c|usm version1,2cor3(usm). message SpecifiestheSNMPmessageprocessingmodelappliedtothistarget processingv1|v2c parameterasversion1,2cor3. |v3 noauthentication| authentication| privacy volatile| nonvolatile (Optional)SpecifiestheSNMPsecuritylevelappliedtothistarget parameterasnoauthentication,authentication(withoutprivacy)or privacy.Privacyspecifiesthatmessagessentonbehalfoftheuserare protectedfromdisclosure. (Optional)Specifiesthestoragetypeappliedtothistargetparameter.
Defaults
None. Ifnotspecified,securitylevelwillbesettonoauthentication. Ifnotspecified,storagetypewillbesettononvolatile.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetSNMPtargetparametersnamedv1ExampleParamsforauser namedfredusingversion3securitymodelandmessageprocessing,andauthentication:
G3(su)->set snmp targetparams v1ExampleParams user fred security-model usm message-processing v3 authentication
Syntax
clear snmp targetparams targetParams
Parameters
targetParams SpecifiesthenameoftheparameterintheSNMPtargetparameterstable tobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
5-24
SNMP Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearSNMPtargetparametersnamedv1ExampleParams:
G3(su)->clear snmp targetparams v1ExampleParams
Commands
For information about... show snmp targetaddr set snmp targetaddr clear snmp targetaddr Refer to page... 5-25 5-26 5-27
Syntax
show snmp targetaddr [targetAddr] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
targetAddr (Optional)Displaysinformationforaspecifictargetaddressname. volatile|nonvolatile (Optional)Whentargetaddressisspecified,displaystargetaddress |readonly informationforaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
IftargetAddrisnotspecified,entriesforalltargetaddressnameswillbedisplayed. Ifnotspecified,entriesofallstoragetypeswillbedisplayedforatargetaddress.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
5-25
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPtargetaddressinformation:
G3(su)->show snmp targetaddr Target Address Name = labmachine Tag List = v2cTrap IP Address = 10.2.3.116 UDP Port# = 162 Target Mask = 255.255.255.255 Timeout = 1500 Retry count = 4 Parameters = v2cParams Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active
Syntax
set snmp targetaddr targetaddr ipaddr param param [udpport udpport] [mask mask] [timeout timeout] [retries retries] [taglist taglist] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
targetaddr ipaddr paramparam udpportudpport maskmask
5-26 SNMP Configuration
timeouttimeout
(Optional)Specifiesthemaximumroundtriptimeallowedto communicatetothistargetaddress.Thisvalueisin.01secondsandthe defaultis1500(15seconds.) (Optional)Specifiesthenumberofmessageretriesallowedifaresponseis notreceived.Defaultis3. (Optional)SpecifiesalistofSNMPnotifytagvalues.Thistagsalocation tothetargetaddressasaplacetosendnotifications.Listmustbeenclosed inquotesandtagvaluesmustbeseparatedbyaspace(forexample, tag1tag2). (Optional)Specifiestemporary(default),orpermanentstorageforSNMP entries.
retriesretries taglisttaglist
volatile| nonvolatile
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,udpportwillbesetto162. Ifnotspecified,maskwillbesetto255.255.255.255 Ifnotspecified,timeoutwillbesetto1500. Ifnotspecified,numberofretrieswillbesetto3. Iftaglistisnotspecified,nonewillbeset. Ifnotspecified,storagetypewillbenonvolatile.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoconfigureatrapnotificationcalledTrapSink.Thistrapnotification willbesenttotheworkstation192.168.190.80(whichistargetaddresstr).Itwillusesecurityand authorizationcriteriacontainedinatargetparametersentrycalledv2cExampleParams.For moreinformationonconfiguringabasicSNMPtrap,refertoCreatingaBasicSNMPTrap Configurationonpage 536:
G3(su)->set snmp targetaddr tr 192.168.190.80 param v2cExampleParams taglist TrapSink
Syntax
clear snmp targetaddr targetAddr
Parameters
targetAddr Specifiesthetargetaddressentrytodelete.
Defaults
None.
5-27
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearSNMPtargetaddressentrytr:
G3(su)->clear snmp targetaddr tr
Purpose
ToconfigureSNMPnotificationparametersandoptionalfilters.Notificationsareentitieswhich handlethegenerationofSNMPv1andv2trapsorSNMPv3informsmessagestoselect managementtargets.Optionalnotificationfiltersidentifywhichtargetsshouldnotreceive notifications.ForasampleSNMPtrapconfigurationshowinghowSNMPnotificationparameters areassociatedwithsecurityandauthorizationcriteria(targetparameters)andmappedtoa managementtargetaddress,refertoCreatingaBasicSNMPTrapConfigurationonpage 536.
Commands
For information about... show newaddrtrap set newaddrtrap show snmp notify set snmp notify clear snmp notify show snmp notifyfilter set snmp notifyfilter clear snmp notifyfilter show snmp notifyprofile set snmp notifyprofile clear snmp notifyprofile Refer to page... 5-29 5-29 5-30 5-31 5-32 5-32 5-33 5-34 5-34 5-35 5-36
5-28
SNMP Configuration
show newaddrtrap
show newaddrtrap
UsethiscommandtodisplaytheglobalandportspecificstatusoftheSNMPnewMACaddresses trapfunction.
Syntax
show newaddrtrap [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysthestatusofthenewMACaddressestrapfunction onspecificports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,thestatusofthenewMACaddressestrapfunctionwillbedisplayed forallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Bydefault,thisfunctionisdisabledgloballyandperport.
Example
ThisexampledisplaysthestatusforGigabitEthernetports1through5inslot1.
G3(ro)->show newaddrtrap ge.1.1-5 New Address Traps Globally disabled Port --------ge.1.1 ge.1.2 ge.1.3 ge.1.4 ge.1.5 Enable State -----------disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled
set newaddrtrap
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableSNMPtrapmessaging,globallyorononeormoreports, whennewsourceMACaddressesaredetected.
Syntax
set newaddrtrap [port-string] {enable | disable}
Parameters
portstring (Optional)EnableordisablethenewMACaddressestrapfunctionon specificports.
5-29
enable|disable
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,thetrapfunctionissetglobally.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
ThiscommandenablesanddisablessendingSNMPtrapmessageswhenanewsourceMAC addressisdetectedbyaport.IftheportisaCDPport,however,trapsfornewsourceMAC addresseswillnotbesent. Thedefaultmodeisdisabledgloballyandperport.
Example=
ThisexampleenablesthetrapfunctiongloballyandthenonGigabitEthernetports1through5in slot1.
G3(rw)->set newaddrtrap enable G3(rw)->set newaddrtrap ge.1.1-5 enable
Syntax
show snmp notify [notify] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
notify volatile| nonvolatile|read only (Optional)Displaysnotifyentriesforaspecificnotifyname. (Optional)Displaysnotifyentriesforaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
Ifanotifynameisnotspecified,allentrieswillbedisplayed. Ifvolatile,nonvolatile,orreadonlyarenotspecified,allstoragetypeentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
5-30
SNMP Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSNMPnotifyinformation:
G3(su)->show snmp notify --- SNMP notifyTable information --Notify name = 1 Notify Tag = Console Notify Type = trap Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active Notify name Notify Tag Notify Type Storage type Row status = = = = = 2 TrapSink trap nonVolatile active
Syntax
set snmp notify notify tag tag [trap | inform] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
notify tagtag trap|inform volatile| nonvolatile SpecifiesanSNMPnotifyname. SpecifiesanSNMPnotifytag.ThisbindsthenotifynametotheSNMP targetaddresstable. (Optional)SpecifiesSNMPv1orv2Trapmessages(default)orSNMPv3 InformRequestmessages. (Optional)Specifiestemporary(default),orpermanentstorageforSNMP entries.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,messagetypewillbesettotrap.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 5-31
Ifnotspecified,storagetypewillbesettononvolatile.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetanSNMPnotifyconfigurationwithanotifynameofhelloanda notifytagofworld.Notificationswillbesentastrapmessagesandstoragetypewill automaticallydefaulttopermanent:
G3(su)->set snmp notify hello tag world trap
Syntax
clear snmp notify notify
Parameters
notify SpecifiesanSNMPnotifynametoclear.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheSNMPnotifyconfigurationforhello:
G3(su)->clear snmp notify hello
Syntax
show snmp notifyfilter [profile] [subtree oid-or-mibobject] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
profile subtreeoidor mibobject (Optional)Displaysaspecificnotifyfilter. (Optional)Displaysanotifyfilterwithinaspecificsubtree.
5-32
SNMP Configuration
(Optional)Displaysnotifyfilterentriesofaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allnotifyfilterinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
SeeAboutSNMPNotifyFiltersonpage 528formoreinformationaboutnotifyfilters.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPnotifyfilterinformation.Inthiscase,thenotifyprofile pilot1insubtree1.3.6willnotreceiveSNMPnotificationmessages:
G3(su)->show snmp notifyfilter --- SNMP notifyFilter information --Profile = pilot1 Subtree = 1.3.6 Filter type = included Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active
Syntax
set snmp notifyfilter profile subtree oid-or-mibobject [mask mask] [included | excluded] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
profile subtreeoidor mibobject maskmask included| excluded volatile| nonvolatile SpecifiesanSNMPfilternotifyname. SpecifiesaMIBsubtreeIDtargetforthefilter. (Optional)Appliesasubtreemask. (Optional)Specifiesthatsubtreeisincludedorexcluded. (Optional)Specifiesastoragetype.
5-33
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,maskisnotset. Ifnotspecified,subtreewillbeincluded. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatile(permanent)willbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
SeeAboutSNMPNotifyFiltersonpage 528formoreinformationaboutnotifyfilters.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanSNMPnotifyfiltercalledpilot1withaMIBsubtreeIDof 1.3.6:
G3(su)->set snmp notifyfilter pilot1 subtree 1.3.6
Syntax
clear snmp notifyfilter profile subtree oid-or-mibobject
Parameters
profile subtreeoidor mibobject SpecifiesanSNMPfilternotifynametodelete. SpecifiesaMIBsubtreeIDcontainingthefiltertobedeleted.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeletetheSNMPnotifyfilterpilot1:
G3(su)->clear snmp notifyfilter pilot1 subtree 1.3.6
5-34
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
show snmp notifyprofile [profile] [targetparam targetparam] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
profile targetparam targetparam volatile| nonvolatile|read only (Optional)Displaysaspecificnotifyprofile. (Optional)Displaysentriesforaspecifictargetparameter. (Optional)Displaysnotifyfilterentriesofaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allnotifyprofileinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPnotifyinformationfortheprofilenamedarea51:
G3(su)->show snmp notifyprofile area51 --- SNMP notifyProfile information --Notify Profile = area51 TargetParam = v3ExampleParams Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active
Syntax
set snmp notifyprofile profile targetparam targetparam [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
profile targetparam targetparam volatile| nonvolatile SpecifiesanSNMPfilternotifyname. SpecifiesanassociatedentryintheSNMPTargetParamsTable. (Optional)Specifiesastoragetype.
Defaults
Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatile(permanent)willbeapplied.
5-35
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanSNMPnotifyprofilenamedarea51andassociateatarget parametersentry.
G3(su)->set snmp notifyprofile area51 targetparam v3ExampleParams
Syntax
clear snmp notifyprofile profile targetparam targetparam
Parameters
profile targetparam targetparam SpecifiesanSNMPfilternotifynametodelete. SpecifiesanassociatedentryinthesnmpTargetParamsTable.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteSNMPnotifyprofilearea51:
G3(su)->clear snmp notifyprofile area51 targetparam v3ExampleParams
5-36
SNMP Configuration
CompleteanSNMPv2trapconfigurationonaGSeriesdeviceasfollows: 1. 2. 3. CreateacommunitynamethatwillactasanSNMPuserpassword. CreateanSNMPtargetparametersentrytoassociatesecurityandauthorizationcriteriatothe usersinthecommunitycreatedinStep1. VerifyifanyapplicableSNMPnotificationentriesexist,orcreateanewone.Youwillusethis entrytosendSNMPnotificationmessagestotheappropriatemanagementtargetscreatedin Step 2. CreateatargetaddressentrytobindamanagementIPaddressto: ThenotificationentryandtagnamecreatedinStep3and ThetargetparametersentrycreatedinStep2.
4.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowto: CreateanSNMPcommunitycalledmgmt. ConfigureatrapnotificationcalledTrapSink.
5-37
2. 3.
Searchesforthedoorsmatchingsuchakey.Forexample,theparameterssetfortheentry1key showsthatitopensonlythedoorTrapSink. VerifiesthatthespecifieddoorTrapSinkis,infact,available.Inthiscaseitwasbuiltusingthe setsnmptargetaddrcommand.Thiscommandalsospecifiesthatthisdoorleadstothe managementstation192.168.190.80,andtheprocedure(targetparams)tocrossthedoorstep iscalledv2ExampleParams. Verifiesthatthev2ExampleParamsdescriptionofhowtostepthroughthedooris,infact, there.Theagentcheckstargetparamsentriesanddeterminesthisdescriptionwasmadewith thesetsnmptargetparamscommand,whichtellsexactlywhichSNMPprotocoltouseand whatcommunitynametoprovide.Inthiscase,thecommunitynameismgmt. Verifiesthatthemgmtcommunitynameisavailable.Inthiscase,ithasbeenconfiguredusing thesetsnmpcommunitycommand. Sendsthetrapnotificationmessage.
4.
5. 6.
5-38
SNMP Configuration
6
Spanning Tree Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheSpanningTreeConfigurationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... Spanning Tree Configuration Summary Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Parameters Refer to page... 6-1 6-3 6-31 6-38
Caution: Spanning Tree configuration should be performed only by personnel who are very knowledgeable about Spanning Trees and the configuration of the Spanning Tree Algorithm. Otherwise, the proper operation of the network could be at risk.
RSTP
TheIEEE802.1wRapidSpanningProtocol(RSTP),anevolutionof802.1D,canachievemuch fasterconvergencethanlegacySTPinaproperlyconfigurednetwork.RSTPsignificantlyreduces thetimetoreconfigurethenetworksactivetopologywhenphysicaltopologyorconfiguration parameterchangesoccur.ItselectsoneswitchastherootofaSpanningTreeconnectedactive topologyandassignsportrolestoindividualportsontheswitch,dependingonwhetherthatport ispartoftheactivetopology. RSTPprovidesrapidconnectivityfollowingthefailureofaswitch,switchport,oraLAN.Anew rootportandthedesignatedportontheothersideofthebridgetransitiontoforwardingthrough anexplicithandshakebetweenthem.Bydefault,userportsareconfiguredtorapidlytransitionto forwardinginRSTP.
MSTP
TheIEEE802.1sMultipleSpanningTreeProtocol(MSTP)buildsupon802.1DandRSTPby optimizingutilizationofredundantlinksbetweenswitchesinanetwork.Whenredundantlinks existbetweenapairofswitchesrunningsingleSTP,onelinkisforwardingwhiletheothersare
6-1
blockingforalltrafficflowingbetweenthetwoswitches.Theblockinglinksareeffectivelyused onlyiftheforwardinglinkgoesdown.MSTPassignseachVLANpresentonthenetworktoa particularSpanningTreeinstance,allowingeachswitchporttobeinadistinctstateforeachsuch instance:blockingforoneSpanningTreewhileforwardingforanother.Thus,trafficassociated withonesetofVLANscantraverseaparticularinterswitchlink,whiletrafficassociatedwith anothersetofVLANscanbeblockedonthatlink.IfVLANsareassignedtoSpanningTrees wisely,nointerswitchlinkwillbecompletelyidle,maximizingnetworkutilization. FordetailsoncreatingSpanningTreeinstances,refertosetspantreemstionpage 612. FordetailsonmappingSpanningTreeinstancestoVLANs,refertosetspantreemstmapon page 613.
Note: MSTP and RSTP are fully compatible and interoperable with each other and with legacy STP 802.1D.
Loop Protect
TheLoopProtectfeaturepreventsorshortcircuitsloopformationinanetworkwithredundant pathsbyrequiringportstoreceivetype2BPDUs(RSTP/MSTP)onpointtopointinterswitch links(ISLs)beforetheirstatesareallowedtobecomeforwarding.Further,ifaBPDUtimeout occursonaport,itsstatebecomeslisteninguntilaBPDUisreceived. Bothupstreamanddownstreamfacingportsareprotected.Whenarootoralternateportlosesits pathtotherootbridgeduetoamessageageexpirationittakesontheroleofdesignatedport.It willnotforwardtrafficuntilaBPDUisreceived.Whenaportisintendedtobethedesignatedport inanISLitconstantlyproposesandwillnotforwarduntilaBPDUisreceived,andwillrevertto listeningifitfailstogetaresponse.Thisprotectsagainstmisconfigurationandprotocolfailureby theconnectedbridge. TheDisputedBPDUmechanismprotectsagainstloopinginsituationswherethereisoneway communication.AdisputedBPDUisoneinwhichtheflagsfieldindicatesadesignatedroleand
6-2
learningandthepriorityvectorisworsethanthatalreadyheldbytheport.IfadisputedBPDUis received,theportisforcedtothelisteningstate.WhenaninferiordesignatedBPDUwiththe learningbitsetisreceivedonadesignatedport,itsstateissettodiscardingtopreventloop formation.NotethattheDisputemechanismisalwaysactiveregardlessoftheconfiguration settingofLoopProtection. LoopProtectoperatesasaperport,perMSTinstancefeature.Itshouldbesetoninterswitch links.Itiscomprisedofseveralrelatedfunctions: ControlofportforwardingstatebasedonreceptionofagreementBPDUs ControlofportforwardingstatebasedonreceptionofdisputedBPDUs Communicatingportnonforwardingstatusthroughtrapsandsyslogmessages Disablingaportbasedonfrequencyoffailureevents
PortforwardingstateinthedesignatedportisgatedbyatimerthatissetuponBPDUreception.It isanalogoustothercvdInfoWhiletimertheportuseswhenreceivingrootinformationintheroot/ alternate/backuprole. TherearetwooperationalmodesforLoopProtectonaport.Iftheportisconnectedtoadevice knowntoimplementLoopProtect,itusesfullfunctionalmode.Otherwisetheportoperatesin limitedfunctionalmode. ConnectiontoaLoopProtectswitchguaranteesthatthealternateagreementmechanismis implemented.Thismeansthedesignatedportcanrelyonreceivingaresponsetoitsproposal regardlessoftheroleoftheconnectedport,whichhastwoimportantimplications.First,the designatedportconnectedtoanonrootportmaytransitiontoforwarding.Second,thereisno ambiguitywhenatimeouthappens;aLoopProtecteventhasoccurred. Infullfunctionalmode,whenatype2BPDUisreceivedandtheportisdesignatedandpointto point,thetimerissetto3timeshelloTime.Inlimitedfunctionalmodethereistheadditional requirementthattheflagsfieldindicatearootrole.IftheportisaboundaryporttheMSTIsfor thatportfollowtheCIST,thatis,theMSTIporttimersaresetaccordingtotheCISTporttimer.If theportisinternaltotheregionthentheMSTIporttimersaresetindependentlyusingthe particularMSTImessage. MessageageexpirationandtheexpirationoftheLoopProtecttimerarebothLoopProtectevents. Anoticelevelsyslogmessageisproducedforeachsuchevent.Trapsmaybeconfiguredtoreport theseeventsaswell.AsyslogmessageandtrapmaybeconfiguredfordisputedBPDUs. ItisalsoconfigurabletoforcethelockingofaSID/portfortheoccurrenceofoneormoreevents. Whentheconfigurednumberofeventshappenwithinagivenwindowoftime,theportisforced intoblockingandheldthereuntilitismanuallyunlockedviamanagement.
6-3
Commands
For information about... show spantree stats set spantree show spantree version set spantree version clear spantree version show spantree bpdu-forwarding set spantree bpdu-forwarding show spantree bridgeprioritymode set spantree bridgeprioritymode clear spantree bridgeprioritymode show spantree mstilist set spantree msti clear spantree msti show spantree mstmap set spantree mstmap clear spantree mstmap show spantree vlanlist show spantree mstcfgid set spantree mstcfgid clear spantree mstcfgid set spantree priority clear spantree priority set spantree hello clear spantree hello set spantree maxage clear spantree maxage set spantree fwddelay clear spantree fwddelay show spantree backuproot set spantree backuproot clear spantree backuproot show spantree tctrapsuppress set spantree tctrapsuppress clear spantree tctrapsuppress Refer to page... 6-5 6-7 6-7 6-8 6-8 6-9 6-9 6-10 6-10 6-11 6-11 6-12 6-12 6-13 6-13 6-14 6-15 6-15 6-16 6-16 6-17 6-17 6-18 6-18 6-19 6-19 6-20 6-20 6-21 6-21 6-22 6-22 6-23 6-23
6-4
For information about... set spantree protomigration show spantree spanguard set spantree spanguard clear spantree spanguard show spantree spanguardtimeout set spantree spanguardtimeout clear spantree spanguardtimeout show spantree spanguardlock clear/set spantree spanguardlock show spantree spanguardtrapenable set spanstree spanguardtrapenable clear spanstree spanguardtrapenable show spantree legacypathcost set spantree legacypathcost clear spantree legacypathcost
Refer to page... 6-24 6-24 6-25 6-26 6-26 6-26 6-27 6-27 6-28 6-28 6-29 6-29 6-30 6-30 6-31
Syntax
show spantree stats [port port-string] [sid sid] [active]
Parameters
portportstring (Optional)Displaysinformationforthespecifiedport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41. (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier.If notspecified,SID0isassumed. (Optional)DisplaysinformationforportsthathavereceivedSTPBPDUs sinceboot.
sidsid active
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,SpanningTreeinformationforallportswillbedisplayed. Ifsidisnotspecified,informationforSpanningTree0willbedisplayed. Ifactiveisnotspecifiedinformationforallportswillbedisplayedregardlessofwhetherornot theyhavereceivedBPDUs.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
6-5
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedevicesSpanningTreeconfiguration:
G3(su)->show spantree stats Spanning tree status Spanning tree instance Designated Root MacAddr Designated Root Priority Designated Root Cost Designated Root Port Root Max Age Root Hello Time Root Forward Delay Bridge ID MAC Address Bridge ID Priority Bridge Max Age Bridge Hello Time Bridge Forward Delay Topology Change Count Time Since Top Change Max Hops enabled 0 00-e0-63-9d-c1-c8 0 10000 lag.0.1 20 sec 2 sec 15 sec 00-01-f4-da-5e-3d 32768 20 sec 2 sec 15 sec 7 00 days 03:19:15 20
6-6
set spantree
Table 6-1
Output
set spantree
UsethiscommandtogloballyenableordisabletheSpanningTreeprotocolontheswitch.
Syntax
set spantree {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable GloballydisablesorenablesSpanningTree.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableSpanningTreeonthedevice:
G3(su)->set spantree disable
Syntax
show spantree version
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 6-7
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySpanningTreeversioninformationforthedevice:
G3(su)->show spantree version Force Version is mstp
Syntax
set spantree version {mstp | stpcompatible | rstp}
Parameters
mstp stpcompatible rstp SetstheversiontoSTP802.1scompatible. SetstheversiontoSTP802.1Dcompatible. Setstheversionto802.1wcompatible.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Inmostnetworks,SpanningTreeversionshouldnotbechangedfromitsdefaultsettingofmstp (MultipleSpanningTreeProtocol)mode.MSTPmodeisfullycompatibleandinteroperablewith legacySTP802.1DandRapidSpanningTree(RSTP)bridges.Settingtheversiontostpcompatible modewillcausethebridgetotransmitonly802.1DBPDUs,andwillpreventnonedgeportsfrom rapidlytransitioningtoforwardingstate.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballychangetheSpanningTreeversionfromthedefaultofMSTP toRSTP:
G3(su)->set spantree version rstp
Syntax
clear spantree version
6-8
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheSpanningTreeversion:
G3(su)->clear spantree version
Syntax
show spantree bpdu-forwarding
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSpanningTreeBPDUforwardingmode:
G3(su)->show spantree bpdu-forwarding BPDU forwarding is disabled.
Syntax
set spantree bpdu-forwarding {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable DisablesorenablesBPDUforwarding;.
6-9
Defaults
BydefaultBPDUforwardingisdisabled.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheSpanningTreeprotocolmustbedisabled(setspantreedisable)forthisfeaturetotakeeffect.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableBPDUforwarding:
G3(rw)-> set spantree bpdu-forwarding enable
Syntax
show spantree bridgeprioritymode
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSpanningTreebridgeprioritymodesetting:
G3(rw)->show spantree bridgeprioritymode Bridge Priority Mode is set to IEEE802.1t mode.
Syntax
set spantree bridgeprioritymode {8021d | 8021t}
Parameters
8021d Setsthebridgeprioritymodetouse802.1D(legacy)values,whichare0 65535.
6-10
8021t
Defaults
None
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Themodeaffectstherangeofpriorityvaluesusedtodeterminewhichdeviceisselectedasthe SpanningTreerootasdescribedinsetspantreepriority(setspantreepriorityonpage 617). Thedefaultfortheswitchistouse802.1tbridgeprioritymode.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthebridgeprioritymodeto802.1D:
G3(rw)->set spantree bridgeprioritymode 8021d
Syntax
clear spantree bridgeprioritymode
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthebridgeprioritymodeto802.1t:
G3(rw)->clear spantree bridgeprioritymode
6-11
Syntax
show spantree mstilist
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayalistofMSTinstances.Inthiscase,SID2hasbeenconfigured:
G3(su)->show spantree mstilist Configured Multiple Spanning Tree instances: 2
Syntax
set spantree msti sid sid {create | delete}
Parameters
sidsid create|delete SetstheMultipleSpanningTreeID.Validvaluesare14094. GSeriesdeviceswillsupportupto4MSTinstances. CreatesordeletesanMSTinstance.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanMSTinstance2:
G3(su)->set spantree msti sid 2 create
6-12
Syntax
clear spantree msti [sid sid]
Parameters
sidsid (Optional)DeletesaspecificmultipleSpanningTreeID.
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,allMSTinstanceswillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteallMSTinstances:
G3(su)->clear spantree msti
Syntax
show spantree mstmap [fid fid]
Parameters
fidfid (Optional)DisplaysinformationforspecificFIDs.
Defaults
Iffidisnotspecified,informationforallassignedFIDswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySIDtoFIDmappinginformationforFID1.Inthiscase,no newmappingshavebeenconfigured:
G3(su)->show spantree mstmap fid 1 FID: SID: 1 0
6-13
Note: Since any MST maps that are associated with GVRP-generated VLANs will be removed from the configuration if GVRP communication is lost, it is recommended that you only create MST maps on statically-created VLANs.
Syntax
set spantree mstmap fid [sid sid]
Parameters
fid sidsid SpecifiesoneormoreFIDstoassigntotheMST.Validvaluesare14093, andmustcorrespondtoaVLANIDcreatedusingthesetvlancommand. (Optional)SpecifiesaMultipleSpanningTreeID.Validvaluesare14094, andmustcorrespondtoaSIDcreatedusingthesetmsticommand.
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,FID(s)willbemappedtoSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtomapFID3toSID2:
G3(su)->set spantree mstmap 3 sid 2
Syntax
clear spantree mstmap fid
Parameters
fid SpecifiesoneormoreFIDstoresetto0.
Defaults
Iffidisnotspecified,allSIDtoFIDmappingswillbereset.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtomapFID2backtoSID0:
G3(su)->clear spantree mstmap 2
6-14
Syntax
show spantree vlanlist [vlan-list]
Parameters
vlanlist (Optional)DisplaysSIDsassignedtospecificVLAN(s).
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,SIDassignmentwillbedisplayedforallVLANs.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSIDsmappedtoVLAN1.Inthiscase,SIDs2,16and42 aremappedtoVLAN1.Forthisinformationtodisplay,theSIDinstancemustbecreatedusing thesetspantreemsticommandasdescribedinsetspantreemstionpage 612,andtheFIDs mustbemappedtoSID 1usingthesetspantreemstmapcommandasdescribedinsetspantree mstmaponpage 613:
G3(su)->show spantree vlanlist 1 The following SIDS are assigned to VLAN 1: 2 16 42
Syntax
show spantree mstcfgid
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheMSTconfigurationidentifierelements.Inthiscase,the defaultrevisionlevelof0,andthedefaultconfigurationname(astringrepresentingthebridge MACaddress)havenotbeenchanged.Forinformationonusingthesetspantreemstcfgid commandtochangethesesettings,refertosetspantreemstcfgidonpage 616:
6-15
G3(su)->show spantree mstcfgid MST Configuration Identifier: Format Selector: 0 Configuration Name: 00:01:f4:89:51:94 Revision Level: 0 Configuration Digest: ac:36:17:7f:50:28:3c:d4:b8:38:21:d8:ab:26:de:62
Syntax
set spantree mstcfgid {cfgname name | rev level}
Parameters
cfgnamename revlevel SpecifiesanMSTconfigurationname. SpecifiesanMSTrevisionlevel.Validvaluesare065535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheMSTconfigurationnametomstconfig:
G3(su)->set spantree mstconfigid cfgname mstconfig
Syntax
clear spantree mstcfgid
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheMSTconfigurationidentifierelementstodefaultvalues:
G3(su)->clear spantree mstcfgid
6-16 Spanning Tree Configuration
Syntax
set spantree priority priority [sid]
Parameters
priority Specifiesthepriorityofthebridge.Validvaluesarefrom0to61440(in incrementsof4096),with0indicatinghighestpriorityand61440 lowestpriority. (Optional)SetsthepriorityonaspecificSpanningTree.Validvalues are04094.Ifnotspecified,SID 0isassumed.
sid
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,prioritywillbesetonSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thedevicewiththehighestpriority(lowestnumericalvalue)becomestheSpanningTreeroot device.Ifalldeviceshavethesamepriority,thedevicewiththelowestMACaddresswillthen becometherootdevice.Dependingonthebridgeprioritymode(setwiththesetspantree bridgeprioritymodecommanddescribedinsetspantreebridgeprioritymodeonpage 610, somepriorityvaluesmayberoundedupordown.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthebridgepriorityto4096onSID1:
G3(su)->set spantree priority 4096 1
Syntax
clear spantree priority [sid]
Parameters
sid (Optional)ResetsthepriorityonaspecificSpanningTree.Valid valuesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID 0isassumed.
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,prioritywillberesetonSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 6-17
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthebridgepriorityonSID1:
G3(su)->clear spantree priority 1
Syntax
set spantree hello interval
Parameters
interval Specifiesthenumberofsecondsthesystemwaitsbeforebroadcastinga bridgehellomessage(amulticastmessageindicatingthatthesystemis active).Validvaluesare110.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballysettheSpanningTreehellotimeto10seconds:
G3(su)->set spantree hello 10
Syntax
clear spantree hello
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballyresettheSpanningTreehellotime:
G3(su)->clear spantree hello
6-18 Spanning Tree Configuration
Syntax
set spantree maxage agingtime
Parameters
agingtime Specifiesthemaximumnumberofsecondsthatthesystemretainsthe informationreceivedfromotherbridgesthroughSTP.Validvaluesare6 40.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thebridgemaximumagingtimeisthemaximumtime(inseconds)adevicecanwaitwithout receivingaconfigurationmessage(bridgehello)beforeattemptingtoreconfigure.Alldevice ports(exceptfordesignatedports)shouldreceiveconfigurationmessagesatregularintervals. AnyportthatagesoutSTPinformationprovidedinthelastconfigurationmessagebecomesthe designatedportfortheattachedLAN.Ifitisarootport,anewrootportisselectedfromamong thedeviceportsattachedtothenetwork.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthemaximumagingtimeto25seconds:
G3(su)->set spantree maxage 25
Syntax
clear spantree maxage
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
6-19
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtogloballyresetthemaximumagingtime:
G3(su)->clear spantree maxage
Syntax
set spantree fwddelay delay
Parameters
delay Specifiesthenumberofsecondsforthebridgeforwarddelay.Validvalues are430.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Theforwarddelayisthemaximumtime(inseconds)therootdevicewillwaitbeforechanging states(i.e.,listeningtolearningtoforwarding).Thisdelayisrequiredbecauseeverydevicemust receiveinformationabouttopologychangesbeforeitstartstoforwardframes.Inaddition,each portneedstimetolistenforconflictinginformationthatwouldmakeitreturntoablockingstate; otherwise,temporarydataloopsmightresult.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtogloballysetthebridgeforwarddelayto16seconds:
G3(su)->set spantree fwddelay 16
Syntax
clear spantree fwddelay
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
6-20
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtogloballyresetthebridgeforwarddelay:
G3(su)->clear spantree fwddelay
Syntax
show spantree backuproot [sid]
Parameters
sid (Optional)DisplaybackuprootstatusforaspecificSpanningTree identifier.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0isassumed.
Defaults
IfaSIDisnotspecified,thenstatuswillbeshownforSpanningTreeinstance0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestatusofthebackuprootfunctiononSID0:
G3(rw)->show spantree backuproot Backup root is set to disable on sid 0
Syntax
set spantree backuproot sid {disable | enable}
Parameters
sid disable|enable SpecifiestheSpanningTreeinstanceonwhichtoenableordisablethe backuprootfunction.Validvaluesare04094. Enablesordisablesthebackuprootfunction.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 6-21
Usage
TheSpanningTreebackuprootfunctionisdisabledbydefaultontheGSeries.Whenthisfeature isenabledandtheswitchisdirectlyconnectedtotherootbridge,staleSpanningTreeinformation ispreventedfromcirculatingiftherootbridgeislost.Iftherootbridgeislost,thebackuprootwill dynamicallyloweritsbridgeprioritysothatitwillbeselectedasthenewrootoverthelostroot bridge.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablethebackuprootfunctiononSID2:
G3(rw)->set spantree backuproot 2 enable
Syntax
clear spantree backuproot sid
Parameters
sid SpecifiestheSpanningTreeonwhichtoclearthebackuproot function.Validvaluesare04094.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthebackuprootfunctiontodisabledonSID2:
G3(rw)->clear spantree backuproot 2
Syntax
show spantree tctrapsuppress
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
6-22
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestatusoftopologychangetrapsuppression:
G3(rw)->show spantree tctrapsuppress Topology change Trap Suppression is set to enabled
Syntax
set spantree tctrapsuppress {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable Disablesorenablestopologychangetrapsuppression.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Bydefault,RSTPnonedge(bridge)portsthattransitiontoforwardingorblockingcausethe switchtoissueatopologychangetrap.Whentopologychangetrapsuppressionisenabled,which isthedevicedefault,edgeports(suchasendstationPCs)arepreventedfromsendingtopology changetraps.Thisisbecausethereisusuallynoneedfornetworkmanagementtomonitoredge portSTPtransitionstates,suchaswhenPCsarepoweredon.Whentopologychangetrap suppressionisdisabled,allports,includingedgeandbridgeports,willtransmittopologychange traps.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoallowRapidSpanningTreeedgeportstotransmittopologychange traps:
G3(rw)->set spantree tctrapsuppress disable
Syntax
clear spantree tctrapsuppress
6-23
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocleartopologychangetrapsuppressionsetting:
G3(rw)->clear spantree tctrapsuppress
Syntax
set spantree protomigration <port-string>
Parameters
portstring Resettheprotocolstatemigrationmachineforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresettheprotocolstatemigrationmachineonport20:
G3(su)->set spantree protomigration ge.1.20
Syntax
show spantree spanguard
Parameters
None.
6-24
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSpanGuardfunctionstatus:
G3(su)->show spantree spanguard Spanguard is disabled
Syntax
set spantree spanguard {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablestheSpanGuardfunction.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
SpanGuardisdesignedtodisable,orlockoutanedgeportwhenanunexpectedBPDUis received.Theportcanbeconfiguredtobereenabledafterasettimeperiod,oronlyaftermanual intervention. Aportcanbedefinedasanedge(user)portusingthesetspantreeadminedgecommand, describedinsetspantreeadminedgeonpage 637.Aportdesignatedasanedgeportis expectedtobeconnectedtoaworkstationorotherendusertypeofdevice,andnottoanother switchinthenetwork.WhenSpanguardisenabled,ifanonloopbackBPDUisreceivedonan edgeport,theSpanningTreestateofthatportwillbechangedtoblockingandwillnolonger forwardtraffic.Theportwillremaindisableduntiltheamountoftimedefinedbysetspantree spanguardtimeout(setspantreespanguardtimeoutonpage 626)haspassedsincethelastseen BPDU,theportismanuallyunlocked(setorclearspantreespanguardlock,clear/setspantree spanguardlockonpage 628),theconfigurationoftheportischangedsoitisnotlongeranedge port,ortheSpanGuardfunctionisdisabled. SpanGuardisenabledanddisabledonlyonaglobalbasis.Bydefault,SpanGuardisdisabledand SpanGuardtrapsareenabled.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheSpanGuardfunction:
G3(rw)->set spantree spanguard enable
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 6-25
Syntax
clear spantree spanguard
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthestatusoftheSpanGuardfunctiontodisabled:
G3(rw)->clear spantree spanguard
Syntax
show spantree spanguardtimeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSpanGuardtimeoutsetting:
G3(su)->show spantree spanguardtimeout Spanguard timeout: 300
6-26
Syntax
set spantree spanguardtimeout timeout
Parameters
timeout Specifiesatimeoutvalueinseconds.Validvaluesare0to65535. Avalueof0willkeeptheportlockeduntilmanuallyunlocked.Thedefault valueis300seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheSpanGuardtimeoutto600seconds:
G3(su)->set spantree spanguardtimeout 600
Syntax
clear spantree spanguardtimeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheSpanGuardtimeoutto300seconds:
G3(rw)->clear spantree spanguardtimeout
Syntax
show spantree spanguardlock [port-string]
6-27
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoshowSpanGuardlockstatus. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisspecified,theSpanGuardlockstatusforallportsisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSpanGuardlockstatusforge.1.1:
G3(su)->show spantree spanguardlock ge.1.1 Port ge.1.1 is Unlocked
Syntax
clear spantree spanguardlock port-string set spantree spanguardlock port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiesport(s)tounlock.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstring values,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtounlockportge.1.16:
G3(rw)->clear spantree spanguardlock ge.1.16
6-28
Syntax
show spantree spanguardtrapenable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestateoftheSpanGuardtrapfunction:
G3(ro)->show spantree spanguardtrapenable Spanguard SNMP traps are enabled
Syntax
set spantree spanguardtrapenable {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable DisablesorenablessendingSpanGuardtraps.Bydefault,sendingtraps isenabled.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisabletheSpanGuardtrapfunction:
G3(su)->set spantree spanguardtrapenable disable
Syntax
clear spantree spanguardtrapenable
6-29
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheSpanGuardtrapfunctiontoenabled:
G3(rw)->clear spantree spanguardtrapenable
Syntax
show spantree legacypathcost
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedefaultSpanningTreepathcostsetting.
G3(su)->show spantree legacypathcost Legacy Path Cost is disabled.
Syntax
set spantree legacypathcost {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable enable Use802.1t2001valuestocalculatepathcost. Use802.1d1998valuestocalculatepathcost.
6-30
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Bydefault,legacypathcostisdisabled.Enablingthedevicetocalculatelegacypathcostsaffects therangeofvalidvaluesthatcanbeenteredinthesetspantreeadminpathcostcommand.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthedefaultpathcostvaluesto802.1D.
G3(rw)->set spantree legacypathcost enable
Syntax
clear spantree legacypathcost
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleclearsthelegacypathcostto802.1tvalues.
G3(rw)->clear spantree legacypathcost
Commands
For information about... set spantree portadmin clear spantree portadmin show spantree portadmin Refer to page... 6-32 6-32 6-33
6-31
For information about... show spantree portpri set spantree portpri clear spantree portpri show spantree adminpathcost set spantree adminpathcost clear spantree adminpathcost show spantree adminedge set spantree adminedge clear spantree adminedge
Refer to page... 6-33 6-34 6-35 6-35 6-36 6-36 6-37 6-37 6-38
Syntax
set spantree portadmin port-string {disable | enable}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoenableordisableSpanningTree.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. DisablesorenablesSpanningTree.
disable|enable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableSpanningTreeonge.1.5:
G3(rw)->set spantree portadmin ge.1.5 disable
Syntax
clear spantree portadmin port-string
6-32
Parameters
portstring Resetsthedefaultadminstatusonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthedefaultSpanningTreeadminstatetoenableonge.1.12:
G3(rw)->clear spantree portadmin ge.1.12
Syntax
show spantree portadmin [port port-string]
Parameters
portportstring (Optional)Displaysstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,statuswillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayportadminstatusforge.1.1:
G3(ro)->show spantree portadmin port ge.1.1 Port ge.1.1 has portadmin set to enabled
Syntax
show spantree portpri [port port-string] [sid sid]
6-33
Parameters
portportstring (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtodisplaySpanningTreepriority. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. (Optional)DisplaysportpriorityforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier. Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0isassumed.
sidsid
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,portprioritywillbedisplayedforallSpanningTreeports. Ifsidisnotspecified,portprioritywillbedisplayedforSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheportpriorityforge.2.7:
G3(su)->show spantree portpri port ge.2.7 Port ge.2.7 has a Port Priority of 128 on SID 0
Syntax
set spantree portpri port-string priority [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtosetSpanningTreeportpriority.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. SpecifiesanumberthatrepresentsthepriorityofalinkinaSpanningTree bridge.Validvaluesarefrom0to240(inincrementsof16)with0 indicatinghighpriority. (Optional)SetsportpriorityforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier.Valid valuesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0isassumed.
priority
sidsid
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,portprioritywillbesetforSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthepriorityofge.1.3to240onSID1
G3(su)->set spantree portpri ge.1.3 240 sid 1
6-34
Syntax
clear spantree portpri port-string [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtosetSpanningTreeportpriority.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. (Optional)ResetstheportpriorityforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier. Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0willbeassumed.
sidsid
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,portprioritywillbesetforSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthepriorityofge.1.3to128onSID1
G3(su)->clear spantree portpri ge.1.3 sid 1
Syntax
show spantree adminpathcost [port port-string] [sid sid]
Parameters
portportstring (Optional)Displaystheadminpathcostvalueforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. (Optional)DisplaystheadminpathcostforaspecificSpanningTree identifier.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0willbeassumed.
sidsid
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,adminpathcostforallSpanningTreeportswillbedisplayed. Ifsidisnotspecified,adminpathcostforSpanningTree0willbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
6-35
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheadminpathcostforge.3.4onSID1:
G3(su)->show spantree adminpathcost port ge.3.4 sid 1 Port ge.3.4 has a Port Admin Path Cost of 0 on SID 1
Syntax
set spantree adminpathcost port-string cost [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetanadminpathcost.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41. Specifiestheportpathcost.Va1idvaluesare0200000000. (Optional)SetstheadminpathcostforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier. Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0willbeassumed.
cost sidsid
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,adminpathcostwillbesetforSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheadminpathcostto200forge.3.2onSID1:
G3(su)->set spantree adminpathcost ge.3.2 200 sid 1
Syntax
clear spantree adminpathcost port-string [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoresetadminpathcost.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage 41. (Optional)ResetstheadminpathcostforspecificSpanningTree(s). Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0isassumed.
sidsid
6-36
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,adminpathcostwillberesetforSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresettheadminpathcostto0forge.3.2onSID1:
G3(su)->clear spantree adminpathcost ge.3.2 sid 1
Syntax
show spantree adminedge [port port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysedgeportadministrativestatusforspecific port(s).Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
IfportstringisnotspecifiededgeportadministrativestatuswillbedisplayedforallSpanning Treeports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheedgeportstatusforge.3.2:
G3(su)->show spantree adminedge port ge.3.2 Port ge.3.2 has a Port Admin Edge of Edge-Port
Syntax
set spantree adminedge port-string {true | false}
Parameters
portstring true|false Specifiestheedgeport.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstring values,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. Enables(true)ordisables(false)thespecifiedportasaSpanningTreeedge port.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 6-37
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thedefaultbehavioroftheedgeportadministrativestatusbeginswiththevaluesettofalse initiallyafterthedeviceispoweredup.IfaSpanningTreeBDPUisnotreceivedontheportwithin afewseconds,thestatussettingchangestotrue.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetge.1.11asanedgeport:
G3(su)->set spantree adminedge ge.1.11 true
Syntax
clear spantree adminedge port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiesport(s)onwhichtoresetedgeportstatus.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetge.1.11asanonedgeport:
G3(su)->clear spantree adminedge ge.1.11
6-38
set spantree lp
Commands
For information about... set spantree lp show spantree lp clear spantree lp show spantree lplock clear spantree lplock set spantree lpcapablepartner show spantree lpcapablepartner clear spantree lpcapablepartner set spantree lpthreshold show spantree lpthreshold clear spantree lpthreshold set spantree lpwindow show spantree lpwindow clear spantree lpwindow set spantree lptrapenable show spantree lptrapenable clear spantree lptrapenable set spantree disputedbpduthreshold show spantree disputedbpduthreshold clear spantree disputedbpduthreshold show spantree nonforwardingreason Refer to page... 6-39 6-40 6-41 6-41 6-42 6-42 6-43 6-44 6-44 6-45 6-45 6-46 6-46 6-47 6-47 6-48 6-48 6-48 6-49 6-50 6-50
set spantree lp
UsethiscommandtoenableordisabletheLoopProtectfeatureperportandoptionally,perSID. TheLoopProtectfeatureisdisabledbydefault.SeeLoopProtectonpage 2.formore information.
Syntax
set spantree lp port-string {enable | disable} [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring enable|disable sidsid Specifiesport(s)onwhichtoenableordisabletheLoopProtectfeature. Enablesordisablesthefeatureonthespecifiedport. (Optional)EnablesordisablesthefeatureforspecificSpanningTree(s). Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0isassumed.
6-39
show spantree lp
Defaults
IfnoSIDisspecified,SID0isassumed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
LoopProtecttakesprecedenceoverperportSTPenable/disable(portAdmin).Normally portAdmindisabledwouldcauseaporttogoimmediatelytoforwarding.IfLoopProtectis enabled,thatportshouldgotolisteningandremainthere.
Note: The Loop Protect enable/disable settings for an MSTI port should match those for the CIST port.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableLoopProtectonge.2.3:
G3(su)->set spantree lp ge.1.11 enable
show spantree lp
UsethiscommandtodisplaytheLoopProtectstatusperportand/orperSID.
Syntax
show spantree lp [port port-string] [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring sidsid (Optional)Specifiesport(s)forwhichtodisplaytheLoopProtect featurestatus. (Optional)SpecifiesthespecificSpanningTree(s)forwhichtodisplay theLoopProtectfeaturestatus.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnot specified,SID0isassumed.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisspecified,statusisdisplayedforallports. IfnoSIDisspecified,SID0isassumed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayLoopProtectstatusonge.2.3:
G3(su)->show spantree lp port ge.2.3 LoopProtect is disabled on port ge.2.3 , SI
6-40
clear spantree lp
clear spantree lp
UsethiscommandtoreturntheLoopProtectstatusperportandoptionally,perSID,toitsdefault stateofdisabled.
Syntax
clear spantree lp port-string [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring sidsid Specifiesport(s)forwhichtocleartheLoopProtectfeaturestatus. (Optional)SpecifiesthespecificSpanningTree(s)forwhichtoclearthe LoopProtectfeaturestatus.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified, SID0isassumed.
Defaults
IfnoSIDisspecified,SID0isassumed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoreturntheLoopProtectstateonge.2.3todisabled:
G3(rw)->clear spantree lp port ge.2.3
Syntax
show spantree lplock [port port-string] [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring sidsid (Optional)Specifiesport(s)forwhichtodisplaytheLoopProtectlock status. (Optional)SpecifiesthespecificSpanningTree(s)forwhichtodisplay theLoopProtectlockstatus.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified, SID0isassumed.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisspecified,statusisdisplayedforallports. IfnoSIDisspecified,SID0isassumed.
6-41
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayLoopProtectlockstatusonge.1.1:
G3(rw)->show spantree lplock port ge.1.1 The LoopProtect lock status for port ge.1.1 , SID 0 is UNLOCKED
Syntax
clear spantree lplock port-string [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring sidsid Specifiesport(s)forwhichtocleartheLoopProtectlock. (Optional)SpecifiesthespecificSpanningTree(s)forwhichtoclearthe LoopProtectlock.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0is assumed.
Defaults
IfnoSIDisspecified,SID0isassumed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearLoopProtectlockfromge.1.1:
G3(rw)->show spantree lplock port ge.1.1 The LoopProtect lock status for port ge.1.1 G3(rw)->clear spantree lplock ge.1.1 G3(rw)->show spantree lplock port ge.1.1 The LoopProtect lock status for port ge.1.1 , SID 0 is LOCKED
, SID 0 is UNLOCKED
Syntax
set spantree lpcapablepartner port-string {true | false}
Parameters
portstring Specifiesport(s)forwhichtoconfigureaLoopProtectcapablelink partner.
6-42
true|false
Specifieswhetherthelinkpartneriscapable(true)ornot(false).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThedefaultvalueforLoopProtectcapablepartnerisfalse.IftheportisconfiguredwithaLoop Protectcapablepartner(true),thenthefullfunctionalityoftheLoopProtectfeatureisused.Ifthe valueisfalse,thenthereissomeambiguityastowhetheranActivePartnertimeoutisduetoa loopprotectioneventorisanormalsituationduetothefactthatthepartnerportdoesnot transmitAlternateAgreementBPDUs.Therefore,aconservativeapproachistakeninthat designatedportswillnotbeallowedtoforwardunlessreceivingagreementsfromaportwithroot role. Thistypeoftimeoutwillnotbeconsideredaloopprotectionevent.Loopprotectionismaintained bykeepingtheportfromforwardingbutsincethisisnotconsideredaloopeventitwillnotbe factoredintolockingtheport.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheLoopProtectcapablepartnertotrueforge.1.1:
G3(rw)->set spantree lpcapablepartner ge.1.1 true
Syntax
show spantree lpcapablepartner [port port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiesport(s)forwhichtodisplayLoopProtectcapability foritslinkpartner.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisspecified,LoopProtectcapabilityforlinkpartnersisdisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheLoopProtectpartnercapabilityforge.1.1:
G3(rw)->show spantree lpcapablepartner port ge.1.1 Link partner of port ge.1.1 is not LoopProtect-capable
6-43
Syntax
clear spantree lpcapablepartner port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiesport(s)forwhichtocleartheirlinkpartnersLoopProtect capability(resettofalse).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheLoopProtectpartnercapabilityforge.1.1:
G3(rw)->clear spantree lpcapablepartner ge.1.1
Syntax
set spantree lpthreshold value
Parameters
value Specifiesthenumberofeventsthatmustoccurduringtheevent windowinordertolockaport/SID.Thedefaultvalueis3events.A thresholdof0specifiesthatportswillneverbelocked.
Defaults
None.Thedefaulteventthresholdis3.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheLoopProtecteventthresholdisaglobalintegervariablethatprovidesprotectioninthecaseof intermittentfailures.Thedefaultvalueis3.Iftheeventcounterreachesthethresholdwithina givenperiod(theeventwindow),thentheport,forthegivenSID,becomeslocked(thatis,held indefinitelyintheblockingstate).Ifthethresholdis0,theportsareneverlocked.
6-44
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheLoopProtectthresholdvalueto4:
G3(rw)->set spantree lpthreshold 4
Syntax
show spantree lpthreshold
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentLoopProtectthresholdvalue:
G3(rw)->show spantree lpthreshold The Loop Protect event threshold value is 4
Syntax
clear spantree lpthreshold
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheLoopProtecteventthresholdtothedefaultof3:
G3(rw)->clear spantree lpthreshold
6-45
Syntax
set spantree lpwindow value
Parameters
value Specifiesthenumberofsecondsthatcomprisetheperiodduringwhich LoopProtecteventsarecounted.Thedefaulteventwindowis180 seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheLoopProtectWindowisatimervalue,inseconds,thatdefinesaperiodduringwhichLoop Protecteventsarecounted.Thedefaultvalueis180seconds.Ifthetimerissetto0,theevent counterisnotresetuntiltheLoopProtecteventthresholdisreached.Ifthethresholdisreached, thatconstitutesaloopprotectionevent.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheLoopProtecteventwindowto120seconds:
G3(rw)->set spantree lpwindow 120
Syntax
show spantree lpwindow
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentLoopProtectwindowvalue:
G3(rw)->show spantree lpwindow The Loop Protect event window is set to 120 seconds
6-46 Spanning Tree Configuration
Syntax
clear spantree lpwindow
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheLoopProtecteventwindowtothedefaultof180seconds:
G3(rw)->clear spantree lpwindow
Syntax
set spantree lptrapenable {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesthesendingofLoopProtecttraps.Defaultis disabled.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
LoopProtecttrapsaresentwhenaLoopProtecteventoccurs,thatis,whenaportgoestolistening duetonotreceivingBPDUs.Thetrapindicatesport,SIDandloopprotectionstatus.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablesendingofLoopProtecttraps:
G3(rw)->set spantree lptrapenable enable
6-47
Syntax
show spantree lptrapenable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentLoopProtecteventnotificationstatus:
G3(rw)->show spantree lptrapenable The Loop Protect event notification status is enable
Syntax
clear spantree lptrapenable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheLoopProtecteventnotificationstatetothedefaultof disabled.
G3(rw)->clear spantree lptrapenable
Syntax
set spantree disputedbpduthreshold value
Parameters
value SpecifiesthenumberofdisputedBPDUsthatmustbereceivedona givenport/SIDtocauseadisputedBPDUtraptobesent. Athresholdof0indicatesthattrapsshouldnotbesent.Thedefault valueis0.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
AdisputedBPDUisoneinwhichtheflagsfieldindicatesadesignatedroleandlearning,andthe priorityvectorisworsethanthatalreadyheldbytheport.IfadisputedBPDUisreceivedtheport isforcedtothelisteningstate.Refertothe802.1Q2005standard,IEEEStandardforLocaland MetropolitanAreaNetworksVirtualBridgedLocalAreaNetworks,forafulldescriptionofthe disputemechanism,whichpreventsloopingincasesofonewaycommunication. ThedisputedBPDUthresholdisanintegervariablethatrepresentsthenumberofdisputed BPDUsthatmustbereceivedonagivenport/SIDuntiladisputedBPDUtrapissentandasyslog messageisissued.Forexample,ifthethresholdis10,thenatrapisissuedwhen10,20,30,andso on,disputedBPDUshavebeenreceived. Ifthevalueis0,trapsarenotsent.Thetrapindicatesport,SIDandtotalDisputedBPDUcount. Thedefaultis0.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthedisputedBPDUthresholdvalueto5:
G3(rw)->set spantree disputedbpduthreshold 5
Syntax
show spantree disputedbpduthreshold
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
6-49
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentdisputedBPDUthreshold:
G3(rw)->show spantree disputedbpduthreshold The disputed BPDU threshold value is 0
Syntax
clear spantree disputedbpduthreshold
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthedisputedBPDUthresholdtothedefaultof0:
G3(rw)->clear spantree disputedbpduthreshold
Syntax
show spantree nonforwardingreason port-string [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring sidsid Specifiesport(s)forwhichtodisplaythenonforwardingreason. (Optional)SpecifiesthespecificSpanningTree(s)forwhichtodisplay thenonforwardingreason.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified, SID0isassumed.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisspecified,nonforwardingreasonisdisplayedforallports. IfnoSIDisspecified,SID0isassumed.
6-50 Spanning Tree Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
ExceptionalconditionscausingaporttobeplacedinlisteningorblockingstateincludeaLoop Protectevent,receiptofdisputedBPDUs,andloopbackdetection.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythenonforwardingreasononge.1.1:
G3(rw)->show spantree nonforwardingreason port ge.1.1 The non-forwarding reason for port ge.1.1 on SID 0 is None
6-51
6-52
7
802.1Q VLAN Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheGSeriessystemscapabilitiestoimplement802.1QvirtualLANs (VLANs).
For information about... VLAN Configuration Summary Viewing VLANs Creating and Naming Static VLANs Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingress Filtering Configuring the VLAN Egress List Setting the Host VLAN Enabling/Disabling GVRP (GARP VLAN Registration Protocol) Refer to page... 7-1 7-2 7-4 7-6 7-11 7-16 7-18
7-1
Viewing VLANs
ThecommandsusedtocreateasecuremanagementVLANarelistedinTable 71.Thisexample assumesthemanagementstationisattachedtoge.1.1andwantsuntaggedframes. Theprocessdescribedherewouldberepeatedoneverydevicethatisconnectedinthenetworkto ensurethateachdevicehasasecuremanagementVLAN. Table 7-1 Command Set for Creating a Secure Management VLAN
Use these commands... set vlan create 2 (set vlan on page 7-4) (Optional) show vlan 2 (show vlan on page 7-3) Set the PVID to the new VLAN. Add the port to the new VLANs egress list. Remove the port from the default VLANs egress list. Assign host status to the VLAN. Set a private community name and access policy and confirm settings. set port vlan ge.1.1 2 (set port vlan on page 7-7) set vlan egress 2 ge.1.1 untagged (set vlan egress on page 7-13) clear vlan egress 1 ge.1.1 (clear vlan egress on page 7-14) set host vlan 2 (set host vlan on page 7-17) set snmp community private (set snmp community on page 5-13) (Optional) show snmp community (show snmp community on page 5-13)
Viewing VLANs
Purpose
TodisplayalistofVLANscurrentlyconfiguredonthedevice,todeterminehowoneormore VLANswerecreated,theportsallowedanddisallowedtotransmittrafficbelongingtoVLAN(s), andifthoseportswilltransmitthetrafficwithaVLANtagincluded.
7-2
show vlan
Command
For information about... show vlan Refer to page... 7-3
show vlan
UsethiscommandtodisplayallinformationrelatedtooneormoreVLANs.
Syntax
show vlan [static] [vlan-list] [portinfo [vlan vlan-list | vlan-name] [port portstring]]
Parameters
static (Optional)DisplaysinformationrelatedtostaticVLANs.StaticVLANsare manuallycreatedusingthesetvlancommand(setvlanonpage 74), SNMPMIBs,ortheWebViewmanagementapplication.ThedefaultVLAN, VLAN1,isalwaysstaticallyconfiguredandcantbedeleted.Onlyports thatuseaspecifiedVLANastheirdefaultVLAN(PVID)willbedisplayed. (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificVLANorrangeofVLANs. (Optional)DisplaysVLANattributesrelatedtooneormoreports. (Optional)DisplaysportinformationforoneormoreVLANs. (Optional)Displaysportinformationforoneormoreports.
Defaults
Ifnooptionsarespecified,allinformationrelatedtostaticanddynamicVLANswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationforVLAN1.Inthiscase,VLAN1isnamed DEFAULTVLAN.PortsallowedtotransmitframesbelongingtoVLAN1arelistedasegress ports.PortsthatwontincludeaVLANtagintheirtransmittedframesarelistedasuntagged ports.Therearenoforbiddenports(preventedfromtransmittedframes)onVLAN1:
G3(su)->show vlan 1 VLAN: 1 NAME: DEFAULT VLAN VLAN Type: Default Egress Ports ge.1.1-10, ge.2.1-4, ge.3.1-7, Forbidden Egress Ports None. Untagged Ports ge.1.1-10, ge.2.1-4, ge.3.1-7,
Table 72providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
7-3
Table 7-2
Output Field VLAN NAME Status VLAN Type Egress Ports Forbidden Egress Ports Untagged Ports
Commands
For information about... set vlan set vlan name clear vlan clear vlan name Refer to page... 7-4 7-5 7-5 7-6
set vlan
UsethiscommandtocreateanewstaticIEEE802.1QVLAN,ortoenableordisableanexisting VLAN.
Syntax
set vlan {create | enable | disable} vlan-list
Parameters
create|enable| disable vlanlist Creates,enablesordisablesVLAN(s). SpecifiesoneormoreVLANIDstobecreated,enabledordisabled.
Defaults
None.
7-4
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
OnceaVLANiscreated,youcanassignitanameusingthesetvlannamecommanddescribedin setvlannameonpage 75. EachVLANIDmustbeunique.IfaduplicateVLANIDisentered,thedeviceassumesthatthe AdministratorintendstomodifytheexistingVLAN. EntertheVLANIDusingauniquenumberbetween1and4093.TheVLANIDsof0and4094and highermaynotbeusedforuserdefinedVLANs.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateVLAN3:
G3(su)->set vlan create 3
Syntax
set vlan name vlan-list vlan-name
Parameters
vlanlist vlanname SpecifiestheVLANIDoftheVLAN(s)tobenamed. SpecifiesthestringusedasthenameoftheVLAN(1to32characters).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthenameforVLAN7togreen:
G3(su)->set vlan name 7 green
clear vlan
UsethiscommandtoremoveastaticVLANfromthelistofVLANsrecognizedbythedevice.
Syntax
clear vlan vlan-list
Parameters
vlanlist SpecifiestheVLANIDoftheVLAN(s)toberemoved.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 7-5
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoremoveastaticVLAN9fromthedevicesVLANlist:
G3(su)->clear vlan 9
Syntax
clear vlan name vlan-list
Parameters
vlanlist SpecifiestheVLANIDoftheVLAN(s)forwhichthenamewillbecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthenameforVLAN9:
G3(su)->clear vlan name 9
Commands
For information about... show port vlan set port vlan clear port vlan Refer to page... 7-7 7-7 7-8
7-6
For information about... show port ingress filter set port ingress filter show port discard set port discard
Syntax
show port vlan [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysPVIDinformationforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,portVLANinformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPVIDsassignedtoge.2.1through6.Inthiscase,untagged framesreceivedontheseportswillbeclassifiedtoVLAN1:
G3(su)->show port vlan ge.2.1-6 ge.2.1 is set to 1 ge.2.2 is set to 1 ge.2.3 is set to 1 ge.2.4 is set to 1 ge.2.5 is set to 1 ge.2.6 is set to 1
Syntax
set port vlan port-string pvid [modify-egress | no-modify-egress]
7-7
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoconfigureaVLANidentifier.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41. SpecifiestheVLANIDoftheVLANtowhichport(s)willbeadded. (Optional)Addsport(s)toVLANsuntaggedegresslistandremovesthem fromotheruntaggedegresslists. (Optional)Doesnotpromptforormakeegresslistchanges.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThePVIDisusedtoclassifyuntaggedframesastheyingressintoagivenport.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoaddge.1.10totheportVLANlistofVLAN4(PVID4).
G3(su)->set vlan create 4 G3(su)->set port vlan ge.1.10 4 modify-egress
Syntax
clear port vlan port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)toberesettothehostVLANID1.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetportsge.1.3through11toaVLAN IDof1(HostVLAN):
G3(su)->clear port vlan ge.1.3-11
7-8
Syntax
show port ingress-filter [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtodisplayingressfilteringstatus. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,ingressfilteringstatusforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheportingressfilterstatusforports10through15inslot1. Inthiscase,theportsaredisabledforingressfiltering:
G3(su)->show port ingress-filter ge.1.10-15 Port State -------- --------ge.1.10 disabled ge.1.11 disabled ge.1.12 disabled ge.1.13 disabled ge.1.14 disabled ge.1.15 disabled
Syntax
set port ingress-filter port-string {disable | enable}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoenableofdisableingressfiltering.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. Disablesorenablesingressfiltering.
disable|enable
7-9
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Wheningressfilteringisenabledonaport,theVLANIDsofincomingframesarecomparedtothe portsegresslist.IfthereceivedVLANIDdoesnotmatchaVLANIDontheportsegresslist,then theframeisdropped. IngressfilteringisimplementedaccordingtotheIEEE802.1Qstandard.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableportingressfilteringonge.1.3:
G3(su)->set port ingress-filter ge.1.3 enable
Syntax
show port discard [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaystheframediscardmodeforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
If port-string is not specified, frame discard mode will be displayed for all ports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheframediscardmodeforge.2.7.Inthiscase,theporthas beensettodiscardalltaggedframes:
G3(su)->show port discard ge.2.7 Port Discard Mode ------------ ------------ge.2.7 tagged
7-10
Syntax
set port discard port-string {tagged | untagged | both | none}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtosetframediscardmode.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41. TaggedDiscardallincoming(received)taggedpacketsonthedefined port(s). UntaggedDiscardallincominguntaggedpackets. BothAlltrafficwillbediscarded(taggedanduntagged). NoneNopacketswillbediscarded.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Theoptionsaretodiscardallincomingtaggedframes,allincominguntaggedframes,neither (essentiallyallowalltraffic),orboth(essentiallydiscardingalltraffic). Acommonpracticeistodiscardalltaggedpacketonuserports.TypicallyanAdministratordoes notwanttheendusersdefiningwhatVLANtheyuseforcommunication.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodiscardalltaggedframesreceivedonportge.3.3:
G3(su)->set port discard ge.3.3 tagged
7-11
Commands
For information about... show port egress set vlan forbidden set vlan egress clear vlan egress show vlan dynamicegress set vlan dynamicegress Refer to page... 7-12 7-13 7-13 7-14 7-15 7-16
Syntax
show port egress [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysVLANmembershipforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,VLANmembershipwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
7-12
Example
ThisexampleshowsyouhowtoshowVLANegressinformationforge.1.1through3.Inthiscase, allthreeportsareallowedtotransmitVLAN1framesastaggedandVLAN10framesas untagged.BotharestaticVLANs:
G3(su)->show port egress ge.1.1-3 Port Vlan Egress Registration Number Id Status Status ------------------------------------------------------ge.1.1 1 tagged static ge.1.1 10 untagged static ge.1.2 1 tagged static ge.1.2 10 untagged static ge.1.3 1 tagged static ge.1.3 10 untagged static
Syntax
set vlan forbidden vlan-id port-string
Parameters
vlanid portstring SpecifiestheVLANforwhichtosetforbiddenport(s). Specifiestheport(s)tosetasforbiddenforthespecifiedvlanid.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowsyouhowtosetge.1.3toforbiddenforVLAN6:
G3(su)->set vlan forbidden 6 ge.1.3
Syntax
set vlan egress vlan-list port-string [untagged | forbidden | tagged]
7-13
Parameters
vlanlist portstring
Specifies the VLAN where a port(s) will be added to the egress list.
SpecifiesoneormoreportstoaddtotheVLANegresslistofthespecified vlanlist.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. (Optional)Addsthespecifiedportsas: untaggedCausestheport(s)totransmitframeswithoutanIEEE 802.1Qheadertag. forbiddenInstructsthedevicetoignoredynamicrequests(either throughGVRPordynamicegress)fromtheport(s)tojointheVLAN anddisallowsegressonthatport. taggedCausestheport(s)totransmit802.1Qtaggedframes.
Defaults
Ifuntagged,forbiddenortaggedisnotspecified,theportwillbeaddedtotheVLANegresslist astagged.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoaddge.1.5through10totheegresslistofVLAN7.Thismeansthat theseportswilltransmitVLAN7framesastagged:
G3(su)->set vlan egress 7 ge.1.5-10 untagged
Thisexampleshowshowtoforbidports13through15inslot1fromjoiningVLAN7anddisallow egressonthoseports:
G3(su)->set vlan egress 7 ge.1.13-15 forbidden
Thisexampleshowshowtoallowport2inslot1totransmitVLAN7framesasuntagged:
G3(su)->set vlan egress 7 ge.1.2 untagged
Syntax
clear vlan egress vlan-list port-string [forbidden]
Parameters
vlanlist portstring SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANfromwhichaport(s)willberemoved fromtheegresslist. SpecifiesoneormoreportstoberemovedfromtheVLANegresslistofthe specifiedvlanlist.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
7-14
forbidden
Defaults
Ifforbiddenisnotspecified,taggedanduntaggedsettingswillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovege.3.14fromtheegresslistofVLAN 9:
G3(su)->clear vlan egress 9 ge.3.14
ThisexampleshowshowtoremoveallGigabitEthernetportsinslot2fromtheegresslistof VLAN4:
G3(su)->clear vlan egress 4 ge.2.*
Syntax
show vlan dynamicegress [vlan-list]
Parameters
vlanlist (Optional)DisplaysdynamicegressstatusforspecificVLAN(s).
Defaults
Ifvlanlistisnotspecified,thedynamicegressstatusforallVLANswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedynamicegressstatusforVLANs5055:
G3(rw)->show vlan dynamicegress 50-55 VLAN 50 is disabled VLAN 51 is disabled VLAN 52 is disabled VLAN 53 is enabled VLAN 54 is enabled VLAN 55 is enabled
7-15
Syntax
set vlan dynamicegress vlan-list {enable | disable}
Parameters
vlanlist enable|disable SpecifiestheVLANsbyIDtoenableordisabledynamicegress. Enablesordisablesdynamicegress.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
IfdynamicegressisenabledforaparticularVLAN,whenaportreceivesaframetaggedwiththat VLANsID,theswitchwilladdthereceivingporttothatVLANsegresslist.Dynamicegressis disabledontheGSeriesbydefault. Forexample,assumeyouhave20AppleTalkusersonyournetworkwhoaremobileusers(thatis, usedifferentportseveryday),butyouwanttokeeptheAppleTalktrafficisolatedinitsown VLAN.YoucancreateanAppleTalkVLANwithaVLANIDof55withaclassificationrulethatall AppleTalktrafficgetstaggedwithVLANID55.Then,youenabledynamicegressforVLAN55. Now,whenanAppleTalkuserplugsintoportge.3.5andsendsanAppleTalkpacket,theswitch willtagthepackettoVLAN55andalsoaddportge.3.5toVLAN55segresslist,whichallowsthe AppleTalkusertoreceiveAppleTalktraffic.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabledynamicegressonVLAN55:
G3(rw)->set vlan dynamicegress 55 enable
7-16
Commands
For information about... show host vlan set host vlan clear host vlan Refer to page... 7-17 7-17 7-18
Syntax
show host vlan
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythehostVLAN:
G3(su)->show host vlan Host vlan is 7.
Syntax
set host vlan vlan-id
Parameters
vlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANtosetasthehostVLAN.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
7-17
Usage
ThehostVLANshouldbeasecureVLANwhereonlydesignatedusersareallowedaccess.For example,ahostVLANcouldbespecificallycreatedfordevicemanagement.Thiswouldallowa managementstationconnectedtothemanagementVLANtomanageallportsonthedeviceand makemanagementsecurebypreventingmanagementviaportsassignedtootherVLANs.
Note: Before you can designate a VLAN as the host VLAN, you must create a VLAN using the set of commands described in Creating and Naming Static VLANs on page 7-4.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetVLAN7asthehostVLAN:
G3(su)->set host vlan 7
Syntax
clear host vlan
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthehostVLANtothedefaultsetting:
G3(su)->clear host vlan
Overview
ThepurposeofGVRPistodynamicallycreateVLANsacrossaswitchednetwork.WhenaVLAN isdeclared,theinformationistransmittedoutGVRPconfiguredportsonthedeviceinaGARP formattedframeusingtheGVRPmulticastMACaddress.Aswitchthatreceivesthisframe, examinestheframe,andextractstheVLANIDs.GVRPthencreatestheVLANsandaddsthe
7-18 802.1Q VLAN Configuration
How It Works
InFigure 71onpage 719,Switch4,port1isregisteredasbeingamemberofVLANBlueand thendeclaresthisfactoutallitsports(2and3)toSwitch1andSwitch 2.Thesetwodevices registerthisintheportegresslistsoftheports(Switch1,port1andSwitch2,port1)thatreceived theframeswiththeinformation.Switch2,whichisconnectedtoSwitch3andSwitch5declares thesameinformationtothosetwodevicesandtheportegresslistofeachportisupdatedwiththe newinformation,accordingly. ConfiguringaVLANonan802.1QswitchcreatesastaticVLANentry.Theentrywillalways remainregisteredandwillnottimeout.However,dynamicentrieswilltimeoutandtheir registrationswillberemovedfromthememberlistiftheendstationAisremoved.Thisensures that,ifswitchesaredisconnectedorifendstationsareremoved,theregisteredinformation remainsaccurate. TheendresultisthattheportegresslistofaportisupdatedwithinformationaboutVLANsthat resideonthatport,eveniftheactualstationontheVLANisseveralhopsaway. Figure 7-1 Example of VLAN Propagation via GVRP
Switch 2 Switch 3
1 Switch 1
R 2D
2 End Station A
D 3 D
Switch 4
R Switch 5
R D
Purpose
TodynamicallycreateVLANsacrossaswitchednetwork.TheGVRPcommandsetisusedto displayGVRPconfigurationinformation,thecurrentglobalGVRPstatesetting,individualport
7-19
show gvrp
settings(enableordisable)andtimersettings.Bydefault,GVRPisenabledgloballyonthedevice, butdisabledonallports.
Commands
For information about... show gvrp show garp timer set gvrp clear gvrp set garp timer Refer to page... 7-20 7-20 7-22 7-22 7-23
show gvrp
UsethiscommandtodisplayGVRPconfigurationinformation.
Syntax
show gvrp [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysGVRPconfigurationinformationforspecificport(s).For adetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,GVRPconfigurationinformationwillbedisplayedforallportsand thedevice.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayGVRPstatusforthedeviceandforfw.2.1:
G3(su)->show gvrp ge.2.1 Global GVRP status is enabled. Port Number ----------ge.2.1 GVRP status ----------disabled
Syntax
show garp timer [port-string]
7-20 802.1Q VLAN Configuration
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysGARPtimerinformationforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,GARPtimerinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayGARPtimerinformationonports1through10inslot1:
Note: For a functional description of the terms join, leave, and leaveall timers, refer to the standard IEEE 802.1Q documentation, which is not supplied with this device. G3(su)->show garp timer ge.1.1-10 Port based GARP Configuration: (Timer units are centiseconds) Port Number Join Leave Leaveall ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------ge.1.1 20 60 1000 ge.1.2 20 60 1000 ge.1.3 20 60 1000 ge.1.4 20 60 1000 ge.1.5 20 60 1000 ge.1.6 20 60 1000 ge.1.7 20 60 1000 ge.1.8 20 60 1000 ge.1.9 20 60 1000 ge.1.10 20 60 1000
Table 73providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.Fordetailsonusingthesetgvrp commandtoenableordisableGVRP,refertosetgvrponpage 722.Fordetailsonusingtheset garptimercommandtochangedefaulttimervalues,refertosetgarptimeronpage 723. Table 7-3 show gvrp configuration Output Details
What It Displays... Port designation. For a detailed description of possible port-string values, refer to Port String Syntax Used in the CLI on page 4-1. Join timer setting. Leave timer setting. Leavall timer setting.
7-21
set gvrp
set gvrp
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableGVRPgloballyonthedeviceorononeormoreports.
Syntax
set gvrp {enable | disable} [port-string]
Parameters
disable| enable portstring DisablesorenablesGVRPonthedevice. (Optional)DisablesorenablesGVRPonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedin theCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,GVRPwillbedisabledorenabledforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableGVRPgloballyonthedevice:
G3(su)->set gvrp enable
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableGVRPgloballyonthedevice:
G3(su)->set gvrp disable
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableGVRPonge.1.3:
G3(su)->set gvrp enable ge.1.3
clear gvrp
UsethiscommandtoclearGVRPstatusorononeormoreports.
Syntax
clear gvrp [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)ClearsGVRPstatusonspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,GVRPstatuswillbeclearedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
7-22
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearGVRPstatusgloballyonthedevice:
G3(su)->clear gvrp
Syntax
set garp timer {[join timer-value] [leave timer-value] [leaveall timer-value]} port-string
Parameters
jointimervalue leavetimervalue leavealltimer value portstring SetstheGARPjointimerincentiseconds(Referto802.1Qstandard.) SetstheGARPleavetimerincentiseconds(Referto802.1Qstandard.) SetstheGARPleavealltimerincentiseconds(Referto802.1Qstandard.) Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoconfigureGARPtimersettings.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thesettingofthesetimersiscriticalandshouldonlybechangedbypersonnelfamiliarwiththe 802.1Qstandardsdocumentation,whichisnotsuppliedwiththisdevice.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheGARPjointimervalueto100centisecondsforallports:
G3(su)->set garp timer join 100 *.*.*
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheleavetimervalueto300centisecondsforallports:
G3(su)->set garp timer leave 300 *.*.*
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheleavealltimervalueto20000centisecondsforallports:
G3(su)->set garp timer leaveall 20000 *.*.*
7-23
7-24
8
Policy Classification Configuration
ThischapterdescribesthePolicyClassificationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... Policy Classification Configuration Summary Configuring Policy Profiles Configuring Classification Rules Assigning Ports to Policy Profiles Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Refer to page... 8-1 8-1 8-5 8-13 8-15
8-1
Commands
For information about... show policy profile set policy profile clear policy profile Refer to page... 8-2 8-4 8-5
Syntax
show policy profile {all | profile-index [consecutive-pids] [-verbose]}
Parameters
all|profileindex consecutivepids verbose Displayspolicyinformationforallprofileindexesoraspecificprofileindex. (Optional)Displaysinformationforspecifiedconsecutiveprofileindexes. (Optional)Displaysdetailedinformation.
Defaults
Ifoptionalparametersarenotspecified,summaryinformationwillbedisplayedforthespecified indexorallindices.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
8-2
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaypolicyinformationforprofile11:
G3(su)->show policy profile 11 Profile Index : 11 Profile Name : MacAuth1 Row Status : active Port VID Status : Enable Port VID Override : 11 CoS : 0 CoS Status : Disable Egress Vlans : none Forbidden Vlans : none Untagged Vlans : none Rule Precedence : 1-31 :MACSource(1),MACDest(2),Unknown(3), :Unknown(4),Unknown(5),Unknown(6), :Unknown(7),Unknown(8),Unknown(9), :Unknown(10),Unknown(11),IPSource(12), :IPDest(13),IPFrag(14),UDPSrcPort(15), :UDPDestPort(16),TCPSrcPort(17),TCPDestPort(18), :ICMPType(19),Unknown(20),IPTOS(21), :IPProto(22),Unknown(23),Unknown(24), :Ether(25),Unknown(26),VLANTag(27), :Unknown(28),Unknown(29),Unknown(30), :port(31) Admin Profile Usage : none Oper Profile Usage : none Dynamic Profile Usage : none
Output Field Profile Index Profile Name Row Status Port VID Status
Admin Profile Usage Ports administratively assigned to use this policy profile.
8-3
Table 8-1
Syntax
set policy profile profile-index [name name] [pvid-status {enable | disable}] [pvid pvid] [cos-status {enable | disable}] [cos cos] [precedence precedence-list]
Parameters
profileindex namename pvidstatus enable|disable pvidpvid cosstatusenable |disable Specifiesanindexnumberforthepolicyprofile.Validvaluesare1255. (Optional)Specifiesanameforthepolicyprofile.Thisisastringfrom1to 64characters. (Optional)EnablesordisablesPVIDoverrideforthisprofile.Ifall classificationrulesassociatedwiththisprofilearemissed,thenthis parameter,ifspecified,determinesdefaultbehavior. (Optional)SpecifiesthePVIDtopackets,ifPVIDoverrideisenabledand invokedasdefaultbehavior. (Optional)EnablesordisablesClassofServiceoverrideforthisprofile.Ifall classificationrulesassociatedwiththisprofilearemissed,thenthis parameter,ifspecified,determinesdefaultbehavior.
Note: A maximum of 99 rules can be supported per policy profile for policy profiles that have cos-status enabled..
Ifoptionalparametersarenotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocreateapolicyprofile1namednetadminwithPVIDoverride enabledforPVID10,andClassofServiceoverrideenabledforCoS5:
G3(su)->set policy profile 1 name netadmin pvid-status enable pvid 10 cos-status enable cos 5
8-4
Syntax
clear policy profile profile-index
Parameters
profileindex Specifiestheindexnumberoftheprofileentrytobedeleted.Validvalues are1to255.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodeletepolicyprofile8:
G3(su)->clear policy profile 8
Commands
For information about... show policy rule show policy capability set policy rule clear policy rule clear policy all-rules Refer to page... 8-5 8-8 8-10 8-12 8-13
8-5
Syntax
show policy rule [all | admin-profile | profile-index] [ether | ipproto | ipdestsocket | ipsourcesocket | iptos | macdest | macsource | tcpdestport | tcpsourceport | udpdestport | udpsourceport] [data] [mask mask] [port-string portstring] [rule-status {active | not-in-service | not-ready}] [storage-type {nonvolatile | volatile}] | [drop | forward] [dynamic-pid dynamic-pid] [cos cos] [admin-pid admin-pid] [-verbose] [usage-list] [display-if-used]
Parameters
all|admin profile|profile index ether ipproto ipdestsocket ipsourcesocket iptos macdest macsource tcpdestport tcpsourceport udpdestport udpsourceport data Displayspolicyclassificationrulesforallprofiles,profileID0(admin profile),orforaspecificprofileindexnumber.Validvaluesare11023. DisplaysEthernettypeIIrules. DisplaysIPprotocolfieldinIPpacketrules. DisplaysIPdestinationaddressrules. DisplaysIPsourceaddressrules. DisplaysTypeofServicerules. DisplaysMACdestinationaddressrules. DisplaysMACsourceaddressrules. DisplaysTCPdestinationportrules. DisplaysTCPsourceportrules. DisplaysUDPdestinationportrules. DisplaysUDPsourceportrules. Displaysrulesforapredefinedclassifier.Thisvalueisdependentonthe classificationtypeentered.RefertoTable 83forvalidvaluesforeach classificationtype. (Optional)Displaysrulesforaspecificdatamask.RefertoTable 83for validvaluesforeachclassificationtypeanddatavalue. (Optional)Displaysrulesrelatedtoaspecificingressport.
rulestatusactive (Optional)Displaysrulesrelatedtoaspecificrulesstatus. |notinservice| notready storagetypenon volatile|volatile drop|forward dynamicpid dynamicpid coscos adminpid adminpid verbose usagelist (Optional)Displaysrulesconfiguredforeithernonvolatileorvolatile storage. Displaysrulesbasedonwhethermatchingpacketswillbedroppedor forwarded. DisplaysrulesassociatedwithaspecificdynamicpolicyID. (Optional)DisplaysrulesforaClassofServicevalue. DisplaysrulesassociatedwithaspecificadministrativepolicyID[1..1023]. (Optional)Displaysdetailedinformation. (Optional)Ifselected,eachrulesusagelistshallbecheckedandshall displayonlythoseportswhichhaveappliedthisrule.
8-6
displayifused
(Optional)Displaysrule(s)onlyiftheyareappliedtoatleastoneport.
Defaults
Ifverboseisnotspecified,summaryinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaypolicyclassificationinformationforEthernettype2rules
G3(su)->show policy rule ether |PID |Rule Type |Rule Data |02 |Ether |2048 (0x0800) |02 |Ether |2049 (0x0801) |02 |Ether |2989 (0x0bad) |02 |Ether |33079 (0x8137) |Mk|PortStr |16|All |16|All |16|All |16|All |RS|ST|VLAN|CoS | A|NV|fwrd| | A|NV|drop| | A|NV|drop| | A|NV|drop| |U| |?| |?| |?| |?|
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaypolicyclassificationinformationforadministrativerule1
G3(su)->show policy rule admin-pid 1 |Admin|Rule Type |Rule Data |admin|Port |ge.1.1 |admin|Port |ge.1.2 |admin|Port |ge.1.3 |admin|Port |ge.1.4 |admin|Port |ge.1.5 |admin|Port |ge.1.6 |admin|Port |ge.1.7 |admin|Port |ge.1.8 |admin|Port |ge.1.9 |admin|Port |ge.1.10 |admin|Port |ge.1.11 |admin|Port |ge.1.12 |Mk|PortStr |16|ge.1.1 |16|ge.1.2 |16|ge.1.3 |16|ge.1.4 |16|ge.1.5 |16|ge.1.6 |16|ge.1.7 |16|ge.1.8 |16|ge.1.9 |16|ge.1.10 |16|ge.1.11 |16|ge.1.12 |RS|ST|dPID|aPID|U| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?|
Output Field PID Rule Type Rule Data Mk PortStr RS ST VLAN CoS U
8-7
Table 8-2
Syntax
show policy capability
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
UsethiscommandtodisplaydetailedpolicyclassificationcapabilitiessupportedbyyourGSeries device.Theoutputofthiscommandshowsatablelistingclassifiabletrafficattributesandthetype ofactions,byruletype,thatcanbeexecutedrelativetoeachattribute.Abovethetableisalistof alltheactionspossibleonthisdevice. Theleftmostcolumnofthetablelistsallpossibleclassifiabletrafficattributes.Thenexttwo columnsfromtheleftindicatehowpolicyprofilesmaybeassigned,eitheradministrativelyor dynamically.Thenextfourcolumnsfromtheleftindicatetheactionsthatmaybeperformed.The lastthreecolumnsindicateauditingoptions. Anxinanactioncolumnforatrafficattributerowindicatesthatyoursystemhasthecapabilityto performthatactionfortrafficclassifiedbythatattribute.
8-8
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedevicespolicyclassificationcapabilities.Refertoset policyruleonpage 810foradescriptionoftheparametersdisplayed:
G3(su)->show policy capability The following supports related to policy are supported in this device: VLAN Forwarding Priority Permit Deny Precedence Reordering Rules Table Rule-Use Notification Longest Prefix Rules ============================================================= | | D | | | | | F | | | D | | | Y | | | | | O | S | | I | | | N | A | | | | R | Y | | S | | | A | D | V | | D | W | S | T | A | | | M | M | L | C | R | A | L | R | B | | | I | I | A | O | O | R | O | A | L | | SUPPORTED RULE TYPES | C | N | N | S | P | D | G | P | E | ============================================================= |MAC source address | | | | X | X | X | | | | |MAC destination address | | | | X | X | X | | | | |IPX source address | | | | | | | | | | |IPX destination address | | | | | | | | | | |IPX source socket | | | | | | | | | | |IPX destination socket | | | | | | | | | | |IPX transmission control | | | | | | | | | | |IPX type field | | | | | | | | | | |IPv6 source address | | | | | | | | | | |IPv6 destination address | | | | | | | | | | |IPv6 flow label | | | | | | | | | | |IP source address | | | | X | X | X | | | | |IP destination address | | | | X | X | X | | | | |IP fragmentation | | | | | | | | | | |UDP port source | | | | X | X | X | | | | |UDP port destination | | | | X | X | X | | | | |TCP port source | | | | X | X | X | | | | |TCP port destination | | | | X | X | X | | | | |ICMP packet type | | | | || | | | | |TTL | | | | | | | | | | |IP type of service | | | | X | X | X | | | | |IP proto | | | | X | X | X | | | | |Ether II packet type | | | X | X | X | X | | | | |LLC DSAP/SSAP/CTRL | | | | | | | | | | |VLAN tag | | | | | | | | | | |Replace tci | | | | | | | | | | |Port string | X | X | X | X | X | X | | | | =============================================================
8-9
Syntax
set policy rule profile-index {ether | ipproto | ipdestsocket | ipsourcesocket | iptos | macdest | macsource |tcpdestport | tcpsourceport | udpdestport | udpsourceport} data [mask mask] [cos cos] | [drop | forward]
Parameters
Thefollowingparametersapplytocreatingaclassificationrule. profileindex Specifiesapolicyprofilenumbertowhichthisrulewillbeassigned. Policyprofilesareconfiguredwiththesetpolicyprofilecommandas describedinsetpolicyprofileonpage 84.Validprofileindexvaluesare 1255. ClassifiesbasedontypefieldinEthernetIIpacket. ClassifiesbasedonProtocolfieldinIPpacket. ClassifiesbasedondestinationIPaddresswithoptionalpostfixedport. ClassifiesbasedonsourceIPaddress,withoptionalpostfixedport. ClassifiesbasedonTypeofServicefieldinIPpacket. ClassifiesbasedonMACdestinationaddress. ClassifiesbasedonMACsourceaddress. ClassifiesbasedonTCPdestinationport. ClassifiesbasedonTCPsourceport. ClassifiesbasedonUDPdestinationport. ClassifiesbasedonUDPsourceport. Specifiesthecodeforapredefinedclassifier.Thisvalueisdependenton theclassificationtypeentered.RefertoTable 83forvalidvaluesforeach classificationtype. (Optional)Specifiesthenumberofsignificantbitstomatch,dependenton thedatavalueentered.RefertoTable 83forvalidvaluesforeach classificationtypeanddatavalue.
ether ipproto ipdestsocket ipsourcesocket iptos macdest macsource tcpdestport tcpsourceport udpdestport udpsourceport data
maskmask
8-10
coscos
drop|forward
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Table 83providesthesetpolicyruledatavaluesthatcanbeenteredforaparticularclassification type,andthemaskbitsthatcanbeenteredforeachclassifierassociatedwiththatparameter. Table 8-3 Valid Values for Policy Classification Rules
data value Type field in Ethernet II packet: 1536 - 65535 or 0x600 - 0xFFFF Protocol field in IP packet: 0 - 255 or 0 - 0xFF IP Address in dotted decimal format: 000.000.000.000 and (Optional) post-fixed port: 0 65535 Type of Service field in IP packet: 0 - 252 or 0 - 0xFC MAC Address: 00-00-00-00-0000 TCP Port Number: 0 - 65535 or 0 - 0xFFFF UDP Port Number: 0 - 65535 or 0 - 0xFFFF mask bits 1- 16 1- 8 1 - 48
Classification Rule Parameter ether ipproto Destination or Source IP Address: ipdestsocket ipsourcesocket iptos Destination or Source MAC: macdest macsource Destination or Source TCP port: tcpdestport tcpsourceport Destination or Source UDP port: udpsourceport udpdestport
1- 8 1 - 48
1 - 16
1 - 16
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtouseTable 83toassignaruletopolicyprofile3thatwillfilterEthernet IIType1526framestoVLAN7:
G3(su)->set policy rule 3 ether 1526 vlan 7
8-11
Syntax
clear policy rule profile-index {all-pid-entries | {ether | ipproto| ipdestsocket| ipsourcesocket | iptos | macdest | macsource | tcpdestport | tcpsourceport | udpdestport | udpsourceport}}
Parameters
Thefollowingparametersapplytodeletingaclassificationrule. profileindex allpidentries ether icmptype ipproto ipdestsocket ipsourcesocket iptos macdest macsource tcpdestport tcpsourceport udpdestport udpsourceport Specifiesapolicyprofileforwhichtodeleteclassificationrules.Valid profileindexvaluesare1255. Deletesallentriesassociatedwiththespecifiedpolicyprofile. DeletesassociatedEthernetIIclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedICMPclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedIPprotocolclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedIPdestinationclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedIPsourceclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedIPTypeofServiceclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedMACdestinationaddressclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedMACsourceaddressclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedTCPdestinationportclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedTCPsourceportclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedUDPdestinationportclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedUDPsourceportclassificationrule.
Defaults
Whenapplicable,dataandmaskmustbespecifiedforindividualrulestobecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteEthernetIIType1526classificationruleentriesassociatedwith policyprofile1fromallports
G3(su)->clear policy rule 1 ether 1526
8-12
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovearulefrompolicyprofile5thatwillforwardUDPframes fromsourceport45:
G3(su)->clear policy rule 5 udpportsource 45 forward
Syntax
clear policy all-rules
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovealladministrativeandpolicyindexrules:
G3(su)->clear policy all-rules
Commands
For information about... set policy port clear policy port Refer to page... 8-13 8-14
Syntax
set policy port port-string profile-index
8-13
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)toaddtothepolicyprofile.Foradetaileddescription ofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage 41. SpecifiestheIDofthepolicyprofile(role)towhichtheport(s)willbe added.Thisvaluemustmatchtheprofileindexvalueassignedusingthe setpolicyprofilecommand(setpolicyprofileonpage 84)inorderfor apolicyprofiletobeactiveonthespecifiedport.
profileindex
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoallowGigabitEthernetports5through15inslot1totransmitframes accordingtopolicyprofile1:
G3(su)->set policy port ge.1.5-15 1
Syntax
clear policy port port-string profile-index
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)fromwhichtoremovethepolicyprofile.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. SpecifiestheIDofthepolicyprofile(role)towhichtheport(s)willbe added.Thisvaluemustmatchtheprofileindexvalueassignedusingthe setpolicyprofilecommand(setpolicyprofileonpage 84)inorderfor apolicyprofiletobeactiveonthespecifiedport.
profileindex
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovepolicyprofile10fromport21inslot1:
G3(rw)->clear policy port ge.1.21 10
8-14
TheGSeriessupportsClassofService(CoS),whichallowsyoutoassignmissioncriticaldatatoa higherprioritythroughthedevicebydelayinglesscriticaltrafficduringperiodsofcongestion. Thehigherprioritytrafficgoingthroughthedeviceisservicedfirst(beforelowerprioritytraffic). TheClassofServicecapabilityofthedeviceisimplementedbyapriorityqueueingmechanism. ClassofServiceisbasedontheIEEE802.1D(802.1p)standardspecification,andallowsyouto defineeightpriorities(07,with7grantedhighestpriority)andupto8transmitqueues(07)for eachport. Bydefault,policybasedCoSisdisabledonthedevice,anddefaultoruserassignedportbased 802.1D(802.1p)settingsareusedtodeterminetrafficratelimiting.WhenpolicybasedCoSis enabled,thedefaultanduserassignedpolicybasedsettingswilloverrideportbasedsettings describedinChapter 9.
Example
Thisexamplecreatesdifferentinboundratelimitersfortwoportgroupsandthenassignsthemto trafficwithaCoSsettingof0. 1. Configuretwoportgroups,oneforuserportsandoneforuplinkportsandassignportstothe groups.Portgroup1.0willrepresentuserports,group2.0willrepresentuplinkports.
G3(su)->set cos port-config irl 1.0 name Users ports ge.1.1-46 G3(su)->set cos port-config irl 2.0 name Uplink ports ge.1.47-48 G3(su)->show cos port-config Inbound Rate Limiting Port Configuration Entries ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Default Port Group :0 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :none
8-15
---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Users Port Group :1 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :ge.1.1-46 ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Uplink Port Group :2 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :ge.1.47-48 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
2.
3.
IntheCoSIRLreferencemappingtableforeachportgroup,createareferenceforeachIRL resourcecreatedinthepreviousstep.Wewillusereferencenumber1.
G3(su)->set cos reference irl 1.0 1 rate-limit 1 G3(su)->set cos reference irl 2.0 1 rate-limit 1 G3(su)->show cos reference irl 1.0 Group Index ----------1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 ... 1.0 1.0 1.0 Reference --------0 1 2 3 97 98 99 Type ---irl irl irl irl irl irl irl Rate Limiter -----------none 1 none none none none none
G3(su)->show cos reference irl 2.0 Group Index ----------2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 ... 2.0 2.0 2.0 Reference --------0 1 2 3 97 98 99 Type ---irl irl irl irl irl irl irl Rate Limiter -----------none 1 none none none none none
8-16
4.
IntheCoSsettingstable,configureaCoSsettingforCoSindex1,whichhasapriorityof0.We entertheIRLreference,createdinthepreviousstep.
G3(su)->set cos settings 0 irl-reference 1 G3(su)->show cos settings CoS Index Priority ToS IRL --------- ---------- ------- ----0 0 * 1 1 1 * * 2 2 * * 3 3 * * 4 4 * * 5 5 * * 6 6 * * 7 7 * *
Commands
For information about... set cos state show cos state clear cos state set cos settings clear cos settings show cos settings set cos port-config show cos port-config clear cos port-config set cos port-resource show cos port-resource clear cos port-resource set cos reference show cos reference clear cos reference show cos unit clear cos all-entries show cos port-type Refer to page... 8-17 8-18 8-18 8-19 8-20 8-21 8-21 8-22 8-23 8-24 8-25 8-26 8-26 8-27 8-28 8-29 8-29 8-30
Syntax
set cos state {enable | disable}
8-17
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesClassofServiceontheswitch.Defaultstateis disabled.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableClassofService:
G3(rw)->set cos state enable
Syntax
show cos state
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoshowtheClassofServiceenablestate:
G3(rw)->show cos state Class-of-Service application is enabled
Syntax
clear cos state
Parameters
None.
8-18
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCoSstatebacktoitsdefaultsettingofdisabled:
G3(su)->clear cos state
Syntax
set cos settings cos-index priority priority [tos-value tos-value] [irl-reference irl-reference]
Parameters
cosindex prioritypriority tosvaluetosvalue irlreference irlreference SpecifiesaClassofServiceentry.Validvaluesare0to255. Specifiesan802.1dpriorityvalue.Validvaluesare0to7,with0beingthe lowestpriority.SeeUsagesectionbelowformoreinformation. (Optional)SpecifiesaTypeofServicevalue. (Optional)Settheinboundratelimiterassociatedwiththisentry.Valid valuesare0to99.SeeUsagesectionbelowformoreinformation.
Defaults
Ifnooptionalparametersarespecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheCoSsettingstabletakesindividualclassofservicefeaturesanddisplaysthemasbelongingto aCoSentry.Essentially,itisusedforCoSfeatureassignment.Eachclassofserviceentryconsists ofanindex,802.1ppriority,anoptionalToSvalue,andanIRLreference. CoSIndex IndexesareuniqueidentifiersforeachCoSsetting.CoSindexes0through7arecreatedby defaultandmappeddirectlyto802.1ppriorityforbackwardscompatibility.Theseentries cannotberemoved,and802.1ppriorityvaluescannotbechanged.WhenCoSisenabled, indexesareassigned.Upto256CoSindexesorentriescanbeconfigured.
8-19
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateCoSentry8withapriorityvalueof3:
G3(rw)->set cos settings 8 priority 3
Syntax
clear cos settings cos-list {[all] | [priority] [tos-value] [irl-reference]}
Parameters
coslist all priority tosvalue irlreference SpecifiesaClassofServiceentrytoclear. Clearsallsettingsassociatedwiththisentry. Clearsthepriorityvalueassociatedwiththisentry. ClearstheTypeofServicevalueassociatedwiththisentry. CleartheIRLreferenceassociatedwiththisentry.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthepriorityforCoSentry8:
G3(rw)->clear cos settings 8 priority
8-20
Syntax
show cos settings [cos-list]
Parameters
coslist (Optional)SpecifiesaClassofServiceentrytodisplay.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,allCoSentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoshowallCoSsettings:
G3(su)->show cos settings CoS Index Priority ToS IRL --------- ---------- ------- ----0 0 * * 1 1 * * 2 2 * * 3 3 * * 4 4 * * 5 5 * * 6 6 * * 7 7 * *
Syntax
set cos port-config irl group-type-index [name name] [ports port-list] [append] | [clear]
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex Specifiesthatthisisaninboundratelimiting(IRL)portgroup. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentries areintheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. namename (Optional)Userdefinednameforthegroup.
8-21
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
CoSIRLportgroupsareidentifiedbygroupnumberandthetypeofportsinthegroup,inthe formofgroup#.porttype.TheIRLportgroup0.0existsbydefault.Thisdefaultportgroupcannot beremovedandallphysicalportsinthesystemareassignedtoit.Uptosevenadditionalport groups(1through7)canbeconfigured.Currently,onlyoneporttype(type0)issupported.This porttypesupports100limiters. Additionalportgroupsmaybecreatedforflexibility.Portsassignedtoanewportgroupmustbe mutuallyexclusivefromtheotherportgroupentriesportsareautomaticallyremovedfromthe defaultportgroupandmustbecomprisedofthesameporttypeasdefinedbytheportgroup. Thecreationofadditionalportgroupscouldbeusedtocombinesimilarportsbytheirfunctionfor flexibility.Forinstance,portsassociatedtouserscanbeaddedtoaportgroupcalledUsersand portsassociatedtouplinkportscanbeaddedtoaportgroupcalledUplink.Usingtheseport groups,asingleclassofservicecanassigndifferentratelimitstoeachportgroup.Userports canbeassignedoneratelimit,whileUplinkportscanbeassignedanother.DFEsupportsa maximumof8portgroupsperCoSfunction(IRL). ThecommandshowcosportconfigdisplayseachIRLportgroupconfiguredbygroupandtype, withthegroupnameandassociated(assigned)ports.Thecommandshowcosporttypedisplays theavailableinboundratelimitingresourcesfortheporttype.
Example
Thisexampleconfigurestwoportgroups,oneforuserportsandoneforuplinkportsandassign portstothegroups.Portgroup1.0willrepresentuserports,group2.0willrepresentuplinkports.
G3(su)->set cos port-config irl 1.0 name Users ports ge.1.1-46 G3(su)->set cos port-config irl 2.0 name Uplink ports ge.1.47-48
Syntax
show cos port-config [irl group-type-index]
Parameters
irl (Optional)Specifiesthatinboundratelimitingconfigurationinformation shouldbedisplayed.
8-22
grouptypeindex
Defaults
TheshowcosportconfigcommandbyitselfwillshowallPortGroups.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowsallinboundratelimitingportgroups.Notethatportsge.1.1throughge.1.48 wereremovedfromthedefaultportgroup0.0whentheywereaddedtoportgroups1.0and2.0.
G3(su)->show cos port-config Inbound Rate Limiting Port Configuration Entries ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Default Port Group :0 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :none ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Users Port Group :1 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :ge.1.1-46 ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Uplink Port Group :2 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :ge.1.47-48 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Syntax
clear cos port-config irl {all | group-type-index {[entry] | [name] [ports]}}
Parameters
irl all grouptypeindex ClearanIRLportgroupconfiguration. Clearallinboundratelimitingportconfignondefaultentries. Deleteaspecificportgrouporgroupname,orcleartheportsfromthat group.Validentriesareintheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0.
8-23
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thedefaultportgroup0.0cannotbedeleted.
Example
ThisexampledeletesallPortGroupsexceptfortheDefaultgroup0.0:
G3(su)->clear cos port-config irl all
Syntax
set cos port-resource irl group-type-index irl-index {[unit {kbps}] [rate rate] [type {drop}]}
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex SetanIRLportresource. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentriesare intheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. irlindex unit kbps raterate typedrop Indexnumberoftheinboundratelimiterresourceassociatedwiththis entry.Validvaluesrangefrom0to99. Unitofmeasurefortheinboundratelimiter(onlyoptionisKbps). Kilobitspersecond. Datarateforthisinboundratelimiter.Thisistheactualratelimit.Valid valuesrangefrom512to1,000,000KbpsforaGigabitport. Actionfortheratelimiter.Theonlyactionoptionisdroptheframeifall limitersareexceeded.
Defaults
None.
8-24
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
CoSportresourcesarewhereactualphysicalratelimitersareconfigured.Resourcesmapdirectly tothenumberofratelimiterssupportedbytheporttype.(Porttype0supports100IRLresources.) Resourcesexistforeachportgroupandareindexedasgroup#.porttype.irlindex.Portresources arenotinitiallyconfiguredasratelimiting. Inboundratelimiting,orratepolicing,simplydropsorclipstrafficinboundifaconfiguredrateis exceeded.CoSinboundratelimitingallowstheusertoconfigureratelimitsbasedonkilobitsper second. Theshowcosportresourcecommanddisplaystheresourcesavailableforeachportgroup.By default,noIRLresourcesareconfigured.ThedefaultRateLimitingalgorithmisdropandcannot beconfiguredotherwise.
Example
Thisexamplesetstheinboundratelimitresourceindexnumber1forportgroup2.0to10000Kbps or1MB:
G3(su)->set cos port-resource irl 2.0 1 unit kbps rate 10000 type drop
Syntax
show cos port-resource [irl [group-type-index [irl-index]]]
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex (Optional)Specifiesthatinboundratelimitingportresourcesshouldbe displayed. (Optional)Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Valid entriesareintheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. irlindex (Optional)Inboundratelimiterresourceindexconfiguredforthe specifiedportgroup.Validvaluesrangefrom0to99.
Defaults
IfaportgroupandIRLindexarenotspecified,theIRLconfigurationforallresources(099)forall configuredportgroupswillbeshown.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
8-25
Example
ThisexampledisplaystheIRLresourceindexnumber1configurationforgroup2.0.
G3(su)->show cos port-resource irl 2.0 1 '?' after the rate value indicates an invalid rate value Group Index Resource Type Unit Rate ----------- -------- ---- ---- ---------2.0 1 irl kbps 10000 Rate Limit Type Action --------------- -----drop none
Syntax
clear cos port-resource irl {all | group-type-index [irl-index [unit] [rate] [type]]}
Parameters
irl all grouptypeindex SpecifiesthatanIRLresourceistobecleared. ClearallIRLresourcesforallportgroups. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentriesare intheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. irlindex unit rate type (Optional)Inboundratelimiterresourceindexassociatedwiththe specifiedportgroup.Validvaluesrangefrom0to99. Cleartheunitofmeasurefortheinboundratelimiter. Clearthedatarateforthisinboundratelimiter. Cleartheactionfortheratelimiter.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleclearsthedatarateto0forIRLresourceindex1forgroup2.0.
G3(su)->clear cos port-resource irl 2.0 1 rate
8-26
Syntax
set cos reference irl group-type-index reference rate-limit irl-index
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex SpecifiesthatanIRLreferenceisbeingconfigured. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentriesare intheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. reference ratelimitirlindex IRLreferencenumberassociatedwiththisentry. Ratelimiter(IRLresourceindex)tobindthisreferenceto.Validvalues rangefrom0to99.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheCoSreferencetablemapstheuserdefinedIRLreferencesfoundintheCoSsettingstable(see setcossettingsonpage 819)toratelimiterscreatedintheportresourcetable(seesetcosport resourceonpage 824).TheCoSreferencetableindexescanbethoughtofasvirtualratelimiters. Thetableaccountsforthemaximumnumberofratelimiterssupportedbythedevice.Thevirtual limitersthenmaptothephysicalratelimiters.TheCoSIRLReferenceTableisnotconfiguredby default. TheCoSIRLreferencetableuses100indexesorvirtualratelimiters,andmapseachvirtuallimiter toaphysicallimiterorresource.AnIRLreferencetableexistsforeachportgroupconfigured,and isindexedsimilarlytoportresources,asportgroup#,porttype,reference.IRLreferencesarenot populatedwithlimiters(resources),butcanbeconfiguredbytheuser.TheIRLreferencetablecan bedisplayedusingtheshowcosreferencecommand.
Example
IntheCoSIRLreferencemappingtableforportgroups1.0and2.0,createareferencefortheIRL resourcenumber1createdforeachgroup.Thereferencenumber1isused.
G3(su)->set cos reference irl 1.0 1 rate-limit 1 G3(su)->set cos reference irl 2.0 1 rate-limit 1
Syntax
show cos reference [irl [group-type-index]]
8-27
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex (Optional)Specifiesthatinboundratelimitingreferenceinformation shouldbedisplayed. (Optional)Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex. Validentriesareintheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0.
Defaults
Ifirlisnotspecified,allCoSreferenceinformationisdisplayed. Ifaspecificportgroupisnotspecified,informationforallportgroupsisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowstheClassofServiceIRLreferencesforportgroup1.0.Notethatnotallofthe 100possiblereferencesaredisplayedinthisoutputexample.
G3(su)->show cos reference irl 1.0 Group Index ----------1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 ... 1.0 1.0 1.0 Reference --------0 1 2 3 97 98 99 Type ---irl irl irl irl irl irl irl Rate Limiter -----------none 1 none none none none none
Syntax
clear cos reference irl {all | group-type-index reference}
Parameters
irl all grouptypeindex SpecifiesthatIRLreferencesarebeingcleared. Clearallgroupsindexesandreferences. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentries areintheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0.
8-28
reference
Clearaspecificreferenceforthespecifiedportgroup.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCoSinboundratelimitingreferenceconfigurationforall groups:
G3(su)->clear cos reference irl all
Syntax
show cos unit
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowspossibleunitentriesforinboundratelimiting:
G3(su)->show cos unit Type: irl = inbound rate limiting Port Type --------0 Type ---irl Unit ---Kbps Unit: Kbps = Kilobits per second Minimum Rate -----------512 Granularity ----------1
Syntax
clear cos all-entries
8-29
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCoSconfigurationforallentriesexceptentries07:
G3(su)->clear cos all-entries
Syntax
show cos port-type [irl [port-type]]
Parameters
irl porttype (Optional)Displaysinboundratelimitinginformation. (Optional)Displaysinformationforaspecificporttype.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,inboundratelimitinginformationforallporttypesisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
TheG3implementationprovidesonedefaultporttype(0)fordesignatingavailableinboundrate limitingresources.Porttype0includesallports. Theporttype0descriptionisG3100IRL,whichindicatesthatthisporttypeprovidesa maximumof100inboundratelimitingresourcesperportgroup.
Example
Thisexampleshowsinboundratelimitinginformationforporttype0.
G3(su)->show cos port-type irl 0 Number of resources: irl = inbound rate limiter(s) Port type description -----------G3 100 IRL Number of limiters --------100 Supported rate types: Kbps = kilobits per second Supported rate type --------kbps Eligible ports ----------------ge.1.1-48 Unselected ports ----------------ge.1.1-4
Index ----0
8-30
9
Port Priority Configuration
ThischapterdescribesthePortPrioritysetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... Port Priority Configuration Summary Configuring Port Priority Configuring Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping Configuring Quality of Service (QoS) Refer to page... 9-1 9-1 9-4 9-6
Commands
For information about... show port priority set port priority clear port priority Refer to page... 9-4 9-2 9-3
Syntax
show port priority [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displayspriorityinformationforaspecificport.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
If port-string is not specified, priority for all ports will be displayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheportpriorityforthege.2.1through5.
G3(su)->show port priority ge.2.1-5 ge.2.1 is set to 0 ge.2.2 is set to 0 ge.2.3 is set to 0 ge.2.4 is set to 0 ge.2.5 is set to 0
Syntax
set port priority port-string priority
9-2
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportforwhichtosetpriority.Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 41. Specifiesavalueof0to7tosettheCoSpriorityfortheportenteredinthe portstring.Priorityvalueof0isthelowestpriority.
priority
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thesetportprioritycommandwillnotchangethe802.1pprioritytagontaggedtrafficwitha defaultprioritytag.Thecommandonlyhasaneffectonhowuntaggedtrafficwillbeprioritized asitpassesinternallythroughthedevice.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetadefaultpriorityof6onge.1.3.Framesreceivedbythisport withoutpriorityinformationintheirframeheaderaresettothedefaultsettingof6:
G3(su)->set port priority ge.1.3 6
Syntax
clear port priority port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportforwhichtoclearpriority.Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetge.1.11tothedefaultpriority:
G3(rw)->clear port priority ge.1.11
9-3
Commands
For information about... show port priority-queue set port priority-queue clear port priority-queue Refer to page... 9-4 9-5 9-6
Syntax
show port priority-queue [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysthemappingofprioritiestotransmitqueuesforone ormoreports.
Defaults
If port-string is not specified, priority queue information for all ports will be displayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
9-4
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaypriorityqueueinformationforge.1.1.Inthiscase,frameswith apriorityof0areassociatedwithtransmitqueue1;frameswith1or2priority,areassociatedwith transmitqueue0;andsoforth:
G3(su)->show Port P0 --------- -ge.1.1 1 port priority-queue ge.1.1 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 -- -- -- -- -- -- -0 0 2 3 4 5 5
Syntax
set port priority-queue port-string priority queue
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtosetprioritytoqueuemappings.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. Specifiesavalueof0through7(0isthelowestlevel)thatdetermines whatpriorityframeswillbetransmittedonthetransmitqueueenteredin thiscommand. Specifiesavalueof0through5(0isthelowestlevel)thatdeterminesthe queueonwhichtotransmittheframeswiththeportpriorityenteredin thiscommand.
priority
queue
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
PrioritytotransmitqueuemappingonanindividualportbasiscanonlybeconfiguredonGigabit Ethernetports(ge.x.x).WhenyouusethesetportpriorityqueuecommandtoconfigureaFast Ethernetport(fe.x.x),themappingvaluesareappliedgloballytoallFastEthernetportsonthe system.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetpriority5framesreceivedonge.2.12totransmitonqueue0.
G3(su)->set port priority-queue ge.2.12 5 0
9-5
Syntax
clear port priority-queue port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportforwhichtoclearprioritytoqueuemappings.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthepriorityqueuesettingsonge.2.12:
G3(su)->clear port priority-queue ge.2.12
Commands
For information about... show port txq set port txq clear port txq Refer to page... 9-6 9-7 9-8
Syntax
show port txq [port-string]
9-6
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiesport(s)forwhichtodisplayQoSsettings.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. Onlyphysicalportswillbedisplayed.LAGportshavenotransmitqueue information.
Defaults
Iftheportstringisnotspecified,theQoSsettingofallphysicalportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentalgorithmandtransmitqueueweightsconfigured onportge.1.10:
G3(su)->show port txq ge.1.10 Port Alg Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 ------- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --ge.1.10 WRR 10 10 15 20 25 20 0 0
Syntax
set port txq port-string value0 value1 value2 value3 value4 value5 value6 value7
Parameters
portstring Specifiesport(s)onwhichtosetqueuearbitrationvalues.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41. Onlyphysicalportscanbeconfiguredwiththiscommand.LAGports cannotbeconfigured. value0value7 Specifiespercentagetoallocatetoaspecifictransmitqueue.Thevalues musttotal100percent.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
9-7
Usage
Queuescanbesetforstrictpriority(SP)orweightedroundrobin(WRR).IfsetforWRRmode, weightsmaybeassignedtothosequeueswiththiscommand.Weightsarespecifiedintherange of0to100percent.Weightsspecifiedforqueues0through7onanyportmusttotal100percent.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtochangethearbitrationvaluesfortheeighttransmitqueuesbelonging toge.1.1:
G3(su)->set port txq ge.1.1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 30
Thisexampleshowshowtochangethealgorithmtostrictpriorityfortheeighttransmitqueues belongingtoge.1.1:
G3(su)->set port txq ge.1.1 0 0 0 0 0 O O 100 G3(su)->show port txq ge.1.1 Port Alg Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 ------- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --ge.1.1 STR SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP
Syntax
clear port txq port-string
Parameters
portstring Clearstransmitqueuevaluesonspecificport(s)backtotheirdefault values.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. Onlyphysicalportscanbeconfiguredwiththiscommand.LAGports cannotbeconfigured.
Defaults
Bydefault,transmitqueuesaredefinedasfollows:
Queue 0 1 2 3 Mode WRR WRR WRR WRR Weight 1 2 3 4 Queue 4 5 6 7 Mode WRR WRR WRR WRR Weight 5 6 7 8
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocleartransmitqueuevaluesonge.1.1:
G3(su)->clear port txq ge.1.1
9-8 Port Priority Configuration
10
IGMP Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheIGMPConfigurationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... IGMP Overview Configuring IGMP at Layer 2 Configuring IGMP on Routing Interfaces Refer to page... 10-1 10-2 10-9
IGMP Overview
About IP Multicast Group Management
TheInternetGroupManagementProtocol(IGMP)runsbetweenhostsandtheirimmediately neighboringmulticastdevice.Theprotocolsmechanismsallowahosttoinformitslocaldevice thatitwantstoreceivetransmissionsaddressedtoaspecificmulticastgroup. Amulticastenableddevicecanperiodicallyaskitshostsiftheywanttoreceivemulticasttraffic.If thereismorethanonedeviceontheLANperformingIPmulticasting,oneofthesedevicesis electedquerierandassumestheresponsibilityofqueryingtheLANforgroupmembers. BasedonthegroupmembershipinformationlearnedfromIGMP,adevicecandeterminewhich (ifany)multicasttrafficneedstobeforwardedtoeachofitsports.AtLayer3,multicastdevices usethisinformation,alongwithamulticastroutingprotocol,tosupportIPmulticastingacrossan IPnetwork. IGMPprovidesthefinalstepinanIPmulticastpacketdeliveryservice,sinceitisonlyconcerned withforwardingmulticasttrafficfromthelocaldevicetogroupmembersonadirectlyattached subnetworkorLANsegment. ThisdevicesupportsIPmulticastgroupmanagementbypassivelysnoopingontheIGMPquery andIGMPreportpacketstransferredbetweenIPmulticastdevicesandIPmulticasthostgroupsto learnIPmulticastgroupmembers. ThepurposeofIPmulticastgroupmanagementistooptimizeaswitchednetworksperformance somulticastpacketswillonlybeforwardedtothoseportscontainingmulticastgrouphostsor multicastdevicesinsteadoffloodingtoallportsinthesubnet(VLAN). InadditiontopassivelymonitoringIGMPqueryandreportmessages,theGSeriescanalso activelysendIGMPquerymessagestolearnlocationsofmulticastdevicesandmemberhostsin multicastgroupswithineachVLAN. However,notethatIGMPneitheraltersnorroutesanyIPmulticastpackets.SinceIGMPisnot concernedwiththedeliveryofIPmulticastpacketsacrosssubnetworks,anexternalIPmulticast deviceisneededifIPmulticastpacketshavetoberoutedacrossdifferentsubnetworks.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 10-1
About Multicasting
Multicastingisusedtosupportrealtimeapplicationssuchasvideoconferencesorstreaming audio.Amulticastserverdoesnothavetoestablishaseparateconnectionwitheachclient.It merelybroadcastsitsservicetothenetwork,andanyhoststhatwanttoreceivethemulticast registerwiththeirlocalmulticastswitch/router.Althoughthisapproachreducesthenetwork overheadrequiredbyamulticastserver,thebroadcasttrafficmustbecarefullyprunedatevery multicastswitch/routeritpassesthroughtoensurethattrafficisonlypassedtothehoststhat subscribedtothisservice. TheGSeriesswitchdeviceusesIGMP(InternetGroupManagementProtocol)toqueryforany attachedhostswhowanttoreceiveaspecificmulticastservice.ThedevicelooksuptheIP MulticastGroupusedforthisserviceandaddsittotheegresslistoftheLevel3interface.Itthen propagatestheservicerequestontoanyneighboringmulticastswitch/routertoensurethatitwill continuetoreceivethemulticastservice.
Commands
For information about... show igmpsnooping set igmpsnooping adminmode set igmpsnooping interfacemode set igmpsnooping groupmembershipinterval set igmpsnooping maxresponse set igmpsnooping mcrtrexpiretime set igmpsnooping add-static set igmpsnooping remove-static show igmpsnooping static show igmpsnooping mfdb clear igmpsnooping Refer to page... 10-2 10-3 10-4 10-4 10-5 10-6 10-6 10-7 10-7 10-8 10-9
show igmpsnooping
UsethiscommandtodisplayIGMPsnoopinginformation.
Syntax
show igmpsnooping
Parameters
None.
10-2 IGMP Configuration
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
ConfiguredinformationisdisplayedwhetherornotIGMPsnoopingisenabled.Status informationisdisplayedonlywhenthefunctionisenabled.ForinformationonenablingIGMPon thesystem,refertosetigmpsnoopingadminmodeonpage 103.Forinformationonenabling IGMPononeormoreports,refertosetigmpsnoopinginterfacemodeonpage 104.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayIGMPsnoopinginformation:
G3(su)->show igmpsnooping Admin Mode..................................... Enable Group Membership Interval...................... 260 Max Response Time.............................. 100 Multicast Router Present Expiration Time....... 0 Interfaces Enabled for IGMP Snooping........... ge.1.1,ge.1.2,ge.1.3 Multicast Control Frame Count..................0 Data Frames Forwarded by the CPU...............0
Syntax
set igmpsnooping adminmode {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesIGMPsnoopingonthesystem.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
InorderforIGMPsnoopingtobeenabledononeorallports,itmustbegloballyenabledonthe devicewiththiscommand,andthenenabledonaport(s)usingthesetigmpsnoopinginterface modecommandasdescribedinsetigmpsnoopinginterfacemodeonpage 104.
Note: IGMP snooping cannot be controlled via WebView.
10-3
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIGMPonthesystem:
G3(su)->set igmpsnooping adminmode enable
Syntax
set igmpsnooping interfacemode port-string {enable | disable}
Parameters
portstring enable|disable SpecifiesoneormoreportsonwhichtoenableordisableIGMP. EnablesordisablesIGMP.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
InorderforIGMPsnoopingtobeenabledononeorallports,itmustbegloballyenabledonthe deviceusingthesetigmpsnoopingadminmodecommandasdescribedinsetigmpsnooping adminmodeonpage 103,andthenenabledonaport(s)usingthiscommand.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIGMPonportge.1.10:
G3(su)->set igmpsnooping interfacemode ge.1.10 enable
Syntax
set igmpsnooping groupmembershipinterval time
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPgroupmembershipinterval.Validvaluesare23600 seconds. Thisvalueworkstogetherwiththesetigmpsnoopingmaxresponsetime commandtoremoveportsfromanIGMPgroupandmustbegreaterthan themaxresponsetimevalue.
10-4
IGMP Configuration
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheIGMPgroupmembershipintervaltimesetsthefrequencyofhostqueryframetransmissions andmustbegreaterthantheIGMPmaximumresponsetimeasdescribedinsetigmpsnooping maxresponseonpage 105.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPgroupmembershipintervalto250seconds:
G3(su)->set igmpsnooping groupmembershipinterval 250
Syntax
set igmpsnooping maxresponse time
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPmaximumqueryresponsetime.Validvaluesare100 255seconds.Thedefaultvalueis100seconds. Thisvalueworkstogetherwiththesetigmpsnooping groupmembershipintervalcommandtoremoveportsfromanIGMPgroup andmustbelesserthanthegroupmembershipintervalvalue.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThisvaluemustbelessthantheIGMPmaximumresponsetimedescribedinsetigmpsnooping groupmembershipintervalonpage 104.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPmaximumresponsetimeto100seconds:
G3(su)->set igmpsnooping maxresponse 100
10-5
Syntax
set igmpsnooping mcrtrexpire time
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPmulticastrouterexpirationtime.Validvaluesare0 3600seconds.Avalueof0willconfigurethesystemwithaninfinite expirationtime.Thedefaultvalueis0.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thistimerisforexpiringtheswitchfromthemulticastdatabase.Ifthetimerexpires,andtheonly addressleftisthemulticastswitch,thentheentrywillberemoved.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPmulticastrouterexpirationtimetoinfinity:
G3(su)->set igmpsnooping mcrtrexpiretime 0
Syntax
set igmpsnooping add-static group vlan-list [modify] [port-string]
Parameters
group vlanlist modify portstring SpecifiesthemulticastgroupIPaddressfortheentry. SpecifiestheVLANsonwhichtoconfiguretheentry. (Optional)Addsthespecifiedportorportstoanexistingentry. (Optional)Specifiestheportorportstoaddtotheentry.
Defaults
Ifnoportsarespecified,allportsareaddedtotheentry. Ifmodifyisnotspecified,anewentryiscreated.
10-6
IGMP Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
UsethiscommandtocreateandconfigureLayer2IGMPentries.
Example
ThisexamplecreatesanIGMPentryforthemulticastgroupwithIPaddressof233.11.22.33 configuredonVLAN20configuredwiththeportge.1.1.
G3(su)->set igmpsnooping add-static 233.11.22.33 20 ge.1.1
Syntax
set igmpsnooping remove-static group vlan-list [modify] [port-string]
Parameters
group vlanlist modify portstring SpecifiesthemulticastgroupIPaddressoftheentry. SpecifiestheVLANsonwhichtheentryisconfigured. (Optional)Removesthespecifiedportorportsfromanexistingentry. (Optional)Specifiestheportorportstoremovefromtheentry.
Defaults
Ifnoportsarespecified,allportsareremovedfromtheentry.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesportge.1.1fromtheentryforthemulticastgroupwithIPaddressof 233.11.22.33configuredonVLAN20.
G3(su)->set igmpsnooping remove-static 233.11.22.33 20 ge.1.1
Syntax
show igmpsnooping static vlan-list [group group]
Parameters
vlanlist SpecifiestheVLANforwhichtodisplaystaticIGMPports.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 10-7
groupgroup
(Optional)SpecifiestheIGMPgroupforwhichtodisplaystaticIGMP ports.
Defaults
Ifnogroupisspecified,informationforallgroupsisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampledisplaysthestaticIGMPportsforVLAN20.
G3(su)->show igmpsnooping static 20 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------Vlan Id = 20 Static Multicast Group Address = 233.11.22.33 Type = IGMP IGMP Port List = ge.1.1
Syntax
show igmpsnooping mfdb [stats]
Parameters
stats (Optional)DisplaysMFDBstatistics.
Defaults
Ifstatsisnotspecified,allMFDBtableentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymulticastforwardingdatabaseentries:
G3(su)->show igmpsnooping mfdb MAC Address Type Description ----------------------- ------- ---------------00:14:01:00:5E:02:CD:B0 Dynamic Network Assist 00:32:01:00:5E:37:96:D0 Dynamic Network Assist 00:32:01:00:5E:7F:FF:FA Dynamic Network Assist Interfaces ------------------------Fwd: ge.1.1,ge.3.1,ge.4.1 Fwd: ge.4.7 Fwd: ge.4.7
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymulticastforwardingdatabasestatistics:
G3(su)->show igmpsnooping mfdb stats Max MFDB Table Entries......................... 256 Most MFDB Entries Since Last Reset............. 1 Current Entries................................ 0
10-8
IGMP Configuration
clear igmpsnooping
clear igmpsnooping
UsethiscommandtoclearallIGMPsnoopingentries.
Syntax
clear igmpsnooping
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearallIGMPsnoopingentries:
G3(su)->clear igmpsnooping Are you sure you want to clear all IGMP snooping entries? (y/n) y IGMP Snooping Entries Cleared.
Purpose
ToconfigureIGMPonroutinginterfaces.
Commands
For information about... ip igmp ip igmp enable ip igmp version show ip igmp interface show ip igmp groups ip igmp query-interval ip igmp query-max-response-time ip igmp startup-query-interval Refer to page... 10-10 10-10 10-11 10-11 10-12 10-13 10-13 10-14
10-9
ip igmp
For information about... ip igmp startup-query-count ip igmp last-member-query-interval ip igmp last-member-query-count ip igmp robustness
ip igmp
UsethiscommandtoenableIGMPontherouter.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesIGMPon therouter.
Syntax
ip igmp no ip igmp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
EnablingIGMPonaroutinginterfacerequiresboththeipigmpcommand(page1010),which enablesitontherouter,andtheipigmpenablecommand(page1010),whichenablesitonan interface.Oncethesecommandsareexecuted,thedevicewillstartsendingandprocessingIGMP multicasttraffic.IGMPisdisabledbydefault,bothgloballyandonaperinterfacebasis.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIGMPontherouter:
G3(su)->router(Config)#ip igmp
ip igmp enable
UsethiscommandtoenableIGMPonaninterface.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesIGMP onaninterface.
Syntax
ip igmp enable no ip igmp enable
Parameters
None.
10-10
IGMP Configuration
ip igmp version
Defaults
None.
Usage
EnablingIGMPonaroutinginterfacerequiresboththeipigmpcommand(page1010),which enablesitontherouter,andtheipigmpenablecommand(page1010),whichenablesitonan interface.Oncethesecommandsareexecuted,thedevicewillstartsendingandprocessingIGMP multicasttraffic.IGMPisdisabledbydefault,bothgloballyandonaperinterfacebasis.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIGMPontheVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp enable
ip igmp version
UsethiscommandtosettheversionofIGMPrunningontherouter.Thenoformofthiscommand resetsIGMPtothedefaultversionof2(IGMPv2).
Syntax
ip igmp version version no ip igmp
Parameters
version SpecifiestheIGMPversionnumbertorunontherouter.Validvaluesare 1,2,or3.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPversiontoversion1onVLAN1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp version 1
Syntax
show ip igmp interface [vlan vlan-id]
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 10-11
Parameters
vlanvlanid (Optional)DisplaysinformationforoneormoreVLANs.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,informationwillbedisplayedforallVLANsconfiguredforIGMProuting.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayIGMProutinginformationforVLAN1:
G3(su)->router#show ip igmp interface vlan 1 Vlan 1 is Admin UP Vlan 1 is Oper UP IGMP is configured via the Switch IGMP ACL currently not supported Multicast TTL currently defaults to 1 IGMP Version is 2 Query Interval is 125 (secs) Query Max Response Time is 100 (1/10 of a second) Robustness is 2 Startup Query Interval is 31 (secs) Startup Query Count is 2 Last Member Query Interval is 10 (1/10 of a second) Last Member Query Count is 2
Syntax
show ip igmp groups
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationaboutIGMPgroups:
G3(su)->router#show ip igmp groups REGISTERED MULTICAST GROUP DETAILS Multicast IP Address Last Reporter Up Time Expiry Time Host Timer --------------- --------------- ------- ------------ -----------228.1.1.1 12.12.12.2 27
10-12 IGMP Configuration
Version1 ----------
ip igmp query-interval
ip igmp query-interval
UsethiscommandtosettheIGMPqueryintervalonaroutinginterface.Thenoformofthis commandresetstheIGMPqueryintervaltothedefaultvalueof125seconds.
Syntax
ip igmp query-interval time no ip igmp query-interval
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPqueryinterval.Validvaluesarefrom1to3600 seconds.Defaultis125seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPqueryintervalto1800secondsonVLAN1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp query-interval 1800
ip igmp query-max-response-time
UsethiscommandtosetthemaximumresponsetimeintervaladvertisedinIGMPv2queries.The
no form of this command resets the IGMP maximum response time to the default value of 100 (one tenth of a second).
Syntax
ip igmp query-max-response-time time no ip igmp query-max-response-time
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPmaximumresponsetimeinterval.Validvaluesare from0to255tenthsofasecond.The default value is 100 (one tenth of a
second).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
10-13
ip igmp startup-query-interval
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPquerymaximumresponsetimeintervalto200(2tenths ofasecond)onVLAN1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp query-max-response-time 200
ip igmp startup-query-interval
UsethiscommandtosettheintervalbetweengeneralIGMPqueriessentonstartup.Thenoform ofthiscommandresetstheIGMPstartupqueryintervaltothedefaultvalueof31seconds.
Syntax
ip igmp startup-query-interval time no ip igmp startup-query-interval
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPstartupqueryinterval.Validvaluesarefrom1to300 seconds.Thedefaultvalueis31seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPstartupqueryintervalto100secondsonVLAN1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp startup-query-interval 100
ip igmp startup-query-count
UsethiscommandtosetthenumberofIGMPqueriessentoutonstartup,separatedbythe startupqueryinterval(asdescribedinipigmpstartupqueryintervalonpage 1014).Theno formofthiscommandresetstheIGMPstartupquerycounttothedefaultvalueof2.
Syntax
ip igmp startup-query-count count no ip igmp startup-query-count
Parameters
count SpecifiesthenumberofIGMPstartupqueries.Validvaluesarefrom1to 20.Thedefaultvalueis2.
Defaults
None.
10-14
IGMP Configuration
ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPstartupquerycountto10onVLAN1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp startup-query-count 10
ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Usethiscommandtosetthemaximumresponsetimebeinginsertedintogroupspecificqueries sentinresponsetoleavegroupmessages.ThenoformofthiscommandresetstheIGMPlast memberqueryintervaltothedefaultvalueof1second.
Syntax
ip igmp last-member-query-interval time no ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPlastmemberqueryinterval.Validvaluesarefrom0to 255seconds.Thedefaultvalueis1second.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPlastmemberqueryintervalto10secondsonVLAN1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp last-member-query-interval 10
ip igmp last-member-query-count
Usethiscommandtosetthenumberofgroupspecificqueriessentbeforeassumingthereareno localmembers.ThenoformofthiscommandresetstheIGMPlastmemberquerycounttothe defaultvalueof2.
Syntax
ip igmp last-member-query-count count no ip igmp last-member-query-count
Parameters
count SpecifiesthenumberofIGMPstartupqueries.Validvaluesarefrom1to 20.Thedefaultvalueis2.
10-15
ip igmp robustness
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPlastmemberquerycountto10onVLAN1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp last-member-query-count 10
ip igmp robustness
UsethiscommandtoconfiguretherobustnesstuningforexpectedpacketlossonanIGMP routinginterface.ThenoformofthiscommandresetstheIGMProbustnessvaluetothedefaultof 2.
Syntax
ip igmp robustness robustness no ip igmp robustness
Parameters
robustness SpecifiestheIGMProbustnessvalue.Validvaluesarefrom1to255.The defaultvalueis2.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
ThisvaluedetermineshowmanytimesIGMPmessageswillbesent.Ahighernumberwillmean thatendstationswillbemorelikelytoseethepacket.Aftertherobustnessvalueisreached,IGMP willassumethereisnoresponsetoqueries.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMProbustnessvalueto5onVLAN1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip igmp robustness 5
10-16
IGMP Configuration
11
Logging and Network Management
Thischapterdescribesswitchrelatedloggingandnetworkmanagementcommandsandhowto usethem.
Note: The commands in this chapter pertain to network management of the G-Series device from the switch CLI only. For information on router-related network management tasks, including reviewing router ARP tables and IP traffic, refer to Chapter 15. For information about... Configuring System Logging Monitoring Network Events and Status Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Configuring Node Aliases Refer to page... 11-1 11-11 11-15 11-25 11-31
Commands
For information about... show logging server set logging server clear logging server show logging default set logging default clear logging default show logging application set logging application Refer to page... 11-2 11-3 11-4 11-4 11-5 11-5 11-6 11-7
11-1
For information about... clear logging application show logging local set logging local clear logging local show logging buffer
Syntax
show logging server [index]
Parameters
index (Optional)DisplaysSysloginformationpertainingtoaspecificserver tableentry.Validvaluesare18.
Defaults
Ifindexisnotspecified,allSyslogserverinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySyslogserverconfigurationinformation:
G3(ro)->show logging server IP Address Facility Severity Description Port Status ------------------------------------------------------------------------1 132.140.82.111 local4 warning(5) default 514 enabled 2 132.140.90.84 local4 warning(5) default 514 enabled
11-2
Syntax
set logging server index [ip-addr ip-addr] [facility facility] [severity severity] [descr descr] [port port] [state {enable | disable}]
Parameters
index ipaddripaddr facilityfacility severityseverity Specifiestheservertableindexnumberforthisserver.Validvaluesare1 8. (Optional)SpecifiestheSyslogmessageserversIPaddress. (Optional)Specifiestheserversfacilityname.Validvaluesare:local0to local7. (Optional)Specifiestheseveritylevelatwhichtheserverwilllog messages.Validvaluesandcorrespondinglevelsare: 1emergencies(systemisunusable) 2alerts(immediateactionrequired) 3criticalconditions 4errorconditions 5warningconditions 6notifications(significantconditions) 7informationalmessages 8debuggingmessages descrdescr portport stateenable| disable (Optional)Specifiesatextualstringdescriptionofthisfacility/server. (Optional)SpecifiesthedefaultUDPporttheclientusestosendtothe server. (Optional)Enablesordisablesthisfacility/serverconfiguration.
Defaults
Ifipaddrisnotspecified,anentryintheSyslogservertablewillbecreatedwiththespecified indexnumberandamessagewilldisplayindicatingthatnoIPaddresshasbeenassigned. Ifnotspecified,facility,severityandportwillbesettodefaultsconfiguredwiththesetlogging defaultcommand(setloggingdefaultonpage 115). Ifstateisnotspecified,theserverwillnotbeenabledordisabled.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThiscommandshowshowtoenableaSyslogserverconfigurationforindex1,IPaddress 134.141.89.113,facilitylocal4,severitylevel3onport514:
G3(su)->set logging server 1 ip-addr 134.141.89.113 facility local4 severity 3 port 514 state enable
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 11-3
Syntax
clear logging server index
Parameters
index Specifiestheservertableindexnumberfortheservertoberemoved. Validvaluesare18.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThiscommandshowshowtoremovetheSyslogserverwithindex1fromtheservertable:
G3(su)->clear logging server 1
Syntax
show logging default
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThiscommandshowshowtodisplaytheSyslogserverdefaultvalues.Foranexplanationofthe commandoutput,referbacktoTable 111onpage 112.
G3(su)->show logging default Facility Severity Port ----------------------------------------local4 warning(5) 514
Defaults:
11-4
Syntax
set logging default {[facility facility] [severity severity] port port]}
Parameters
facilityfacility severityseverity Specifiesthedefaultfacilityname.Validvaluesare:local0tolocal7. Specifiesthedefaultloggingseveritylevel.Validvaluesand correspondinglevelsare: 1emergencies(systemisunusable) 2alerts(immediateactionrequired) 3criticalconditions 4errorconditions 5warningconditions 6notifications(significantconditions) 7informationalmessages 8debuggingmessages portport SpecifiesthedefaultUDPporttheclientusestosendtotheserver.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheSyslogdefaultfacilitynametolocal2andtheseveritylevelto4 (errorlogging):
G3(su)->set logging default facility local2 severity 4
Syntax
clear logging default {[facility] [severity] [port]}
Parameters
facility severity (Optional)Resetsthedefaultfacilitynametolocal4. (Optional)Resetsthedefaultloggingseveritylevelto6(notificationsof significantconditions).
11-5
port
(Optional)ResetsthedefaultUDPporttheclientusestosendtotheserver to514.
Defaults
Atleastoneoptionalparametermustbeentered. Allthreeoptionalkeywordsmustbeenteredtoresetallloggingvaluestodefaults.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheSyslogdefaultseveritylevelto6:
G3(su)->clear logging default severity
Syntax
show logging application [mnemonic | all]
Parameters
mnemonic (Optional)Displaysseveritylevelforoneapplicationconfiguredfor logging.Mnemonicswillvarydependingonthenumberandtypesof applicationsrunningonyoursystem.Samplemnemonicsandtheir correspondingapplicationsarelistedinTable 113onpage 118.
Note: Mnemonic values are case sensitive and must be typed as they appear in Table 11-3.
all
(Optional)Displaysseveritylevelforallapplicationsconfiguredfor logging.
Defaults
Ifnoparameterisspecified,informationforallapplicationswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
11-6
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaysystemlogginginformationpertainingtotheSNMP application.
G3(ro)->show logging application SNMP Application Current Severity Level --------------------------------------------90 SNMP 6 1(emergencies) 4(errors) 7(information) 2(alerts) 5(warnings) 8(debugging) 3(critical) 6(notifications)
Syntax
set logging application {[mnemonic | all]} [level level]
Parameters
mnemonic Specifiesacasesensitivemnemonicabbreviationofanapplicationtobe logged.Thisparameterwillvarydependingonthenumberandtypesof applicationsrunningonyoursystem.Todisplayacompletelist,usethe showloggingapplicationcommandasdescribedinshowlogging applicationonpage 116.Samplemnemonicsandtheircorresponding applicationsarelistedinTable 113onpage 118.
Note: Mnemonic values are case sensitive and must be typed as they appear in Table 11-3.
all
Setstheloggingseveritylevelforallapplications.
11-7
levellevel
(Optional)Specifiestheseveritylevelatwhichtheserverwilllog messagesforapplications.Validvaluesandcorrespondinglevelsare: 1emergencies(systemisunusable) 2alerts(immediateactionrequired) 3criticalconditions 4errorconditions 5warningconditions 6notifications(significantconditions) 7informationalmessages 8debuggingmessages
Table 11-3
Mnemonic CLIWEB SNMP STP Driver System Stacking UPN Router
Defaults
Iflevelisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheseveritylevelforSNMPto4sothaterrorconditionswillbe loggedforthatapplication.
G3(rw)->set logging application SNMP level 4
Syntax
clear logging application {mnemonic | all}
11-8
Parameters
mnemonic Resetstheseveritylevelforaspecificapplicationto6.Validmnemonic valuesandtheircorrespondingapplicationsarelistedinTable 113on page 118. Resetstheseveritylevelforallapplicationsto6.
all
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresettheloggingseveritylevelto6forSNMP.
G3(rw)->clear logging application SNMP
Syntax
show logging local
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestateofmessagelogging.Inthiscase,loggingtothe consoleisenabledandloggingtoapersistentfileisdisabled.
G3(su)->show logging local Syslog Console Logging enabled Syslog File Logging disabled
Syntax
set logging local console {enable | disable} file {enable | disable}
11-9
Parameters
consoleenable|disable fileenable|disable Enablesordisablesloggingtotheconsole. Enablesordisablesloggingtoapersistentfile.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thiscommandshowshowtoenableloggingtotheconsoleanddisableloggingtoapersistentfile:
G3(su)->set logging local console enable file disable
Syntax
clear logging local
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearlocallogging:
G3(su)->clear logging local
Syntax
show logging buffer
Parameters
None.
11-10
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowsaportionoftheinformationdisplayedwiththeshowloggingbuffer command:
G3(su)->show logging buffer <165>Sep 4 07:43:09 10.42.71.13 CLI[5]User:rw logged in from 10.2.1.122 (telnet) <165>Sep 4 07:43:24 10.42.71.13 CLI[5]User: debug failed login from 10.4.1.100 (telnet)
Commands
For information about... history show history set history ping show users disconnect Refer to page... 11-11 11-12 11-12 11-13 11-13 11-14
history
Usethiscommandtodisplaythecontentsofthecommandhistorybuffer.Thecommandhistory bufferincludesalltheswitchcommandsentereduptoamaximumof100,asspecifiedintheset historycommand(sethistoryonpage 1112).
Syntax
history
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 11-11
show history
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecontentsofthecommandhistorybuffer.Itshowsthereare fivecommandsinthebuffer:
G3(su)->history 1 hist 2 show gvrp 3 show vlan 4 show igmp 5 show ip address
show history
Usethiscommandtodisplaythesize(inlines)ofthehistorybuffer.
Syntax
show history
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesizeofthehistorybuffer:
G3(su)->show history History buffer size: 20
set history
Usethiscommandtosetthesizeofthehistorybuffer.
Syntax
set history size [default]
Parameters
size default Specifiesthesizeofthehistorybufferinlines.Validvaluesare1to100. (Optional)Makesthissettingpersistentforallfuturesessions.
Defaults
None.
11-12 Logging and Network Management
ping
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesizeofthecommandhistorybufferto30lines:
G3(su)->set history 30
ping
UsethiscommandtosendICMPechorequestpacketstoanothernodeonthenetworkfromthe switchCLI.
Syntax
ping host
Parameters
host SpecifiestheIPaddressofthedevicetowhichthepingwillbesent.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtopingIPaddress134.141.89.29.Inthiscase,thishostisalive:
G3(su)->ping 134.141.89.29 134.141.89.29 is alive
Inthisexample,thehostatIPaddressisnotresponding:
G3(su)->ping 134.141.89.255 no answer from 134.141.89.255
show users
UsethiscommandtodisplayinformationabouttheactiveconsoleportorTelnetsession(s)logged intotheswitch.
Syntax
show users
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
11-13
disconnect
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtousetheshowuserscommand.Inthisoutput,therearetwoTelnet usersloggedinwithReadWriteaccessprivilegesfromIPaddresses134.141.192.119and 134.141.192.18:
G3(su)->show users Session User Location -------- ----- -------------------------* telnet rw 134.141.192.119 telnet rw 134.141.192.18
disconnect
UsethiscommandtocloseanactiveconsoleportorTelnetsessionfromtheswitchCLI.
Syntax
disconnect {ip-addr | console}
Parameters
ipaddr console SpecifiestheIPaddressoftheTelnetsessiontobedisconnected.This addressisdisplayedintheoutputshowninshowusersonpage 1215. Closesanactiveconsoleport.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtocloseaTelnetsessiontohost134.141.192.119:
G3(su)->disconnect 134.141.192.119
Thisexampleshowshowtoclosethecurrentconsolesession:
G3(su)->disconnect console
11-14
Commands
For information about... show arp set arp clear arp traceroute show mac show mac agetime set mac agetime clear mac agetime set mac algorithm show mac algorithm clear mac algorithm set mac multicast clear mac address show mac unreserved-flood set mac unreserved-flood Refer to page... 11-15 11-16 11-17 11-17 11-18 11-19 11-20 11-20 11-21 11-21 11-22 11-22 11-23 11-23 11-24
show arp
UsethiscommandtodisplaytheswitchsARPtable.
Syntax
show arp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
11-15
set arp
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheARPtable:
G3(su)->show arp LINK LEVEL ARP TABLE IP Address Phys Address Flags Interface ----------------------------------------------------10.20.1.1 00-00-5e-00-01-1 S host 134.142.21.194 00-00-5e-00-01-1 S host 134.142.191.192 00-00-5e-00-01-1 S host 134.142.192.18 00-00-5e-00-01-1 S host 134.142.192.119 00-00-5e-00-01-1 S host -----------------------------------------------------
set arp
UsethiscommandtoaddmappingentriestotheswitchsARPtable.
Syntax
set arp ip-address mac-address
Parameters
ipaddress macaddress SpecifiestheIPaddresstomaptotheMACaddressandaddtotheARP table. SpecifiestheMACaddresstomaptotheIPaddressandaddtotheARP table.TheMACaddresscanbeformattedasxx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xxorxxxx xxxxxxxx.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtomapIPaddress192.168.219.232toMACaddress00000c400fbc:
G3(su)->set arp 192.168.219.232 00-00-0c-40-0f-bc
11-16
clear arp
clear arp
UsethiscommandtodeleteaspecificentryorallentriesfromtheswitchsARPtable.
Syntax
clear arp {ip-address | all}
Parameters
ipaddress|all SpecifiestheIPaddressintheARPtabletobecleared,orclearsallARP entries.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodeleteentry10.1.10.10fromtheARPtable:
G3(su)->clear arp 10.1.10.10
traceroute
UsethiscommandtodisplayahopbyhoppaththroughanIPnetworkfromthedevicetoa specificdestinationhost.ThreeUDPorICMPprobeswillbetransmittedforeachhopbetweenthe sourceandthetraceroutedestination.
Syntax
traceroute [-w waittime] [-f first-ttl] [-m max-ttl] [-p port] [-q nqueries] [-r] [-d] [-n] [-v] host
Parameters
wwaittime ffirstttl mmaxttl pport qnqueries r d n v host (Optional)Specifiestimeinsecondstowaitforaresponsetoaprobe. (Optional)Specifiesthetimetolive(TTL)ofthefirstoutgoingprobe packet. (Optional)Specifiesthemaximumtimetolive(TTL)usedinoutgoing probepackets. (Optional)SpecifiesthebaseUDPportnumberusedinprobes. (Optional)Specifiesthenumberofprobeinquiries. (Optional)Bypassesthenormalhostroutingtables. (Optional)Setsthedebugsocketoption. (Optional)Displayshopaddressesnumerically.(Supportedinafuture release.) (Optional)Displaysverboseoutput,includingthesizeanddestinationof eachresponse. SpecifiesthehosttowhichtherouteofanIPpacketwillbetraced.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 11-17
show mac
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,waittimewillbesetto5seconds. Ifnotspecified,firstttlwillbesetto1second. Ifnotspecified,maxttlwillbesetto30seconds. Ifnotspecified,portwillbesetto33434. Ifnotspecified,nquerieswillbesetto3. Ifrisnotspecified,normalhostroutingtableswillbeused. Ifdisnotspecified,thedebugsocketoptionwillnotbeused. Ifvisnotspecified,summaryoutputwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtousetraceroutetodisplayaroundtrippathtohost192.167.252.17.In thiscase,hop1istheGSeriesswitch,hop2is14.1.0.45,andhop3isbacktothehostIPaddress. RoundtriptimesforeachofthethreeUDPprobesaredisplayednexttoeachhop:
G3(su)->traceroute 192.167.252.17 traceroute to 192.167.252.17 (192.167.252.17), 30 hops max, 40 byte packets 1 matrix.enterasys.com (192.167.201.40) 20.000 ms 20.000 ms 20.000 ms 2 14.1.0.45 (14.1.0.45) 40.000 ms 10.000 ms 20.000 ms 3 192.167.252.17 (192.167.252.17) 50.000 ms 0.000 ms 20.000 ms
show mac
UsethiscommandtodisplayMACaddressesintheswitchsfilteringdatabase.Theseare addresseslearnedonaportthroughtheswitchingprocess.
Syntax
show mac [address mac-address] [fid fid] [port port-string] [type {other | learned | self | mgmt}]
Parameters
addressmacaddress fidfid portportstring typeother|learned| self|mgmt (Optional)DisplaysaspecificMACaddress(ifitisknownbythe device). (Optional)DisplaysMACaddressesforaspecificfilterdatabase identifier. (Optional)DisplaysMACaddressesforspecificport(s). (Optional)Displaysinformationrelatedtoother,learned,selfor mgmt(management)addresstype.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allMACaddressesforthedevicewillbedisplayed.
11-18
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMACaddressinformationforge.3.1:
G3(su)->show mac port ge.3.1 MAC Address FID Port Type ----------------- ---- ------------- -------00-09-6B-0F-13-E6 15 ge.3.1 Learned MAC Address VLAN Port Type Status Egress Ports ----------------- ---- ------------- ------- ------- --------------------------01-01-23-34-45-56 20 any mcast perm ge.3.1
The VLAN ID configured for the multicast MAC address. The status of the multicast address. The ports which have been added to the egress ports list.
Syntax
show mac agetime
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
11-19
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheMACtimeoutperiod:
G3(su)->show mac agetime Aging time: 300 seconds
Syntax
set mac agetime time
Parameters
time SpecifiesthetimeoutperiodinsecondsforaginglearnedMAC addresses.Validvaluesare10to1,000,000seconds.Defaultvalueis300 seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheMACtimeoutperiod:
G3(su)->set mac agetime 250
Syntax
clear mac agetime
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
11-20 Logging and Network Management
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheMACtimeoutperiodtothedefaultvalueof300seconds.
G3(su)->clear mac agetime
Syntax
set mac algorithm {mac-crc16-lowerbits | mac-crc16-upperbits | mac-crc32-lowerbits | mac-crc32-upperbits}
Parameters
maccrc16lowerbits maccrc16upperbits maccrc32lowerbits maccrc32upperbits SelecttheMACCRC16lowerbitsalgorithmforhashing. SelecttheMACCRC16upperbitsalgorithmforhashing. SelecttheMACCRC32lowerbitsalgorithmforhashing. SelecttheMACCRC32upperbitsalgorithmforhashing.
Defaults
ThedefaultMACalgorithmismaccrc16upperbits.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
EachalgorithmisoptimizedforadifferentspreadofMACaddresses.Whenchangingthismode, theswitchwilldisplayawarningmessageandpromptyoutorestartthedevice. ThedefaultMACalgorithmismaccrc16upperbits.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthehashingalgorithmtomaccrc32upperbits.
G3(rw)->set mac algorithm mac-crc32-upperbits
Syntax
show mac algorithm
Parameters
None.
11-21
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowstheoutputofthiscommand.
G3(su)->show mac algorithm Mac hashing algorithm is mac-crc16-upperbits.
Syntax
clear mac algorithm
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleresetstheMAChashingalgorithmtothedefaultvalue.
G3(su)->clear mac algorithm
Syntax
set mac multicast mac-address vlan-id [port-string] [{append | clear} port-string]
Parameters
macaddress vlanid SpecifiesthemulticastMACaddress.TheMACaddresscanbe formattedasxx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xxorxxxxxxxxxxxx. SpecifiestheVLANIDcontainingtheports.
11-22
portstring append|clear
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisdefined,thecommandwillapplytoallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleconfiguresmulticastMACaddress010122334455forVLAN24.
G3(su)->set mac multicast 01-01-22-33-44-55 24
Syntax
clear mac address mac-address [vlan-id]
Parameters
macaddress vlanid SpecifiesthemulticastMACaddresstobecleared.TheMACaddress canbeformattedasxx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xxorxxxxxxxxxxxx. (Optional)SpecifiestheVLANIDfromwhichtoclearthestatic multicastMACaddress.
Defaults
Ifnovlanidisspecified,themulticastMACaddressisclearedfromallVLANs.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleclearsmulticastMACaddress010122334455fromVLAN24.
G3(su)->clear mac multicast 01-01-22-33-44-55 24
Syntax
show mac unreserved-flood
11-23
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledisplaysthestatusofmulticastfloodprotection.
G3(su)->show mac unreserved-flood mac unreserved flood is disabled.
Syntax
set mac unreserved-flood {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable Disablesorenablesmulticastfloodprotection.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thefollowingaddresseswillbeforwardedwhenthisfunctionisenabled: 01:80:C2:00:00:11 01:80:C2:00:00:14 01:80:C2:00:00:15 Thedefaultstateisdisabled,andtheseaddresseswillnotbeforwarded.
Example
Thisexampleenablesmulticastfloodprotection.
G3(su)->set mac unreserved-flood enable
11-24
Commands
For information about... show sntp set sntp client clear sntp client set sntp server clear sntp server set sntp poll-interval clear sntp poll-interval set sntp poll-retry clear sntp poll-retry set sntp poll-timeout clear sntp poll-timeout Refer to page... 11-25 11-27 11-27 11-28 11-28 11-29 11-29 11-29 11-30 11-30 11-31
show sntp
UsethiscommandtodisplaySNTPclientsettings.
Syntax
show sntp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
11-25
show sntp
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNTPclientsettings:
G3(su)->show sntp SNTP Version: 3 Current Time: TUE SEP 09 16:13:33 2003 Timezone: 'EST', offset from UTC is -4 hours and 0 minutes Client Mode: unicast Broadcast Count: 0 Poll Interval: 512 seconds Poll Retry: 1 Poll Timeout: 5 seconds SNTP Poll Requests: 1175 Last SNTP Update: TUE SEP 09 16:05:24 2003 Last SNTP Request: TUE SEP 09 16:05:24 2003 Last SNTP Status: Success SNTP-Server Precedence Status ------------------------------------------10.2.8.6 2 Active 144.111.29.19 1 Active
SNTP Poll Requests Total number of SNTP poll requests. Last SNTP Update Last SNTP Request Last SNTP Status SNTP-Server Precedence Date and time of most recent SNTP update. Date and time of most recent SNTP request. Whether or not broadcast reception or unicast transmission and reception was successful. IP address(es) of SNTP server(s). Precedence level of SNTP server in relation to its peers. Highest precedence is 1 and lowest is 10. Default of 1 can be reset using the set sntp server command (set sntp server on page 11-28). Whether or not the SNTP server is active.
Status
11-26
Syntax
set sntp client {broadcast | unicast | disable}
Parameters
broadcast unicast disable EnablesSNTPinbroadcastclientmode. EnablesSNTPinunicast(pointtopoint)clientmode.Inthismode,the clientmustsupplytheIPaddressfromwhichtoretrievethecurrenttime. DisablesSNTP.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableSNTPinbroadcastmode:
G3(su)->set sntp client broadcast
Syntax
clear sntp client
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheSNTPclientsoperationalmode:
G3(su)->clear sntp client
11-27
Syntax
set sntp server ip-address [precedence]
Parameters
ipaddress precedence SpecifiestheSNTPserversIPaddress. (Optional)SpecifiesthisSNTPserversprecedenceinrelationtoitspeers. Validvaluesare1(highest)to10(lowest).
Defaults
Ifprecedenceisnotspecified,1willbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheserveratIPaddress10.21.1.100 asan SNTPserver:
G3(su)->set sntp server 10.21.1.100
Syntax
clear sntp server {ip-address | all}
Parameters
ipaddress all SpecifiestheIPaddressofaservertoremovefromtheSNTPserverlist. RemovesallserversfromtheSNTPserverlist.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoremovetheserveratIPaddress10.21.1.100 fromtheSNTPserverlist:
G3(su)->clear sntp server 10.21.1.100
11-28
Syntax
set sntp poll-interval interval
Parameters
interval Specifiesthepollintervalinseconds.Validvaluesare16to16284.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheSNTPpollintervalto30seconds:
G3(su)->set sntp poll-interval 30
Syntax
clear sntp poll-interval
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheSNTPpollinterval:
G3(su)->clear sntp poll-interval
Syntax
set sntp poll-retry retry
11-29
Parameters
retry Specifiesthenumberofretries.Validvaluesare0to10.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthenumberofSNTPpollretriesto5:
G3(su)->set sntp poll-retry 5
Syntax
clear sntp poll-retry
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthenumberofSNTPpollretries:
G3(su)->clear sntp poll-retry
Syntax
set sntp poll-timeout timeout
Parameters
timeout Specifiesthepolltimeoutinseconds.Validvaluesare1to30.
Defaults
None.
11-30 Logging and Network Management
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheSNTPpolltimeoutto10seconds:
G3(su)->set sntp poll-timeout 10
Syntax
clear sntp poll-timeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheSNTPpolltimeout:
G3(su)->clear sntp poll-timeout
Commands
For information about... show nodealias config set nodealias clear nodealias config Refer to page... 11-32 11-32 11-33
11-31
Syntax
show nodealias config [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysnodealiasconfigurationsettingsforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,nodealiasconfigurationswillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaynodealiasconfigurationsettingsforportsge.2.1through9:
G3(rw)->show nodealias config ge.2.1-9 Port Number Max Entries --------------------ge.2.1 16 ge.2.2 47 ge.2.3 47 ge.2.4 47 ge.2.5 47 ge.2.6 47 ge.2.7 47 ge.2.8 47 ge.2.9 4000 Used Entries -----------0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 1 Status -----Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable
set nodealias
Usethiscommandtoenableordisableanodealiasagentononeormoreports,orsetthe maximumnumberofaliasentriesperport.
Syntax
set nodealias {enable | disable | maxentries maxentries} port-string
11-32
Parameters
enable|disable maxentriesmaxentries portstring Enablesordisablesanodealiasagent. Setthemaximumnumberofaliasentriesperports.Validrangeis0to 4096.Thedefaultvalueis32. Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoenable/disablenodealiasagentorset amaximumnumberofentries.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Uponpacketreception,nodealiasesaredynamicallyassignedtoportsenabledwithanalias agent,whichisthedefaultsettingonGSeriesdevices.Nodealiasescannotbestaticallycreated, butcanbedeletedusingtheclearnodealiascommandasdescribedinclearnodealiasconfigon page 1133.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisablethenodealiasagentonge.1.3:
G3(su)->set nodealias disable ge.1.3
Syntax
clear nodealias config port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoresetthenodealiasconfiguration.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthenodealiasconfigurationonge.1.3:
G3(su)->clear nodealias config ge.1.3
11-33
11-34
12
RMON Configuration
ThischapterdescribesthecommandsusedtoconfigureRMONonaGSeriesswitch.
For information about... RMON Monitoring Group Functions Statistics Group Commands History Group Commands Alarm Group Commands Event Group Commands Filter Group Commands Packet Capture Commands Refer to page... 12-1 12-3 12-5 12-7 12-12 12-15 12-20
12-1
Table 12-1
RMON Group History
Alarm
Periodically gathers statistical samples from variables in the probe and compares them with previously configured thresholds. If the monitored variable crosses a threshold, an event is generated. Controls the generation and notification of events from the device.
show rmon alarm on page 12-8 set rmon alarm properties on page 12-9 set rmon alarm status on page 12-10 clear rmon alarm on page 12-11
Event
show rmon event on page 12-12 set rmon event properties on page 12-13 set rmon event status on page 12-14 clear rmon event on page 12-14
Filter
Allows packets to be matched by a filter equation. These matched packets form a data stream or channel that may be captured.
show rmon channel on page 12-16 set rmon channel on page 12-16 clear rmon channel on page 12-17 show rmon filter on page 12-17 set rmon filter on page 12-18 clear rmon filter on page 12-19
Packet Capture
show rmon capture on page 12-20 set rmon capture on page 12-21 clear rmon capture on page 12-22
12-2
RMON Configuration
Commands
For information about... show rmon stats set rmon stats clear rmon stats Refer to page... 12-3 12-4 12-5
Syntax
show rmon stats [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysRMONstatisticsforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,RMONstatswillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
12-3
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONstatisticsforGigabitEthernetport1inswitch1.
G3(su)->show rmon stats ge.1.1
:
Port: ge.1.1 ------------------------------------Index = 1 Owner = monitor Data Source = ifIndex.1 Drop Events Collisions Jabbers Broadcast Pkts Multicast Pkts CRC Errors Undersize Pkts Oversize Pkts Fragments = = = = = = = = = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Packets Octets 0 64 65 - 127 128 - 255 256 - 511 512 - 1023 1024 - 1518 = = = = = = = = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Table 122providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
Syntax
set rmon stats index port-string [owner]
Parameters
index portstring owner Specifiesanindexforthisstatisticsentry. Specifiesport(s)towhichthisentrywillbeassigned. (Optional)Assignsanownerforthisentry.
Defaults
Ifownerisnotspecified,monitorwillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoconfigureRMONstatisticsentry2forge.1.20:
G3(rw)->set rmon stats 2 ge.1.20
12-4
RMON Configuration
Syntax
clear rmon stats {index-list | to-defaults}
Parameters
indexlist todefaults Specifiesoneormorestatsentriestobedeleted,causingthemtodisappear fromanyfutureRMONqueries. Resetsallhistoryentriestodefaultvalues.Thiswillcauseentriesto reappearinRMONqueries.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteRMONstatisticsentry2:
G3(rw)->clear rmon stats 2
Commands
For information about... show rmon history set rmon history clear rmon history Refer to page... 12-5 12-6 12-7
Syntax
show rmon history [port-string]
12-5
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysRMONhistoryentriesforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationaboutallRMONhistoryentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONhistoryentriesforGigabitEthernetport1inswitch1. Acontrolentrydisplaysfirst,followedbyactualentriescorrespondingtothecontrolentry.Inthis case,thedefaultsettingsforentryowner,samplinginterval,andmaximumnumberofentries. (buckets)havenotbeenchangedfromtheirdefaultvalues.Foradescriptionofthetypesof statisticsshown,refertoTable 122.
G3(su)->show rmon history ge.1.1
:
Port: ge.1.1 ------------------------------------Index 1 Owner = monitor Status = valid Data Source = ifIndex.1 Interval = 30 Buckets Requested = 50 Buckets Granted = 10 Sample 2779 Interval Start: 1 days 0 hours 2 minutes 22 seconds Drop Events = 0 Undersize Pkts = 0 Octets = 0 Oversize Pkts = 0 Packets = 0 Fragments = 0 Broadcast Pkts = 0 Jabbers = 0 Multicast Pkts = 0 Collisions = 0 CRC Align Errors = 0 Utilization(%) = 0
Syntax
set rmon history index [port-string] [buckets buckets] [interval interval] [owner owner]
Parameters
indexlist portstring bucketsbuckets intervalinterval ownerowner Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry. (Optional)Assignsthisentrytoaspecificport. (Optional)Specifiesthemaximumnumberofentriestomaintain. (Optional)Specifiesthesamplingintervalinseconds. (Optional)Specifiesanownerforthisentry.
12-6
RMON Configuration
Defaults
Ifbucketsisnotspecified,themaximumnumberofentriesmaintainedwillbe50. Ifnotspecified,intervalwillbesetto30seconds. Ifownerisnotspecified,monitorwillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowconfigureRMONhistoryentry1onportge.2.1tosampleevery20 seconds:
G3(rw)->set rmon history 1 ge.2.1 interval 20
Syntax
clear rmon history {index-list | to-defaults}
Parameters
indexlist todefaults Specifiesoneormorehistoryentriestobedeleted,causingthemto disappearfromanyfutureRMONqueries. Resetsallhistoryentriestodefaultvalues.Thiswillcauseentriesto reappearinRMONqueries.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteRMONhistoryentry1:
G3(rw)->clear rmon history 1
12-7
Commands
For information about... show rmon alarm set rmon alarm properties set rmon alarm status clear rmon alarm Refer to page... 12-8 12-9 12-10 12-11
Syntax
show rmon alarm [index]
Parameters
index (Optional)DisplaysRMONalarmentriesforaspecificentryindexID.
Defaults
Ifindexisnotspecified,informationaboutallRMONalarmentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONalarmentry3:
G3(rw)->show rmon alarm 3 Index 3 --------------------Owner = Status = Variable = Sample Type = Interval = Rising Threshold = Rising Event Index =
Manager valid 1.3.6.1.4.1.5624.1.2.29.1.2.1.0 delta Startup Alarm 30 Value 1 Falling Threshold 2 Falling Event Index
= = = =
rising 0 0 0
12-8
RMON Configuration
Table 12-2
Output Field Status Variable Sample Type
Startup Alarm Interval Rising Threshold Falling Threshold Rising Event Index Falling Event Index
Syntax
set rmon alarm properties index [interval interval] [object object] [type {absolute | delta}] [startup {rising | falling | either}] [rthresh rthresh] [fthresh fthresh] [revent revent] [fevent fevent] [owner owner]
Parameters
index intervalinterval objectobject Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Maximumnumberorentriesis 50.Maximumvalueis65535. (Optional)Specifiesaninterval(inseconds)forRMONtoconductsample monitoring. (Optional)SpecifiesaMIBobjecttobemonitored.
Note: This parameter is not mandatory for executing the command, but must be specified in order to enable the alarm entry configuration.
typeabsolute| delta
(Optional)Specifiesthemonitoringmethodas:samplingtheabsolute valueoftheobject,orthedifference(delta)betweenobjectsamples.
12-9
startuprising| falling|either
(Optional)Specifiesthetypeofalarmgeneratedwhenthiseventisfirst enabledas: RisingSendsalarmwhenanRMONeventreachesamaximum thresholdconditionisreached,forexample,morethan30collisions persecond. FallingSendsalarmwhenRMONeventfallsbelowaminimum thresholdcondition,forexamplewhenthenetworkisbehaving normallyagain. EitherSendsalarmwheneitherarisingorfallingthresholdis reached.
Defaults
interval3600seconds typeabsolute startuprising rthresh0 fthresh0 revent0 fevent0 ownermonitor
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoconfigurearisingRMONalarm.Thisentrywillconductmonitoring ofthedeltabetweensamplesevery30seconds:
G3(rw)->set rmon alarm properties 3 interval 30 object 1.3.6.1.4.1.5624.1.2.29.1.2.1.0 type delta rthresh 1 revent 2 owner Manager
Syntax
set rmon alarm status index enable
12-10 RMON Configuration
Parameters
index enable Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Maximumnumberorentriesis 50.Maximumvalueis65535. Enablesthisalarmentry.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
AnRMONalarmentrycanbecreatedusingthiscommand,configuredusingthesetrmonalarm propertiescommand(setrmonalarmpropertiesonpage 129),thenenabledusingthis command.AnRMONalarmentrycanbecreatedandconfiguredatthesametimebyspecifying anunusedindexwiththesetrmonalarmpropertiescommand.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableRMONalarmentry3:
G3(rw)->set rmon alarm status 3 enable
Syntax
clear rmon alarm index
Parameters
index Specifiestheindexnumberofentrytobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONalarmentry1:
G3(rw)->clear rmon alarm 1
12-11
Commands
For information about... show rmon event set rmon event properties set rmon event status clear rmon event Refer to page... 12-12 12-13 12-14 12-14
Syntax
show rmon event [index]
Parameters
index (Optional)DisplaysRMONpropertiesandlogentriesforaspecificentry indexID.
Defaults
Ifindexisnotspecified,informationaboutallRMONentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONevententry3:
G3(rw)->show rmon event 3 Index 3 ---------------Owner = Status = Description = Type = Community = Last Time Sent =
Manager valid STP Topology change log-and-trap public 0 days 0 hours 0 minutes 37 seconds
Table 123providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
12-12
RMON Configuration
Table 12-3
Output Field Index Owner Status Description Type Community
Syntax
set rmon event properties index [description description] [type {none | log | trap | both}] [community community] [owner owner]
Parameters
index description description typenone|log| trap|both community community Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Maximumnumberofentriesis 100.Maximumvalueis65535. (Optional)Specifiesatextstringdescriptionofthisevent. (Optional)SpecifiesthetypeofRMONeventnotificationas:none,alog tableentry,anSNMPtrap,orbothalogentryandatrapmessage. (Optional)SpecifiesanSNMPcommunitynametouseifthemessage typeissettotrap.FordetailsonsettingSNMPtrapsandcommunity names,refertoCreatingaBasicSNMPTrapConfigurationon page 536. (Optional)Specifiesthenameoftheentitythatconfiguredthisentry.
ownerowner
Defaults
Ifdescriptionisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifnotspecified,typenonewillbeapplied. Ifownerisnotspecified,monitorwillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
12-13
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateandenableanRMONevententrycalledSTPtopology changethatwillsendbothalogentryandanSNMPtrapmessagetothepubliccommunity:
G3(rw)->set rmon event properties 2 description "STP topology change" type both community public owner Manager
Syntax
set rmon event status index enable
Parameters
index enable Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Maximumnumberofentriesis 100.Maximumvalueis65535. Enablesthisevententry.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
AnRMONevententrycanbecreatedusingthiscommand,configuredusingthesetrmonevent propertiescommand(setrmoneventpropertiesonpage 1213),thenenabledusingthis command.AnRMONevententrycanbecreatedandconfiguredatthesametimebyspecifyingan unusedindexwiththesetrmoneventpropertiescommand.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableRMONevententry1:
G3(rw)->set rmon event status 1 enable
Syntax
clear rmon event index
Parameters
index Specifiestheindexnumberoftheentrytobecleared.
12-14
RMON Configuration
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONevent1:
G3(rw)->clear rmon event 1
Commands
For information about... show rmon channel set rmon channel clear rmon channel show rmon filter set rmon filter clear rmon filter Refer to page... 12-16 12-16 12-17 12-17 12-18 12-19
12-15
Syntax
show rmon channel [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysRMONchannelentriesforaspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationaboutallchannelswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONchannelinformationforge.2.12:
G3(rw)->show rmon channel ge.2.12 Port ge.2.12 Channel index= 628 EntryStatus= valid ---------------------------------------------------------Control off AcceptType matched OnEventIndex 0 OffEventIndex 0 EventIndex 0 Status ready Matches 4498 Description Thu Dec 16 12:57:32 EST 2004 Owner NetSight smith
Syntax
set rmon channel index port-string [accept {matched | failed}] [control {on | off}] [description description] [owner owner]
Parameters
index Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Anentrywillautomaticallybe createdifanunusedindexnumberischosen.Maximumnumberof entriesis2.Maximumvalueis65535. Specifiestheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored. (Optional)Specifiestheactionofthefiltersonthischannelas: controlon|off matchedPacketswillbeacceptedonfiltermatches failedPacketswillbeacceptediftheyfailamatch
(Optional)Enablesordisablescontroloftheflowofdatathroughthe channel.
12-16
RMON Configuration
(Optional)Specifiesadescriptionforthischannel. (Optional)Specifiesthenameoftheentitythatconfiguredthisentry.
Defaults
Ifanactionisnotspecified,packetswillbeacceptedonfiltermatches. Ifnotspecified,controlwillbesettooff. Ifadescriptionisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifownerisnotspecified,itwillbesettomonitor.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanRMONchannelentry:
G3(rw)->set rmon channel 54313 ge.2.12 accept failed control on description "capture all"
Syntax
clear rmon channel index
Parameters
index Specifiesthechannelentrytobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONchannelentry2:
G3(rw)->clear rmon channel 2
Syntax
show rmon filter [index index | channel channel]
12-17
Parameters
indexindex| channelchannel (Optional)Displaysinformationaboutaspecificfilterentry,oraboutall filterswhichbelongtoaspecificchannel.
Defaults
Ifnooptionsarespecified,informationforallfilterentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayallRMONfilterentriesandchannelinformation:
G3(rw)->show rmon filter Index= 55508 Channel Index= 628 EntryStatus= valid ---------------------------------------------------------Data Offset 0 PktStatus 0 PktStatusMask 0 PktStatusNotMask 0 Owner ETS,NAC-D ----------------------------Data ff ff ff ff ff ff ----------------------------DataMask ff ff ff ff ff ff ----------------------------DataNotMask 00 00 00 00 00 00
Syntax
set rmon filter index channel-index [offset offset] [status status] [smask smask] [snotmask snotmask] [data data] [dmask dmask] [dnotmask dnotmask] [owner owner]
Parameters
index Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Anentrywillautomaticallybe createdifanunusedindexnumberischosen.Maximumnumberof entriesis10.Maximumvalueis65535. Specifiesthechanneltowhichthisfilterwillbeapplied. (Optional)Specifiesanoffsetfromthebeginningofthepackettolookfor matches. (Optional)Specifiespacketstatusbitsthataretobematched. (Optional)Specifiesthemaskappliedtostatustoindicatewhichbitsare significant. (Optional)Specifiestheinversionmaskthatindicateswhichbitsshould besetornotset (Optional)Specifiesthedatatobematched.
Defaults
Ifownerisnotspecified,itwillbesettomonitor. Ifnootheroptionsarespecified,none(0)willbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateRMONfilter1andapplyittochannel9:
G3(rw)->set rmon filter 1 9 offset 30 data 0a154305 dmask ffffffff
Syntax
clear rmon filter {index index | channel channel}
Parameters
indexindex| channelchannel Clearsaspecificfilterentry,orallentriesbelongingtoaspecificchannel.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONfilterentry1:
G3(rw)->clear rmon filter index 1
12-19
Purpose
TodisplayRMONcaptureentries,configure,enable,ordisablecaptureentries,andclearcapture entries.
Commands
For information about... show rmon capture set rmon capture clear rmon capture Refer to page... 12-20 12-21 12-22
Syntax
show rmon capture [index [nodata]]
Parameters
index nodata (Optional)Displaysthespecifiedbuffercontrolentryandallcaptured packetsassociatedwiththatentry. (Optional)Displaysonlythebuffercontrolentryspecifiedbyindex.
Defaults
Ifnooptionsarespecified,allbuffercontrolentriesandassociatedcapturedpacketswillbe displayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
12-20
RMON Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONcaptureentriesandassociatedbufferentries:
G3(rw)->show rmon capture Buf.control= 28062 Channel= 38283 EntryStatus= valid ---------------------------------------------------------FullStatus avail FullAction lock Captured packets 251 Capture slice 1518 Download size 100 Download offset 0 Max Octet Requested 50000 Max Octet Granted 50000 Start time 1 days 0 hours 51 minutes 15 seconds Owner monitor
captureEntry= 1 Buff.control= 28062 -------------------------------------------Pkt ID 9 Pkt time 1 days 0 hours 51 minutes 15 seconds Pkt Length 93 Pkt status 0 Data: 00 00 5e 00 01 01 00 01 f4 00 7d ce 08 00 45 00 00 4b b4 b9 00 00 40 11 32 5c 0a 15 43 05 86 8d bf e5 00 a1 0e 2b 00 37 cf ca 30 2d 02 01 00 04 06 70 75 62 6c 69 63 a2 20 02 02 0c 92 02 01 00 02 01 00 30 14 30 12 06 0d 2b 06 01 02 01 10 07 01 01 0b 81 fd 1c 02 01 01 00 11 0b 00
Syntax
set rmon capture index {channel [action {lock}] [slice slice] [loadsize loadsize] [offset offset] [asksize asksize] [owner owner]}
Parameters
index channel actionlock Specifiesabuffercontrolentry. Specifiesthechanneltowhichthiscaptureentrywillbeapplied. (Optional)Specifiestheactionofthebufferwhenitisfullas: sliceslice loadsizeloadsize offsetoffset asksizeasksize lockPacketswillceasetobeaccepted
owner
12-21
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,actiondefaultstolock. Ifnotspecified,offsetdefaultsto0. Ifnotspecified,asksizedefaultsto1(whichwillrequestasmanyoctetsaspossible). Ifsliceisnotspecified,1518willbeapplied. Ifloadsizeisnotspecified,100willbeapplied. Ifownerisnotspecified,itwillbesettomonitor.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateRMONcaptureentry1tolistenonchannel628:
G3(rw)->set rmon capture 1 628
Syntax
clear rmon capture index
Parameters
index Specifiesthecaptureentrytobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONcaptureentry1:
G3(rw)->clear rmon capture 1
12-22
RMON Configuration
13
DHCP Server Configuration
ThischapterdescribesthecommandstoconfiguretheIPv4DHCPserverfunctionalityonaG Seriesswitch.
For information about... DHCP Overview Configuring General DHCP Server Parameters Configuring IP Address Pools Refer to page... 13-1 13-3 13-10
DHCP Overview
DynamicHostConfigurationProtocol(DHCP)forIPv4isanetworklayerprotocolthat implementsautomaticormanualassignmentofIPaddressesandotherconfigurationinformation toclientdevicesbyservers.ADHCPservermanagesauserconfiguredpoolofIPaddressesfrom whichitcanmakeassignmentsuponclientrequests.ArelayagentpassesDHCPmessages betweenclientsandserverswhichareondifferentphysicalsubnets.
DHCP Server
DHCPserverfunctionalityallowstheGSeriesswitchtoprovidebasicIPconfiguration informationtoaclientonthenetworkwhorequestssuchinformationusingtheDHCPprotocol. DHCPprovidesthefollowingmechanismsforIPaddressallocationbyaDHCPserver: AutomaticDHCPserverassignsanIPaddresstoaclientforalimitedperiodoftime(or untiltheclientexplicitlyrelinquishestheaddress)fromadefinedpoolofIPaddresses configuredontheserver. ManualAclientsIPaddressisassignedbythenetworkadministrator,andDHCPisused simplytoconveytheassignedaddresstotheclient.Thisismanagedbymeansofstatic addresspoolsconfiguredontheserver.
DHCP Overview
Bootfile DHCPoptionsasdefinedbyRFC2132
Note: A total of 16 address pools, dynamic and/or static, can be configured on the G-Series.
2. 3.
SetotherDHCPserverparameterssuchasthenumberofpingpacketstobesentbefore assigninganIPaddress,orenablingconflictlogging.
13-2
Commands
For information about... set dhcp set dhcp bootp set dhcp conflict logging show dhcp conflict clear dhcp conflict set dhcp exclude clear dhcp exclude set dhcp ping clear dhcp ping show dhcp binding clear dhcp binding show dhcp server statistics clear dhcp server statistics Refer to page... 13-3 13-4 13-4 13-5 13-5 13-6 13-6 13-7 13-7 13-8 13-8 13-9 13-10
set dhcp
UsethiscommandtoenableordisabletheDHCPserverfunctionalityontheGSeries.
Syntax
set dhcp {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesDHCPserverfunctionality.Bydefault,DHCPserver isdisabled.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
13-3
Example
ThisexampleenablesDHCPserverfunctionality.
G3(rw)->set dhcp enable
Syntax
set dhcp bootp {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesaddressallocationforBOOTPclients.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleenablesaddressallocationforBOOTPclients.
G3(rw)->set dhcp bootp enable
Syntax
set dhcp conflict logging
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleenablesDHCPconflictlogging.
G3(rw)->set dhcp conflict logging
13-4 DHCP Server Configuration
Syntax
show dhcp conflict [address]
Parameters
address [Optional]Specifiestheaddressforwhichtodisplayconflictinformation.
Defaults
Ifnoaddressisspecified,conflictinformationforalladdressesisdisplayed.
Mode
Readonly.
Example
Thisexampledisplaysconflictinformationforalladdresses.Notethatpingistheonlydetection methodused.
G3(ro)->show dhcp conflict IP address ----------192.0.0.2 192.0.0.3 192.0.0.4 192.0.0.12 Detection Method ----------------Ping Ping Ping Ping Detection Time --------------0 days 19h:01m:23s 0 days 19h:00m:46s 0 days 19h:01m:25s 0 days 19h:01m:26s
Syntax
clear dhcp conflict {logging | ip-address| *}
Parameters
logging ipaddress * Disablesconflictlogging. ClearstheconflictinformationforthespecifiedIPaddress. ClearstheconflictinformationforallIPaddresses.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
13-5
Examples
ThisexampledisablesDHCPconflictlogging.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp conflict logging
ThisexampleclearstheconflictinformationfortheIPaddress192.0.0.2.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp conflict 192.0.0.2
Syntax
set dhcp exclude low-ipaddr [high-ipaddr]
Parameters
lowipaddr highipaddr SpecifiesthefirstIPaddressintheaddressrangetobeexcludedfrom assignment. (Optional)SpecifiesthelastIPaddressintheaddressrangetobe excluded.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplefirstconfigurestheaddresspoolnamedauto1with255addressesfortheClassC network172,20.28.0,withthesetdhcppoolnetworkcommand.Then,theexamplelimitsthe scopeoftheaddressesthatcanbeassignedbyaDHCPserverbyexcludingaddresses172.20.28.80 100,withthesetdhcpexcludecommand.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 network 172.20.28.0 24 G3(rw)->set dhcp exclude 172.20.28.80 172.20.28.100
Syntax
clear dhcp exclude low-ipaddr [high-ipaddr]
Parameters
lowipaddr SpecifiesthefirstIPaddressintheaddressrangetobecleared.
13-6
highipaddr
(Optional)SpecifiesthelastIPaddressintheaddressrangetobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleclearsthepreviouslyexcludedrangeofIPaddressesbetween192.168.1.88through 192.168.1.100.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp exclude 192.168.1.88 192.168.1.100
Syntax
set dhcp ping packets number
Parameters
packetsnumber Specifiesthenumberofpingpacketstobesent.Thevalueofnumbercan be0,orrangefrom2to10.Entering0disablesthisfunction.Thedefault valueis2packets.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthenumberofpingpacketssentto3.
G3(rw)->set dhcp ping packets 3
Syntax
clear dhcp ping packets
Parameters
None.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 13-7
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleresetsthenumberofpingpacketssentbacktothedefaultvalue.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp ping packets
Syntax
show dhcp binding [ip-address]
Parameters
ipaddress (Optional)SpecifiestheIPaddressforwhichtodisplaybinding information.
Defaults
IfnoIPaddressisspecified,bindinginformationforalladdressesisdisplayed.
Mode
Readonly.
Example
Thisexampledisplaysbindinginformationaboutalladdresses.
G3(rw)->show dhcp binding IP address Hardware Address --------------------------192.0.0.6 00:33:44:56:22:39 192.0.0.8 00:33:44:56:22:33 192.0.0.10 00:33:44:56:22:34 192.0.0.11 00:33:44:56:22:35 192.0.0.12 00:33:44:56:22:36 192.0.0.13 00:33:44:56:22:37 192.0.0.1400:33:44:56:22:38 Lease Expiration ----------------00:11:02 00:10:22 00:09:11 00:10:05 00:10:30 infinite infinite Type ----Automatic Automatic Automatic Automatic Automatic Manual Manual
Syntax
clear dhcp binding {ip-addr | *}
13-8
Parameters
ipaddr * SpecifiestheIPaddressforwhichtoclear/deletetheDHCPbinding. Deletesalladdressbindings.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampledeletestheDHCPaddressbindingforIPaddress192.168.1.1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp binding 192.168.1.1
Syntax
show dhcp server statistics
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Readonly.
Example
Thisexampledisplaysserverstatistics.
G3(ro)->show dhcp server statistics Automatic Bindings Expired Bindings Malformed Bindings Messages ---------DHCP DISCOVER DHCP REQUEST DHCP DECLINE DHCP RELEASE DHCP INFORM Messages ---------DHCP OFFER DHCP ACK DHCP NACK 36 6 0 Received ---------382 3855 0 67 1 Sent -----381 727 2
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 13-9
Syntax
clear dhcp server statistics
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleclearsallDHCPservercounters.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp server statistics
Purpose
ToconfigureandclearDHCPaddresspoolparameters,andtodisplayaddresspoolconfiguration information.
Note: A total of 16 address pools, dynamic and/or static, can be configured on the G-Series.
13-10
Commands
For information about... set dhcp pool clear dhcp pool set dhcp pool network clear dhcp pool network set dhcp pool hardware-address clear dhcp pool hardware-address set dhcp pool host clear dhcp pool host set dhcp pool client-identifier clear dhcp pool client-identifier set dhcp pool client-name clear dhcp pool client-name set dhcp pool bootfile clear dhcp pool bootfile set dhcp pool next-server clear dhcp pool next-server set dhcp pool lease clear dhcp pool lease set dhcp pool default-router clear dhcp pool default-router set dhcp pool dns-server clear dhcp pool dns-server set dhcp pool domain-name clear dhcp pool domain-name set dhcp pool netbios-name-server clear dhcp pool netbios-name-server set dhcp pool netbios-node-type clear dhcp pool netbios-node-type set dhcp pool option clear dhcp pool option show dhcp pool configuration Refer to page... 13-12 13-12 13-13 13-13 13-14 13-14 13-15 13-16 13-16 13-17 13-17 13-18 13-18 13-19 13-19 13-20 13-20 13-21 13-21 13-22 13-22 13-23 13-23 13-24 13-24 13-25 13-25 13-26 13-26 13-27 13-28
13-11
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplecreatesanaddresspoolnamedauto1.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletestheaddresspoolnamedauto1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1
13-12
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname network number {mask | prefix-length}
Parameters
poolname number mask prefixlength Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiesanIPsubnetfortheaddresspool. Specifiesthesubnetmaskindottedquadnotation. Specifiesthesubnetmaskasaninteger.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
UsethiscommandtoconfigureasetofIPaddressestobeassignedbytheDHCPserverusingthe specifiedaddresspool.Inordertolimitthescopeoftheaddressesconfiguredwiththiscommand, usethesetdhcpexcludecommandonpage136.
Examples
ThisexampleconfigurestheIPsubnet172.20.28.0withaprefixlengthof24fortheautomatic DHCPpoolnamedauto1.Alternatively,themaskcouldhavebeenspecifiedas255.255.255.0.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 network 172.20.28.0 24
Thisexamplelimitsthescopeof255addressescreatedfortheClassCnetwork172,20.28.0bythe previousexample,byexcludingaddresses172.20.28.80100.
G3(rw)->set dhcp exclude 172.20.28.80 172.20.28.100
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname network
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
13-13
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletesthenetworkandmaskfromtheaddresspoolnamedauto1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 network
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname hardware-address hw-addr [type]
Parameters
poolname hwaddr type Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheMACaddressoftheclientshardwareplatform.Thisvalue canbeenteredusingdottedhexadecimalnotationorcolons. (Optional)Specifiestheprotocolofthehardwareplatform.Validvalues are1forEthernetor6forIEEE802.Defaultvalueis1,Ethernet.
Defaults
Ifnotypeisspecified,Ethernetisassumed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplespecifies0001.f401.2710astheEthernetMACaddressforthemanualaddresspool namedmanual1.Alternatively,theMACaddresscouldhavebeenteredas00:01:f4:01:27:10.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool manual1 hardware-address 0001.f401.2710
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname hardware-address
13-14
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletestheclienthardwareaddressfromtheaddresspoolnamedmanual1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool manual1 hardware-address
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname host ip-address [mask | prefix-length]
Parameters
poolname ipaddress mask prefixlength Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressformanualbinding. (Optional)Specifiesthesubnetmaskindottedquadnotation. (Optional)Specifiesthesubnetmaskasaninteger.
Defaults
Ifamaskorprefixisnotspecified,theclassA,B,orCnaturalmaskwillbeused.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfiguretheminimumrequirementsforamanualbindingaddress pool.First,thehardwareaddressoftheclientshardwareplatformisconfigured,followedby configurationoftheaddresstobeassignedtothatclientmanually.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool manual1 hardware-address 0001.f401.2710 G3(rw)->set dhcp pool manual1 host 15.12.1.99 255.255.248.0
13-15
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname host
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampledeletesthehostIPaddressfromtheaddresspoolnamedmanual1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool manual1 host
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname client-identifier id
Parameters
poolname id Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiestheuniqueclientidentifierforthisclient.Thevaluemustbe enteredinxx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xxformat.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheclientidentifierisformedbyconcatenatingthemediatypeandtheMACaddress.For example,iftheclienthardwaretypeisEthernetandtheclientMACaddressis00:01:22:33:44:55, thentheclientidentifierconfiguredwiththiscommandmustbe01:00:01:22:33:44:55.
13-16
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfiguretheminimumrequirementsforamanualbindingaddress pool,usingaclientidentifierratherthanthehardwareaddressoftheclientshardwareplatform.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 client-identifier 01:00:01:22:33:44:55 G3(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 host 10.12.1.10 255.255.255.0
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname client-identifier
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletestheclientidentifierfromtheaddresspoolnamedmanual1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool manual1 client-identifier
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname client-name name
Parameters
poolname name Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiesthenametobeassignedtothisclient.Clientnamesmaybeupto 31charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
13-17
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleconfigurestheclientnameappsvr1tothemanualbindingpoolmanual2.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 client-identifier 01:22:33:44:55:66 G3(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 host 10.12.1.10 255.255.255.0 G3(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 client-name appsvr1
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname client-name
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletestheclientnamefromthemanualbindingpoolmanual2.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool manual2 client-name
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname bootfile filename
Parameters
poolname filename Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiesthebootimagefilename.
Defaults
None.
13-18
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthebootimagefilenameforaddresspoolnamedauto1.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 bootfile image1.img
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname bootfile
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesthebootimagefilenamefromaddresspoolnamedauto1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 bootfile
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname next-server ip-address
Parameters
poolname ipaddress Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressofthefileservertheDHCPclientshouldcontact toloadthedefaultbootimage.
Defaults
None.
13-19
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplespecifiesthefileserverfromwhichclientsbeingservedbyaddresspoolauto1 shoulddownloadthebootimagefileimage1.img.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 bootfile image1.img G3(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 next-server 10.1.1.10
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname next-server
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesthefileserverfromaddresspoolauto1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 next-server
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname lease {days [hours [minutes]] | infinite}
Parameters
poolname days hours Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiesthenumberofdaysanaddressleasewillremainvalid.Value canrangefrom0to59. (Optional)Whenadaysvaluehasbeenassigned,specifiesthenumberof hoursanaddressleasewillremainvalid.Valuecanrangefrom0to1439.
13-20
minutes
infinite
Defaults
Ifnoleasetimeisspecified,aleasedurationof1dayisconfigured.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleconfiguresaleasedurationof12hoursfortheaddresspoolbeingconfigured.Note thattoconfigurealeasetimelessthanoneday,enter0fordays,thenthenumberofhoursand minutes.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 lease 0 12
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname lease
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
Clearstheleasetimeforthisaddresspooltothedefaultvalueofoneday.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplerestoresthedefaultleasedurationofonedayforaddresspoolauto1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 lease
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname default-router address [address2 ... address8]
13-21
Parameters
poolname address address2...address8 Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressofadefaultrouter. (Optional)Specifies,inorderofpreference,upto7additionaldefault routeraddresses.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleassignsadefaultrouterat10.10.10.1totheaddresspoolnamedauto1.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 default-router 10.10.10.1
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname default-router
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesthedefaultrouterfromtheaddresspoolauto1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 default-router
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname dns-server address [address2 ... address8]
13-22
Parameters
poolname address address2...address8 Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressofaDNSserver. (Optional)Specifies,inorderofpreference,upto7additionalDNS serveraddresses.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleassignsaDNSserverat10.14.10.1totheaddresspoolauto1.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 dns-server 10.14.10.1
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname dns-server
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleremovestheDNSserverlistfromtheaddresspoolauto1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 dns-server
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname domain-name domain
13-23
Parameters
poolname domain Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiesthedomainnamestring.Thedomainnamecanbeupto255 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleassignsthemycompany.comdomainnametotheaddresspoolauto1.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 domain-name mycompany.com
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname domain-name
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesthedomainnamefromtheaddresspoolauto1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 domain-name
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname netbios-name-server address [address2 ... address8]
13-24
Parameters
poolname address address2...address8 Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressofaNetBIOSnameserver. (Optional)Specifies,inorderofpreference,upto7additionalNetBIOS nameserveraddresses.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleassignsaNetBIOSnameserverat10.15.10.1totheaddresspoolbeingconfigured.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 netbios-name-server 10.15.10.1
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleremovestheNetBIOSnameserverlistfromtheaddresspoolauto1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 netbios-name-server
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname netbios-node-type {b-node | h-node | p-node | m-node}
13-25
Parameters
poolname bnode hnode pnode mnode Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheNetBIOsnodetypetobebroadcast(noWINS). SpecifiestheNetBIOsnodetypetobehybrid(WINS,thenbroadcast). SpecifiestheNetBIOsnodetypetobepeer(WINSonly). SpecifiestheNetBIOsnodetypetobemixed(broadcast,thenWINS).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexamplespecifieshybridastheNetBIOSnodetypefortheaddresspoolauto1.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 netbios-node-type h-node
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname netbios-node-type
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleremovestheNetBIOSnodetypefromtheaddresspoolauto1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 netbios-node-type
13-26
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname option code {ascii string | hex string-list | ip addresslist}
Parameters
poolname code asciistring hexstringlist ipaddresslist Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheDHCPoptioncode,asdefinedinRFC2132.Valuecanrange from1to254. SpecifiesthedatainASCIIformat.AnASCIIcharacterstringcontaininga spacemustbeenclosedinquotations. SpecifiesthedatainHEXformat.Upto8HEXstringscanbeentered. SpecifiesthedatainIPaddressformat.Upto8IPaddressescanbeentered.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleconfiguresDHCPoption19,whichspecifieswhethertheclientshouldconfigureits IPlayerforpacketforwarding.Inthiscase,IPforwardingisenabledwiththe01value.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 option 19 hex 01
ThisexampleconfiguresDHCPoption72,whichassignsoneormoreWebserversforDHCP clients.Inthiscase,twoWebserveraddressesareconfigured.
G3(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 option 72 ip 168.24.3.252 168.24.3.253
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname option code
Parameters
poolname code Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheDHCPoptioncode,asdefinedinRFC2132.Valuecanrange from1to254.
Defaults
None.
13-27
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesoption19fromaddresspoolauto1.
G3(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 option 19
Syntax
show dhcp pool configuration {poolname | all}
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Readonly.
Example
Thisexampledisplaysconfigurationinformationforalladdresspools.
G3(rw)->show dhcp pool configuration all Pool: Atg_Pool Pool Type Network Lease Time Default Routers Pool: static1 Pool Type Client Name Client Identifier Host Lease Time Option Pool: static2 Pool Type Hardware Address Hardware Address Type Host Lease Time
13-28
14
Preparing for Router Mode
Thischapterdescribeshowtopreparetheswitchforrouting.
For information about... Pre-Routing Configuration Tasks Enabling Router Configuration Modes Refer to page... 14-1 14-2
14-1
Table 14-1
Step 1 2 3 4
To do this task... From admin (su) mode, enable router mode. Enable router Privileged EXEC mode. Enable global router configuration mode. Enable interface configuration mode using the routing VLAN or loopback id. Assign an IP address to the routing interface. Enable the interface for IP routing.
no shutdown
Example
ThefollowingexampleshowshowtoconfigureVLAN1onIPaddress182.127.63.1255.255.255.0 asaroutinginterface.
G3(su)->router G3(su)->router>enable G3(su)->router#configure Enter configuration commands: G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip address 182.127.63.1 255.255.255.0 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#no shutdown
14-2
Table 14-2
Note: To jump to a lower configuration mode, type exit at the command prompt. To revert back to switch CLI, type exit from Privileged EXEC router mode.
14-3
14-4
15
IP Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheInternetProtocol(IP)configurationsetofcommandsandhowtouse them.
Router: Unless otherwise noted, the commands covered in this chapter can be executed only when the device is in router mode. For details on how to enable router configuration modes, refer to Enabling Router Configuration Modes on page 14-2. For information about... Configuring Routing Interface Settings Configuring Tunnel Interfaces Configuring Tunnel Interfaces Configuring Broadcast Settings Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes Refer to page... 15-1 15-7 15-7 15-15 15-17
Commands
For information about... show interface interface show ip interface ip address Refer to page... 15-2 15-3 15-4 15-5
15-1
show interface
show interface
Usethiscommandtodisplayinformationaboutoneormoreinterfaces(VLANsorloopbacks) configuredontherouter.
Syntax
show interface [vlan vlan-id] [loopback loop-id]
Parameters
vlanvlanid (Optional)DisplaysinterfaceinformationforaspecificVLANinterface. ThisinterfacemustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPre RoutingConfigurationTasksonpage 141. (Optional)Displaysinterfaceinformationforaspecificloopbackinterface.
loopbackloopid
Defaults
Ifinterfacetypeisnotspecified,informationforallroutinginterfaceswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationforallinterfacesconfiguredontherouter.Fora detaileddescriptionofthisoutput,refertoTable 151:
G3(su)->router#show interface Vlan 1 is Administratively DOWN Vlan 1 is Operationally DOWN Mac Address is: 0001.f4da.2cba The name of this device is Vlan 1 The MTU is 1500 bytes The bandwidth is 10000 Mb/s Encapsulation ARPA, Loopback not set ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout: 14400 seconds
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationforloopbackinterface1.
G3(su)->router#show interface loopback 1 Loopback 1 is Administratively UP Loopback 1 is Operationally UP Internet Address is 10.1.192.100, Subnet Mask is 255.255.255.0 The name of this device is Loopback 1 The MTU is 1500 bytes
15-2
IP Configuration
interface
interface
UsethiscommandtoconfigureinterfacesforIProuting.
Syntax
interface vlan vlan-id | loopback loop-id
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANinterfacetobeconfiguredforrouting. ThisinterfacemustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPre RoutingConfigurationTasksonpage 141. Specifiesthenumberoftheloopbackinterfacetobeconfiguredforrouting. Thevalueofloopidcanrangefrom0to7.
loopbackloopid
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerglobalconfigurationmode:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
Thiscommandenablesinterfaceconfigurationmodefromglobalconfigurationmode,and,ifthe interfacehasnotpreviouslybeencreated,thiscommandcreatesanewroutinginterface.For detailsonconfigurationmodessupportedbytheGSeriesdeviceandtheiruses,refertoTable 142 inEnablingRouterConfigurationModesonpage 142. VLANsmustbecreatedfromtheswitchCLIbeforetheycanbeconfiguredforIProuting.For detailsoncreatingVLANsandconfiguringthemforIP,refertoEnablingRouterConfiguration Modesonpage 142. EachVLANinterfacemustbeconfiguredforroutingseparatelyusingtheinterfacecommand.To endconfigurationononeinterfacebeforeconfiguringanother,typeexitatthecommandprompt. Enablinginterfaceconfigurationmodeisrequiredforcompletinginterfacespecificconfiguration tasks.Foranexampleofhowthesecommandsareused,refertoPreRoutingConfiguration Tasksonpage 141. Aloopbackinterfaceisalwaysexpectedtobeup.Thisinterfacecanprovidethesourceaddressfor sentpacketsandcanreceivebothlocalandremotepackets.Theloopbackinterfaceistypically usedbyroutingprotocols.IfRADIUSisconfiguredwithnohostIPaddressonthedevice,itwill usetheloopbackinterface0IPaddress(ifithasbeenconfigured)asitssourcefortheNASIP attribute. EachGSeriessystemcansupportupto24routinginterfaces.Eachinterfacecanbeconfiguredfor theRIPand/orOSPFroutingprotocols.
Note: For information about configuring tunnel interfaces, see Configuring Tunnel Interfaces on page 15-7.
15-3
show ip interface
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenterconfigurationmodeforVLAN1:
G3(su)->router#configure G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#
Thisexampleshowshowtoenterconfigurationmodeforloopback1:
G3(su)->router#configure G3(su)->router(Config)#interface loopback 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Lpbk 1))#
show ip interface
Usethiscommandtodisplayinformation,includingadministrativestatus,IPaddress,MTU (MaximumTransmissionUnit)sizeandbandwidth,andACLconfigurations,forinterfaces configuredforIP.
Syntax
show ip interface [vlan vlan-id] [loopback loop-id]
Parameters
vlanvlanid (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificVLANinterface.This interfacemustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage 141. (Optional)Displaysinterfaceinformationforaspecificloopbackinterface.
loopbackloopid
Defaults
Ifinterfacetypeisnotspecified,statusinformationforallroutinginterfaceswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayconfigurationinformationforVLAN1:
G3(su)->router#show ip interface vlan 1 Vlan 1 is Admin DOWN Vlan 1 is Oper DOWN Primary IP Address is 192.168.10.1 Frame Type Ethernet MAC-Address 0001.F45C.C993 Incoming Accesslist is not set Outgoing AccessList is not set MTU is 6145 bytes ARP Timeout is 1 seconds Direct Broadcast Disabled Proxy ARP is Disabled
Mask 255.255.255.0
Table 151providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
15-4
IP Configuration
ip address
Table 15-1
Output Field Vlan N
Primary IP Address Frame Type MAC-Address Incoming Access List Outgoing Access List MTU ARP Timeout Direct Broadcast Proxy Arp
ip address
Usethiscommandtoset,remove,ordisableaprimaryorsecondaryIPaddressforaninterface. ThenoformofthiscommandremovesthespecifiedIPaddressanddisablestheinterfaceforIP processing.
Syntax
ip address ip-address ip-mask [secondary] no ip address ip-address ip-mask
Parameters
ipaddress ipmask secondary SpecifiestheIPaddressoftheinterfacetobeaddedorremoved. SpecifiesthemaskfortheassociatedIPsubnet. (Optional)SpecifiesthattheconfiguredIPaddressisasecondaryaddress.
Defaults
Ifsecondaryisnotspecified,theconfiguredaddresswillbetheprimaryaddressfortheinterface.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
EachGSeriessystemsupportsupto24routinginterfaces,withupto8secondaryaddresses allowedforeachprimaryIPaddress.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 15-5
show running-config
Example
ThisexamplesetstheIPaddressto192.168.1.1andthenetworkmaskto255.255.255.0forVLAN1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
show running-config
Usethiscommandtodisplaythenondefault,usersuppliedcommandsenteredwhileconfiguring thedevice.
Syntax
show running-config
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentrouteroperatingconfiguration:
G3(su)->router#show running-config ! interface vlan 10 ip address 99.99.2.10 255.255.255.0 no shutdown ! router ospf 1 network 99.99.2.0 0.0.0.255 area 0.0.0.0 network 192.168.100.1 0.0.0.0 area 0.0.0.0
no shutdown
UsethiscommandtoenableaninterfaceforIProutingandtoallowtheinterfacetoautomatically beenabledatdevicestartup.
Syntax
no shutdown shutdown
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
15-6
IP Configuration
no ip routing
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
TheshutdownformofthiscommanddisablesaninterfaceforIProuting.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableVLAN1forIProuting:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#no shutdown
no ip routing
UsethiscommandtodisableIProutingonthedevice.Bydefault,IProutingisenabledwhen interfacesareconfiguredforitasdescribedinConfiguringRoutingInterfaceSettingson page 151.
Syntax
no ip routing
Parameters
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Defaults
None.
Example
This example shows how to disable IP routing on the device:
G3(su)->router(Config)#no ip routing
15-7
interface tunnel
Commands
For information about... interface tunnel tunnel source tunnel destination tunnel mode show interface tunnel Refer to page... 15-8 15-8 15-9 15-10 15-10
interface tunnel
Usethiscommandtoconfigureatunnelinterface.
Syntax
interface tunnel tunnel-id no interface tunnel tunnel-id
Parameters
tunnelid Specifiesthenumberofthetunnelinterfacetobeconfiguredfor routing.Thevalueoftunnelidcanrangefrom0to7.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerglobalconfigurationmode:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
Thiscommandenablestunnelinterfaceconfigurationmodefromglobalconfigurationmode,and, iftheinterfacehasnotpreviouslybeencreated,thiscommandcreatesanewtunnelrouting interface. Thenoformofthiscommandremovesthetunnelinterfaceandassociatedconfiguration parameters.
Example
Thisexamplecreatesaconfiguredtunnelinterface1.
G3(su)->router(Config)# interface tunnel 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Tnnl 1))#
tunnel source
ThiscommandspecifiestheIPv4sourcetransportaddressofthetunnel.
Syntax
tunnel source {ipv4-addr | interface vlan vlan-id} no tunnel source
15-8 IP Configuration
tunnel destination
Parameters
ipv4addr interfacevlanvlanid TheIPv4sourceaddressofthetunnel. Specifyaninterfacetousealinklocaladdress.TheVLANmustbe configuredinswitchmode.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Tnnl1))#
Usage
ThenoformofthiscommandremovesthesourceIPv4addressforthetunnelinterfacebeing configured.
Example
ThefollowingexampleconfiguresthesourceIPv4addressfortunnel1.
G3(su)->router(Config)# interface tunnel 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Tnnl 1))# G3(su)->router(Config-if(Tnnl 1))# tunnel source 192.168.10.10
tunnel destination
ThiscommandspecifiestheIPv4destinationtransportaddressofthetunnel.
Syntax
tunnel destination ipv4-addr no tunnel destination
Parameters
ipv4addr TheIPv4destinationaddressofthetunnel.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Tnnl1))#
Usage
ThenoformofthiscommandremovesthedestinationIPv4addressforthetunnelinterfacebeing configured.
Example
ThefollowingexampleconfiguresthedestinationIPv4addressfortunnel1.
G3(su)->router(Config)# interface tunnel 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Tnnl 1))# G3(su)->router(Config-if(Tnnl 1))# tunnel destination 192.168.10.20
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 15-9
tunnel mode
tunnel mode
Thiscommandspecifiesthemodeofthetunnelinterface.
Syntax
tunnel mode ipv6ip no tunnel mode ipv6ip
Parameters
ipv6ip SpecifiesthatthetunnelmodeisIPv6overIPv4
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Tnnl1))#
Usage
Thenoformofthiscommandremovesthemodeofthetunnel.
Example
ThisexamplesetsthetunnelmodetoIPv6overIPv4.
G3(su)->router(Config)# interface tunnel 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Tnnl 1))# G3(su)->router(Config-if(Tnnl 1))# tunnel mode ipv6ip
Syntax
show interface tunnel tunnel-id
Parameters
tunnelid Specifiesthetunnelforwhichtodisplayinformation.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerglobalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)# Routerprivilegedexec:G3(su)>router#
Usage
Usethiscommandtodisplaygeneralinterfaceinformation.RefertoinChapter 18,IPv6 Configurationforadescriptionoftheshowipv6interfacetunnelcommand.
15-10 IP Configuration
Example
Thisexampleshowstheoutputofthiscommand.
G3(su)->router(Config)#show interface tunnel 1 Tunnel 1 is Operationally DOWN The name of this device is Tunnel 1 The MTU is 1480 bytes
Commands
For information about... show ip arp arp ip proxy-arp arp timeout clear arp-cache Refer to page... 15-11 15-12 15-13 15-14 15-14
show ip arp
UsethiscommandtodisplayentriesintheARP(AddressResolutionProtocol)table.ARP convertsanIPaddressintoaphysicaladdress.
Syntax
show ip arp [ip-address]|[vlan vlan-id]|[output-modifier]
Parameters
ipaddress vlanvlanid (Optional)DisplaysARPentriesrelatedtoaspecificIPaddress. (Optional)DisplaysonlyARPentrieslearnedthroughaspecificVLAN interface.ThisVLANmustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedin PreRoutingConfigurationTasksonpage 141. (Optional)DisplaysARPentrieswithinaspecificrange.Optionsare: |beginipaddressDisplaysonlyARPentriesthatbeginwiththe specifiedIPaddress. |excludeipaddressExcludesARPentriesmatchingthespecified IPaddress. |includeipaddressIncludesARPentriesmatchingthespecified IPaddress.
outputmodifier
15-11
arp
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allentriesintheARPcachewillbedisplayed.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtousetheshowiparpcommand:
G3(su)->router#show ip arp Protocol Internet Internet Internet Address 134.141.235.251 134.141.235.165 134.141.235.167 Age (min) Hardware Addr 0 4 0003.4712.7a99 0002.1664.a5b3 00d0.cf00.4b74 Type ARPA ARPA ARPA Interface Vlan1 Vlan1 Vlan2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G3(su)->router#show ip arp 134.141.235.165 Protocol Internet Address 134.141.235.165 Age (min) Hardware Addr Type 0002.1664.a5b3 ARPA Interface Vlan2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G3(su)->router#show ip arp vlan 2 Protocol Internet Address 134.141.235.251 Age (min) Hardware Addr Type 0 0003.4712.7a99 ARPA Interface Vlan2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
arp
Usethiscommandtoaddorremovepermanent(static)ARPtableentries.Upto1,000staticARP entriesaresupportedperGSeriessystem.AmulticastMACaddresscanbeusedinastaticARP entry.ThenoformofthiscommandremovesthespecifiedpermanentARPentry:
Syntax
arp ip-address mac-address no arp ip-address
15-12
IP Configuration
ip proxy-arp
Parameters
ipaddress macaddress SpecifiestheIPaddressofadeviceonthenetwork.ValidvaluesareIP addressesindotteddecimalnotation. Specifiesthe48bithardwareaddresscorrespondingtotheipaddress expressedinhexadecimalnotation.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
TheIPaddressspecifiedforthestaticARPentrymustfallwithinoneofthesubnetsornetworks definedontheroutedinterfacesofthesystem.ThesystemcanthenmatchtheIPaddressofthe staticARPentrywiththeappropriateroutedinterfaceandassociateitwiththecorrectVLAN.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoaddapermanentARPentryfortheIPaddress130.2.3.1andMAC address0003.4712.7a99:
G3(su)->router(Config)#arp 130.2.3.1 0003.4712.7a99
ip proxy-arp
UsethiscommandtoenableproxyARPonaninterface.Thenoformofthiscommanddisables proxyARP.
Syntax
ip proxy-arp no ip proxy-arp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
Disabled.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
ThisvariationoftheARPprotocolallowstheroutertosendanARPresponseonbehalfofanend nodetotherequestinghost.ProxyARPcanbeusedtoresolveroutingissuesonendstationsthat areunabletorouteinthesubnettedenvironment.TheGSerieswillanswertoARPrequestson behalfoftargetedendstationsonneighboringnetworks.Itisdisabledbydefault.
15-13
arp timeout
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableproxyARPonVLAN1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip proxy-arp
arp timeout
Usethiscommandtosettheduration(inseconds)fordynamicallylearnedentriestoremaininthe ARPtablebeforeexpiring.Thenoformofthiscommandrestoresthedefaultvalueof14,400 seconds.
arp timeout seconds no arp timeout
Parameters
seconds SpecifiesthetimeinsecondsthatanentryremainsintheARPcache.Valid valuesare065535.Avalueof0specifiesthatARPentrieswillneverbe agedout.
Defaults
14,400seconds.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheARPtimeoutto7200seconds:
G3(su)->router(Config)#arp timeout 7200
clear arp-cache
Usethiscommandtodeleteallnonstatic(dynamic)entriesfromtheARPtable.
clear arp-cache
Parameters
None.
Mode
PrivilegedEXEC:G3(su)>router#
Defaults
None.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeletealldynamicentriesfromtheARPtable:
G3(su)->router#clear arp-cache
15-14
IP Configuration
Commands
For information about... ip directed-broadcast ip helper-address Refer to page... 15-15 15-16
ip directed-broadcast
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableIPdirectedbroadcastsonaninterface.Bydefault, interfacesontheGSeriesdonotforwarddirectedbroadcasts.Thenoformofthiscommand disablesIPdirectedbroadcastontheinterface.
Syntax
ip directed-broadcast no ip directed-broadcast
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>Router1(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
Directedbroadcastisanefficientmechanismforcommunicatingwithmultiplehostsonanetwork whileonlytransmittingasingledatagram.Adirectedbroadcastisapacketsenttoallhostsona specificnetworkorsubnet.Thedirectedbroadcastaddressincludesthenetworkorsubnetfields, withthebinarybitsofthehostportionoftheaddresssettoone.Forexample,foranetworkwith theaddress192.168.0.0/16,thedirectedbroadcastaddresswouldbe192.168.255.255.Forasubnet withtheaddress192.168.12.0/24,thedirectedbroadcastaddresswouldbe192.168.12.255. InordertominimizebroadcastDoSattacks,forwardingofdirectedbroadcastsisdisabledby defaultontheGSeries,asrecommendedbyRFC2644. Iftheabilitytosenddirectedbroadcaststoanetworkisrequired,youshouldenabledirected broadcastsonlyontheoneinterfacethatwillbetransmittingthedatagrams.Forexample,ifaG Serieshasfiveroutedinterfacesforthe10,20,30,40,and50networks,enablingdirectedbroadcast onlyonthe30networkinterfacewillallowanyonefromanyothernetworks(10,20,40,50)tosend directedbroadcasttothe30network.
15-15
ip helper-address
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIPdirectedbroadcastsonVLAN1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip directed-broadcast
ip helper-address
UsethiscommandtoenabletheDHCP/BOOTPrelayagentonaGSeriesroutedinterface. EnablingtherelayagentallowsforwardingofclientDHCP/BOOTPrequeststoaDHCP/BOOTP serverthatdoesnotresideonthesamebroadcastdomainastheclient.Upto6IPhelperaddresses maybeconfiguredperinterface. ThenoformofthiscommanddisablestheforwardingofUDPdatagramstothespecifiedaddress.
Syntax
ip helper-address address no ip helper-address address
Parameters
address AddressofthehostwhereUDPbroadcastpacketsshouldbeforwarded.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>Router1(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
WhenahostrequestsanIPaddress,itsendsoutaDHCPbroadcastpacket.Normally,therouter dropsallbroadcastpackets.However,byexecutingthiscommand,youenabletherouted interfacetopassDHCPbroadcastframesthrough,sendingthemdirectlytotheremoteDHCP serversIPaddress. TheDHCP/BOOTPrelayagentwilldetectDHCP/BOOTPrequestsbasedonUDPsourceand destinationports.Itwillthenmakethenecessarychangestothepacketandsendthepackettothe DHCPserver.Thechangesinclude: ReplacingthedestinationIPaddresswiththeaddressoftheDHCPserver, ReplacingthesourceIPaddresswithitsownaddress(thatis,theIPaddressofthelocal routedinterface),and WithintheBOOTPpartofthepacket,changingtheRelayAgentIPaddressfrom0.0.0.0tothe addressofthelocalroutedinterface.
15-16
IP Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowhowtohaveallclientDHCPrequestsforusersinVLAN1tobeforwardedto theremoteDHCPserverwithIPaddress192.168.1.28.
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip helper-address 192.168.1.28
Commands
For information about... show ip route ip route ping traceroute Refer to page... 15-17 15-19 15-19 15-20
show ip route
UsethiscommandtodisplayinformationaboutIProutes.
Syntax
show ip route [destination-prefix [destination-prefix-match] | connected | ospf | rip | static | summary]
Parameters
destinationprefix destinationprefix match connected ospf rip static summary (Optional)Convertsthespecifiedaddressandmaskintoaprefixand displaysanyroutesthatmatchtheprefix. (Optional)Displaysconnectedroutes. (Optional)DisplaysroutesconfiguredfortheOSPFroutingprotocol.For detailsonconfiguringOSPF,refertoConfiguringOSPFonpage 1610. (Optional)DisplaysroutesconfiguredfortheRIProutingprotocol.For detailsonconfiguringRIP,refertoConfiguringRIPonpage 161. (Optional)Displaysstaticroutes. (Optional)DisplaysasummaryoftheIProutingtable.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allIProuteinformationwillbedisplayed.
15-17
show ip route
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Usage
Theroutingtablecontainsallactivestaticroutes,alltheRIProutes,anduptothreebestOSPF routeslearnedforeachnetwork.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtousetheshowiproutecommandtodisplayallIProuteinformation.A portionoftheoutputisshown:
G3(su)->router#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF interarea N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2 E - EGP, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, LS - IS-IS level-2 * - candidate default, U - per user static route IA O O C O O O E2 IA IA E2 O C O O E2 E2 IA E2 E2 E2 O E2 O E2 E2 O O IA IA IA O IA E2 E2 C O E2 C O E2
15-18 IP Configuration
1.255.255.248/29 [10/30] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 2.0.0.0/10 [8/30] via 168.1.0.254, Vlan 1200 2.224.0.0/11 [8/30] via 168.1.0.254, Vlan 1200 7.15.0.0/24 [0/0] directly connected, Vlan 715 11.11.12.12/32 [8/30] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 11.11.13.13/32 [8/10] via 168.1.0.249, Vlan 1300 11.11.16.16/32 [8/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 11.11.17.17/32 [150/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 11.11.21.21/32 [10/30] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 11.11.22.22/32 [10/30] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 11.11.24.24/32 [150/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 11.11.25.25/32 [8/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 11.11.26.26/32 [0/0] directly connected, Loopback 0 11.11.27.27/32 [8/10] via 168.1.0.254, Vlan 1200 11.11.28.28/32 [8/20] via 168.1.0.254, Vlan 1200 12.0.0.0/17 [150/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 19.0.0.0/30 [150/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 20.0.0.0/24 [10/40] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 22.22.0.0/16 [150/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 22.22.10.0/24 [150/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 22.22.12.0/24 [150/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 22.22.13.0/24 [8/30] via 168.1.0.254, Vlan 1200 22.22.14.0/24 [150/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 22.22.15.0/24 [8/20] via 168.1.0.249, Vlan 1300 via 168.1.0.254, Vlan 1200 22.22.16.0/24 [150/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 22.22.17.0/24 [150/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 22.22.18.0/24 [8/30] via 168.1.0.254, Vlan 1200 22.22.19.0/24 [8/20] via 168.1.0.249, Vlan 1300 via 168.1.0.254, Vlan 1200 22.22.20.0/24 [10/40] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 22.22.21.0/24 [10/50] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 22.22.22.0/24 [10/30] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 22.22.23.0/24 [8/30] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 22.22.24.0/24 [10/40] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 22.22.25.0/24 [150/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 22.22.26.0/24 [150/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 22.22.27.0/24 [0/0] directly connected, Vlan 4027 22.22.28.0/24 [8/20] via 168.1.0.249, Vlan 1300 via 168.1.0.254, Vlan 1200 22.22.29.0/24 [150/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205 26.0.0.0/8 [0/0] directly connected, Vlan 26 33.9.8.0/28 [8/20] via 168.1.0.254, Vlan 1200 33.33.0.0/16 [150/20] via 168.0.0.249, Vlan 3205
ip route
ip route
UsethiscommandtoaddorremoveastaticIProute.Thenoformofthiscommandremovesthe staticIProute.
ip route prefix mask dest-addr [distance] no ip route prefix mask forward-addr
Parameters
prefix mask destaddr distance SpecifiesadestinationIPaddressprefix. Specifiesadestinationprefixmask. Specifiesaforwarding(gateway)IPaddress. (Optional)Specifiesanadministrativedistancemetricforthisroute.Valid valuesare1(default)to255.Routeswithlowervaluesreceivehigher preferenceinrouteselection.
Defaults
Ifdistanceisnotspecified,thedefaultvalueof1willbeapplied.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetIPaddress10.1.2.3asthenexthopgatewaytodestinationaddress 10.0.0.0:
G3(su)->router(Config)#ip route 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 10.1.2.3
ping
UsethiscommandtotestroutingnetworkconnectivitybysendingIPpingrequests.
Syntax
ping ip-address
Parameters
ipaddress SpecifiestheIPaddressofthesystemtoping.
Defaults
None.
Mode
PrivilegedEXEC:G3(su)>router#
Usage
Thiscommandisalsoavailableinswitchmode.
15-19
traceroute
Examples
ThisexampleshowsoutputfromasuccessfulpingtoIPaddress182.127.63.23:
G3(su)->router#ping 182.127.63.23 182.127.63.23 is alive
ThisexampleshowsoutputfromanunsuccessfulpingtoIPaddress182.127.63.24:
G3(su)->router#ping 182.127.63.24 no answer from 182.127.63.24
traceroute
UsethiscommandtodisplayahopbyhoppaththroughanIPnetworkfromthedevicetoa specificdestinationhost.ThreeICMPprobeswillbetransmittedforeachhopbetweenthesource andthetraceroutedestination.
Syntax
traceroute host
Parameters
host SpecifiesahosttowhichtherouteofanIPpacketwillbetraced.
Defaults
None.
Mode
PrivilegedEXEC:G3(su)>router#
Usage
Thereisalsoatraceroutecommandavailableinswitchmode.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtousetraceroutetodisplayaroundtrippathtohost192.141.90.183.
G3(su)->router#traceroute 192.141.90.183 Traceroute to 192.141.90.183, 30 hops max, 40 byte packets 1 10.1.56.1 0.000 ms 0.000 ms 2 10.1.48.254 10.000 ms 0.000 ms 3 10.1.0.2 0.000 ms 0.000 ms 4 192.141.89.17 0.000 ms 0.000 ms 5 192.141.100.13 0.000 ms 10.000 ms 6 192.141.100.6 0.000 ms 0.000 ms 7 192.141.90.183 0.000 ms 0.000 ms
ms ms ms ms ms ms ms
15-20
IP Configuration
16
IPv4 Routing Protocol Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheIPv4RoutingProtocolConfigurationsetofcommandsandhowtouse them.
Router: The commands covered in this chapter can be executed only when the device is in router mode. For details on how to enable router configuration modes, refer to Enabling Router Configuration Modes on page 14-2. For information about... Activating Advanced Routing Features Configuring RIP Configuring OSPF Configuring DVMRP Configuring IRDP Configuring VRRP Configuring PIM-SM Refer to page... 16-1 16-1 16-10 16-31 16-34 16-38 16-45
Configuring RIP
Purpose
ToenableandconfiguretheRoutingInformationProtocol(RIP).
16-1
router rip
router rip
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableRIPconfigurationmode.Thenoformofthiscommand disablesRIP.
Syntax
router rip no router rip
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
YoumustexecutetherouterripcommandtoenabletheprotocolbeforecompletingmanyRIP specificconfigurationtasks.Fordetailsonenablingconfigurationmodes,refertoTable 142in EnablingRouterConfigurationModesonpage142.
16-2
ip rip enable
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableRIP:
G3(su)->router#configure G3(su)->router(Config)#router rip G3(su)->router(Config-router)#
ip rip enable
UsethiscommandtoenableRIPonaninterface.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesRIPonan interface:Bydefault,RIPisdisabledonallinterfaces.
Syntax
ip rip enable no ip rip enable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableRIPontheVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip rip enable
distance
UsethiscommandtoconfiguretheadministrativedistanceforRIProutes.Thenoformofthis commandresetsRIPadministrativedistancetothedefaultvalueof120.
Syntax
distance weight no distance [weight]
Parameters
weight SpecifiesanadministrativedistanceforRIProutes.Validvaluesare1255.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
16-3
Usage
Ifseveralroutes(comingfromdifferentprotocols)arepresentedtotheGSeries,theprotocolwith thelowestadministrativedistancewillbechosenforrouteinstallation.Bydefault,RIP administrativedistanceissetto120.Thedistancecommandcanbeusedtochangethisvalue, resettingRIPsroutepreferenceinrelationtootherroutesasshowninthetablebelow.
Route Source Connected Static OSPF RIP Default Distance 0 1 110 120
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtochangethedefaultadministrativedistanceforRIPto1001:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router rip G3(su)->router(Config-router)#distance 100
Syntax
ip rip send version {1 | 2 | r1compatible} no ip rip send version
Parameters
1 2 r1compatible SpecifiesRIPversion1.Thisisthedefaultsetting. SpecifiesRIPversion2. Specifiesthatpacketsbesentasversion2packets,buttransmitstheseas broadcastpacketsratherthanmulticastpacketssothatsystemswhichonly understandRIPversion1canreceivethem.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheRIPsendversionto2forpacketstransmittedontheVLAN1 interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip rip send version 2
16-4
Syntax
ip rip receive version {1 | 2 | 1 2 | none} no ip rip receive version
Parameters
1 2 12 none SpecifiesRIPversion1.Thisisthedefaultsetting. SpecifiesRIPversion2. SpecifiesRIPversions1and2. SpecifiesthatnoRIProuteswillbeprocessedonthisinterface.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Defaults
None.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheRIPreceiveversionto2forupdatepacketsreceivedonthe VLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip rip receive version 2
ip rip authentication-key
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableaRIPauthenticationkey(password)foruseonan interface.ThenoformofthiscommandpreventsRIPfromusingauthentication.
Syntax
ip rip authentication-key name no ip rip authentication-key
Parameters
name SpecifiesthepasswordtoenableordisableforRIPauthentication.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
16-5
ip rip message-digest-key
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheRIPauthenticationkeychaintopasswordontheVLAN1 interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip rip authentication-key password
ip rip message-digest-key
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableaRIPMD5authenticationkey(password)foruseonan interface.ThenoformofthiscommandpreventsRIPfromusingauthentication.
Syntax
ip rip message-digest-key keyid md5 key no ip rip message-digest-key keyid
Parameters
keyid md5 key SpecifiesthekeyIDtoenableordisableforRIPauthentication.Validvalues are1to255. SpecifiesuseoftheMD5algorithm. SpecifiestheRIPauthenticationpassword.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Defaults
None.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheMD5authenticationIDto5fortheRIPauthenticationkeyset ontheVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip rip message-digest-key 5 md5 password
no auto-summary
Usethiscommandtodisableautomaticroutesummarization.
Syntax
no auto-summary auto-summary
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
16-6
split-horizon poison
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
Bydefault,RIPversion2supportsautomaticroutesummarization,whichsummarizes subprefixestotheclassfulnetworkboundarywhencrossingnetworkboundaries.Disabling automaticroutesummarizationenablesCIDR,allowingRIPtoadvertiseallsubnetsandhost routinginformationontheGSeriesdevice.Toverifywhichroutesaresummarizedforan interface,usetheshowiproutecommandasdescribedinshowiprouteonpage1517.The reverseofthecommandreenablesautomaticroutesummarization.Bydefault,RIPauto summarizationaffectsbothRIPv1andRIPv2routes.
Note: This command is necessary for enabling CIDR for RIP on the G-Series device.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableRIPautomaticroutesummarization:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router rip G3(su)->router(Config-router)#no auto-summary
split-horizon poison
UsethiscommandtoenableordisablesplithorizonpoisonreversemodeforRIPpackets.Theno formofthiscommanddisablessplithorizonpoisonreverse.
Syntax
split-horizon poison no split-horizon poison
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
Splithorizonpreventsanetworkfrombeingadvertisedoutthesameinterfaceitwasreceivedon. Thisfunctionisdisabledbydefault.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisablesplithorizonpoisonreverseforRIPpacketstransmittedon theVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router rip G3(su)->Router1(Config-router)#no split-horizon poison
16-7
passive-interface
passive-interface
UsethiscommandtopreventRIPfromtransmittingupdatepacketsonaninterface.Thenoform ofthiscommanddisablespassiveinterface.
Syntax
passive-interface vlan vlan-id no passive-interface vlan vlan-id
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANtomakeapassiveinterface.ThisVLAN mustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
ThiscommanddoesnotpreventRIPfrommonitoringupdatesontheinterface.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetVLAN2asapassiveinterface.NoRIPupdateswillbetransmitted onVLAN2:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router rip G3(su)->router(Config-router)#passive-interface vlan 2
receive-interface
UsethiscommandtoallowRIPtoreceiveupdatepacketsonaninterface.Thenoformofthis commanddeniesthereceptionofRIPupdates.Bydefault,receivingisenabledonallrouting interfaces.
Syntax
receive-interface vlan vlan-id no receive-interface vlan vlan-id
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANtomakeareceiveinterface.ThisVLAN mustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141.
Defaults
None.
16-8
redistribute
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
ThiscommanddoesnotaffectthesendingofRIPupdatesonthespecifiedinterface.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodenythereceptionofRIPupdatesonVLAN2:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router rip G3(su)->router(Config-router)#no receive-interface vlan 2
redistribute
UsethiscommandtoallowroutinginformationdiscoveredthroughnonRIPprotocolstobe distributedinRIPupdatemessages.Thenoformofthiscommandclearsredistribution parameters.
Syntax
redistribute {connected | ospf process-id | static} [metric metric value] [subnets] no redistribute {connected | ospf process-id | static}
Parameters
connected ospf processid SpecifiesthatnonRIProutinginformationdiscoveredviadirectly connectedinterfaceswillberedistributed. SpecifiesthatOSPFroutinginformationwillberedistributedinRIP. SpecifiestheprocessID,aninternallyusedidentificationnumberforeach instanceoftheOSPFroutingprocessrunonarouter.Validvaluesare1to 65535. SpecifiesthatnonRIProutinginformationdiscoveredviastaticrouteswill beredistributed.Staticroutesarethosecreatedusingtheiproute commanddetailediniprouteonpage1519. (Optional)Specifiesametricfortheconnected,OSPForstatic redistributionroute.Thisvalueshouldbeconsistentwiththedesignation protocol. (Optional)Specifiesthatconnected,OSPForstaticroutesthatare subnettedwillberedistributed.
static
metricmetricvalue
subnets
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Defaults
Ifmetricvalueisnotspecified,1willbeapplied. Ifsubnetsisnotspecified,onlynonsubnettedrouteswillberedistributed.
16-9
Configuring OSPF
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoredistributeroutinginformationdiscoveredthroughstaticrouteswill beredistributedintoRIPupdatemessages:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router rip G3(su)->router(Config-router)#redistribute static
Configuring OSPF
* Advanced License Required *
OSPF is an advanced routing feature that must be enabled with a license key. If you have purchased an advanced license key, and have enabled routing on the device, you must activate your license as described in Activating Licensed Features on page 2-27 in order to enable the OSPF command set. If you wish to purchase an advanced routing license, contact Enterasys Networks Sales.
Purpose
ToenableandconfiguretheOpenShortestPathFirst(OSPF)routingprotocol.
Enable or disable RFC 1583 compatibility. Configure OSPF Interface Parameters. Enable OSPF on the interface. Configure an OSPF area. Set the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF interface. Set a priority to help determine the OSPF designated router for the network. Adjust timers and message intervals.
ip ospf enable on page 16-13 ip ospf areaid on page 16-13 ip ospf cost on page 16-14 ip ospf priority on page 16-14 timers spf on page 16-15 ip ospf retransmit-interval on page 16-16 ip ospf transmit-delay on page 16-16 ip ospf hello-interval on page 16-17 ip ospf dead-interval on page 16-17
16-10
router id
Table 16-2
To do this...
Configure OSPF Areas. Configure an administrative distance. Define the range of addresses to be used by Area Boundary Routers (ABRs). Define an area as a stub area. Set the cost value for the default route that is sent into a stub area. Define an area as an NSSA. Create virtual links. Enable redistribution from non-OSPF routes. Monitor and maintain OSPF. distance ospf on page 16-19 area range on page 16-20 area stub on page 16-21 area default cost on page 16-21 area nssa on page 16-22 area virtual-link on page 16-23 redistribute on page 16-24 show ip ospf on page 16-25 show ip ospf neighbor on page 16-28 show ip ospf interface on page 16-27 show ip ospf neighbor on page 16-28 show ip ospf virtual-links on page 16-29 clear ip ospf process on page 16-30
router id
UsethiscommandtosettheOSPFrouterIDforthedevice.ThisIPaddressmustbesetmanually inordertorunOSPF.ThenoformofthiscommandremovestherouterIDforthedevice.
Syntax
router id ip-address no router id
Parameters
ipaddress SpecifiestheIPaddressthatOSPFwilluseastherouterID.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
16-11
router ospf
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheOSPFrouterIDtoIPaddress182.127.62.1:
G3(su)->router(Config-router)#router id 182.127.62.1
router ospf
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableOpenShortestPathFirst(OSPF)configurationmode.The noformofthiscommanddisablesOSPFconfigurationmode.
Syntax
router ospf process-id no router ospf process-id
Parameters
processid SpecifiestheprocessID,aninternallyusedidentificationnumberforan OSPFroutingprocessrunonarouter.OnlyoneOSPFprocessisallowed perstackorstandalone.Validvaluesare1to65535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
YoumustexecutetherouterospfcommandtoenabletheprotocolbeforecompletingmanyOSPF specificconfigurationtasks.Fordetailsonenablingconfigurationmodes,refertoTable 142in EnablingRouterConfigurationModesonpage142. OnlyoneOSPFprocess(processid)isallowedperGSeriesrouter.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableroutingforOSPFprocess1:
G3(su)->router#conf terminal G3(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 G3(su)->router(Config-router)#
1583compatibility
UsethiscommandtoenableRFC1583compatibilityonOSPFinterfaces.Thenoformofthis commanddisablesRFC1583compatibilityonOSPFinterfaces.
Syntax
1583compatability no 1583compatability
Parameters
None.
16-12 IPv4 Routing Protocol Configuration
ip ospf enable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableRFC1583compatibility:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 G3(su)->router(Config-router)#1583compatability
ip ospf enable
UsethiscommandtoenableOSPFonaninterface.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesOSPFon aninterface.
Syntax
ip ospf enable no ip ospf enable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableOSPFontheVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf enable
ip ospf areaid
UsethiscommandtoconfigureareaIDsforOSPFinterfaces.IfOSPFisenabledonaninterfaceas describedinipospfenableonpage1613,theOSPFareawilldefaultto0.0.0.0.Thenoformof thiscommandremovesOSPFroutingfortheinterfaces.
Syntax
ip ospf areaid area-id no ip ospf areaid
Parameters
areaid SpecifiestheareaidtobeassociatedwiththeOSPFinterface.Validvalues aredecimalvaluesorIPaddresses.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 16-13
ip ospf cost
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoconfiguretheVLAN1interfaceasarea0.0.0.31:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf areaid 0.0.0.31
ip ospf cost
UsethiscommandtosetthecostofsendinganOSPFpacketonaninterface.Thenoformofthis commandresetstheOSPFcosttothedefaultof10.
Syntax
ip ospf cost cost no ip ospf cost
Parameters
cost Specifiesthecostofsendingapacket.Validvaluesrangefrom1to65535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
EachrouterinterfacethatparticipatesinOSPFroutingisassignedadefaultcost.Thiscommand overwritesthedefaultof10.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheOSPFcostto20fortheVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf cost 20
ip ospf priority
UsethiscommandtosettheOSPFpriorityvalueforrouterinterfaces.Thenoformofthis commandresetsthevaluetothedefaultof1.
Syntax
ip ospf priority number no ip ospf priority
16-14
timers spf
Parameters
number SpecifiestheroutersOSPFpriorityinarangefrom0to255.Defaultvalueis 1.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
Thepriorityvalueiscommunicatedbetweenroutersbymeansofhellomessagesandinfluences theelectionofadesignatedrouter.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheOSPFpriorityto20fortheVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf priority 20
timers spf
UsethiscommandtochangeOSPFtimervaluestofinetunetheOSPFnetwork.Thenoformof thiscommandrestoresthedefaulttimervalues(5secondsfordelayand10secondsforholdtime).
Syntax
timers spf spf-delay spf-hold no timers spf
Parameters
spfdelay spfhold Specifiesthedelay,inseconds,betweenthereceiptofanupdateandtheSPF execution.Validvaluesare0to4294967295. Specifiestheminimumamountoftime,inseconds,betweentwo consecutiveOSPFcalculations.Validvaluesare0to4294967295.Avalueof 0meansthattwoconsecutiveOSPFcalculationsareperformedone immediatelyaftertheother.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetSPFdelaytimeto7secondsandholdtimeto3:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 G3(su)->router(Config-router)#timers spf 7 3
16-15
ip ospf retransmit-interval
ip ospf retransmit-interval
Usethiscommandtosettheamountoftimebetweenretransmissionsoflinkstateadvertisements (LSAs)foradjacenciesthatbelongtoaninterface.Thenoformofthiscommandresetsthe retransmitintervalvaluetothedefault,5seconds.
Syntax
ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds no ip ospf retransmit-interval
Parameters
seconds Specifiestheretransmittimeinseconds.Validvaluesare1to65535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheOSPFretransmitintervalfortheVLAN1interfaceto20:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf retransmit-interval 20
ip ospf transmit-delay
Usethiscommandtosettheamountoftimerequiredtotransmitalinkstateupdatepacketonan interface.Thenoformofthiscommandresetstheretransmitintervalvaluetothedefault,1 second.
Syntax
ip ospf transmit-delay seconds no ip ospf transmit-delay
Parameters
seconds Specifiesthetransmitdelayinseconds.Validvaluesarefrom1to65535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthetimerequiredtotransmitalinkstateupdatepacketonthe VLAN1interfaceat20seconds:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf transmit-delay 20
16-16 IPv4 Routing Protocol Configuration
ip ospf hello-interval
ip ospf hello-interval
Usethiscommandtosetthenumberofsecondsaroutermustwaitbeforesendingahellopacket toneighborroutersonaninterface.Thenoformofthiscommandsetsthehellointervalvalueto thedefaultvalueof10seconds.
Syntax
ip ospf hello-interval seconds no ip ospf hello-interval
Parameters
seconds Specifiesthehellointervalinseconds.Hellointervalmustbethesameon neighboringrouters(onaspecificsubnet),butcanvarybetweensubnets. Thisparameterisanunsignedintegerwithvalidvaluesbetween1and 65535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthehellointervalto5fortheVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf hello-interval 5
ip ospf dead-interval
Usethiscommandtosetthenumberofsecondsaroutermustwaittoreceiveahellopacketfrom itsneighborbeforedeterminingthattheneighborisoutofservice.Thenoformofthiscommand setsthedeadintervalvaluetothedefaultvalueof40seconds.
Syntax
ip ospf dead-interval seconds no ip ospf dead-interval
Parameters
seconds Specifiesthenumberofsecondsthataroutermustwaittoreceiveahello packetbeforedeclaringtheneighborasdeadandremovingitfromthe OSPFneighborlist.Deadintervalmustbethesameonneighboringrouters (onaspecificsubnet),butcanvarybetweensubnets.Thisparameterisan unsignedintegerrangingfrom1to65535.Defaultvalueis40seconds.
Defaults
None.
16-17
ip ospf authentication-key
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthedeadintervalto20fortheVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf dead-interval 20
ip ospf authentication-key
UsethiscommandtoassignapasswordtobeusedbyneighboringroutersusingOSPFssimple passwordauthentication.ThenoformofthiscommandremovesanOSPFauthentication passwordonaninterface.
Syntax
ip ospf authentication-key password no ip ospf authentication-key
Parameters
password SpecifiesanOSPFauthenticationpassword.Validvaluesarealphanumeric stringsupto8charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
ThispasswordisusedasakeythatisinserteddirectlyintotheOSPFheaderinroutingprotocol packets.AseparatepasswordcanbeassignedtoeachOSPFnetworkonaperinterfacebasis. Allneighboringroutersonthesamenetworkmusthavethesamepasswordconfiguredtobeable toexchangeOSPFinformation.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablesanOSPFauthenticationkeyontheVLAN1interfacewiththe passwordyourpass:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf authentication-key yourpass
16-18
distance ospf
Syntax
ip ospf message-digest-key keyid md5 key no ip ospf message-digest-key keyid
Parameters
keyid key SpecifiesthekeyidentifierontheinterfacewhereMD5authenticationis enabled.Validvaluesareintegersfrom1to255. SpecifiesapasswordforMD5authenticationtobeusedwiththekeyid.Valid valuesarealphanumericstringsofupto16characters.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableOSPFMD5authenticationontheVLAN1interface,setthekey identifierto20,andsetthepasswordtopassone:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf message-digest-key 20 md5 passone
distance ospf
UsethiscommandtoconfiguretheadministrativedistanceforOSPFroutes.Thenoformofthis commandresetsOSPFadministrativedistancetothedefaultvalues.
Syntax
distance ospf {external | inter-area | intra-area} weight no distance ospf {external | inter-area | intra-area}
Parameters
external|inter area|intraarea Appliesthedistancevaluetoexternal(type5andtype7),tointerarea,orto intraarearoutes.
Note: The value for intra-area distance must be less than the value for inter-area distance, which must be less than the value for external distance.
weight
SpecifiesanadministrativedistanceforOSPFroutes.Validvaluesare1 255.
Defaults
Ifroutetypeisnotspecified,thedistancevaluewillbeappliedtoallOSPFroutes.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
16-19
area range
Usage
Ifseveralroutes(comingfromdifferentprotocols)arepresentedtotheGSeries,theprotocolwith thelowestadministrativedistancewillbechosenforrouteinstallation.Bydefault,OSPF administrativedistanceissetto110.Thedistanceospfcommandcanbeusedtochangethisvalue, resettingOSPFsroutepreferenceinrelationtootherroutesasshowninthetablebelow.
Route Source Connected Static OSPF RIP Default Distance 0 1 Intra-area - 8; Inter-area - 10; External type 1 - 13; External type 2 - 150 15
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtochangethedefaultadministrativedistanceforexternalOSPFroutesto 100:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 G3(su)->router(Config-router)#distance ospf external 100
area range
UsethiscommandtodefinetherangeofaddressestobeusedbyAreaBorderRouters(ABRs) whentheycommunicateroutestootherareas.EachGSeriescansupportupto4OSPFareas.The noformofthiscommandstopstheroutesfrombeingsummarized.
Syntax
area area-id range ip-address ip-mask [advertise | no-advertise] no area area-id range ip-address ip-mask
Parameters
areaid ipaddress ipmask advertise|no advertise Specifiestheareafromwhichroutesaretobesummarized.Thisisa decimalvaluefrom0to429496295. SpecifiestheIPaddressassociatedwiththeareaID. SpecifiesthemaskfortheIPaddress. (Optional)Entersaddressrangeinadvertisemode,ordonotadvertise mode.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,advertisemodewillbeset.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
16-20
area stub
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodefinetheaddressrangeas172.16.0.0/16forsummarizedroutesfrom area0.0.0.8:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 G3(su)->router(Config-router)#area 0.0.0.8 range 172.16.0.0 255.255.0.0
area stub
UsethiscommandtodefineanOSPFareaasastubarea.ThisisanareaintowhichAutonomous SystemexternalASAswillnotbeflooded.Thenoformofthiscommandchangesthestubbackto aplainarea.
Syntax
area area-id stub [no-summary] no area area-id stub [no-summary]
Parameters
areaid nosummary Specifiesthestubarea.Validvaluesaredecimalvaluesoripaddresses. (Optional)PreventsanAreaBorderRouter(ABR)fromsendingLinkState Advertisements(LSAs)intothestubarea.Whenthisparameterisused,it meansthatalldestinationsoutsideofthestubareaarerepresentedby meansofadefaultroute.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Defaults
Ifnosummaryisnotspecified,thestubareawillbeabletoreceiveLSAs.
Example
ThefollowingexampleshowshowtodefineOSPFarea10asastubarea:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 G3(su)->router(Config-router)#area 10 stub
Syntax
area area-id default-cost cost no area area-id default-cost
Parameters
areaid Specifiesthestubarea.ValidvaluesaredecimalvaluesorIPaddresses.
16-21
area nssa
cost
Specifiesacostvalueforthesummaryroutethatissentintoastubareaby default.Validvaluesare24bitnumbers,from0to16777215.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
TheuseofthiscommandisrestrictedtoABRsattachedtostubandNSSAareas.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthecostvalueforstubarea10to99:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 G3(su)->router(Config-router)#area 10 default-cost 99
area nssa
UsethiscommandtoconfigureanareaasaNotSoStubbyArea(NSSA).Thenoformofthis commandchangestheNSSAbacktoaplainarea.
Syntax
area area-id nssa [default-information-originate] no area area-id nssa [default-information-originate]
Parameters
areaid default information originate SpecifiestheNSSAarea.ValidvaluesaredecimalvaluesorIPaddresses. (Optional)GeneratesadefaultofType7intotheNSSA.Thisisusedwhen therouterisanNSSAABR.
Defaults
Ifdefaultinformationoriginateisnotspecified,nodefaulttypewillbegenerated.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
AnNSSAallowssomeexternalroutesrepresentedbyexternalLinkStateAdvertisements(LSAs) tobeimportedintoit.Thisisincontrasttoastubareathatdoesnotallowanyexternalroutes. ExternalroutesthatarenotimportedintoanNSSAcanberepresentedbymeansofadefault route.ThisconfigurationisusedwhenanOSPFinternetworkisconnectedtomultiplenonOSPF routingdomains.
16-22
area virtual-link
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigurearea10asanNSSAarea:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 G3(su)->router(Config-router)#area 10 nssa default-information-originate
area virtual-link
UsethiscommandtodefineanOSPFvirtuallink,whichrepresentsalogicalconnectionbetween thebackboneandanonbackboneOSPFarea.Thenoformofthiscommandremovesthevirtual linkand/oritsassociatedsettings.
Syntax
area area-id virtual-link router-id no area area-id virtual-link router-id
Inadditiontothesyntaxabove,theoptionsforusingthiscommandare:
area area-id virtual-link router-id authentication-key key no area area-id virtual-link router-id authentication-key key area area-id virtual-link router-id dead-interval seconds no area area-id virtual-link router-id dead-interval seconds area area-id virtual-link router-id hello-interval seconds no area area-id virtual-link router-id hello-interval seconds area area-id virtual-link router-id retransmit-interval seconds no area area-id virtual-link router-id retransmit-interval seconds area area-id virtual-link router-id transmit-delay seconds no area area-id virtual-link router-id transmit-delay seconds
Parameters
areaid Specifiesthetransitareaforthevirtuallink.Validvaluesaredecimalvalues orIPaddresses.Atransitareaisanareathroughwhichavirtuallinkis established. SpecifiestherouterIDofthevirtuallinkneighbor. Specifiesapasswordtobeusedbythevirtuallink.Validvaluesare alphanumericstringsofupto8characters.Neighborvirtuallinkrouterson anetworkmusthavethesamepassword. Specifiesthenumberofsecondsthataroutermustwaittoreceiveahello packetbeforedeclaringtheneighborasdeadandremovingitfromthe OSPFneighborlist.Thisvaluemustbethesameforallvirtuallinksattached toacertainsubnet,anditisavaluerangingfrom1to8192. Specifiesthenumberofsecondsbetweenhellopacketsonthevirtuallink. Thisvaluemustbethesameforallvirtuallinksattachedtoanetworkandit isavaluerangingfrom1to8192. Specifiesthenumberofsecondsbetweensuccessiveretransmissionsofthe sameLSAs.Validvaluesaregreaterthantheexpectedamountoftime requiredfortheupdatepackettoreachandreturnfromtheinterface,and rangefrom1to8192.Defaultis5seconds.
16-23
redistribute
transmitdelay seconds
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigureavirtuallinkovertransitionarea0.0.0.2torouterID 192.168.7.2:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router ospf 1 G3(su)->router(Config-router)#area 0.0.0.2 virtual-link 192.168.7.2
redistribute
UsethiscommandtoallowroutinginformationdiscoveredthroughnonOSPFprotocolstobe distributedinOSPFupdatemessages.Thenoformofthiscommandclearsredistribution parameters.
Syntax
redistribute {connected | rip | static} [metric metric value] [metric-type typevalue] [subnets] no redistribute {connected | rip | static}
Parameters
connected rip static SpecifiesthatnonOSPFinformationdiscoveredviadirectlyconnected interfaceswillberedistributed. SpecifiesthatRIProutinginformationwillberedistributedinOSPF. SpecifiesthatnonOSPFinformationdiscoveredviastaticrouteswillbe redistributed.Staticroutesarethosecreatedusingtheiproutecommand detailediniprouteonpage1519. (Optional)Specifiesametricfortheconnected,RIPorstaticredistribution route.Thisvalueshouldbeconsistentwiththedesignationprotocol. (Optional)Specifiestheexternallinktypeassociatedwiththedefault connected,RIPorstaticrouteadvertisedintotheOSPFroutingdomain. Validvaluesare1fortype1externalroute,and2fortype2externalroute. (Optional)Specifiesthatconnected,RIP,orstaticroutesthataresubnetted routeswillberedistributed.
Defaults
Ifmetricvalueisnotspecified,0willbeapplied. Iftypevalueisnotspecified,type2(externalroute)willbeapplied. Ifsubnetsisnotspecified,onlytheshortestprefixmatchingrouteswillberedistributed.
16-24
show ip ospf
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoredistributeRIProutinginformationtononsubnettedroutesinOSPF routes:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router ospf G3(su)->router(Config-router)#redistribute rip
show ip ospf
UsethiscommandtodisplayOSPFinformation.
Syntax
show ip ospf
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayOSPFinformation:
G3(su)->router#show ip ospf Routing process "ospf 1" with ID 155.155.155.155 Supports only Normal TOS route. It is not an area border router and is an autonomous system boundary router. Redistributing External Routes from static Number of areas in this router is 2 Area 0.0.0.0 SPF algorithm executed 0 times Area ranges are Link State Age Interval is 10 Area 0.0.0.8 SPF algorithm executed 302 times Area ranges are Link State Age Interval is 10
Syntax
show ip ospf database
16-25
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayallOSPFlinkstatedatabaseinformation.Thisisaportionof thecommandoutput:
G3(su)->router#show ip ospf database OSPF Router with ID(155.155.155.155) Displaying Ipnet Sum Link States(Area 0.0.0.0) LinkID ADV Router Age Seq# 192.168.16.0 155.155.155.155 1751 0x80000036 Displaying As External Link States(Area 0.0.0.0) ADV Router Age Seq# 155.155.155.155 1306 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1306 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1306 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1306 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1307 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1307 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1307 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1307 0x8000003c 155.155.155.155 1307 0x8000003c
Checksum 0x18a
LinkID 191.2.2.0 191.3.3.3 191.3.3.4 191.3.3.5 191.3.3.6 191.3.3.7 191.3.3.8 191.3.3.9 191.4.0.0
Checksum 0x9096 0x5bc6 0x51cf 0x47d8 0x3de1 0x33ea 0x29f3 0x1ffc 0x8e98
Displaying Router Link States(Area 0.0.0.8) LinkID ADV Router Age Seq# 3.3.3.3 3.3.3.3 986 0x8000008e 155.155.155.155 155.155.155.155 977 0x8000009c Displaying Net Link States(Area 0.0.0.8) LinkID ADV Router Age Seq# 192.168.30.2 155.155.155.155 310 0x8000003b 192.168.31.2 155.155.155.155 997 0x80000002 192.168.32.2 155.155.155.155 997 0x80000002 192.168.33.2 155.155.155.155 998 0x80000002 Displaying Ipnet Sum Link States(Area 0.0.0.8) LinkID ADV Router Age Seq# 0.0.0.0 3.3.3.3 361 0x80000005 8.1.1.0 3.3.3.3 1512 0x80000003 8.1.2.0 3.3.3.3 1512 0x80000003 8.1.3.0 3.3.3.3 1502 0x80000003 8.1.4.0 3.3.3.3 1512 0x80000003
Checksum 0x59ab 0xc07c 0xb586 0xaa90 Checksum 0x311d 0x3de1 0x32eb 0x27f5 0x1c00
Table 163providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
16-26
Table 16-3
Output Field Link ID
Router ID of the router originating the link state record. Age (in seconds) of the link state record. OSPF sequence number assigned to each link state record. Field in the link state record used to verify the contents upon receipt by another router. Link count of router link state records. This number is equal to, or greater than, the number of active OSPF interfaces on the originating router.
Syntax
show ip ospf interface [vlan vlan-id]
Parameters
vlanvlanid (Optional)DisplaysOSPFinformationforaspecificVLAN.ThisVLAN mustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141.
Defaults
Ifvlanidisnotspecified,OSPFstatisticswillbedisplayedforallVLANs.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayallOSPFrelatedinformationfortheVLAN6interface:
G3(su)->router#show ip ospf interface vlan 6 Vlan 6 Internet Address 192.168.6.2 Mask 255.255.255.0, Area 0.0.0.0 Router ID 3.3.3.3 , Cost: 10 (computed) Transmit Delay is 1 sec , State designated-router , Priority 1 Designated Router id 3.3.3.3 , Interface Addr 192.168.6.2 Backup Designated Router id 2.2.2.2 , Timer intervals configured , Hello 10 , Dead 40 , Retransmit 5
Table 164providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
16-27
Table 16-4
Output Field Vlan
Internet Address Area Router ID Cost Transmit Delay State Priority Designated Router id Interface Addr Backup Designated Router id Timer intervals configured
Syntax
show ip ospf neighbor [detail] [ip-address] [vlan vlan-id]
Parameters
detail (Optional)Displaysdetailedinformationabouttheneighbors,includingthe areainwhichtheyareneighbors,whothedesignatedrouter/backup designatedrouterisonthesubnet,ifapplicable,andthedecimalequivalent oftheEbitvaluefromthehellopacketoptionsfield. (Optional)DisplaysOSPFneighborsforaspecificIPaddress. (Optional)DisplaysOSPFneighborsforaspecificVLAN.ThisVLANmust beconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRoutingConfiguration Tasksonpage141.
ipaddress vlanvlanid
Defaults
Ifdetailisnotspecified,summaryinformationwillbedisplayed.
16-28
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtousetheshowospfneighborcommand:
G3(su)->router#show ip ospf neighbor ID Pri State Dead-Int 182.127.62.1 1 FULL 40 Address 182.127.63.1 Interface vlan1
Syntax
show ip ospf virtual-links
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
16-29
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayOSPFvirtuallinksinformation:
G3(su)->router#show ip ospf virtual-links Neighbor ID 155.155.155.155 Transit area 0.0.0.8 Transmit delay is 1 sec State point-to-point Timer intervals configured: Hello 10, Dead 40, Retransmit 5 Adjacency State Full
Syntax
clear ip ospf process process-id
Parameters
processid SpecifiestheprocessID,aninternallyusedidentificationnumberforeach instanceoftheOSPFroutingprocessrunonarouter.Validvaluesare1to 65535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
PrivilegedEXEC:G3(su)>router#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetOSPFprocess1:
G3(su)->router#clear ip ospf process 1
16-30
Configuring DVMRP
Configuring DVMRP
* Advanced License Required *
DVMRP is an advanced routing feature that must be enabled with a license key. If you have purchased an advanced license key, and have enabled routing on the device, you must activate your license as described in Activating Licensed Features on page 2-27.in order to enable the DVMRP command set. If you wish to purchase an advanced routing license, contact Enterasys Networks Sales.
Purpose
ToenableandconfiguretheDistanceVectorMulticastRoutingProtocol(DVMRP)onaninterface. DVMRProutesmulticasttrafficusingatechniqueknownasReversePathForwarding.Whena routerreceivesapacket,itfloodsthepacketoutofallpathsexcepttheonethatleadsbacktothe packetssource.DoingsoallowsadatastreamtoreachallVLANs(possiblymultipletimes).Ifa routerisattachedtoasetofVLANsthatdonotwanttoreceivefromaparticularmulticastgroup, theroutercansendaprunemessagebackupthedistributiontreetostopsubsequentpackets fromtravelingwheretherearenomembers.DVMRPwillperiodicallyrefloodinordertoreach anynewhoststhatwanttoreceivefromaparticulargroup.
Note: IGMP must be enabled on all VLANs running DVMRP, and must also be globally enabled on the G-Series. For details on enabling IGMP, refer to Chapter 10.
Commands
For information about... ip dvmrp ip dvmrp enable ip dvmrp metric show ip dvmrp Refer to page... 16-32 16-32 16-33 16-33
16-31
ip dvmrp
ip dvmrp
UsethiscommandtoenabletheDVMRPprocess.Thenoformofthiscommanddisablesthe DVMRPprocess:
Syntax
ip dvmrp no ip dvmrp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheDVMRPprocess:
G3(su)->router(Config)#ip dvmrp
ip dvmrp enable
UsethiscommandtoenableDVMRPonaninterface.Thenoformofthiscommanddisables DVMRPonaninterface:
Syntax
ip dvmrp enable no ip dvmrp enable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableDVMRPontheVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip dvmrp enable
16-32
ip dvmrp metric
ip dvmrp metric
UsethiscommandtoconfigurethemetricassociatedwithasetofdestinationsforDVMRP reports.
Syntax
ip dvmrp metric metric
Parameters
metric SpecifiesametricassociatedwithasetofdestinationsforDVMRP reports.Validvaluesarefrom1to31.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
ToresettheDVMRPmetricbacktothedefaultvalueof1,enteripdvmrpmetric1.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetaDVMRPof16ontheVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip dvmrp metric 16
show ip dvmrp
UsethiscommandtodisplayDVMRProutinginformation.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp [route | neighbor | status]
Parameters
route|neighbor| status (Optional)Displays,DVMRProutinginformation,neighborinformation, orDVMRPenablestatus.
Defaults
Ifnooptionalparametersarespecified,statusinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
16-33
Configuring IRDP
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayDVMRPstatusinformation:
G3(su)->router#show ip dvmrp Vlan Id Metric Admin Status -----------------------10 Enabled 18 Enabled 20 Enabled 25 Enabled 32 Enabled 500 Enabled Oper. Status -----------Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled
Configuring IRDP
Purpose
ToenableandconfiguretheICMPRouterDiscoveryProtocol(IRDP)onaninterface.This protocolenablesahosttodeterminetheaddressofarouteritcanuseasadefaultgateway.Itis disabledbydefault.
Commands
For information about... ip irdp enable ip irdp maxadvertinterval ip irdp minadvertinterval ip irdp holdtime ip irdp preference ip irdp broadcast show ip irdp Refer to page... 16-34 16-35 16-35 16-36 16-36 16-37 16-38
ip irdp enable
UsethiscommandtoenableIRDPonaninterface.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesIRDPon aninterface.
Syntax
ip irdp enable no ip irdp enable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
16-34
ip irdp maxadvertinterval
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIRDPontheVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip irdp enable
ip irdp maxadvertinterval
UsethiscommandtosetthemaximumintervalinsecondsbetweenIRDPadvertisements.Theno formofthiscommandresetsthemaximumadvertisementintervaltothedefaultvalueof600 seconds.
Syntax
ip irdp maxadvertinterval interval no irdp maxadvertinterval
Parameters
interval Specifiesamaximumadvertisementintervalinseconds.Validvaluesare 4to1800.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthemaximumIRDPadvertisementintervalto1000secondsonthe VLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip irdp maxadvertinterval 1000
ip irdp minadvertinterval
UsethiscommandtosettheminimumintervalinsecondsbetweenIRDPadvertisements.Theno formofthiscommanddeletesthecustomholdtimesetting,andresetstheminimum advertisementintervaltothedefaultvalueofthreefourthsofthemaxadvertintervalvalue,which isequalto450seconds.
Syntax
ip irdp minadvertinterval interval no irdp minadvertinterval
16-35
ip irdp holdtime
Parameters
interval Specifiesaminimumadvertisementintervalinseconds.Validvaluesare 3to1800.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheminimumIRDPadvertisementintervalto500secondsonthe VLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip irdp minadvertinterval 500
ip irdp holdtime
UsethiscommandtosetthelengthoftimeinsecondsIRDPadvertisementsareheldvalid.Theno formofthiscommandresetstheholdtimetothedefaultvalueofthreetimesthe maxadvertintervalvalue,whichisequalto1800seconds.
Syntax
ip irdp holdtime holdtime no irdp holdtime
Parameters
holdtime Specifiestheholdtimeinseconds.Validvaluesare0to 9000.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIRDPholdtimeto4000secondsontheVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip irdp holdtime 4000
ip irdp preference
UsethiscommandtosettheIRDPpreferencevalueforaninterface.ThisvalueisusedbyIRDPto determinetheinterfacesselectionasadefaultgatewayaddress.Thenoformofthiscommand resetstheinterfacesIRDPpreferencevaluetothedefaultof0.
16-36
ip irdp broadcast
Syntax
ip irdp preference preference no irdp preference
Parameters
preference Specifiesthevaluetoindicatetheinterfacesuseasadefaultrouter address.Validvaluesare2147483648to2147483647. Theminimumvalueindicatesthattheaddress,eventhoughitmaybe advertised,isnottobeusedbyneighboringhostsasadefaultrouter address.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetIRDPpreferenceontheVLAN1interfacesothattheinterfaces addressmaystillbeadvertised,butcannotbeusedbyneighboringhostsasadefaultrouter address:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip irdp preference -2147483648
ip irdp broadcast
UsethiscommandtoconfigureIRDPtousethelimitedbroadcastaddressof255.255.255.255.The defaultismulticastwithaddress224.0.0.1.ThenoformofthiscommandresetsIRDPtouse multicastonIPaddress224.0.0.1.
Syntax
ip irdp broadcast no ip irdp broadcast
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablebroadcastforIRDPontheVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip irdp broadcast
16-37
show ip irdp
show ip irdp
UsethiscommandtodisplayIRDPinformation.
Syntax
show ip irdp [vlan vlan-id]
Parameters
vlanvlanid (Optional)DisplaysIRDPinformationforaspecificVLAN.ThisVLAN mustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141.
Defaults
Ifvlanvlanidisnotspecified,IRDPinformationforallinterfaceswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayIRDPinformationfortheVLAN1interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(vlan 1))#show ip irdp vlan 1 Interface vlan 1 has router discovery enabled Advertisements will occur between 450 and 600 seconds Advertisements are sent with broadcasts Advertisements are valid for 1800 seconds Default preference will be 0
Configuring VRRP
* Advanced License Required *
VRRP is an advanced routing feature that must be enabled with a license key. If you have purchased an advanced license key, and have enabled routing on the device, you must activate your license as described in Activating Licensed Features on page 2-27.in order to enable the VRRP command set. If you wish to purchase an advanced routing license, contact Enterasys Networks Sales.
Purpose
ToenableandconfiguretheVirtualRouterRedundancyProtocol(VRRP).Thisprotocol eliminatesthesinglepointoffailureinherentinthestaticdefaultroutedenvironmentby transferringtheresponsibilityfromoneroutertoanotheriftheoriginalroutergoesdown.VRRP enabledroutersdecidewhowillbecomemasterandwhowillbecomebackupintheeventthe masterfails.
16-38
router vrrp
Commands
For information about... router vrrp create address priority advertise-interval preempt enable ip vrrp authentication-key show ip vrrp Refer to page... 16-39 16-40 16-40 16-41 16-42 16-43 16-43 16-44 16-45
router vrrp
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableVRRPconfigurationmode.Thenoformofthiscommand removesallVRRPconfigurationsfromtherunningconfiguration.
Syntax
router vrrp no router vrrp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
Youmustexecutetheroutervrrpcommandtoenabletheprotocolbeforecompletingother VRRPspecificconfigurationtasks.Fordetailsonenablingconfigurationmodes,referto Table 142inEnablingRouterConfigurationModesonpage142.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowenableVRRPconfigurationmode:
G3(su)->router#configure G3(su)->router(Config)#router vrrp G3(su)->router(Config-router)#
16-39
create
create
UsethiscommandtocreateaVRRPsession.EachGSeriessystemsupportsupto20VRRP sessions.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablestheVRRPsession.
Syntax
create vlan vlan-id vrid no create vlan vlan-id vrid
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANonwhichtocreateaVRRPsession.This VLANmustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141. SpecifiesauniqueVirtualRouterID(VRID)toassociatewiththerouting interface.
vrid
Defaults
None.
Mode
Router configuration: G3(su)->router(Config-router)#
Usage
ThiscommandmustbeexecutedtocreateaninstanceofVRRPonaroutinginterface(VLAN) beforeanyotherVRRPsettingscanbeconfigured.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateaVRRPsessionontheVLAN1interfacewithaVRIDof1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router vrrp G3(su)->router(Config-router)#create vlan 1 1
address
UsethiscommandtoconfigureavirtualrouterIPaddress.Thenoformofthiscommandclears theVRRPaddressconfiguration.
Syntax
address vlan vlan-id vrid ip-address owner no address vlan vlan-id vrid ip-address owner
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANonwhichtoconfigureavirtualrouter address.ThisVLANmustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPre RoutingConfigurationTasksonpage141. SpecifiesauniqueVirtualRouterID(VRID)associatedwiththerouting interface. SpecifiesthevirtualrouterIPaddresstoassociatewiththerouter.
vrid ipaddress
16-40
priority
owner
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
IfthevirtualrouterIPaddressisthesameastheinterface(VLAN)addressownedbyaVRRP router,thentherouterowningtheaddressbecomesthemaster.Themastersendsan advertisementtoallotherVRRProutersdeclaringitsstatusandassumesresponsibilityfor forwardingpacketsassociatedwithitsvirtualrouterID(VRID). IfthevirtualrouterIPaddressisnotownedbyanyoftheVRRProuters,thentherouterscompare theirprioritiesandthehigherpriorityownerbecomesthemaster.Ifpriorityvaluesarethesame, thentheVRRProuterwiththehigherIPaddressisselectedmaster.Fordetailsonusingthe prioritycommand,refertopriorityonpage1641.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigureavirtualrouteraddressof182.127.62.1ontheVLAN1 interface,VRID1,andtosettherouterconnectedtotheVLANviathisinterfaceasthemaster:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router vrrp G3(su)->router(Config-router)#address vlan 1 1 182.127.62.1 1
priority
UsethiscommandtosetapriorityvalueforaVRRProuter.Thenoformofthiscommandclears theVRRPpriorityconfiguration.
Syntax
priority vlan vlan-id vrid priority-value no priority vlan vlan-id vrid priority-value
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANonwhichtoconfigureVRRPpriority. ThisVLANmustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141. SpecifiesauniqueVirtualRouterID(VRID)associatedwiththerouting interface.Validvaluesarefrom1to255.
vrid
16-41
advertise-interval
priorityvalue
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowsetaVRRPpriorityof200ontheVLAN1interface,VRID1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router vrrp G3(su)->router(Config-router)#priority vlan 1 1 200
advertise-interval
UsethiscommandtosettheintervalinsecondsbetweenVRRPadvertisements.Thenoformof thiscommandclearstheVRRPadvertiseintervalvalue.
Syntax
advertise-interval vlan vlan-id vrid interval no advertise-interval vlan vlan-id vrid interval
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANonwhichtoconfiguretheVRRP advertisementinterval.ThisVLANmustbeconfiguredforIProutingas describedinPreRoutingConfigurationTasksonpage141. SpecifiesauniqueVirtualRouterID(VRID)associatedwiththerouting interface.Validvaluesarefrom1to255. SpecifiesaVRRPadvertisementintervaltoassociatewiththevrid.Valid valuesarefrom1to255seconds.
vrid interval
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
VRRPadvertisementsaresentbythemasterroutertootherroutersparticipatingintheVRRP masterselectionprocess,informingthemofitsconfiguredvalues.Oncethemasterisselected, thenadvertisementsaresenteveryadvertisingintervaltoletotherVRRProutersinthisVLAN/ VRIDknowtherouterisstillactingasmasteroftheVLAN/VRID.
16-42
preempt
AllrouterswiththesameVRIDshouldbeconfiguredwiththesameadvertisementinterval.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowsetanadvertiseintervalof3secondsontheVLAN1interface,VRID1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router vrrp G3(su)->router(Config-router)#advertise-interval vlan 1 1 3
preempt
UsethiscommandtoenableordisablepreemptmodeonaVRRProuter.Thenoformofthis commanddisablespreemptmode.
Syntax
preempt vlan-id vrid no preempt vlan-id vrid
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANonwhichtosetpreemptmode.This VLANmustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141. SpecifiesauniqueVirtualRouterID(VRID)associatedwiththerouting interface.Validvaluesarefrom1to255.
vrid
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
PreemptisenabledonVRRProutersbydefault,whichallowsahigherprioritybackuprouterto preemptalowerprioritymaster. TherouterthatownsthevirtualrouterIPaddressalwayspreemptsotherrouters,regardlessof thissetting.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisablepreemptmodeontheVLAN1interface,VRID1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router vrrp G3(su)->router(Config-router)#no preempt vlan 1 1
enable
UsethiscommandtoenableVRRPonaninterface.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesVRRP onaninterface.
Syntax
enable vlan vlan-id vrid
16-43
ip vrrp authentication-key
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANonwhichtoenableVRRP.ThisVLAN mustbeconfiguredforIProutingasdescribedinPreRouting ConfigurationTasksonpage141. SpecifiestheVirtualRouterID(VRID)associatedwiththevlanid.Valid valuesarefrom1to255.
vrid
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableVRRPontheVLAN1interface,VRID1:
G3(su)->router(Config)#router vrrp G3(su)->router(Config-router)#enable vlan 1 1
ip vrrp authentication-key
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableaVRRPauthenticationkey(password)foruseonan interface.ThenoformofthiscommandpreventsVRRPfromusingauthentication.
Syntax
ip vrrp authentication-key name no ip vrrp authentication-key
Parameters
name SpecifiesthepasswordtoenableordisableforVRRPauthentication.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheVRRPauthenticationkeychaintopasswordontheVLAN1 interface:
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip vrrp authentication-key password
16-44
show ip vrrp
show ip vrrp
UsethiscommandtodisplayVRRProutinginformation.
Syntax
show ip vrrp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayVRRPinformation
G3(su)->router(Config)#show ip vrrp -----------VRRP CONFIGURATION----------Vlan Vrid State Owner AssocIpAddr 2 1 Initialize 0 25.25.2.1
Priority 100
Configuring PIM-SM
* Advanced License Required *
PIM is an advanced routing feature that must be enabled with a license key. If you have purchased an advanced license key, and have enabled routing on the device, you must activate your license as described in Activating Licensed Features on page 2-27.in order to enable the PIM command set. If you wish to purchase an advanced routing license, contact Enterasys Networks Sales.
Purpose
ToenableandconfigureProtocolIndependentMulticastinSparseMode(PIMSM).Thisprotocol providesthemeansofdynamicallylearninghowtoforwardmulticasttrafficinanenvironment wheregroupmembersaresparselylocatedthroughoutthenetworkandbandwidthislimited.In situationswheremembersaredenselylocatedandbandwidthisplentiful,DVMRPwouldsuffice (seeConfiguringDVMRPonpage1631.) PIMSMdeterminesthenetworktopologyusingtheunderlyingunicastroutingprotocoltobuild aMulticastRoutingInformationBase(MRIB).
Note: IGMP must be enabled on all VLANs running PIM-SM, and must also be globally enabled on the G-Series. For details on enabling IGMP, refer to Chapter 10.
16-45
ip pimsm
Commands
For information about... Global configuration commands ip pimsm ip pimsm staticrp Interface configuration commands ip pimsm enable ip pimsm query-interval Display commands show ip pimsm show ip pimsm componenttable show ip pimsm interface show ip pimsm neighbor show ip pimsm rp show ip pimsm rphash show ip pimsm staticrp 16-48 16-49 16-50 16-52 16-52 16-54 16-54 16-47 16-48 16-46 16-47 Refer to page...
ip pimsm
ThiscommandsetsadministrativemodeofPIMSMmulticastroutingacrosstherouterto enabled.IGMPmustbeenabledbeforePIMSMcanbeenabled.Bydefault,bothIGMPandPIM aregloballydisabled.ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesPIM.
Syntax
ip pimsm no ip pimsm
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Globalrouterconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballyenableanddisablePIM:
G3(su)->router(Config)# ip pimsm G3(su)->router(Config)# no ip pimsm
16-46
ip pimsm staticrp
ip pimsm staticrp
ThiscommandisusedtocreateamanualRendezvousPointIPaddressforthePIMSMrouter. ThenoformofthiscommandremovesapreviouslyconfiguredRP.
Syntax
ip pimsm staticrp ipaddress groupadress groupmask no ip pimsm staticrp ipaddress groupadress groupmask
Parameters
ipaddress groupadress groupmask TheIPaddressoftheRendezvousPoint ThegroupaddresssupportedbytheRendezvousPoint Thegroupmaskforthegroupaddress
Defaults
None.
Mode
GlobalRouterconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetanRPforaspecificmulticastgroup.
G3(su)->router(Config)# ip pimsm staticrp 192.15.18.3 224.0.0.0 240.0.0.0
ip pimsm enable
ThiscommandsetstheadministrativemodeofPIMSMmulticastroutingonaroutinginterfaceto enabled.Bydefault,PIMisdisabledonallIPinterfaces.Thenoformofthiscommanddisables PIMonthespecificinterface.
Syntax
ip pimsm enable no ip pimsm enable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePIMonIPinterfaceforVLAN1.
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip pimsm enable
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 16-47
ip pimsm query-interval
ip pimsm query-interval
Thiscommandconfiguresthetransmissionfrequencyofhellomessagesinsecondsbetween PIMenabledneighbors.Thenoformofthiscommandresetsthehellointervaltothedefault,30 seconds.
Syntax
ip pimsm query-interval seconds no ip pimsm query-interval
Parameters
seconds Thisfieldhasarangeof10to3600seconds.Defaultis30.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthehellointervalrateto100seconds.
G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip pimsm query-interval 100
show ip pimsm
UsethiscommandtodisplaysystemwidePIMSMroutinginformation.
Syntax
show ip pimsm
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
16-48
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPIMinformation.
G3(su)->router# show ip pimsm Admin Mode Enable Join/Prune Interval (secs) 60 PIM-SM INTERFACE STATUS VlanId Interface Mode --------- -------------8 Disable 16 Enable 17 Enable 20 Enable 30 Enable 31 Disable 32 Disable 33 Disable
Protocol State ---------------Non-Operational Operational Operational Operational Operational Non-Operational Non-Operational Non-Operational
Syntax
show ip pimsm componenttable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
16-49
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPIMrouterinformation:
G3(su)->router> show ip pimsm componenttable COMPONENT TABLE Component Index ---------1 Component BSR Address Component BSR Expiry Time (hh:mm:ss) --------------- --------------192.168.30.2 00:02:10 Component CRP Hold Time (hh:mm:ss) ------------00:00:00
Syntax
show ip pimsm interface {vlan vlan-id | stats {vlan-id | all}}
Parameters
vlanvlanid stats vlanid|all DisplayPIMSMinformationforthespecifiedIPinterfaceenabledfor PIM. DisplayPIMSMinterfacestatistics. DisplaystatisticsforaspecificVLANorallVLANs.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
16-50
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPIMinterfaceinformation.
G3(su)->router> show ip pimsm interface vlan 30
.
VLAN ID IP Address Subnet Mask Mode Hello Interval (secs) CBSR Preference CRP Preference CBSR Hash Mask Length
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPIMinterfacestatistics.
G3(su)->router> show ip pimsm interface stats all
.
Vlan ID --------6 7 8 30
16-51
Syntax
show ip pimsm neighbor [vlan-id]
Parameters
vlanid (Optional)DisplayallneighborsdiscoveredonaspecificInterface.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Defaults
IftheVLANidisomitted,allneighborsoffallinterfaceswillbedisplayed.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPIMinformation:
G3(su)->router> show ip pimsm neighbor NEIGHBOR TABLE IP Address Up Time (hh:mm:ss) ---------------- ---------192.168.30.2 01:36:41 192.168.6.1 01:36:41
Vlan ID --------30 6
show ip pimsm rp
ThiscommanddisplaysthePIMinformationforcandidateRendezvousPoints(RPs)forallIP multicastgroupsorforaspecificgroupaddress.Theinformationinthetableisdisplayedforeach IPmulticastgroup.
Syntax
show ip pimsm rp {group-address group-mask | all | candidate}
16-52
show ip pimsm rp
Parameters
groupaddress groupmask all candidate ThemulticastgroupIPaddress. Themulticastgroupaddresssubnetmask. Forallknowngroupaddresses. DisplayPIMSMcandidateRPtableinformation.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheRPsetforaspecificgroupaddress.
G3(su)->router> show ip pimsm rp 224.0.0.0 240.0.0.0 RP SET TABLE Group Address Hold Time Expiry Time Component C-RP Priority (hh:mm:ss) (hh:mm:ss) --------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- --------- ----------224.0.0.0 240.0.0.0 192.168.30.2 00:02:15 00:02:30 1 0 Group Mask Address
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecandidateRPsforeachgroupaddress.
G3(su)->router> show ip pimsm rp candidate CANDIDATE RP TABLE Group Address Group Mask Address --------------- --------------- --------------224.0.0.0 240.0.0.0 192.168.30.2
16-53
Syntax
show ip pimsm rphash group-address
Parameters
groupaddress TheGroupAddressfortheRP.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRPthatwillbeselectedforgroupaddress224.0.0.0:
G3(su)->router> show ip pimsm rphash 224.0.0.0 192.168.129.223
Syntax
show ip pimsm staticrp
Parameters
None.
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Defaults
None.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPIMinformation.
G3(su)->router# show ip pimsm staticrp STATIC RP TABLE Address Group Address Group Mask --------------- --------------- --------------123.231.111.121 234.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 192.168.129.223 224.0.0.0 240.0.0.0
16-54
16-55
16-56
17
IPv6 Management
ThischapterdescribestheswitchmodesetofcommandsusedtomanageIPv6.
Purpose
ToenableordisabletheIPv6managementfunction,toconfigureanddisplaytheIPv6host addressandIPv6gatewayfortheswitch,andtodisplayIPv6statusinformation.
Commands
For information about... show ipv6 status set ipv6 set ipv6 address show ipv6 address clear ipv6 address set ipv6 gateway clear ipv6 gateway show ipv6 neighbors show ipv6 netstat ping ipv6 traceroute ipv6 Refer to page... 17-1 17-2 17-3 17-4 17-4 17-5 17-6 17-6 17-7 17-8 17-9
Syntax
show ipv6 status
Parameters
None.
17-1
set ipv6
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayIPv6managementfunctionstatus.
G3(ro)->show ipv6 status IPv6 Administrative Mode: Disabled
set ipv6
UsethiscommandtogloballyenableordisabletheIPv6managementfunction.
Syntax
set ipv6 {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnableordisabletheIPv6managementfunction.
Defaults
Bydefault,IPv6managementisdisabled.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
WhenyouenableIPv6managementontheswitch,thesystemautomaticallygeneratesalinklocal hostaddressfortheswitchfromthehostMACaddress.YoucansetadifferenthostIPv6address withthesetipv6addresscommand.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIPv6management.
G3(su)-> set ipv6 enable G3(su)->show ipv6 status IPv6 Administrative Mode: Enabled G3(su)->show ipv6 address Name IPv6 Address --------------------------------------------------host FE80::201:F4FF:FE5C:2880/64
17-2
IPv6 Management
Syntax
set ipv6 address ipv6-addr/prefix-length [eui64]
Parameters
ipv6addr TheIPv6addressorprefixtobeconfigured.Thisparametermustbeinthe formdocumentedinRFC4291,withtheaddressspecifiedinhexadecimal using16bitvaluesbetweencolons. ThelengthoftheIPv6prefixforthisaddress.Thevalueofprefixlengthisa decimalnumberindicatingthenumberofhighordercontiguousbitsofthe addressthatcomprisethenetworkportionoftheaddress. (Optional)FormulatetheIPv6addressusinganEUI64IDinthelower order64bitsoftheaddress.
prefixlength
eui64
Defaults
NoglobalunicastIPv6addressisdefinedbydefault.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
UsethiscommandtomanuallyconfigureaglobalunicastIPv6addressforIPv6management.You canspecifytheaddresscompletely,oryoucanusetheoptionaleui64parametertoallowthe switchtogeneratethelowerorder64bitsoftheaddress. Whenusingtheeui64parameter,youspecifyonlythenetworkprefixandlength.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtocompletelyspecifyanIPv6addressbyenteringall128bitsandthe prefix:
G3(su)->set ipv6 address 2001:0db8:1234:5555::9876:2/64 G3(su)->show ipv6 address Name IPv6 Address --------------------------------------------------host FE80::201:F4FF:FE5C:2880/64 host 2001:DB8:1234:5555::9876:2/64
Thisexampleshowshowtousetheeui64parametertoconfigurethelowerorder64bits:
G3(su)->set ipv6 address 2001:0db8:1234:5555::/64 eui64 G3(su)->show ipv6 address Name IPv6 Address --------------------------------------------------host FE80::201:F4FF:FE5C:2880/64 host 2001:DB8:1234:5555:201:F4FF:FE5C:2880/64
17-3
Syntax
show ipv6 address
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
ThiscommanddisplaystheIPv6addressesconfiguredautomaticallyandwiththesetipv6 addressandsetipv6gatewaycommands.
Example
ThisexampledisplaysthreeIPv6managementaddressesconfiguredfortheswitch.
G3(su)->show ipv6 address Name IPv6 Address --------------------------------------------------host FE80::201:F4FF:FE5C:2880/64 host 2001:DB8:1234:5555:201:F4FF:FE5C:2880/64 gateway FE80::201:F4FF:FE5D:1234
Syntax
clear ipv6 [address {all|ipv6-addr/prefix-length}]
Parameters
ipv6addr TheIPv6addresstobecleared.Thisparametermustbeintheform documentedinRFC4291,withtheaddressspecifiedinhexadecimalusing 16bitvaluesbetweencolons. ThelengthoftheIPv6prefixforthisaddress.Thevalueofprefixlengthisa decimalnumberindicatingthenumberofhighordercontiguousbitsofthe addressthatcomprisethenetworkportionoftheaddress. DeletesallIPv6globaladdresses.
prefixlength
all
Defaults
Ifaddressisnotentered,allmanuallyconfiguredglobalIPv6addressesarecleared.
17-4 IPv6 Management
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
Thiscommandclearsaddressesmanuallyconfiguredwiththesetipv6addresscommand.Usethe clearipv6gatewaycommandtocleartheIPv6gatewayaddress.
Example
ThisexampleillustratesthatthiscommandclearsonlythoseIPv6addressesconfiguredwiththe setipv6addresscommand.Thelinklocaladdressforthehostinterfaceandthegatewayaddress arenotremovedwiththiscommand.
G3(su)->show ipv6 address Name IPv6 Address --------------------------------------------------host FE80::201:F4FF:FE5C:2880/64 host 2001:DB8:1234:5555:201:F4FF:FE5C:2880/64 host 2001:DB8:1234:5555::9876:2/64 gateway FE80::201:F4FF:FE5D:1234 G3(su)->clear ipv6 address all G3(su)->show ipv6 address Name IPv6 Address --------------------------------------------------host FE80::201:F4FF:FE5C:2880/64 gateway FE80::201:F4FF:FE5D:1234
Syntax
set ipv6 gateway ipv6-addr
Parameters
ipv6addr TheIPv6addresstobeconfigured.Theaddresscanbeaglobalunicastor linklocalIPv6address,intheformdocumentedinRFC4291,withthe addressspecifiedinhexadecimalusing16bitvaluesbetweencolons.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
ThiscommandconfigurestheIPv6gatewayaddress.OnlyoneIPv6gatewayaddresscanbe configuredfortheswitch,soexecutingthiscommandwhenagatewayaddresshasalreadybeen configuredwilloverwritethepreviouslyconfiguredaddress.
17-5
Usetheshowipv6addresscommandtodisplayaconfiguredIPv6gatewayaddress.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoconfigureanIPv6gatewayaddressusingalinklocaladdress.
G3(su)->set ipv6 gateway fe80::201:f4ff:fe5d:1234 G3(su)->show ipv6 address Name IPv6 Address --------------------------------------------------host FE80::201:F4FF:FE5C:2880/64 gateway FE80::201:F4FF:FE5D:1234
Syntax
clear ipv6 gateway
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoremoveaconfiguredIPv6gatewayaddress.
G3(su)->show ipv6 address Name IPv6 Address --------------------------------------------------host FE80::201:F4FF:FE5C:2880/64 gateway FE80::201:F4FF:FE5D:1234 G3(su)->clear ipv6 gateway G3(su)->show ipv6 address Name IPv6 Address --------------------------------------------------host FE80::201:F4FF:FE5C:2880/64
Syntax
show ipv6 neighbors
17-6
IPv6 Management
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowsexampleoutputofthiscommand.
G3(su)->show ipv6 neighbors Last IPv6 Address MAC Address isRtr State Updated --------------------------------------- ----------------- ----- ------- ------2001:db8:1234:6666::2310:3 00:04:76:73:42:31 True Reachable 00:01:16
Syntax
show ipv6 netstat
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
17-7
ping ipv6
Example
Thisexampleshowstheoutputofthiscommand.
G3(su)->show ipv6 netstat Prot Local Address Foreign Address ---- -------------------------------------------TCP 3333::211:88FF:FE59:4424.22 2020::D480:1384:F58C:B114.1049 TCP 3333::211:88FF:FE59:4424.443 2020::D480:1384:F58C:B114.1056 TCP ::.23 ::.* TCP 3333::211:88FF:FE59:4424.22 2020::D480:1384:F58C:B114.1050 TCP 3333::211:88FF:FE59:4424.22 3333::2117:F1C0:90B:910D.1045 TCP ::.80 ::.* TCP ::.22 ::.* TCP TCP TCP TCP TCP 3333::211:88FF:FE59:4424.80 2020::D480:1384:F58C:B114.1053 3333::211:88FF:FE59:4424.80 2020::D480:1384:F58C:B114.1054 ::.443 ::.* 3333::211:88FF:FE59:4424.22 2020::D480:1384:F58C:B114.1048 3333::211:88FF:FE59:4424.443 2020::D480:1384:F58C:B114.1055 State ----------ESTABLISHED TIME_WAIT LISTEN ESTABLISHED ESTABLISHED LISTEN LISTEN
ping ipv6
UsethiscommandtotestroutingnetworkconnectivitybysendingIPpingrequests.
Syntax
ping ipv6-addr [size num]
Parameters
ipv6addr SpecifiestheIPv6addressofthesystemtoping.Entertheaddressinthe formdocumentedinRFC4291,withtheaddressspecifiedinhexadecimal using16bitvaluesbetweencolons. (Optional)Specifiesthesizeofthedatagrampacket.Thevalueofnumcan rangefrom48to2048bytes.
sizenum
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
17-8
IPv6 Management
traceroute ipv6
Usage
Thiscommandisalsoavailableinroutermode.
Examples
ThisexampleshowsoutputfromasuccessfulpingtoIPv6address2001:0db8:1234:5555::1234:1.
G3(su)->ping ipv6 2001:0db8:1234:5555::1234:1 2001:DB8:1234:5555::1234:1 is alive
ThisexampleshowsoutputfromanunsuccessfulpingtoIPv6address 2001:0db8:1234:5555::1234:1.
G3(su)->ping ipv6 2001:0db8:1234:5555::1234:1 no answer from 2001:DB8:1234:5555::1234:1
traceroute ipv6
Usethiscommandtodiscovertheroutesthatpacketsactuallytakewhentravelingtotheir destinationthroughthenetworkonahopbyhopbasis.
Syntax
traceroute ipv6 ipv6-addr
Parameters
ipv6addr SpecifiesahosttowhichtherouteofanIPv6packetwillbetraced.Enterthe addressintheformdocumentedinRFC4291,withtheaddressspecifiedin hexadecimalusing16bitvaluesbetweencolons.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
Thiscommandisalsoavailableinroutermode.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtousetraceroutetodisplayaroundtrippathtohost
2001:0db8:1234:5555 G3(su)->router#traceroute ipv6 2001:0db8:1234:5555::1 Traceroute to 2001:0db8:1234:5555, 30 hops max, 40 byte packets 1 2001:0db8:1234:5555 1.000000e+00 ms 1.000000e+00 ms
1.000000e+00 ms
17-9
traceroute ipv6
17-10
IPv6 Management
IPv6 Configuration
* IPv6 Routing License Required *
IPv6 routing must be enabled with a license key. If you have purchased an IPv6 routing license key, and have enabled routing on the device, you must activate your license as described in Activating Licensed Features on page 2-27 in order to enable the IPv6 routing configuration command set. If you wish to purchase an IPv6 routing license, contact Enterasys Networks Sales.
18
Overview
IPv6andIPv4coexistontheEnterasysGSeries.AswithIPv4,IPv6routingcanbeenabledon VLANinterfaces.EachLayer3routinginterfacecanbeusedforIPv4,IPv6,orboth. TheGSeriessupportsallIPv6addressformats,includingglobalunicastaddresses,linklocal unicast,globalmulticast,scopedmulticast(includinglocalscopedmulticast),IPv4compatible addresses,unspecifiedaddresses,loopbackaddresses,andanycastaddresses. RefertothefollowingRFCsformoreinformationaboutIPv6addressformats: RFC4291,IPVersion6AddressingArchitecture RFC3587,IPv6GlobalUnicastAddressFormat RFC4007,IPv6ScopedAddressArchitecture
Overview
Default Conditions
ThefollowingtableliststhedefaultIPv6conditions.
Condition IPv6 forwarding IPv6 route distance IPv6 unicast-routing IPv6 enable IPv6 mtu IPv6 nd dad attempts IPv6 nd managed-config-flag IPv6 nd ns-interval IPv6 nd other-config-flag IPv6 nd ra-interval IPv6 nd ra-lifetime IPv6 nd reachable-time IPv6 nd suppress-ra IPv6 nd prefix Default Value Enabled 1 Disabled Disabled 1500 1 False 0 False 600 1800 0 Disabled Valid-lifetime 604800 Preferred-lifetime 2592000 Autoconfig enabled On-link enabled
18-2
IPv6 Configuration
ipv6 forwarding
ThiscommandenablesordisablesIPv6forwardingontherouter.
Syntax
ipv6 forwarding no ipv6 forwarding
Parameters
None.
Defaults
IPv6forwardingisenabled.
Mode
Routerglobalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
ThenoformofthiscommanddisablesIPv6forwardingontherouter.
Example
ThisexampledisablesIPv6forwarding.
G3(su)->router(Config)# no ipv6 forwarding
ipv6 hop-limit
ThiscommandsetsthemaximumnumberofIPv6hopsusedinIPv6packetsandrouter advertisementsgeneratedbythisdevice.
Syntax
ipv6 hop-limit hops no ipv6 hop-limit
18-3
ipv6 route
Parameters
hops SpecifiesthemaximumnumberofIPv6hopsusedinIPv6packetsand routeradvertisementsgeneratedbythisdevice.Valuecanrangefrom1 to255.Thedefaultvalueis64.
Defaults
ThedefaultmaximumnumberofIPv6hopsis64.
Mode
Routerglobalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
ThiscommandsetsthevalueofthehoplimitfieldinIPv6packetsoriginatedbythisdevice.This valueisalsoplacedintheCurHopLimitfieldofrouteradvertisementsgeneratedbythis router. Usethenoformofthiscommandtoresetthelimittothedefaultvalue.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthehoplimitto50.
G3(su)->router(Config)# ipv6 hop-limit 50
ipv6 route
ThiscommandconfiguresstaticIPv6routes.
Syntax
ipv6 route ipv6-prefix/prefix-length interface {tunnel tunnel-id | vlan vlan-id} next-hop-addr [pref] no ipv6 route ipv6-prefix/prefix-length interface {tunnel tunnel-id | vlan vlanid} next-hop-addr [pref]
Parameters
ipv6prefix/prefixlength TheIPv6networkprefixthatisthedestinationofthestaticroute,and theprefixlength. TheprefixmustbeintheformdocumentedinRFC4291,withthe addressspecifiedinhexadecimalusing16bitvaluesbetweencolons. Theprefixlengthisadecimalnumberindicatingthenumberofhigh ordercontiguousbitsoftheaddressthatcomprisethenetwork portionoftheaddress. interfacetunnel
tunnel-id | vlan vlan-id
nexthopaddr
18-4
IPv6 Configuration
pref
Defaults
Defaultpreferenceoradministrativedistanceis1.
Mode
Routerglobalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
Usethenoformofthiscommandtoremoveastaticroute.Ifyoudonotspecifyanexthopaddress withthenoform,allstaticroutestothespecifieddestinationwillberemoved.
Example
ThiscommandcreatesastaticIPv6routetonetwork2001:0DB8:2222:4455::/64bywayofinterface VLAN6andgivesitapreferenceof5.
G3(su)->router(Config)# ipv6 route 2001:0DB8:2222:4455::/64 interface vlan 6 fe80::1234:5678:2dd:1 5
Syntax
ipv6 route distance pref no ipv6 route distance
Parameters
pref Adistancevalueusedwhennodistanceisspecifiedwhenastatic routeisconfigured. Thevaluecanrangefrom1to255.Lowerroutedistancevaluesare preferredwhendeterminingthebestroute.
Defaults
Defaultpreferenceoradministrativedistanceis1.
Mode
Routerglobalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
18-5
ipv6 unicast-routing
Usage
Thedefaultdistanceisusedwhennodistanceisspecifiedintheipv6routecommand.Changing thedefaultdistancedoesnotupdatethedistanceofexistingstaticroutes,eveniftheywere assignedtheoriginaldefaultdistance.Thenewdefaultdistancewillonlybeappliedtostatic routescreatedafterinvokingtheipv6routedistancecommand. Usethenoformofthiscommandtoreturnthedefaultdistanceto1.
Example
Thiscommandsetsthedefaultdistancevalueto3.
G3(su)->router(Config)# ipv6 route distance 3
ipv6 unicast-routing
Thiscommandenables/disablesforwardingofIPv6unicastdatagrams.
Syntax
ipv6 unicast-routing no ipv6 unicast-routing
Parameters
None.
Defaults
Disabled.
Mode
Routerglobalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
UsethiscommandtoenableforwardingofIPv6unicastdatagramsontheEnterasysGSeries.Use thenoformofthecommandtodisableforwardingofIPv6unicastdatagrams.
Example
ThiscommandenablesforwardingofIPv6unicastdatagramsontherouter.
G3(su)->router(Config)# ipv6 unicast-routing
ping ipv6
UsethiscommandtotestroutingnetworkconnectivitybysendingIPpingrequests.
Syntax
ping ipv6 ipv6-addr [size num]
Parameters
ipv6addr SpecifiestheglobalIPv6addressofthesystemtoping.Entertheaddressin theformdocumentedinRFC4291,withtheaddressspecifiedin hexadecimalusing16bitvaluesbetweencolons.
18-6
IPv6 Configuration
sizenum
(Optional)Specifiesthesizeofthedatagrampacket.Thevalueofnumcan rangefrom48to2048bytes.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexec:G3(su)>router# Routeruserexec:G3(su)>router>
Usage
Usethiscommandtodeterminewhetheranothercomputerisonthenetwork.Tousethis command,configuretheswitchfornetwork(inband)connection.Thesourceandtargetdevices musthavethepingutilityenabledandrunningontopofTCP/IP. TheswitchcanbepingedfromanyIPworkstationwithwhichtheswitchisconnectedthroughthe defaultVLAN(VLAN1),aslongasthereisaphysicalpathbetweentheswitchandthe workstation.Theterminalinterfacesendsthreepingstothetargetstation.
Examples
ThisexampleshowsoutputfromasuccessfulpingtoIPv6address2001:0db8:1234:5555::1234:1.
G3(su)->router#ping ipv6 2001:0db8:1234:5555::1234:1 Send count=3, Receive count=3 from 2001:DB8:1234:5555::1234:1 Average round trip time = 1.00 ms
ThisexampleshowsoutputfromanunsuccessfulpingtoIPv6address 2001:0db8:1234:5555::1234:1.
G3(su)->ping ipv6 2001:0db8:1234:5555::1234:1 no answer from 2001:DB8:1234:5555::1234:1
Syntax
ping ipv6 interface {vlan vlan-id | tunnel tunnel-id | loopback loop-id} {link-local-address ipv6-lladdr | ipv6-addr} [size num]
Parameters
vlanvlanid tunneltunnelid loopbackloopid linklocaladdress ipv6lladdr ipv6addr SpecifiesaVLANinterfaceasthesource. Specifiesatunnelinterfaceasthesource. Specifiesaloopbackinterfaceasthesource. SpecifiesalinklocalIPv6addresstoping. SpecifiestheglobalIPv6addressofthesystemtoping.Entertheaddress intheformdocumentedinRFC4291,withtheaddressspecifiedin hexadecimalusing16bitvaluesbetweencolons.
18-7
traceroute ipv6
sizenum
(Optional)Specifiesthesizeofthedatagrampacket.Thevalueofnumcan rangefrom48to2048bytes.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexec:G3(su)>router#
Usage
UsethiscommandtopinganinterfacebyusingthelinklocaladdressortheglobalIPv6address oftheinterface.Youcanusealoopback,tunnel,orlogicalinterfaceasthesource.Thesourceand targetdevicesmusthavethepingutilityenabledandrunningontopofTCP/IP. TheswitchcanbepingedfromanyIPworkstationwithwhichtheswitchisconnectedthroughthe defaultVLAN(VLAN1),aslongasthereisaphysicalpathbetweentheswitchandthe workstation.Theterminalinterfacesendsthreepingstothetargetstation.
Example
Thisexampleshowsoutputfromasuccessfulpingtolinklocaladdressfe80::211:88ff:fe55:4a7f.
G3(su)->router#ping ipv6 interface vlan 6 link-local-address fe80::211:88ff:fe55:4a7f Send count=3, Receive count=3 from fe80::211:88ff:fe55:4a7f Average round trip time = 1.00 ms
traceroute ipv6
Usethiscommandtodiscovertheroutesthatpacketsactuallytakewhentravelingtotheir destinationthroughthenetworkonahopbyhopbasis.
Syntax
traceroute ipv6 ipv6-addr
Parameters
ipv6addr SpecifiesahosttowhichtherouteofanIPv6packetwillbetraced.Enterthe addressintheformdocumentedinRFC4291,withtheaddressspecifiedin hexadecimalusing16bitvaluesbetweencolons.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexec:G3(su)>router#
18-8
IPv6 Configuration
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtousetraceroutetodisplayaroundtrippathtohost 2001:0db8:1234:5555::1.
G3(su)->router#traceroute ipv6 2001:0db8:1234:5555::1 Traceroute to 2001:0db8:1234:5555::1, 30 hops max, 40 byte packets 1 2001:0db8:1234:5555::1 1.000000e+00 ms 1.000000e+00 ms 1.000000e+00 ms
ipv6 address
ThiscommandconfiguresaglobalIPv6addressonaninterface,includingVLAN,tunnel,and loopbackinterfaces,andenablesIPv6processingontheinterface.
Syntax
ipv6 address {ipv6-addr/prefix-length | ipv6-prefix/prefix-length eui64} no ipv6 address [ipv6-addr/prefix-length | ipv6-prefix/prefix-length eui64]
Parameters
ipv6addr TheIPv6addresstobeconfiguredontheinterface. ThisparametermustbeintheformdocumentedinRFC4291,withthe addressspecifiedinhexadecimalusing16bitvaluesbetweencolons. prefixlength ThelengthoftheIPv6prefixforthisaddress.Thevalueofprefixlength isadecimalnumberindicatingthenumberofhighordercontiguous bitsoftheaddressthatcomprisethenetworkportionoftheaddress. Iftheeui64parameterisused,thisvaluemustbe64bits. ipv6prefix TheIPv6prefixtobeconfiguredontheinterface. ThisparametermustbeintheformdocumentedinRFC4291,withthe addressspecifiedinhexadecimalusing16bitvaluesbetweencolons. eui64 ConfiguresanIPv6addressforaninterfaceusinganEUI64interfaceID intheloworder64bitsoftheaddressandenablesIPv6processingon theinterface.
Defaults
NoIPv6addressesaredefinedforanyinterface.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
18-9
ipv6 enable
Usage
UsethiscommandtomanuallyconfigureaglobalIPv6addressonaninterface.Youcanenterthe complete128bitaddressandprefix,orusetheeui64parametertoconfigureaglobalIPv6address usinganEUI64identifierintheloworder64bitsoftheaddress.Whenusingtheeui64parameter, youspecifyonlythenetworkprefixandlength,andtheEnterasysGSeriesgeneratesthelow order64bits. ThehexadecimallettersintheIPv6addressesarenotcasesensitive. ThiscommandalsoenablesIPv6processingontheinterfaceandautomaticallygeneratesalink localaddress. Youcanassignmultiplegloballyreachableaddressestoaninterfacewiththiscommand. Usethenoipv6addresscommandwithoutanyparameterstoremoveallmanuallyconfigured IPv6addressesfromtheinterface.
Example
ThisexampleconfiguresanIPv6addressbyusingtheeui64parameter.Then,theshowipv6 interfaceisexecutedtodisplaytheconfiguration.Notethatalinklocaladdresshasalso automaticallybeengenerated.
G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 7))# ipv6 address 3FFE:501:FFFF:101/64 eui64 G3(su)->router>show ipv6 interface vlan 7 Vlan Vlan IPv6 IPv6 Enabled Enabled Enabled FE80::211:88FF:FE55:4A7F/128 3FFE:501:FFFF:101:211:88FF:FE55:4A7F/64 Routing Mode Enabled Interface Maximum Transmit Unit 1500 Router Duplicate Address Detection Transmits 1 Router Advertisement NS Interval 0 Router Lifetime Interval 1800 Router Advertisement Reachable Time 0 Router Advertisement Interval 600 Router Advertisement Managed Config Flag Disabled Router Advertisement Other Config Flag Disabled Router Advertisement Suppress Flag Disabled 7 Administrative Mode 7 IPv6 Routing Operational Mode is Prefix is
ipv6 enable
ThiscommandenablesIPv6routingonaninterfacethathasnotbeenconfiguredwithanexplicit IPv6address.
Syntax
ipv6 enable no ipv6 enable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
IPv6isdisabled.
18-10
IPv6 Configuration
ipv6 mtu
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
Whenthiscommandisexecuted,anIPv6linklocalunicastaddressisconfiguredontheinterface andIPv6processingisenabled.YoudonotneedtousethiscommandifyouconfiguredanIPv6 globaladdressonaninterfacewiththeipv6addresscommand. Thenoipv6enablecommanddisablesIPv6routingonaninterfacethathasbeenenabledwiththe ipv6enablecommand,butitdoesnotdisableIPv6processingonaninterfacethatisconfigured withanexplicitIPv6address.
Example
ThisexampleenablesIPv6processingonVLAN7.Notethatalinklocaladdresshasbeen automaticallyconfigured.
G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 7))# ipv6 enable G3(su)->router>show ipv6 interface vlan 7 Vlan 7 Administrative Mode Vlan 7 IPv6 Routing Operational Mode IPv6 is IPv6 Prefix is Routing Mode Interface Maximum Transmit Unit Router Duplicate Address Detection Transmits Router Advertisement NS Interval Router Lifetime Interval Router Advertisement Reachable Time Router Advertisement Interval Router Advertisement Managed Config Flag Router Advertisement Other Config Flag Router Advertisement Suppress Flag Enabled Enabled Enabled FE80::211:88FF:FE55:4A7F/128 Enabled 1500 1 0 1800 0 600 Disabled Disabled Disabled
ipv6 mtu
Thiscommandconfiguresthemaximumtransmissionunit(MTU)sizeofIPv6packetsthatcanbe sentonaninterface.
Syntax
ipv6 mtu bytes no ipv6 mtu
Parameters
bytes SpecifiestheMTUvalueinbytes.Thevaluecanrangefrom1280to1500 bytes.TheMTUcannotbelargerthanthevaluesupportedbythe underlyinginterface.
Defaults
1480bytes
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
18-11
Usage
Themaximumtransmissionunitisthelargestpossibleunitofdatathatcanbesentonagiven physicalmedium.UsethiscommandtosettheMTUforanIPv6interface.Thenoformofthis commandresetstheMTUtothedefaultvalueof1480bytes. Usetheshowipv6interfacetodisplaythecurrentsettingforthisinterface.
Note: All interfaces attached to the same physical medium must be configured with the same MTU to operate properly.
Example
ThisexamplesetstheMTUvalueto1500bytes.
G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))# ipv6 mtu 1500
Syntax
clear ipv6 neighbor [vlan vlan-id]
Parameters
vlanvlanid (Optional)Clearonlytheentriesonthespecifiedinterface.
Defaults
None.
18-12
IPv6 Configuration
Mode
Routerprivilegedexec:G3(su)>router#
Usage
ToclearalldynamicallylearnedNeighborCacheentries,usethiscommandwithoutany parameters.
Example
Thisexampleclearsalldynamicallylearnedcacheentries.
G3(su)->router#clear ipv6 neighbors
Syntax
ipv6 nd dad attempts number no ipv6 nd dad attempts
Parameters
number SpecifiesthenumberofconsecutiveNeighborSolicitationmessage transmittedontheinterface,whenDuplicateAddressDetection(DAD) isperformedonaunicastIPv6addressassignedtotheinterface. Thevaluecanrangefrom0to600.Avalueof0disablesDuplicate AddressDetectionontheinterface.Avalueof1,whichisthedefault, specifiesasingletransmissionwithnofollowuptransmissions.
Defaults
Duplicateaddressdetectionenabled,for1attempt.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
IPv6DuplicateAddressDetectionisdescribedinRFC2462.DuplicateAddressDetectionuses NeighborSolicitationandNeighborAdvertisementmessagestoverifytheuniquenessofan address.DuplicateAddressDetectionmustbeperformedonunicastaddressespriortoassigning themtoaninterface.AnaddressremainsinatentativestatewhileDuplicateAddressDetectionis beingperformed.Ifatentativeaddressisfoundtobeaduplicate,anerrormessageisreturned andtheaddressisnotassignedtotheinterface. UsethiscommandtochangethenumberofNeighborSolicitationmessagesthatcanbesentfor DuplicateAddressDetectionfromthedefaultvalueof1.Thenoformofthecommandreturnsthe valuetothedefaultof1.Avalueof0disablesDuplicateAddressDetectionontheinterface. Theshowipv6interfacecommanddisplaysthecurrentDADattemptsetting.
18-13
ipv6 nd ns-interval
Example
ThisexamplechangesthenumberofconsecutiveNeighborSolicitationmessagessentforDADto 3onthisinterface.
G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))# ipv6 nd dad attempts 3
ipv6 nd ns-interval
ThiscommandconfigurestheintervalbetweenNeighborSolicitationssentonaninterface.
Syntax
ipv6 nd ns-interval {msec | 0} no ipv6 nd ns-interval
Parameters
msec SetstheintervalinmillisecondsbetweenretransmissionsofNeighbor Solicitationmessagesontheinterface.Thevaluecanrangefrom1000 (onesecond)to3,600,000(onehour)milliseconds. Anadvertisedvalueof0meanstheintervalisunspecified.
Defaults
Bydefault,avalueof0isadvertisedinRAmessages.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
TheNSintervalisusedtodeterminethetimebetweenretransmissionsofneighborsolicitation messagestoaneighborwhenresolvingaunicastaddress(DAD)orwhenprobingthereachability ofaneighbor.ThisvalueisalsoadvertisedinRouterAdvertisement(RA)messagessentonthe interface. Usethenoformofthiscommandtosettheintervaltothedefaultof0.
Example
ThisexamplesetstheNSintervalto2seconds.
G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))# ipv6 nd ns-interval 2000
ipv6 nd reachable-time
Thiscommandconfiguresthelengthoftimewithinwhichsomereachabilityconfirmationmustbe receivedfromaneighborfortheneighbortobeconsideredreachable.
Syntax
ipv6 nd reachable-time msec no ipv6 nd reachable-time
18-14
IPv6 Configuration
ipv6 nd other-config-flag
Parameters
msec TheamountoftimeinmillisecondsthataremoteIPv6nodeis consideredreachable.Thevaluecanrangefrom0to4,294,967,295 milliseconds. Thedefaultvalueis0,whichmeansthatthetimeisunspecified.
Defaults
Bydefault,avalueof0isadvertisedinRAmessages.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
ThistimerallowstheG3todetectunavailableneighbors.Theshorterthetime,themorequickly unavailableneighborsaredetected.Veryshortconfiguredtimesarenotrecommendedinnormal IPv6operation,however,becauseshortertimesconsumemoreIPv6networkbandwidthand processingresources. ThisvalueisalsoincludedinallRouterAdvertisementsmessagessentoutontheinterface.By default,avalueof0,indicatingthattheconfiguredtimeisunspecifiedbythisrouter,issentoutin RAmessages. Usethenoformofthiscommandtoresetthisvaluetothedefault. Theshowipv6interfacecommanddisplaysthecurrentreachabletimesetting.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthereachabletimeto60seconds.
G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))# ipv6 nd reachable-time 60000
ipv6 nd other-config-flag
Thiscommandsetstheotherstatefulconfigurationflaginrouteradvertisementssentonthis interfacetotrue.
Syntax
ipv6 nd other-config-flag no ipv6 nd other-config-flag
Parameters
None.
Defaults
Flagissettofalsebydefault.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
18-15
ipv6 nd ra-interval
Usage
Whenthevalueoftheotherstatefulconfigurationflagistrue,endnodesshouldusestateful autoconfiguration(DHCPv6)toobtainadditionalinformation(excludingaddresses).Whenthe valueisfalse,endnodesdonot.RefertoRFC2462,IPv6StatelessAddressAutoconfiguration, formoreinformation. Usethenoformofthiscommandtoresettheflagtofalse.
Example
Thisexamplesetstheotherstatefulconfigurationflagtotrue.
G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))# ipv6 nd other-config-flag
ipv6 nd ra-interval
Thiscommandsetsthetransmissionintervalbetweenrouteradvertisements.
Syntax
ipv6 nd ra-interval sec no ipv6 nd ra-interval
Parameters
sec Specifiesthevalueinsecondsoftherouteradvertisementtransmission interval.Thevaluecanrangefrom4to1800seconds.
Defaults
600seconds.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
Thenoformofthiscommandresetstheintervalvaluetothedefaultof600seconds.
Example
Thisexamplesetstherouteradvertisementtransmissionintervalto120seconds.
G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))# ipv6 nd ra-interval 120
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime
Thiscommandsetsthevalue,inseconds,thatisplacedintheRouterLifetimefieldofrouter advertisementssentfromthisinterface.
Syntax
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime sec | 0 no ipv6 nd ra-lifetime
18-16
IPv6 Configuration
ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Parameters
sec SpecifiesthevalueoftheRouterLifetimeinseconds.Thevaluemustbe 0,oranintegerbetweenthevalueoftherouteradvertisementinterval and9000seconds. Avalueof0meansthatthisrouterisnottobeusedasthedefault router.
Defaults
1800seconds.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
Thenoformofthiscommandresetsthelifetimevaluetothedefaultof1800seconds.
Example
Thisexamplesetstherouteradvertisementlifetimevalueto3600seconds.
G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))# ipv6 nd ra-lifetime 3600
ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Thiscommandsuppressesrouteradvertisementtransmissiononthisinterface.
Syntax
ipv6 nd suppress-ra no ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Parameters
None.
Defaults
Suppressiondisabled.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
Bydefault,transmissionofrouteradvertisementsisenabled.Thiscommanddisablessuch transmissions.Usethenoformofthiscommandtoreenabletransmission.
Example
Thisexampledisablesrouteradvertisementtransmission.
G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))# ipv6 nd suppress-ra
18-17
ipv6 nd prefix
ipv6 nd prefix
ThiscommandconfigurestheIPv6prefixestobeincludedinrouteradvertisementssentbythis interface.
Syntax
ipv6 nd prefix {ipv6-prefix/prefix-length} [{valid-lifetime | infinite} {preferred-lifetime | infinite}] [no-autoconfig] [off-link] no ipv6 nd prefix {ipv6-prefix/prefix-length}
Parameters
ipv6prefix/prefix length TheIPv6networkprefixandtheprefixlengthbeingconfigured. TheprefixmustbeintheformdocumentedinRFC4291,withthe addressspecifiedinhexadecimalusing16bitvaluesbetweencolons. Theprefixlengthisadecimalnumberindicatingthenumberofhigh ordercontiguousbitsoftheaddressthatcomprisethenetworkportion oftheaddress. validlifetime|infinite (Optional)Specifiesthelengthoftimeinseconds(relativetothetime thepacketissent)thattheprefixisvalidforthepurposeofonlink determination. Thelifetimevaluecanrangefrom0to4,294,967,295. Specifyinginfinitemeansthattheprefixisalwaysvalid. preferredlifetime| infinite (Optional)Specifiesthelengthoftimeinseconds(relativetothetime thepacketissent)thataddressesgeneratedfromtheprefixbymeansof statelessaddressautoconfigurationremainpreferred. Thelifetimevaluecanrangefrom0to4,294,967,295. Specifyinginfinitemeansthattheprefixisalwayspreferred. noautoconfig Unsetstheautonomousaddressconfigurationflag.Whennotset, meansthatthisprefixcannotbeusedforautonomousaddress configuration.Bydefault,theautonomousaddressconfigurationflagis set/enabled. Unsetstheonlinkflag.Whennotset,meansthatthisprefixcannotbe usedforonlinkdetermination.Bydefault,theonlinkflagisset/ enabled.
offlink
Defaults
Validlifetime604800 Preferredlifetime2592000 Autoconfigenabled Onlinkenabled
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
18-18
IPv6 Configuration
Query Commands
Usage
RefertoRFC2461,NeighborDiscoveryforIPVersion6,formoreinformationaboutrouter advertisements. Routeradvertisementscontainalistofprefixesusedforonlinkdeterminationand/or autonomousaddressconfiguration.Flagsassociatedwiththeprefixesspecifytheintendedusesof aparticularprefix.Hostsusetheadvertisedonlinkprefixestobuildandmaintainalistthatis usedindecidingwhenapacketsdestinationisonlinkorbeyondarouter.Hostscanusethe advertisedautoconfigurationprefixestoperformautonomous(stateless)addressconfiguration,if statelessconfigurationisallowed(seeipv6ndotherconfigflag). Thenoformofthiscommandremovestheprefixfromthelistofprefixesadvertisedinrouter advertisementsbythisinterface.
Example
Thisexampleconfiguresaprefixthatcanbeusedforbothonlinkdeterminationand autoconfiguration,usingthedefaultvaluesforvalidlifetimeandpreferredlifetime. G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))# ipv6 nd prefix 2001:0db8:4444:5555/64
Query Commands
For information about... show ipv6 show ipv6 interface show ipv6 neighbors show ipv6 route show ipv6 route preferences show ipv6 route summary show ipv6 traffic clear ipv6 statistics Refer to page... 18-19 18-20 18-21 18-22 18-24 18-26 18-27 18-32
show ipv6
ThiscommanddisplaysthestatusofIPv6forwardingmodeandunicastroutingmode.
Syntax
show ipv6
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router#
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 18-19
Usage
TheoutputofthiscommanddisplayswhetherIPv6forwardingmodeandunicastroutingmode areenabledordisabled.
Example
ThisexampledisplaysinformationaboutIPv6modes.
G3(su)>router# show ipv6 IPv6 Forwarding Mode IPv6 Unicast Routing Mode Enabled Enabled
Syntax
show ipv6 interface [vlan vlan-id | tunnel tunnel-id | loopback loop-id]
Parameters
vlanvlanid
tunneltunnelid loopbackloopid
(Optional)Displayinformationonlyaboutthespecifiedinterface.
Defaults
Ifnointerfaceisspecified,informationaboutallIPv6interfacesisdisplayed.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router# Routerglobalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
UsethiscommandtodisplaytheusabilitystatusofIPv6interfaces. IfanIPv6prefixisconfiguredonaninterface,thefollowinginformationalsodisplays: TheIPv6prefixandlength Theconfiguredpreferredlifetimevalue Theconfiguredvalidlifetimevalue Thestatusoftheonlinkflag,eitherenabledordisabled Thestatusoftheautonomousaddressconfigurationflag(autoconfig),eitherenabledor disabled.
18-20
IPv6 Configuration
Examples
ThisexampledisplaysinformationaboutIPv6interfaceVLAN7.
G3(su)->router>show ipv6 interface vlan 7 Vlan Vlan IPv6 IPv6 Enabled Enabled Enabled FE80::211:88FF:FE55:4A7F/128 3FFE:501:FFFF:101:211:88FF:FE55:4A7F/64 3FFD::211:88FF:FE55:4A7F/64 Routing Mode Enabled Interface Maximum Transmit Unit 1500 Router Duplicate Address Detection Transmits 1 Router Advertisement NS Interval 0 Router Lifetime Interval 1800 Router Advertisement Reachable Time 0 Router Advertisement Interval 600 Router Advertisement Managed Config Flag Enabled Router Advertisement Other Config Flag Enabled Router Advertisement Suppress Flag Disabled 7 Administrative Mode 7 IPv6 Routing Operational Mode is Prefix is
ThisexampledisplaysinformationaboutIPv6interfacetunnel1.
G3(su)->router>show ipv6 interface tunnel 1 Tunnel 1 Administrative Mode Tunnel 1 IPv6 Routing Operational Mode Mode for IPv6 Tunnel Source Address for IPv6 Tunnel Destination Address for IPv6 Tunnel Routing Mode Interface Maximum Transmit Unit Router Duplicate Address Detection Transmits Router Advertisement NS Interval Router Lifetime Interval Router Advertisement Reachable Time Router Advertisement Interval Router Advertisement Managed Config Flag Router Advertisement Other Config Flag Router Advertisement Suppress Flag Enabled Disabled IPv6OVER4 192.168.1.2 192.168.8.1 Enabled 1480 1 0 1800 0 600 Disabled Disabled Disabled
Syntax
show ipv6 neighbors
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router#
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 18-21
Usage
UsethiscommandtodisplaythecontentsoftheNeighborCache.
Example
Thisexampledisplaystheneighborsinthecache.
G3(su)->router>show ipv6 neighbors IPv6 Address Interface -------------------------------------FE80::200:FF:FE00:A0A0 Vlan 6 FE80::2D0:B7FF:FE2C:7697 Vlan 6 FE80::2D0:B7FF:FE2C:7698 Vlan 6 FE80::2D0:B7FF:FE2C:7699 Vlan 6 FE80::2D0:B7FF:FE2C:769E Vlan 6 FE80::2D0:B7FF:FE2C:76AA Vlan 6 FE80::2D0:B7FF:FE2C:76AB Vlan 6 FE80::2D0:B7FF:FE2C:76AC Vlan 6 FE80::2D0:B7FF:FE2C:76B4 Vlan 6 MAC Address Neighbor Last isRtr State Updated
----------------- ----- -------- ------00:00:00:00:a0:a0 False Stale 1155 00:d0:b7:2c:76:97 False Stale 00:d0:b7:2c:76:98 False Stale 00:d0:b7:2c:76:99 False Stale 00:d0:b7:2c:76:9e False Stale 00:d0:b7:2c:76:aa False Stale 00:d0:b7:2c:76:ab False Stale 00:d0:b7:2c:76:ac False Stale 00:d0:b7:2c:76:b4 False Delay 1095 1096 1155 1461 1540 1553 1566 1903
Syntax
show ipv6 route [{ipv6-addr [route-type] | {{ipv6-prefix/prefix-length | interface interface} [route-type] | route-type | all]
18-22
IPv6 Configuration
Parameters
ipv6addr ipv6prefix/prefix length SpecifiesaspecificIPv6addressforwhichthebestmatchingroute shouldbedisplayed. TheIPv6networkprefixoftheroutetodisplay,andtheprefixlength. TheprefixmustbeintheformdocumentedinRFC4291,withthe addressspecifiedinhexadecimalusing16bitvaluesbetweencolons. Theprefixlengthisadecimalnumberindicatingthenumberofhigh ordercontiguousbitsoftheaddressthatcomprisethenetworkportion oftheaddress. interfaceinterface Specifiesthattherouteswithnexthopsonthisinterfaceshouldbe displayed.Interfacecanbeoftheform: vlanvlanid tunneltunnelid loopbackloopid routetype Specifiestheroutetypeasoneofthefollowing: connected static ospf all Specifiesthatallroutesshouldbedisplayed.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersareentered,informationaboutallactiveIPv6routesisdisplayed.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router# Routeruserexecution:G3(su)>router>
Usage
UsethiscommandtodisplayIPv6routingtableinformationforactiveroutes.
18-23
Example
ThisexampledisplaysallactiveIPv6routes.
G3(su)->router>show ipv6 route IPv6 Routing Table - 5 entries Codes: C - connected, S - static O - OSPF Intra, OI - OSPF Inter, OE1 - OSPF Ext 1, OE2 - OSPF Ext 2 ON1 - OSPF NSSA Ext Type 1, ON2 - OSPF NSSA Ext Type 2 S C C C S ::/0 [1/0] via FE80::2D0:B7FF:FE2C:7694, Vlan 6 3FFE:501:FFFF:100::/64 [0/0] via ::, Vlan 6 3FFE:501:FFFF:101::/64 [0/0] via ::, Vlan 7 3FFE:501:FFFF:108::/64 [0/0] via ::, Vlan 6 3FFE:501:FFFF:109::/64 [1/0] via 3FFE:501:FFFF:100:200:FF:FE00:A1A1, via FE80::200:FF:FE00:A1A1, Vlan 6
Vlan 6
Syntax
show ipv6 route preference
Parameters
None.
18-24
IPv6 Configuration
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router# Routeruserexecution:G3(su)>router>
Usage
Lowernumbershaveagreaterpreference.Aroutewithapreferenceof255cannotbeusedto forwardtraffic. Thedefaultpreferencevalueforstaticroutescanbesetwiththeipv6routedistancecommand. Thedistanceforaspecificstaticroutecanbesetwiththeipv6routecommand.
Note: The configuration of NSSA preferences is not supported in this release.
Example
Thefollowingexampleshowstheoutputofthiscommand.
G3(su)->router#show ipv6 route preferences Local Static OSPF Intra OSPF Inter OSPF Ext T1 OSPF Ext T2 OSPF NSSA T1 OSPF NSSA T2 0 1 8 10 13 150 14 151
18-25
Syntax
show ipv6 route summary [all]
Parameters
all (Optional)Displaythecountsummaryforallroutes,includingbestand nonbestroutes.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router# Routeruserexecution:G3(su)>router>
Usage
Usethecommandwithoutparameterstodisplaythecountsummaryforonlythebestroutes.Use alltodisplaythecountsummaryforallroutes,includingbestandnonbestroutes.
Example
Thisexampleillustratesthesummaryinformationdisplayedbythiscommand.
G3(su)->router>show ipv6 route summary all IPv6 Routing Table Summary - 6 entries Connected Routes Static Routes OSPF Routes Intra Area Routes Inter Area Routes External Type-1 Routes External Type-2 Routes Total routes Number of Prefixes: /0: 1, /64: 5 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 6
18-26
IPv6 Configuration
Syntax
show ipv6 traffic [interface]
Parameters
interface (Optional)Specifiestheinterfaceforwhichtrafficinformationshouldbe displayed.Interfacecanbeoftheform: vlanvlanid tunneltunnelid loopbackloopid
Defaults
Ifnointerfaceisspecified,informationabouttrafficonallinterfacesisdisplayed.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router#
Usage
Specifyalogical,loopback,ortunnelinterfacetoviewinformationabouttrafficonaspecific interface.Ifyoudonotspecifyaninterface,thecommanddisplaysinformationabouttrafficonall interfaces.
Example
Thefollowingexampledisplaystheoutputofthiscommand.
G3(su)->router>show ipv6 traffic IPv6 STATISTICS Total Datagrams Received.................................. Received Datagrams Locally Delivered...................... Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Header Errors......... Received Datagrams Discarded Due To MTU................... Received Datagrams Discarded Due To No Route.............. Received Datagrams With Unknown Protocol.................. Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Invalid Address....... Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Truncated Data........ Received Datagrams Discarded Other........................ Received Datagrams Reassembly Required.................... Datagrams Successfully Reassembled........................ Datagrams Failed To Reassemble............................ Datagrams Forwarded....................................... Datagrams Locally Transmitted............................. Datagrams Transmit Failed................................. Datagrams Successfully Fragmented......................... Datagrams Failed To Fragment.............................. Fragments Created......................................... Multicast Datagrams Received.............................. Multicast Datagrams Transmitted........................... ICMPv6 STATISTICS
18-27
Total ICMPv6 Messages Received............................ ICMPv6 Messages With Errors Received...................... ICMPv6 Destination Unreachable Messages Received.......... ICMPv6 Messages Prohibited Administratively Received...... ICMPv6 Time Exceeded Messages Received.................... ICMPv6 Parameter Problem Messages Received................ ICMPv6 Packet Too Big Messages Received................... ICMPv6 Echo Request Messages Received..................... ICMPv6 Echo Reply Messages Received....................... ICMPv6 Router Solicit Messages Received................... ICMPv6 Router Advertisement Messages Received............. ICMPv6 Neighbor Solicit Messages Received................. ICMPv6 Neighbor Advertisement Messages Received........... ICMPv6 Redirect Messages Received......................... ICMPv6 Group Membership Query Messages Received........... ICMPv6 Group Membership Response Messages Received........ ICMPv6 Group Membership Reduction Messages Received....... Total ICMPv6 Messages Transmitted......................... ICMPv6 Messages Not Transmitted Due To Error.............. ICMPv6 Destination Unreachable Messages Transmitted....... ICMPv6 Messages Prohibited Administratively Transmitted... ICMPv6 Time Exceeded Messages Transmitted................. ICMPv6 Parameter Problem Messages Transmitted............. ICMPv6 Packet Too Big Messages Transmitted................ ICMPv6 Echo Request Messages Transmitted.................. ICMPv6 Echo Reply Messages Transmitted.................... ICMPv6 Router Solicit Messages Transmitted................ ICMPv6 Router Advertisement Messages Transmitted.......... ICMPv6 Neighbor Solicit Messages Transmitted.............. ICMPv6 Neighbor Advertisement Messages Transmitted........ ICMPv6 Redirect Messages Transmitted...................... ICMPv6 Group Membership Query Messages Transmitted........ ICMPv6 Group Membership Response Messages Transmitted..... ICMPv6 Group Membership Reduction Messages Transmitted.... ICMPv6 Duplicate Address Detects..........................
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To MTU Received Datagrams Discarded Due To No Route
18-28
IPv6 Configuration
Table 18-5
Output Field
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Truncated Data Received Datagrams Discarded Other
Datagrams Forwarded
18-29
Table 18-5
Output Field
Fragments Created Multicast Datagrams Received Multicast Datagrams Transmitted Total ICMPv6 Messages Received
ICMPv6 Messages with Errors Received ICMPv6 Destination Unreachable Messages Received ICMPv6 Messages Prohibited Administratively Received ICMPv6 Time Exceeded Messages Received ICMPv6 Parameter Problem Messages Received ICMPv6 Packets Too Big Messages Received ICMPv6 Echo Request Messages Received ICMPv6 Echo Reply Messages Received ICMPv6 Router Solicit Messages Received ICMPv6 Router Advertisement Messages Received ICMPv6 Neighbor Solicit Messages Received ICMPv6 Neighbor Advertisement Messages Received
18-30
IPv6 Configuration
Table 18-5
Output Field
ICMPv6 Redirect Messages Received ICMPv6 Group Membership Query Messages Received ICMPv6 Group Membership Response Messages Received ICMPv6 Group Membership Reduction Messages Received Total ICMPv6 Messages Transmitted
ICMPv6 Destination Unreachable Messages Transmitted ICMPv6 Messages Prohibited Administratively Transmitted ICMPv6 Time Exceeded Messages Transmitted ICMPv6 Parameter Problem Messages Transmitted ICMPv6 Packet Too Big Messages Transmitted ICMPv6 Echo Request Messages Transmitted ICMPv6 Echo Reply Messages Transmitted ICMPv6 Router Solicit Messages Transmitted ICMPv6 Router Advertisement Messages Transmitted ICMPv6 Neighbor Solicit Messages Transmitted ICMPv6 Neighbor Advertisement Messages Transmitted ICMPv6 Redirect Messages Transmitted ICMPv6 Group Membership Query Messages Transmitted ICMPv6 Group Membership Response Messages Transmitted
18-31
Table 18-5
Output Field
ICMPv6 Group Membership Reduction Messages Transmitted ICMPv6 Duplicate Address Detects
Syntax
clear ipv6 statistics [interface]
Parameters
interface (Optional)Specifiestheinterfaceforstatisticsshouldbecleared. Interfacecanbeoftheform: vlanvlanid tunneltunnelid loopbackloopid
Defaults
Ifnointerfaceisspecified,statisticsarecleared(resetto0)forallinterfaces.
Mode
RouterprivilegedexecutionG3(su)>router#
Usage
IPv6statisticsaredisplayedwiththeshowipv6trafficcommand.Ifnointerfaceisspecified,the countersforallIPv6trafficstatisticsareresettozerowhenthiscommandisexecuted.
Example
ThisexampleclearsthestatisticsforVLAN6.
G3(su)->router# clear ipv6 statistics vlan 6
18-32
IPv6 Configuration
OSPFv3 Configuration
* IPv6 Routing License Required *
IPv6 routing must be enabled with a license key in order to use this feature. If you have purchased an IPv6 routing license key, and have enabled routing on the device, you must activate your license as described in Activating Licensed Features on page 2-27 in order to enable the OSPFv3 protocol configuration command set. If you wish to purchase an IPv6 routing license, contact Enterasys Networks Sales.
19
Overview
OSPFv3istheOpenShortestPathFirstroutingprotocolforIPv6.ItissimilartoOSPFv2inits conceptofalinkstatedatabase,intra/interareaandASexternalroutesandvirtuallinks.OSPFv3 alsodiffersfromOSPFv2inanumberofrespects: Peeringisdonevialinklocaladdresses. Theprotocolislinkratherthannetworkcentric. AddressingsemanticshavebeenmovedtoleafLSAs,whicheventuallywillallowitsusefor bothIPv4andIPv6. TwonewLSAshavebeenintroduced:thelinkLSAandtheintraareaLSA.
19-1
Overview
Default Conditions
ThefollowingtableliststhedefaultOSPFv3conditions.
Condition IPv6 OSPF IPv6 OSPF cost IPv6 OSPF dead-interval IPv6 OSPF hello-interval IPv6 OSPF mtu-ignore IPv6 OSPF network IPv6 OSPF priority IPv6 OSPF retransmit-interval IPv6 OSPF transmit-delay Area stub no-summary Area virtual-link dead-interval Area virtual-link hello-interval Area virtual-link retransmit-interval Area virtual-link transmit-delay Default-information originate Distance OSPF Default Value Disabled 10 40 seconds 10 seconds Enabled Broadcast 1 4 1 Enabled 40 10 5 1 Metric unspecified Type 2 Intra 8 Inter 10 Type-1 13 Type-2 50 Enabled 0 -1 4 Metric unspecified Type 2 Tag 0 Enabled
Trapflags
19-2
OSPFv3 Configuration
Command
For information about... ipv6 router id ipv6 router ospf default-information originate default-metric distance ospf exit-overflow-interval external-lsdb-limit maximum-paths redistribute Refer to page... 19-3 19-4 19-4 19-5 19-5 19-6 19-7 19-8 19-8
ipv6 router id
Thiscommandconfiguresa32bitinteger,enteredin32bitdottedquadnotation,usedto uniquelyidentifythisOSPFv3router.
Syntax
ipv6 router id ip-address
Parameters
ipaddress SpecifiestheIDoftheOSPFv3router,in32bitdottedquadnotation.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerglobalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
UsethiscommandtoconfiguretheOSPFv3routerID.
Example
ThisexampleillustratesconfiguringtheOSPFv3routerIDas2.2.2.2.
G3(su)->router(Config)# ipv6 router id 2.2.2.2
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 19-3
Syntax
ipv6 router ospf
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerglobalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
UsethiscommandtoenterOSPFv3configurationmodesoyoucanconfigureglobalOSPFv3 parameters.
Example
ThisexampleillustratesenteringrouterOSPFv3configurationmode.
G3(su)->router(Config)# ipv6 router ospf G3(su)->router(Config-router)#
default-information originate
Thiscommandisusedtocontroltheadvertisementofdefaultroutes.
Syntax
default-information originate [always] [metric value] [metric-type type] no default-information originate [metric] [metric-type]
Parameters
always metricvalue metrictypetype (Optional)Alwaysadvertisesthedefaultrouteinformation. (Optional)Specifiesthemetricofthedefaultroute.Themetricvaluecan rangefrom0to16777214. (Optional)Specifiesthemetrictypeofthedefaultroute.Themetrictype canbe1,whichspecifiestype1externalroute,or2,whichspecifiestype 2externalroute.
Defaults
Adefaultexternalrouteisnotgenerated. Thedefaultmetricisunspecified. Thedefaulttypeistype2.
19-4
OSPFv3 Configuration
default-metric
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
UsethiscommandtogenerateadefaultexternalrouteintoanOSPFv3routingdomain.Usetheno formofthiscommandtostopthegenerationofadefaultexternalroute.
Example
Thisexamplespecifiesametricof100forthedefaultrouteredistributedintotheOSPFv3routing domain,andanexternalmetrictypeof1.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# default-information originate metric 100 metric-type 1
default-metric
ThiscommandsetsadefaultmetricforroutesredistributedfromanotherprotocolintoOSPFv3.
Syntax
default-metric metric no default-metric
Parameters
metric Thevalueofmetriccanrangefrom1to16777214.
Defaults
Nodefaultmetricisconfigured.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)->router(Config-router)#
Usage
Usethiscommandtocausethesamemetricvaluetobeusedforallredistributedroutes. Usethenoformofthiscommandtoremoveaconfigureddefaultmetric.
Example
Thisexampleconfiguresametricof100tobeusedforallredistributedroutes.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# default-metric 100
distance ospf
ThiscommandsetstheroutepreferencevalueofOSPFv3.
Syntax
distance ospf {intra | inter | type1 | type2} preference no distance ospf {intra | inter | type1 | type2}
19-5
exit-overflow-interval
Parameters
intra inter type1 type2 preference Specifiesthepreferenceforintraarearoutes(allrouteswithinanarea) Specifiesthepreferenceforinterarearoutes(allroutesbetweenareas) SpecifiesthepreferenceforType1externalroutes(routeslearnedby redistributionfromotherroutingdomains) SpecifiesthepreferenceforType2externalroutes(routeslearnedby redistributionfromotherroutingdomains) Thepreferencerangeisfrom1to255.
Defaults
Thedefaultpreferencevaluesare: Intraarea=8 Interarea=10 Type1=13 Type2=50
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
Lowerroutepreferencevaluesarepreferredwhendeterminingthebestroute.TheOSPFv3 specification(RFC2328)requiresthatpreferencesmustbegiventotherouteslearnedviaOSPFv3 inthefollowingorder:intraarea<interarea<Type1<Type2. Aroutewithapreferenceof255cannotbeusedtoforwardtraffic. Usethenoformofthiscommandtoresetthepreferencevaluesbacktothedefaults.
Example
Thefollowingexamplesettheintraareapreferenceto5.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# distance ospf intra 5
exit-overflow-interval
ThiscommandconfigurestheexitoverflowintervalforOSPFv3.
Syntax
exit-overflow-interval seconds no exit-overflow-interval
Parameters
seconds Specifiestherangeforseconds,whichisfrom0to2147483647.
Defaults
Thedefaultintervalvalueis0.
19-6
OSPFv3 Configuration
external-lsdb-limit
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
TheexitoverflowintervalisthenumberofsecondsafterenteringOverflowstatethatarouterwill waitbeforeattemptingtoleavetheOverflowState.Thisallowstheroutertoagainoriginate nondefaultASexternalLSAs.Whensetto0,therouterwillnotleaveOverflowStateuntil restarted. Thenoformofthiscommandresetstheintervaltothedefaultof0.
Example
Thisexamplesetstheexitoverflowintervalto10seconds.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# exit-overflow-interval 10
external-lsdb-limit
ThiscommandconfigurestheexternalLSDBlimitforOSPFv3.
Syntax
external-lsdb-limit limit no external-lsdb-limit
Parameters
limit Specifiesthelimit,whichcanrangefrom1to2147483647.Avalueof1 meansthatthereisnolimit.
Defaults
Thedefaultvalueis1.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
WhenthenumberofnondefaultASexternalLSAsinarouterslinkstatedatabasereachesthe externalLSDBlimit,therouterentersoverflowstate.Therouterneverholdsmorethanthe externalLSDBlimitnondefaultASexternalLSAsinitdatabase.TheexternalLSDBlimitMUST besetidenticallyinallroutersattachedtotheOSPFv3backboneand/oranyregularOSPFv3area. Thenoformofthiscommandresetsthelimittothedefaultvalueof1,meaningnolimit.
Example
ThisexamplesetstheexternalLSDBlimitto1000.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# external-lsdb-limit 1000
19-7
maximum-paths
maximum-paths
ThiscommandsetsthenumberofpathsthatOSPFv3canreportforagivendestination.
Syntax
maximum-paths maxpaths no maximum-paths
Parameters
maxpaths Specifiesthevalueformaxpaths,whichcanrangefrom1to4.
Defaults
Thedefaultvalueis4.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
Usethenoformofthiscommandtoresetthemaximumnumberofpathstothedefaultvalueof4.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthemaximumnumberofpathsforagivendestinationto3.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# maximum-paths 3
redistribute
ThiscommandconfigurestheOSPFv3protocoltoallowredistributionofroutesfromthespecified sourceprotocol/routers.
Syntax
redistribute {connected | static} [metric value] [metric-type type] [tag tag] no redistribute {connected | static} [metric] [metric-type] [tag]
Parameters
connected|static metricvalue metrictypetype Specifiesthesourceprotocoltoredistribute. (Optional)Specifiestherouteredistributionmetric.Themetricvaluecan rangefrom0to16777214. (Optional)Specifiestherouteredistributionmetrictype.Themetrictype canbe1,whichspecifiestype1externalroute,or2,whichspecifiestype 2externalroute. (Optional)Specifiesarouteredistributiontag.Thevalueoftagcan rangefrom0to4294967295.
tagtag
19-8
OSPFv3 Configuration
Defaults
Thedefaultvaluesare: Metric=unspecified Metrictype=Type2 Tag=0
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
ThenoformofthiscommandconfigurestheOSPFv3protocoltoprohibitredistributionofroutes fromthespecifiedsourceprotocol/routers.
Example
Thisexampleconfiguresrouteredistributionofstaticroutesandappliesametricof10
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# redistribute static metric 10
Commands
For information about... area default-cost area nssa area nssa default-info-originate area nssa no-redistribute area nssa no-summary area nssa translator role area nssa translator-stab-intv area range area stub area stub no-summary area virtual-link area virtual-link dead-interval area virtual-link hello-interval area virtual-link retransmit-interval area virtual-link transmit-delay Refer to page... 19-10 19-10 19-11 19-12 19-12 19-13 19-14 19-14 19-15 19-16 19-16 19-17 19-18 19-18 19-19
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 19-9
area default-cost
area default-cost
Thiscommandconfiguresthedefaultcostforthesummarydefaultroutegeneratedbythearea borderrouterintothestuborNSSAarea.
Syntax
area areaid default-cost cost no area areaid default-cost
Parameters
areaid cost SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value. Specifiesacost,whichcanrangebetween1and16777215.
Defaults
None.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)->router(Config-router)#
Usage
UsethiscommandtosetthecostvalueforthedefaultroutethatissentintoastubareaorNSSA byanAreaBorderRouter(ABR).Thenoformofthiscommandremovesthecostvaluefromthe summaryroutethatissentintothestubarea.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthedefaultroutecostto50forarea20.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 20 default-cost 50
area nssa
Thiscommandconfiguresthespecifiedareatofunctionasanotsostubbyarea(NSSA).
Syntax
area areaid nssa no area areaid nssa
Parameters
areaid SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value.
Defaults
None.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
19-10 OSPFv3 Configuration
Usage
AnNSSAallowssomeexternalroutesrepresentedbyexternalLinkStateAdvertisements(LSAs) tobeimportedintoit.Thisisincontrasttoastubareathatdoesnotallowanyexternalroutes. ExternalroutesthatarenotimportedintoanNSSAcanberepresentedbymeansofadefault route.ThisconfigurationisusedwhenanOSPFv3internetworkisconnectedtomultiplenon OSPFroutingdomains. ThenoformofthiscommandchangestheNSSAbacktoaplainarea.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigurearea20asanNSSA.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 20 nssa
Syntax
area areaid nssa default-info-originate [metric] [comparable | non-comparable] no area areaid nssa default-info-originate
Parameters
areaid metric comparable| noncomparable SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value. (Optional)Specifiesthemetricofthedefaultroute,intherangeof1to 16777214. (Optional)Specifiesthemetrictype: comparablenssaexternal1 noncomparablenssaexternal2
Defaults
Defaultmetricvalueis10.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)->router(Config-router)#
Usage
Usethiscommandtoallowadefaultroutetobeadvertisedwithinthearea.Thisoptionshouldbe configuredonlyonareaborderrouters(ABRs). Usethenoformofthiscommandtopreventadefaultroutetobeadvertisedwithinthearea.
Example
ThisexampleconfiguresNSSAarea20toadvertiseadefaultroute.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 20 nssa default-info-originate
19-11
Syntax
area areaid no-redistribute no area areaid no-redistribute
Parameters
areaid SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value.
Defaults
None.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)->router(Config-router)#
Usage
UsethiscommandtopreventredistributionoflearnedexternalroutestotheNSSAbythisarea borderrouter(ABR).Usethenoformofthiscommandtoenableredistributionoflearnedexternal routestotheNSSA.
Example
ThisexampleconfigurestheroutertonotredistributelearnedexternalroutesintoNSSA20.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 20 no-redistribute
Syntax
area areaid nssa no-summary no area areaid nssa no-summary
Parameters
areaid SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value.
Defaults
None.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
19-12
OSPFv3 Configuration
Usage
UsethiscommandtopreventtheadvertisingofsummaryroutesintothespecifiedNSSAbythis router.UsethenoformofthiscommandtoenableadvertisingofsummaryroutesintotheNSSA.
Example
ThisexampletheroutertonotadvertisesummaryroutesintoNSSA20.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 20 nssa no-summary
Syntax
area areaid nssa translator-role {always | candidate} no area areaid nssa translator-role
Parameters
areaid always candidate SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value. Specifiesthattherouterwillalwaysassumetheroleofthetranslatorthe instantisbecomesaborderrouter. Specifiesthattherouterwillparticipateinthetranslatorelection processwhenitbecomesaborderrouter.
Defaults
Bydefault,thetranslatorroleisdisabled.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
TheNSSATranslatorRolespecifieswhetherornotanNSSArouterwillunconditionallytranslate Type7LSAstoType5LSAswhenactingasanNSSAborderrouter. Whenthealwaysparameterisspecifiedwiththiscommand,therouterwillalwaystranslate Type7LSAs,regardlessofthetranslatorstateofotherNSSAborderrouters.Whenthecandidate parameterisspecified,theNSSArouterwillparticipateinthetranslatorelectionprocess describedinRFC3101,TheOSPFNotSoStubbyArea(NSSA)Option. Usethenoformofthiscommandtoreturntheconfiguredtranslatorroletothedefaultof disabled.
Example
Thisexampleconfigurestheroutertoalwaysassumethetranslatorrolewhenitbecomesanarea borderrouterforNSSA20.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 20 nssa translator-role always
19-13
Syntax
area areaid translator-stab-intv interval no area areaid translator-stab-intv
Parameters
areaid interval SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value. Specifiesthestabilityintervalinseconds.Thevalueofintervalcanrange from0to3600seconds.
Defaults
Thedefaultintervalis40seconds.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)->router(Config-router)#
Usage
Thestabilityintervalistheperiodoftimethatanelectedtranslatorcontinuestoperformitsduties afteritdeterminesthatitstranslatorstatushasbeendeposedbyanotherrouter.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthetranslatorstabilityintervalto60secondsforNSSA20.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 20 nssa translator-stab-intv 60
area range
ThiscommandcreatesanaddressrangeforthespecifiedNSSA.
Syntax
area areaid range ipv6-prefix/prefix-length {summarylink | nssaexternallink} [advertise | not-advertise] no area areaid range ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
Parameters
areaid SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value.
19-14
OSPFv3 Configuration
area stub
Defaults
Areaaddressrangesarenotconfiguredbydefault.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
Addressrangescontroltheadvertisementofroutesacrossareaboundaries.Routinginformation issummarized,oraggregated,atareaboundaries.Externaltothearea,atmostasinglerouteis advertised(viaaninterareaprefixLSA)foreachaddressrange.Arouteisadvertisedifandonly iftheaddressrangesstatusissettoadvertise.Thedefaultconditionistoadvertise. ForABRsconfiguredforNSSA,routesummarization/aggregationcanbeimplementedbasedon LSAtypeeithersummaryLSAs(specifiedwiththesummarylinkparameter),orNSSAexternal LSAsType7(specifiedwiththenssaexternallinkparameter). Youcanconfiguremultipleaddressrangeswiththiscommand. Usethenoformofthiscommandtoremoveaconfiguredaddressrange.
Example
Thisexampleconfiguresanaddressrangetobeconsolidatedandadvertisedbasedonsummary LSAs.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 20 range 3FFe:501::/32 summarylink
area stub
ThiscommandcreatesastubareaforthespecifiedareaID.
Syntax
area areaid stub no area areaid stub
Parameters
areaid SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value.
Defaults
None.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
19-15
Usage
AstubareaischaracterizedbythefactthatASexternalLSAsarenotpropagatedintothearea. RemovingASexternalLSAsandsummaryLSAscansignificantlyreducethelinkstatedatabaseof routerswithinthestubarea. Usethenoformofthecommandtodeleteastubarea.
Example
ThisexamplecreatesastubareawiththeIDof30.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 30 stub
Syntax
area areaid stub no-summary no area areaid stub no-summary
Parameters
areaid SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value.
Defaults
None.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
UsethenoformofthiscommandtosetthesummaryLSAimportmodetothedefaultforthe specifiedstubarea.
Example
TheexampledisablestheimportofsummaryLSAsintostubarea30.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 30 stub no-summary
area virtual-link
ThiscommandcreatestheOSPFv3virtualinterfaceforthespecifiedareaandneighbor.
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighborid no area areaid virtual-link neighborid
19-16
OSPFv3 Configuration
Parameters
areaid neighborid SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value. SpecifiesthevirtuallinkneighborbymeansofitsrouterID.Therouter IDmustbeenteredin32bitdottedquadnotation.
Defaults
None.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
ThevirtuallinkneighborisidentifiedbyitsrouterID.Usethenoformofthiscommandtodelete theconfiguredOSPFv3virtualinterfaceidentifiedbyareaandneighbor.
Example
Thisexamplecreatesavirtualinterfaceforarea20andtheneighborwithrouterID2.2.2.2.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 20 virtual-link 2.2.2.2
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighborid dead-interval seconds no area areaid virtual-link neighborid dead-interval
Parameters
areaid neighborid seconds SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value. SpecifiesthevirtuallinkneighborbymeansofitsrouterID.Therouter IDmustbeenteredin32bitdottedquadnotation. Specifiesthevalueofthedeadintervalinseconds.Therangeisfrom1 to65535seconds.
Defaults
Thedefaultdeadintervalis40seconds.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
Usethenoformofthiscommandtoreturnaconfiguredvaluetothedefaultof40seconds.
19-17
Example
Thisexampleconfiguresadeadintervalof60secondsforthespecifiedvirtualinterface.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 20 virtual-link 2.2.2.2 dead-interval 60
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighborid hello-interval seconds no area areaid virtual-link neighborid hello-interval
Parameters
areaid neighborid seconds SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value. SpecifiesthevirtuallinkneighborbymeansofitsrouterID.Therouter IDmustbeenteredin32bitdottedquadnotation. Specifiesthevalueofthehellointervalinseconds.Therangeisfrom1 to65535seconds.
Defaults
Thedefaulthellointervalis10seconds.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
Usethenoformofthiscommandtoreturnaconfiguredvaluetothedefaultvalueof10seconds.
Example
Thisexampleconfiguresahellointervalof30secondsforthespecifiedOSPFv3virtualinterface.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 20 virtual-link 2.2.2.2 hello-interval 30
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighborid retransmit-interval seconds no area areaid virtual-link neighborid retransmit-interval
Parameters
areaid SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value.
19-18
OSPFv3 Configuration
neighborid seconds
Defaults
Thedefaultretransmitintervalis5seconds.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
Usethenoformofthiscommandtoreturnaconfiguredvaluetothedefaultvalueof5seconds.
Example
Thisexamplesetstheretransmitintervalto10secondsforthespecifiedOSPFv3virtualinterface.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 20 virtual-link 2.2.2.2 retransmit-interval 10
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighborid transmit-delay seconds no area areaid virtual-link neighborid transmit-delay
Parameters
areaid neighborid seconds SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value. SpecifiesthevirtuallinkneighborbymeansofitsrouterID.Therouter IDmustbeenteredin32bitdottedquadnotation. Specifiesthevalueofthetransmitdelayinseconds.Therangeisfrom1 to3600seconds.
Defaults
Thedefaulttransmitdelayis1second.
Mode
RouterOSPFv3configuration:G3(su)>router(Configrouter)#
Usage
Usethenoformofthiscommandtoresetthetransmitdelaytothedefaultof1second.
19-19
Example
Thisexamplesetsthetransmitdelayto2secondsforthespecifiedOSPFv3virtualinterface.
G3(su)->router(Config-router)# area 20 virtual-link 2.2.2.2 transmit-delay 2
Commands
For information about... ipv6 ospf enable ipv6 ospf areaid ipv6 ospf cost ipv6 ospf dead-interval ipv6 ospf hello-interval ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore ipv6 ospf network ipv6 ospf priority ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval ipv6 ospf transmit-delay Refer to page... 19-20 19-21 19-22 19-22 19-23 19-24 19-24 19-25 19-26 19-26
Syntax
ipv6 ospf enable no ipv6 ospf enable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
OSPFv3isdisabledbydefault.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
19-20
OSPFv3 Configuration
Usage
UsethiscommandtoenableOSPFv3onarouterVLANinterfaceoronaloopbackinterface.Use thenoformofthiscommandtodisableOSPFv3onaninterface.
Note: In order for OSPFv3 to run on an interface, IPv6 must be explicitly enabled on the interface using the ipv6 enable command.
Example
ThisexampleentersrouterinterfaceconfigurationmodeforVLAN7andthenenablesOSPFv3on theinterface.
G3(su)->router(Config)# interface vlan 7 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 7))# ipv6 ospf enable
Syntax
ipv6 ospf areaid areaid no ipv6 ospf areaid areaid
Parameters
areaid SpecifiestheareaIDineither32bitdottedquadformatorasadecimal numberbetween0and4294967295.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
TheareaIDuniquelyidentifiestheareatowhichtheinterfaceconnects.AssigninganareaID whichdoesnotexistonaninterfacecausestheareatobecreatedwithdefaultvalues. Usethenoformofthiscommandtoremoveanareafromtheinterface.
Examples
ThisexampleassignsVLAN7toarea20,expressedindottedquadformat.
G3(su)->router(Config)# interface vlan 7 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 7))# ipv6 ospf areaid 0.0.0.20
ThisexampleassignsVLAN7toarea20,expressedasadecimalnumber.
G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 7))# ipv6 ospf areaid 20
19-21
Syntax
ipv6 ospf cost cost no ipv6 ospf cost cost
Parameters
cost Specifiesthecostofsendingapacketonthisinterface.Thevaluecan rangefrom1to65535.
Defaults
Thedefaultcostis10.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
Usethiscommandtoexplicitlyspecifythecostofsendingapacketontheinterfacebeing configuredforOSPFv3.Usethenoformofthiscommandtoreturnthecosttothedefaultvalueof 10.
Example
ThisexampleconfiguresthecostforrouterinterfaceVLAN7to100.
G3(su)->router(Config)# interface vlan 7 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 7))# ipv6 ospf cost 100
Syntax
ipv6 ospf dead-interval seconds no ipv6 ospf dead-interval seconds
Parameters
seconds SpecifiestheOSPFv3deadintervalinseconds.Thevaluecanrange from1to2147483647seconds.
Defaults
Thedefaultdeadintervalvalueis40seconds.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
19-22
OSPFv3 Configuration
Usage
TheOSPFv3deadintervalisthelengthoftimeinsecondsthataroutersHellopacketshavenot beenseenbeforeitsneighborroutersdeclarethattherouterisdown.Thevalueforthedead intervalmustbethesameforallroutersattachedtoacommonnetwork,andshouldbesome multipleofthehellointerval. Usethenoformofthiscommandtoreturnthedeadintervaltothedefaultvalueof40seconds.
Example
ThisexamplesetsthedeadintervalforrouterinterfaceVLAN7to60seconds.
G3(su)->router(Config)# interface vlan 7 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 7))# ipv6 ospf dead-interval 60
Syntax
ipv6 ospf hello-interval seconds no ipv6 ospf hello-interval seconds
Parameters
seconds SpecifiestheOSPFv3hellointervalinseconds.Thevaluecanrange from1to65535seconds.
Defaults
Thedefaulthellointervalis10seconds.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
UsethiscommandtospecifytheintervalbetweenhellopacketsthatOSPFv3sendsonthe interfacebeingconfigured.Theshorterthehellointerval,thefastertopologicalchangeswillbe detected,butmoreroutingtrafficwillensue.Thehellointervalmustbethesameforallrouters attachedtoacommonnetwork. Usethenoformofthiscommandtoreturnthehellointervaltothedefaultvalueof10seconds.
Example
ThisexamplesetsthehellointervalforrouterinterfaceVLAN7to20seconds.
G3(su)->router(Config)# interface vlan 7 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 7))# ipv6 ospf hello-interval 20
19-23
Syntax
ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore no ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
Parameters
None.
Defaults
Bydefault,MTUmismatchdetectionisenabled.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
OSPFDatabaseDescriptionpacketsspecifythesizeofthelargestIPpacketthatcanbesent withoutfragmentationontheinterface.WhenarouterreceivesaDatabaseDescriptionpacket,it examinestheMTUadvertisedbytheneighbor.Bydefault,iftheMTUislargerthantheroutercan accept,theDatabaseDescriptionpacketisrejectedandtheOSPFadjacencyisnotestablished. UsethiscommandtopreventtheOSPFv3routerprocessfromcheckingwhetherneighborsare usingthesamemaximumtransmissionunit(MTU)onacommoninterfacewhenexchanging DatabaseDescriptionpackets. UsethenoformofthiscommandtoenableMTUmismatchdetection.
Example
ThisexampledisablesMTUmismatchdetectiononrouterinterfaceVLAN7.
G3(su)->router(Config)# interface vlan 7 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 7))# ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
Syntax
ipv6 ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} no ipv6 ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point}
Parameters
broadcast pointtopoint Setsthenetworktypetobroadcast. Setsthenetworktypetopointtopoint.
Defaults
Defaultnetworktypeisbroadcast.
19-24
OSPFv3 Configuration
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
Normally,thenetworktypeisdeterminedfromthephysicalIPnetworktype.Bydefault,all EthernetnetworksareOSPFv3typebroadcast.Similarly,tunnelinterfacesdefaulttopointto point.WhenanEthernetportisusedasasinglelargebandwidthIPnetworkbetweentworouters, thenetworktypecanbepointtopointsincethereareonlytworouters.Usingpointtopointas thenetworktypeeliminatestheoverheadoftheOSPFv3designatedrouterelection.Itisnormally notusefultosetatunneltoOSPFv3networktypebroadcast. Usethenoformofthiscommandtosetthenetworktypetothedefault.
Example
ThisexamplesetsthenetworktypetopointtopointforrouterinterfaceVLAN7.
G3(su)->router(Config)# interface vlan 7 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 7))# ipv6 ospf network point-to-point
Syntax
ipv6 ospf priority priority no ipv6 ospf priority
Parameters
priority Specifiesthepriorityvalue,whichcanrangefrom0to255.
Defaults
Defaultpriorityvalueis1.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
Whentworoutersonthesamenetworkattempttobecomethedesignatedrouter,theonewiththe higherrouterprioritytakesprecedence.Ifthereisatie,therouterwiththehigherrouterIDtakes precedence.Arouterwitharouterprioritysettozeroisineligibletobecomethedesignatedrouter orbackupdesignatedrouter. Usethenoformofthiscommandtoreturnpriorityvaluetothedefaultof1.
Example
ThisexamplesetsthepriorityforrouterinterfaceVLAN7to5.
G3(su)->router(Config)# interface vlan 7 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 7))# ipv6 ospf priority 5
19-25
Syntax
ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval seconds no ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval
Parameters
seconds Specifiestheretransmitintervalvalue,whichcanrangefrom0to3600 seconds.
Defaults
Defaultvalueis4seconds.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
Usage
Theretransmitintervalisthenumberofsecondsbetweenlinkstateadvertisement retransmissionsforadjacenciesbelongingtothisrouterinterface.Thisvalueisalsousedwhen retransmittingdatabasedescriptionandlinkstaterequestpackets. Usethenoformofthiscommandtoresettheretransmitintervaltothedefaultvalueof4seconds.
Example
Thisexamplesetstheretransmitintervalto10secondsforrouterinterfaceVLAN7.
G3(su)->router(Config)# interface vlan 7 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 7))# ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval 10
Syntax
ipv6 ospf transmit-delay seconds no ipv6 ospf transmit-delay
Parameters
seconds Specifiesthetransmitdelay,whichcanrangefrom1to3600seconds.
Defaults
Defaultvalueis1second.
Mode
Routerinterfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan1))#
19-26
OSPFv3 Configuration
Usage
Thetransmitdelay,specifiedinseconds,setstheestimatednumberofsecondsittakestotransmit alinkstateupdatepacketoverthisinterface. Usethenoformofthiscommandtoreturnthetransmitdelaytothedefaultvalueof1seconds.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthetransmitdelayvalueto4secondsforrouterinterfaceVLAN7.
G3(su)->router(Config)# interface vlan 7 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 7))# ipv6 ospf transmit-delay 4
Commands
For information about... show ipv6 ospf show ipv6 ospf area show ipv6 ospf abr show ipv6 ospf asbr show ipv6 ospf database show ipv6 ospf interface show ipv6 ospf interface stats show ipv6 ospf neighbor show ipv6 ospf range show ipv6 ospf stub table show ipv6 ospf virtual-link Refer to page... 19-27 19-29 19-30 19-31 19-32 19-36 19-38 19-40 19-42 19-43 19-44
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf
Parameters
None.
19-27
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayOSPFv3routerinformation.
G3(su)->router# show ipv6 ospf Router ID OSPF Admin Mode ASBR Mode ABR Status Exit Overflow Interval External LSA Count External LSA Checksum New LSAs Originated LSAs Received External LSDB Limit Default Metric Maximum Paths Default Route Advertise Always Metric Metric Type 2.2.2.2 Enable Enable Enable 0 0 0 89 177 No Limit Not Configured 4 Disabled FALSE External Type 2
Table 191providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
Note: Some of the information in Table 19-1 displays only if you enable OSPFv3 and configure certain features.
Table 19-1
Output Field Router ID
ABR Status Exit Overflow Interval External LSA Count External LSA Checksum
19-28
OSPFv3 Configuration
Table 19-1
Output Field
New LSAs Originated LSAs Received External LSDB Limit Default Metric Maximum Paths Default Route Advertise Always Metric Metric Type
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf area areaid
Parameters
areaid SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayOSPFv3informationforarea20.
G3(su)->router>show ipv6 ospf area 20 AreaID External Routing Spf Runs Area Border Router Count Area LSA Count Area LSA Checksum Stub Mode 0.0.0.20 Import NSSAs 7 0 5 188094 Disable
19-29
Table 19-2
Output Field AreaID
External Routing Spf Runs Area Border Router Count Area LSA Count Area LSA Checksum
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf abr
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayOSPFv3areaborderrouterinformation.
G3(su)->router# show ipv6 ospf abr Type Router Id Cost Area ID Next Hop Intf ----- -------------- ---- ------------ -------------------------------- -------INTRA 82.15.0.1 10 0.0.0.10 FE80::200:2DFF:FEE6:FB6B Vlan 48 Next Hop
Table 193providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
19-30
OSPFv3 Configuration
Table 19-3
Output Field Type
Router ID of the destination. Cost of using this route. The area ID of the area from which this route is learned. Address of the next hop toward the destination. The outgoing router interface to use when forwarding traffic to the next hop.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf asbr
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router#
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayOSPFv3ASborderrouterroutes.
G3(su)->router# show ipv6 ospf asbr Type Next Hop Intf ----- -------------- ---- ------------ -------------------------------- -------INTER 1.11.1.1 5 0.0.0.20 FE80::100:1111:FEE6:FB7A Vlan 35 Router Id Cost Area ID Next Hop
19-31
Table 19-4
Output Field Router ID Cost Area ID Next Hop Next Hop Intf
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf [areaid] database [{external | inter-area {prefix | router} | link | network | nssa-external | prefix | router | unknown {area | as | link}}] [lsid] [{adv-router [rtrid] | self-originate | database-summary}]
Parameters
areaid external interarea prefix router link network nssaexternal unknown {area|as|link} lsid advrouter[rtrid] (Optional)Displaydatabaseinformationaboutaspecificarea.Enterthe areaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimalvalue. (Optional)DisplayexternalLSAs. (Optional)DisplayinterareaLSAs. (Optional)DisplayintraareaPrefixLSAs. (Optional)DisplayrouterLSAs. (Optional)DisplaylinkLSAs. (Optional)DisplaynetworkLSAs. (Optional)DisplayNSSAexternalLSAs. (Optional)Displayunknownarea,unknownAS,orunknownlink LSAs. (Optional)SpecifiesthelinkstateID. (Optional)DisplaytheLSAsthatarerestrictedbytheadvertising router.Optionally,specifytherouterbyitsrouterID(rtrid),enteredasa 32bitdottedquadvalue. (Optional)DisplayLSAsthatareselforiginated. (Optional)DisplaysthenumberofeachtypeofLSAinthedatabaseand thetotalnumberofLSAsinthedatabase.
selforiginate databasesummary
Defaults
Ifnoparametersareentered,LSAheadersforallareasaredisplayed.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router#
19-32
OSPFv3 Configuration
Usage
Ifyouexecutethiscommandwithoutanyparameters,LSAheadersforallareasaredisplayed. Usetheareaidparametertodisplaydatabaseinformationforaspecificarea.Theotheroptional parameterscanbeusedtospecifyaparticulartypeoflinkstateadvertisementtodisplay.
Examples
ThisexampledisplaystheoutputwhenanareaIDisspecified.
G3(su)->router#show ipv6 ospf 10 database Inter Network States (Area 0.0.0.10) Adv Router Link Id Age Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt --------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------2.2.2.2 1 153 80000026 A8F2 Intra Prefix States (Area 0.0.0.10)
Adv Router Link Id Age Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt --------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------2.2.2.2 0 506 80000027 DD00 AS External States Adv Router Link Id Age Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt --------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------2.2.2.2 1 342 8000002C 0C20
Thisexampleshowspartialoutputofthiscommandwhennoparametersarespecified.
G3(su)->router>show ipv6 ospf database router links States (Area 0.0.0.0) Adv Router Link Id --------------- --------------2.2.2.2 0 3.3.3.3 0 Age Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1288 80000273 32A9 V6E--R- ---EB 1098 80000251 7D11 V6E--RD -----
network links States (Area 0.0.0.0) Adv Router Link Id Age Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt --------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------3.3.3.3 3 1098 800001DB 8A7F V6E--RD Link States (Area 0.0.0.0) Adv Router Link Id --------------- --------------3.3.3.3 3 2.2.2.2 426 --More-- or (q)uit Age Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1098 800001DA 0F95 V6E--RD 1288 80000213 DFC0 V6E--R-
19-33
Thisexampleillustratestheoutputofthiscommandusingtheadvrouterparameter.
G3(su)->router>show ipv6 ospf database external adv-router AS External States LS Age: 930 LS Type: AS-External-LSA LS Id: 1 Advertising Router: 2.2.2.2 LS Seq Number: 0x80000006 Checksum: 0x3e4c Length: 36 Options:(E-Bit) Metric Type: 2 Metric:20 IPv6 Prefix: 2301::/64 (None)
Whether the route specified is external type 1 or external type 2. The cost of using the specified router link. The IPv6 route with prefix mask being displayed.
19-34
OSPFv3 Configuration
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayOSPFdatabasesummaryinformation.
G3(su)->router#show ipv6 ospf database database-summary OSPF Router with ID (2.2.2.2)
Area 0.0.0.0 Database Summary Router Network Inter-area Prefix Inter-area Router Type-7 Ext Link Intra-area Prefix Link Unknown Area Unknown AS Unknown AS Unknown Self Originated Type-7 Subtotal Area 0.0.0.10 Database Summary Router Network Inter-area Prefix Inter-area Router Type-7 Ext Link Intra-area Prefix Link Unknown Area Unknown AS Unknown AS Unknown Self Originated Type-7 Subtotal
2 1 1 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 8
2 1 51 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 58
Router database summary Router Network Inter-area Prefix Inter-area Router Type-7 Ext Link Intra-area Prefix Link Unknown Area Unknown AS Unknown Type-5 Ext Self-Originated Type-5 Ext Total
4 2 52 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 66
19-35
Table 19-6
Output Field
Inter-area Prefix Inter-area Router Type-7 Ext Link Intra-area Prefix Link Unknown Area Unknown AS Unknown Self Originated Type-7 Type-5 Ext Self-Originated Type-5 Total
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf interface {vlan vlanid | tunnel tunnelid | loopback loopid}
Parameters
vlanvlanid tunneltunnelid loopbackloopid SpecifiestheVLANinterfacetodisplayinformationabout. Specifiesthetunnelinterfacetodisplayinformationabout. Specifiestheloopbackinterfacetodisplayinformationabout.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router#
19-36
OSPFv3 Configuration
Examples
ThisexampledisplaysinformationaboutOSPFv3routinginterfaceVLAN80.
G3(su)->router>show ipv6 ospf interface vlan 80 IPv6 Address FE80::211:88FF:FE56:5D8F ifIndex 430 OSPF Admin Mode Enable OSPF Area ID 0.0.0.20 Router Priority 1 Retransmit Interval 5 Hello Interval 10 Dead Interval 40 LSA Ack Interval 1 Iftransit Delay Interval 1 Authentication Type None Metric Cost 10 (computed) OSPF Mtu-ignore Disable OSPF Interface Type broadcast State designated-router Designated Router 2.2.2.2 Backup Designated Router 0.0.0.0 Number of Link Events 2
19-37
Table 19-7
Output Field
Retransmit Interval Hello Interval Dead Interval LSA Ack Interval Iftransit Delay Interval Authentication Type Metric Cost OSPF MTU-ignore
OSPF Interface Type State Designated Router Backup Designated Router Number of Link Events
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf interface stats vlan vlanid
Parameters
vlanvlanid SpecifiestheVLANinterfaceforwhichtodisplaystatistics.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router#
19-38
OSPFv3 Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaystatisticsforVLAN80.
G3(su)->router>show ipv6 ospf interface stats vlan 80 OSPFv3 Area ID 0.0.0.20 Spf Runs 7 Area Border Router Count 0 AS Border Router Count 0 Area LSA Count 5 IPv6 Address FE80::211:88FF:FE56:5D8F/128 OSPF Interface Events 2 Virtual Events 0 Neighbor Events 0 External LSA Count 1 LSAs Received 1903 Originate New LSAs 4198 Sent Packets 1053 Received Packets 0 Discards 0 Bad Version 0 Virtual Link Not Found 0 Area Mismatch 0 Invalid Destination Address 0 No Neighbor at Source Address 0 Invalid OSPF Packet Type 0 Packet Type -------------------Hello Database Description LS Request LS Update LS Acknowledgement Sent ---------1053 0 0 0 0 Received ---------0 0 0 0 0
19-39
Table 19-8
Output Field
External LSA Count LSAs Received Originate New LSAs Sent Packets Received Packets Discards Bad Version Virtual Link Not Found Area Mismatch Invalid Destination Address No Neighbor at Source Address Invalid OSPF Packet Type Packet Type / Sent / Received
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf neighbor [interface {vlan vlanid | tunnel tunnelid}] [neighborid]
Parameters
interface vlanvlanid tunneltunnelid neighborid (Optional)Restrictstheoutputdisplaytoaspecificinterface. SpecifytheVLANinterfacetodisplayinformationabout. Specifythetunnelinterfacetodisplay (Optional)SpecifytheneighborbyitsrouterID,specifiedin32bit dottedquadformat.
Defaults
Whennoparametersarespecified,informationaboutallneighborsisdisplayed.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router#
Usage
IfyoudonotspecifyaneighborrouterID,theoutputdisplayssummaryinformationinatable.If youspecifyaninterfaceortunnel,onlytheinformationforthatinterfaceortunneldisplays. WhenyouspecifyaneighborbyrouterID,detailedinformationabouttheneighbordisplays.
19-40
OSPFv3 Configuration
TheinformationisdisplayedonlyifOSPFv3isenabledandtheinterfacehasaneighbor.
Examples
Thisexampleillustratesthesummaryinformationdisplayedwhennoneighborisspecified.
G3(su)->router#show ipv6 ospf neighbor Router ID ---------------3.3.3.3 6.6.6.6 Priority -------1 1 Intf ID ----3 456 Interface ----------Vlan 36 Tunnel 0 State ---------------Full/DR Full/PtP Dead Time ---32 31
Dead Time
Amount of time, in seconds, to wait before the router assumes the neighbor is unreachable.
19-41
Thisexampledisplaystheoutputofthiscommandwhenaneighborisspecified.
G3(su)->router#show ipv6 ospf neighbor 8.8.8.8 Interface Area Id Options Router Priority Dead timer due in (secs) State Events Retransmission Queue Length Vlan 45 0.0.0.30 0x2 128 33 Full/DR 6 0
Router Priority Dead Timer Due State Events Retransmission Queue Length
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf range areaid
Parameters
areaid SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router#
19-42
OSPFv3 Configuration
Example
Thisexampledisplaysrangeinformationforarea20.
G3(su)->router#show ipv6 ospf range 20 Area ID IPv6 Prefix/Prefix Length Lsdb Type Advertisement --------------- ------------------------- --------------- ------------0.0.0.20 3345:1234::/64 Summary Link Enabled
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf stub table
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router#
Example
ThisexampledisplaystheOSPFv3stubtableinformation.
G3(su)->router# show ipv6 ospf stub table AreaId TypeofService Metric Val Import SummaryLSA ---------------- ------------- ---------- ----------------0.0.0.20 Normal 1 Enable
19-43
Table 19-12
Output Field Metric Val
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link areaid neighborid
Parameters
areaid neighborid SpecifiestheareaIDinIPaddressformat(dottedquad)orasadecimal value. SpecifiestheneighborbyitsrouterID,specifiedin32bitdottedquad format.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Routerprivilegedexecution:G3(su)>router#
Example
ThisinformationdisplaysvirtuallinkinformationforareaID10andtheneighborwithrouterID of3.3.3.3.
G3(su)->router(Config)#show ipv6 ospf virtual-link 10 3.3.3.3 Area ID 10 Neighbor IP Address 3.3.3.3 Hello Interval 10 Dead Interval 40 Iftransit Delay Interval 1 Retransmit Interval 5 State DOWN Metric 0 Neighbor State DOWN
19-44
OSPFv3 Configuration
Table 19-13
Output Field Dead Interval
19-45
19-46
OSPFv3 Configuration
20
Security Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheSecurityConfigurationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... Overview of Security Methods Configuring RADIUS Configuring 802.1X Authentication Configuring MAC Authentication Configuring Multiple Authentication Methods Configuring VLAN Authorization (RFC 3580) Configuring MAC Locking Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) Configuring Secure Shell (SSH) Configuring Access Lists Refer to page... 20-1 20-3 20-10 20-19 20-30 20-41 20-46 20-57 20-68 20-70
MACAuthenticationprovidesamechanismforadministratorstosecurelyauthenticate sourceMACaddressesandgrantappropriateaccesstoenduserdevicescommunicatingwith GSeriesports.Fordetails,refertoConfiguringMACAuthenticationonpage 2019. MultipleAuthenticationMethodsallowsuserstoauthenticateusingmultiplemethodsof authenticationonthesameport.Fordetails,refertoConfiguringMultipleAuthentication Methodsonpage 2030. RFC3580TunnelAttributesprovideamechanismtocontainan802.1XauthenticatedorMAC authenticatedusertoaVLANregardlessofthePVID.Uptoeightuserscanbeconfiguredper Gigabitport.RefertoConfiguringVLANAuthorization(RFC3580)onpage 2041. MACLockinglocksaporttooneormoreMACaddresses,preventingtheuseof unauthorizeddevicesandMACspoofingontheportFordetails,refertoConfiguringMAC Lockingonpage 2046. PortWebAuthentication(PWA)passesalllogininformationfromtheendstationtoa RADIUSserverforauthenticationbeforeallowingausertoaccessthenetwork.PWAisan alternativeto802.1XandMACauthentication.Fordetails,refertoConfiguringPortWeb Authentication(PWA)onpage 2057. SecureShell(SSH)providessecureTelnet.Fordetails,refertoConfiguringSecureShell (SSH)onpage 2068. IPAccessLists(ACLs)permitsordeniesaccesstoroutinginterfacesbasedonprotocoland inboundand/oroutboundIPaddressrestrictionsconfiguredinaccesslists.Fordetails,referto ConfiguringAccessListsonpage 2070.
Notes: The G3 supports up to eight authenticated users per port. The G3 cannot simultaneously support Policy and RFC 3580 on the same port. If multiple users are configured to use a port, and the G3 is then switched from "policy" mode to "tunnel" mode (RFC3580 VLAN to port mapping), the total number of users supported to use a port will be reset to one. RFC-3580 VLAN authorization is not supported by PWA authentication.
20-2
Security Configuration
Configuring RADIUS
Configuring RADIUS
Purpose
Toperformthefollowing: ReviewtheRADIUSclient/serverconfigurationontheswitch. EnableordisabletheRADIUSclient. Setlocalandremoteloginoptions. Setprimaryandsecondaryserverparameters,includingIPaddress,timeoutperiod, authenticationrealm,andnumberofuserloginattemptsallowed. ResetRADIUSserversettingstodefaultvalues. ConfigureaRADIUSaccountingserver.
Commands
For information about... show radius set radius clear radius show radius accounting set radius accounting clear radius accounting Refer to page... 20-4 20-5 20-6 20-7 20-8 20-9
20-3
show radius
show radius
UsethiscommandtodisplaythecurrentRADIUSclient/serverconfiguration.
Syntax
show radius [status | retries | timeout | server [index | all]]
Parameters
status retries timeout server index|all (Optional)DisplaystheRADIUSserversenablestatus. (Optional)DisplaysthenumberofretryattemptsbeforetheRADIUSserver timesout. (Optional)Displaysthemaximumamountoftime(inseconds)toestablish contactwiththeRADIUSserverbeforeretryattemptsbegin. (Optional)DisplaysRADIUSserverconfigurationinformation. Forusewiththeserverparametertoshowserverconfigurationforall serversoraspecificRADIUSserverasdefinedbyanindex.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allRADIUSconfigurationinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRADIUSconfigurationinformation:
G3(rw)->show radius RADIUS status: Enabled RADIUS retries: 3 RADIUS timeout: 20 seconds RADIUS Server IP Address ----------------------10 172.16.20.10
Auth-Port --------1812
Realm-Type ----------------management-access
RADIUS timeout
RADIUS Server
20-4
Security Configuration
set radius
Table 20-1
Output Field Realm-Type
set radius
Usethiscommandtoenable,disable,orconfigureRADIUSauthentication.
Syntax
set radius {enable | disable} | {retries number-of-retries} | {timeout timeout} | {server index ip-address port [secret-value] [realm {management-access | any | network-access}} | {realm {management-access | any | network-access} {index| all}}
Parameters
enable|disable retriesnumberof retries timeouttimeout EnablesordisablestheRADIUSclient. SpecifiesthenumberofretryattemptsbeforetheRADIUSservertimesout. Validvaluesarefrom0to10.Defaultis3. Specifiesthemaximumamountoftime(inseconds)toestablishcontact withtheRADIUSserverbeforeretryattemptsbegin.Validvaluesarefrom 1to30.Defaultis20seconds. Specifiestheindexnumber,IPaddressandtheUDPauthenticationportfor theRADIUSserver. (Optional)Specifiesanencryptionkeytobeusedforauthentication betweentheRADIUSclientandserver. RealmallowsyoutodefinewhohastogothroughtheRADIUSserverfor authentication. managementaccess:Thismeansthatanyonetryingtoaccesstheswitch (Telnet,SSH,LocalManagement)hastoauthenticatethroughthe RADIUSserver. networkaccess:Thismeansthatalltheusershavetoauthenticatetoa RADIUSserverbeforetheyareallowedaccesstothenetwork. any:Meansthatbothmanagementaccessandnetworkaccesshave beenenabled.
Note: If the management-access or any access realm has been configured, the local admin account is disabled for access to the switch using the console, Telnet, or Local Management. Only the network-access realm allows access to the local admin account.
index|all
Appliestherealmsettingtoaspecificserverortoallservers.
20-5
clear radius
Defaults
Ifsecretvalueisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifrealmisnotspecified,theanyaccessrealmwillbeused.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheGSeriesdeviceallowsupto10RADIUSaccountingserverstobeconfigured,withuptotwo serversactiveatanygiventime. TheRADIUSclientcanonlybeenabledontheswitchonceaRADIUSserverisonline,anditsIP address(es)hasbeenconfiguredwiththesamepasswordtheRADIUSclientwilluse.
Note: If RADIUS is configured with no host IP address on the device, it will use the loopback interface 0 IP address (if it has been configured) as its source for the NAS-IP attribute. For information about configuring loopback interfaces, refer to interface on page 15-3.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheRADIUSclientforauthenticatingwithRADIUSserver1at IPaddress192.168.6.203,UDPauthenticationport1812,andanauthenticationpasswordof pwsecret.Aspreviouslynoted,theserversecretpasswordenteredheremustmatchthat alreadyconfiguredastheReadWrite(rw)passwordontheRADIUSserver:
G3(su)->set radius server 1 192.168.6.203 1812 pwsecret
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheRADIUStimeoutto5seconds:
G3(su)->set radius timeout 5
ThisexampleshowshowtosetRADIUSretriesto10:
G3(su)->set radius retries 10
clear radius
UsethiscommandtoclearRADIUSserversettings.
Syntax
clear radius [retries] | [timeout] | [server {index | all | realm {index | all}}]
Parameters
retries timeout server ResetsthemaximumnumberofattemptsausercancontacttheRADIUS serverbeforetimingoutto3. ResetsthemaximumamountoftimetoestablishcontactwiththeRADIUS serverbeforetimingoutto20seconds. Deletesserversettings.
20-6
Security Configuration
index|all realm
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearallsettingsonallRADIUSservers:
G3(su)->clear radius server all
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheRADIUStimeouttothedefaultvalueof20seconds:
G3(su)->clear radius timeout
Syntax
show radius accounting [server] | [counter ip-address] | [retries] | [timeout]
Parameters
server counteripaddress retries timeout (Optional)DisplaysoneorallRADIUSaccountingserverconfigurations. (Optional)DisplayscountersforaRADIUSaccountingserver. (Optional)Displaysthemaximumnumberofattemptstocontactthe RADIUSaccountingserverbeforetimingout. (Optional)Displaysthemaximumamountoftimebeforetimingout.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allRADIUSaccountingconfigurationinformationwillbe displayed.
20-7
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRADIUSaccountingconfigurationinformation.Inthiscase, RADIUSaccountingisnotcurrentlyenabledandglobaldefaultsettingshavenotbeenchanged. Oneserverhasbeenconfigured. FordetailsonenablingandconfiguringRADIUSaccounting,refertosetradiusaccountingon page 208:
G3(ro)->show radius accounting RADIUS accounting status: Disabled RADIUS Acct Server IP Address Acct-Port Retries Timeout Status ------------------ ---------- --------- ------- ------- -----1 172.16.2.10 1856 3 20 Disabled
Syntax
set radius accounting {[enable | disable] [retries retries] [timeout timeout] [server ip_address port [server-secret]
Parameters
enable|disable retriesretries timeouttimeout EnablesordisablestheRADIUSaccountingclient. SetsthemaximumnumberofattemptstocontactaspecifiedRADIUS accountingserverbeforetimingout.Validretryvaluesare010. Setsthemaximumamountoftime(inseconds)toestablishcontactwitha specifiedRADIUSaccountingserverbeforetimingout.Validtimeout valuesare130. Specifiestheaccountingservers: IPaddress UDPauthenticationport(065535) serversecret(ReadWritepasswordtoaccessthisaccountingserver. Devicewillpromptforthisentryuponcreatingaserverinstance,as shownintheexamplebelow.)
serverip_address portserversecret
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
20-8
Security Configuration
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheRADIUSaccountingclientforauthenticatingwiththe accountingserveratIPaddress10.2.4.12,UDPauthenticationport1800.Aspreviouslynoted,the serversecretpasswordenteredheremustmatchthatalreadyconfiguredastheReadWrite(rw) passwordontheRADIUSaccountingserver:
G3(su)->set radius accounting server 10.2.4.12 1800 Enter secret: Re-enter secret:
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheRADIUSaccountingtimeoutto30seconds:
G3(su)->set radius accounting timeout 30
ThisexampleshowshowtosetRADIUSaccountingretriesto10:
G3(su)->set radius accounting retries 10
Syntax
clear radius accounting {server ip-address | retries | timeout | counter}
Parameters
serveripaddress retries timeout counter Clearstheconfigurationononeormoreaccountingservers. Resetstheretriestothedefaultvalueof3. Resetsthetimeoutto5seconds. Clearscounters.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheRADIUSaccountingtimeoutto5seconds.
G3(su)->clear radius accounting timeout
20-9
Commands
For information about... show dot1x show dot1x auth-config set dot1x set dot1x auth-config clear dot1x auth-config show eapol set eapol clear eapol Refer to page... 20-10 20-12 20-13 20-14 20-15 20-16 20-17 20-18
show dot1x
Usethiscommandtodisplay802.1Xstatus,diagnostics,statistics,andreauthenticationor initializationcontrolinformationforoneormoreports.
Syntax
show dot1x [auth-diag] [auth-stats] [port [init | reauth]] [port-string]
Parameters
authdiag authstats portinit|reauth portstring (Optional)Displaysauthenticationdiagnosticsinformation. (Optional)Displaysauthenticationstatistics. (Optional)Displaysthestatusofportinitializationandreauthentication controlfortheport. (Optional)Displaysinformationforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
20-10
Security Configuration
show dot1x
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,802.1Xstatuswillbedisplayed. Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplay802.1Xstatus:
G3(su)->show dot1x DOT1X is disabled.
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayauthenticationdiagnosticsinformationforge.1.1:
G3(su)->show dot1x auth-diag ge.1.1 Port : 1 Auth-Diag Enter Connecting: EAP Logoffs While Connecting: Enter Authenticating: Success While Authenticating Timeouts While Authenticating: Fails While Authenticating: ReAuths While Authenticating: EAP Starts While Authenticating: EAP logoff While Authenticating: Backend Responses: Backend Access Challenges: Backend Others Requests To Supp: Backend NonNak Responses From: Backend Auth Successes: Backend Auth Fails:
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayauthenticationstatisticsforge.1.1:
G3(su)->show dot1x auth-stats Port: 1 Auth-Stats EAPOL Frames Rx: EAPOL Frames Tx: EAPOL Start Frames Rx: EAPOL Logoff Frames Rx: EAPOL RespId Frames Rx: EAPOL Resp Frames Rx: EAPOL Req Frames Tx: EAP Length Error Frames Rx: Last EAPOL Frame Version: Last EAPOL Frame Source: ge.1.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestatusofportreauthenticationcontrolforge.1.1through ge.1.6:
G3(su)->show dot1x port reauth ge.1.1-6 Port 1: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 2: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 3: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 4: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 5: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 6: Port reauthenticate: FALSE
20-11
Syntax
show dot1x auth-config [authcontrolled-portcontrol] [maxreq] [quietperiod] [reauthenabled] [reauthperiod] [servertimeout] [supptimeout] [txperiod] [port-string]
Parameters
authcontrolled portcontrol maxreq quietperiod reauthenabled reauthperiod servertimeout supptimeout txperiod portstring (Optional)DisplaysthecurrentvalueofthecontrolledPortcontrol parameterfortheport. (Optional)Displaysthevaluesetformaximumrequestscurrentlyinuseby thebackendauthenticationstatemachine. (Optional)Displaysthevaluesetforquietperiodcurrentlyinusebythe authenticatorPAEstatemachine. (Optional)Displaysthestateofreauthenticationcontrolusedbythe ReauthenticationTimerstatemachine. (Optional)Displaysthevalue,inseconds,setforthereauthentication periodusedbythereauthenticationtimerstatemachine. (Optional)Displaystheservertimeoutvalue,inseconds,currentlyinuse bythebackendauthenticationstatemachine. (Optional)Displaystheauthenticationsupplicanttimeoutvalue,in seconds,currentlyinusebythebackendauthenticationstatemachine. (Optional)Displaysthetransmissionperiodvalue,inseconds,currentlyin usebytheauthenticatorPAEstatemachine. (Optional)Limitsthedisplayofdesiredinformationinformationtospecific port(s).Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,all802.1Xsettingswillbedisplayed. Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheEAPOLportcontrolmodeforge.1.1:
G3(su)->show dot1x auth-config authcontrolled-portcontrol ge.1.1 Port 1: Auth controlled port control: Auto
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythe802.1Xquietperiodsettingsforge.1.1:
G3(su)->show dot1x auth-config quietperiod ge.1.1 Port 1: Quiet period: 30
20-12
Security Configuration
set dot1x
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayall802.1Xauthenticationconfigurationsettingsforge.1.1:
G3(ro)->show dot1x auth-config Port : 1 Auth-Config PAE state: Backend auth state: Admin controlled directions: Oper controlled directions: Auth controlled port status: Auth controlled port control: Quiet period: Transmission period: Supplicant timeout: Server timeout: Maximum requests: Reauthentication period: Reauthentication control: ge.1.1 Initialize Initialize Both Both Authorized Auto 60 30 30 30 2 3600 Disabled
set dot1x
Usethiscommandtoenableordisable802.1Xauthentication,toreauthenticateoneormoreaccess entities,ortoreinitializeoneormoresupplicants.
Syntax
set dot1x {enable | disable | port {init | reauth} {true | false} [port-string]}
Parameters
enable|disable port init|reauth true|false portstring Enablesordisables802.1X. Enableordisable802.1Xreauthenticationorinitializationcontrolononeor moreports. Configureinitializationorreauthenticationcontrol. Enable(true)ordisable(false)reinitialization/reauthentication. (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)toreinitializeorreauthenticate.
Defaults
Ifnoportsarespecified,thereinitializationorreauthenticationsettingwillbeappliedtoallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Disabling802.1Xauthenticationglobally,bynotenteringaspecificportstringvalue,willenable theEAPpassthroughfeature.EAPpassthroughallowsclientauthenticationpacketstobe forwardedunmodifiedthroughtheswitchtoanupstreamdevice.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoenable802.1X:
G3(su)->set dot1x enable
Thisexampleshowshowtoreinitializege.1.2:
G3(rw)->set dot1x port init true ge.1.2
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 20-13
Syntax
set dot1x auth-config {[authcontrolled-portcontrol {auto | forced-auth | forced-unauth}] [maxreq value] [quietperiod value] [reauthenabled {false | true}] [reauthperiod value] [servertimeout timeout] [supptimeout timeout] [txperiod value]} [port-string]
Parameters
authcontrolled portcontrol auto|forcedauth| forcedunauth Specifiesthe802.1Xportcontrolmode. maxreqvalue autoSetportcontrolmodetoautocontrolledportcontrol.This isthedefaultvalue. forcedauthSetportcontrolmodetoForcedAuthorized controlledportcontrol. forcedunauthSetportcontrolmodetoForcedUnauthorized controlledportcontrol.
Specifiesthemaximumnumberofauthenticationrequestsallowed bythebackendauthenticationstatemachine.Validvaluesare110. Defaultvalueis2. Specifiesthetime(inseconds)followingafailedauthentication beforeanotherattemptcanbemadebytheauthenticatorPAEstate machine.Validvaluesare065535.Defaultvalueis60seconds. Enables(true)ordisables(false)reauthenticationcontrolofthe reauthenticationtimerstatemachine.Defaultvalueisfalse. Specifiesthetimelapse(inseconds)betweenattemptsbythe reauthenticationtimerstatemachinetoreauthenticateaport.Valid valuesare065535.Defaultvalueis3600seconds. Specifiesatimeoutperiod(inseconds)fortheauthenticationserver, usedbythebackendauthenticationstatemachine.Validvaluesare1 300.Defaultvalueis30seconds. Specifiesatimeoutperiod(inseconds)fortheauthentication supplicantusedbythebackendauthenticationstatemachine.Valid valuesare1300.Defaultvalueis30seconds. Specifiestheperiod(inseconds)whichpassesbetweenauthenticator PAEstatemachineEAPtransmissions.Validvaluesare065535. Defaultvalueis30seconds. (Optional)Limitstheconfigurationofdesiredsettingstospecified port(s).Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refer toPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
quietperiodvalue
servertimeouttimeout
supptimeouttimeout
txperiodvalue
portstring
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,authenticationparameterswillbesetonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
20-14
Security Configuration
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoenablereauthenticationcontrolonportsge.1.13:
G3(su)->set dot1x auth-config reauthenabled true ge.1.1-3
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthe802.1Xquietperiodto120secondsonportsge.1.13:
G3(su)->set dot1x auth-config quietperiod 120 ge.1.1-3
Syntax
clear dot1x auth-config [authcontrolled-portcontrol] [maxreq] [quietperiod] [reauthenabled] [reauthperiod] [servertimeout] [supptimeout] [txperiod] [portstring]
Parameters
authcontrolled portcontrol maxreq quietperiod reauthenabled reauthperiod servertimeout supptimeout txperiod portstring (Optional)Resetsthe802.1Xportcontrolmodetoauto. (Optional)Resetsthemaximumrequestsvalueto2. (Optional)Resetsthequietperiodvalueto60seconds. (Optional)Resetsthereauthenticationcontrolstatetodisabled(false). (Optional)Resetsthereauthenticationperiodvalueto3600seconds. (Optional)Resetstheservertimeoutvalueto30seconds. (Optional)Resetstheauthenticationsupplicanttimeoutvalueto30 seconds. (Optional)Resetsthetransmissionperiodvalueto30seconds. (Optional)Resetssettingsonspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 41.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allauthenticationparameterswillbereset. Ifportstringisnotspecified,parameterswillbesetonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthe802.1Xportcontrolmodetoautoonallports:
G3(su)->clear dot1x auth-config authcontrolled-portcontrol
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetreauthenticationcontroltodisabledonportsge.1.13:
G3(su)->clear dot1x auth-config reauthenabled ge.1.1-3
20-15
show eapol
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthe802.1Xquietperiodto60secondsonportsge.1.13:
G3(su)->clear dot1x auth-config quietperiod ge.1.1-3
show eapol
UsethiscommandtodisplayEAPOLstatusorsettingsforoneormoreports.
Syntax
show eapol [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysEAPOLstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,onlyEAPOLenablestatuswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayEAPOLstatusforportsge.1.13:
G3(su)->show eapol ge.1.1-3 EAPOL is disabled. Port -------ge.1.1 ge.1.2 ge.1.3 Authentication State -------------------Initialize Initialize Initialize Authentication Mode -------------------Auto Auto Auto
20-16
Security Configuration
set eapol
Table 20-2
Output Field
Authentication State
authentication is disabled, authentication is enabled and the port is not linked, or authentication is enabled and the port is linked. (In this case very little time is spent in this state, it immediately transitions to the connecting state, via disconnected.
disconnected: The port passes through this state on its way to connected whenever the port is reinitialized, via link state change, reauthentication failure, or management intervention. connecting: While in this state, the authenticator sends request/ID messages to the end user. authenticating: The port enters this state from connecting after receiving a response/ID from the end user. It remains in this state until the entire authentication exchange between the end user and the authentication server completes. authenticated: The port enters this state from authenticating state after the exchange completes with a favorable result. It remains in this state until linkdown, logoff, or until a reauthentication begins. aborting: The port enters this state from authenticating when any event occurs that interrupts the login exchange. held: After any login failure the port remains in this state for the number of seconds equal to quietPeriod (can be set using MIB). forceAuth: Management is allowing normal, unsecured switching on this port. forceUnauth: Management is preventing any frames from being forwarded to or from this port. Authentication Mode Mode enabling network access for each port. Modes include: Auto: Frames are forwarded according to the authentication state of each port. Forced Authorized Mode: Meant to disable authentication on a port. It is intended for ports that support ISLs and devices that cannot authenticate, such as printers and file servers. If a default policy is applied to the port via the policy profile MIB, then frames are forwarded according to the configuration set by that policy, otherwise frames are forwarded according to the current configuration for that port. Authentication using 802.1X is not possible on a port in this mode. Forced Unauthorized Mode: All frames received on the port are discarded by a filter. Authentication using 802.1X is not possible on a port in this mode.
set eapol
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableEAPOLportbaseduserauthenticationwiththeRADIUS serverandtosettheauthenticationmodeforoneormoreports.
Syntax
set eapol [enable | disable] [auth-mode {auto | forced-auth | forced-unauth} port-string
20-17
clear eapol
Parameters
enable|disable authmode auto| forcedauth| forcedunauth EnablesordisablesEAPOL. Specifiestheauthenticationmodeas: autoAutoauthorizationmode.Thisisthedefaultmodeandwill forwardframesaccordingtotheauthenticationstateoftheport.For detailsonthismode,refertoTable 202. forcedauthForcedauthorizedmode,whichdisablesauthentication ontheport. forcedunauthForcedunauthorizedmode,whichfiltersanddiscards allframesreceivedontheport.
portstring
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableEAPOL:
G3(su)->set eapol enable
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableEAPOLwithforcedauthorizedmodeonportge.1.1:
G3(su)->set eapol auth-mode forced-auth ge.1.1
clear eapol
UsethiscommandtogloballycleartheEAPOLauthenticationmode,ortoclearsettingsforoneor moreports.
Syntax
clear eapol [auth-mode] [port-string]
Parameters
authmode portstring (Optional)GloballyclearstheEAPOLauthenticationmode. Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoclearEAPOLparameters.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifauthmodeisnotspecified,allEAPOLsettingswillbecleared. Ifportstringisnotspecified,settingswillbeclearedforallports.
20-18 Security Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheEAPOLauthenticationmodeforportge.1.3:
G3(su)->clear eapol auth-mode ge.1.3
Commands
For information about... show macauthentication show macauthentication session set macauthentication set macauthentication password clear macauthentication password set macauthentication port set macauthentication portinitialize set macauthentication portquietperiod clear macauthentication portquietperiod set macauthentication macinitialize set macauthentication reauthentication set macauthentication portreauthenticate set macauthentication macreauthenticate set macauthentication reauthperiod clear macauthentication reauthperiod set macauthentication significant-bits Refer to page... 20-20 20-21 20-22 20-23 20-23 20-23 20-24 20-25 20-25 20-26 20-26 20-27 20-27 20-28 20-28 20-29
20-19
show macauthentication
show macauthentication
UsethiscommandtodisplayMACauthenticationinformationforoneormoreports.
Syntax
show macauthentication [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysMACauthenticationinformationforspecificport(s). Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MACauthenticationinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMACauthenticationinformationforge.2.1through8:
G3(su)->show macauthentication ge.2.1-8 MAC authentication: - enabled MAC user password: - NOPASSWORD Port username significant bits - 48 Port ------ge.2.1 ge.2.2 ge.2.3 ge.2.4 ge.2.5 ge.2.6 ge.2.7 ge.2.8 Port State -------disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Reauth Period ---------3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 Auth Allowed -------1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Auth Allocated --------1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Reauthentications ----------------disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled
20-20
Security Configuration
Table 20-3
Output Field
Port Port State Reauth Period Auth Allowed Auth Allocated Reauthentications
Syntax
show macauthentication session
Parameters
None.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MACsessioninformationwillbedisplayedforallMAC authenticationports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
ChangingtheReauthPeriodwiththesetmacauthenticationreauthperiodcommanddoesnot affectcurrentsessions.Newsessionsdisplaythecorrectperiod.
20-21
set macauthentication
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMACsessioninformation:
G3(su)->show macauthentication session Port MAC Address Duration Reauth Period --------------------- ---------- ------------ge.1.2 00:60:97:b5:4c:07 0,00:52:31 3600 Reauthentications ----------------disabled
Reauthentications
set macauthentication
UsethiscommandtogloballyenableordisableMACauthentication.
Syntax
set macauthentication {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable GloballyenablesordisablesMACauthentication.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballyenableMACauthentication:
G3(su)->set macauthentication enable
20-22
Security Configuration
Syntax
set macauthentication password password
Parameters
password SpecifiesatextstringMACauthenticationpassword.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheMACauthenticationpasswordtomacauth:
G3(su)->set macauthentication password macauth
Syntax
clear macauthentication password
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheMACauthenticationpassword:
G3(su)->clear macauthentication password
Syntax
set macauthentication port {enable | disable} port-string
20-23
Parameters
enable|disable portstring EnablesordisablesMACauthentication. Specifiesport(s)onwhichtoenableordisableMACauthentication.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Enablingport(s)forMACauthenticationrequiresgloballyenablingMACauthenticationonthe switchasdescribedinsetmacauthenticationonpage 2022,andthenenablingitonaportby portbasis.Bydefault,MACauthenticationisgloballydisabledanddisabledonallports.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableMACauthenticationonge.2.1though5:
G3(su)->set macauthentication port enable ge.2.1-5
Syntax
set macauthentication portinitialize port-string
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheMACauthenticationport(s)toreinitialize.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoforcege.2.1through5toinitialize:
G3(su)->set macauthentication portinitialize ge.2.1-5
20-24
Security Configuration
Syntax
set macauthentication portquietperiod time port-string
Parameters
time portstring Periodinsecondstowaitafterafailedauthentication.Bydefault,thisis30 seconds. Specifiestheportsforwhichthequitperiodistobeapplied.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsport1towait5secondsafterafailedauthenticationattemptbeforeanew attemptcanbemade:
G3(su)->set macauthentication portquietperiod 5 ge.1.1
Syntax
clear macauthentication portquietperiod [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheportsforwhichthequietperiodistobereset.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifaportstringisnotspecifiedthenallportswillbesettothedefaultportquietperiod.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleresetsthedefaultquietperiodonport1:
G3(su)->clear macauthentication portquietperiod ge.1.1
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 20-25
Syntax
set macauthentication macinitialize mac-addr
Parameters
macaddr SpecifiestheMACaddressofthesessiontoreinitialize.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoforcetheMACauthenticationsessionforaddress006097b54c07 toreinitialize:
G3(su)->set macauthentication macinitialize 00-60-97-b5-4c-07
Syntax
set macauthentication reauthentication {enable | disable} port-string
Parameters
enable|disable portstring EnablesordisablesMACreauthentication. Specifiesport(s)onwhichtoenableordisableMACreauthentication.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableMACreauthenticationonge.4.1though5:
G3(su)->set macauthentication reauthentication enable ge.4.1-5
20-26
Security Configuration
Syntax
set macauthentication portreauthenticate port-string
Parameters
portstring SpecifiesMACauthenticationport(s)tobereauthenticated.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoforcege.2.1though5toreauthenticate:
G3(su)->set macauthentication portreauthentication ge.2.1-5
Syntax
set macauthentication macreauthenticate mac-addr
Parameters
macaddr SpecifiestheMACaddressofthesessiontoreauthenticate.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoforcetheMACauthenticationsessionforaddress006097b54c07 toreauthenticate:
G3(su)->set macauthentication macreauthenticate 00-60-97-b5-4c-07
20-27
Syntax
set macauthentication reauthperiod time port-string
Parameters
time portstring Specifiesthenumberofsecondsbetweenreauthenticationattempts.Valid valuesare14294967295. Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosettheMACreauthenticationperiod.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ChangingtheReauthPeriodwiththesetmacauthenticationreauthperiodcommanddoesnot affectcurrentsessions.Newsessionswillusethecorrectperiod.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheMACreauthenticationperiodto7200seconds(2hours)on ge.2.1through5:
G3(su)->set macauthentication reauthperiod 7200 ge.2.1-5
Syntax
clear macauthentication reauthperiod [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)ClearstheMACreauthenticationperiodonspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,thereauthenticationperiodwillbeclearedonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
20-28 Security Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballycleartheMACreauthenticationperiod:
G3(su)->clear macauthentication reauthperiod
Syntax
set macauthentication significant-bits number
Parameters
number Specifiesthenumberofsignificantbitstobeusedforauthentication.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThiscommandallowsyoutospecifyamasktoapplytoMACaddresseswhenauthenticating usersthroughaRADIUSserver.Themostcommonuseofsignificantbitmasksisfor authenticationofallMACaddressesforaspecificvendor. OnswitchesusingMACauthentication,theMACaddressofauserattemptingtologinissentto theRADIUSserverastheusername.Ifaccessisdenied,andifasignificantbitmaskhasbeen configured(otherthan48)withthiscommand,theswitchwillapplythemaskandresendthe maskedaddresstotheRADIUSserver.Forexample,ifauserwithMACaddressof0016CF12 3456isdeniedaccess,anda32bitmaskhasbeenconfigured,theswitchwillapplythemaskand resendaMACaddressof0016CF120000totheRADIUSserver. Touseasignificantbitsmaskforauthenticationofdevicesbyaparticularvendor,specifya24bit mask,tomaskouteverythingexceptthevendorportionoftheMACaddress.
Example
ThisexamplesetstheMACauthenticationsignificantbitsmaskto24.
G3(su)->set macauthentication significant-bits 24
Syntax
clear macauthentication significant-bits
20-29
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleresetstheMACauthenticationsignificantbitsto48.
G3(su)->clear macauthentication significant-bits
Commands
For information about... show multiauth set multiauth mode clear multiauth mode set multiauth precedence clear multiauth precedence show multiauth port set multiauth port clear multiauth port show multiauth station show multiauth session show multiauth idle-timeout Refer to page... 20-31 20-31 20-32 20-32 20-33 20-34 20-34 20-35 20-36 20-36 20-37
20-30
Security Configuration
show multiauth
For information about... set multiauth idle-timeout clear multiauth idle-timeout show multiauth session-timeout set multiauth session-timeout clear multiauth session-timeout
show multiauth
Usethiscommandtodisplaymultipleauthenticationsystemconfiguration.
Syntax
show multiauth
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymultipleauthenticationsystemconfiguration:
G3(rw)->show multiauth Multiple authentication system configuration ------------------------------------------------Supported types : dot1x, pwa, mac Maximum number of users : 768 Current number of users : 2 System mode : multi Default precedence : dot1x, pwa, mac Admin precedence : dot1x, pwa, mac Operational precedence : dot1x, pwa, mac
Syntax
set multiauth mode {multi | strict}
20-31
Parameters
multi strict Allowsthesystemtousemultipleauthenticatorssimultaneously(802.1x, PWA,andMACAuthentication)onaport.Thisisthedefaultmode. Usermustauthenticateusing802.1xauthenticationbeforenormaltraffic (anythingotherthanauthenticationtraffic)canbeforwarded.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
MultiauthmultimoderequiresthatMAC,PWA,and802.1Xauthenticationbeenabledglobally, andconfiguredappropriatelyonthedesiredportsaccordingtotheircorrespondingcommand setsdescribedinthischapter.RefertoConfiguring802.1XAuthenticationonpage 2010and ConfiguringMACAuthenticationonpage 2019andConfiguringPortWebAuthentication (PWA)onpage 2057.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenablesimultaneousmultipleauthentications:
G3(rw)->set multiauth mode multi
Syntax
clear multiauth mode
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthesystemauthenticationmode:
G3(rw)->clear multiauth mode
Syntax
set multiauth precedence {[dot1x] [mac] [pwa]}
Parameters
dot1x mac pwa Setsprecedencefor802.1Xauthentication. SetsprecedenceforMACauthentication. Setsprecedenceforportwebauthentication
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Whenauserissuccessfullyauthenticatedbymorethanonemethodatthesametime,the precedenceoftheauthenticationmethodswilldeterminewhichRADIUSreturnedfilterIDwillbe processedandresultinanappliedtrafficpolicyprofile.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetprecedenceforMACauthentication:
G3(rw)->set multiauth precedence mac dot1x
Syntax
clear multiauth precedence
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthemultipleauthenticationprecedence:
G3(rw)->clear multiauth precedence
20-33
Syntax
show multiauth port [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysmultipleauthenticationinformationforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,multipleauthenticationinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymultipleauthenticationinformationforportsge.3.14:
G3(rw)->show multiauth port ge.3.1-4 Port Max Allowed Current users users users ------------ ------------ ---------- ---------- ---------ge.3.1 auth-opt 8 8 0 ge.3.2 auth-opt 8 8 0 ge.3.3 auth-opt 8 8 0 ge.3.4 auth-opt 8 8 0 Mode
Syntax
set multiauth port mode {auth-opt | auth-reqd | force-auth | force-unauth} | numusers numusers port-string
Parameters
mode authopt| authreqd| forceauth| forceunauth Specifiestheport(s)multipleauthenticationmodeas: authoptAuthenticationoptional(nonstrictbehavior).Ifauser doesnotattempttoauthenticateusing802.1x,orif802.1x authenticationfails,theportwillallowtraffictobeforwarded accordingtothedefineddefaultVLAN. authreqdAuthenticationisrequired. forceauthAuthenticationconsidered. forceunauthAuthenticationdisabled.
numusers numusers
Specifiesthenumberofusersallowedauthenticationonport(s).Valid valuesare0to8.
20-34
Security Configuration
portstring
Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetmultipleauthenticationproperties.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheportmultipleauthenticationmodetorequiredonge.3.14:
G3(rw)->set multiauth port mode auth-reqd ge.3.14
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthenumberofusersallowedtoauthenticateonportge.3.14to8:
G3(rw)->set multiauth port numusers 8 ge.3.14
Syntax
clear multiauth port {mode | numusers} port-string
Parameters
mode numusers portstring Clearsthespecifiedportsmultipleauthenticationmode. Clearsthevaluesetforthenumberofusersallowedauthenticationonthe specifiedport. Specifiestheportorportsonwhichtoclearmultipleauthentication properties.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtocleartheportmultipleauthenticationmodeonportge.3.14:
G3(rw)->clear multiauth port mode ge.3.14
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthenumberofusersonportge.3.14:
G3(rw)->clear multiauth port numusers ge.3.14
20-35
Syntax
show multiauth station [mac address] [port port-string]
Parameters
macaddress portportstring (Optional)DisplaysmultipleauthenticationstationentriesforspecificMAC address(es). (Optional)Displaysmultipleauthenticationstationentriesforspecific port(s).
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Defaults
Ifnooptionsarespecified,multipleauthenticationstationentrieswillbedisplayedforallMAC addressesandports.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymultipleauthenticationstationentries.Inthiscase,twoend userMACaddressesareshown:
G3(rw)->show Port -----------ge.1.20 ge.2.16 multiauth station Address type Address ------------ -----------------------mac 00-10-a4-9e-24-87 mac 00-b0-d0-e5-0c-d0
Syntax
show multiauth session [all] [agent {dot1x | mac | pwa}] [mac address] [port port-string]
Parameters
all agentdot1x|mac| pwa macaddress portportstring (Optional)Displaysinformationaboutallsessions,includingthosewith terminatedstatus. (Optional)Displays802.1X,orMAC,orportwebauthenticationsession information. (Optional)Displaysmultipleauthenticationsessionentriesforspecific MACaddress(es). (Optional)Displaysmultipleauthenticationsessionentriesforthe specifiedportorports.
20-36
Security Configuration
Defaults
Ifnooptionsarespecified,multipleauthenticationsessionentrieswillbedisplayedforall sessions,authenticationtypes,MACaddresses,andports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymultipleauthenticationsessioninformationforportge.1.1.
G3(su)->show multiauth session port ge.1.1 __________________________________________ Port | ge.1.1 Station address Auth status | success Last attempt Agent type | dot1x Session applied Server type | radius VLAN-Tunnel-Attr Policy index | 0 Policy name Session timeout | 0 Session duration Idle timeout | 5 Idle time Termination time | Not Terminated
| | | | | | |
00-01-03-86-0A-87 FRI MAY 18 11:16:36 2007 true none Administrator 0,00:00:25 0,00:00:00
Syntax
show multiauth idle-timeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytimeoutvaluesforanidlesessionforallauthenticationtypes.
G3(su)->show multiauth idle-timeout Authentication type Timeout (sec) ------------------- ------------dot1x 0 pwa 0 mac 0
20-37
Syntax
set multiauth idle-timeout [dot1x | mac | pwa] timeout
Parameters
dot1x mac pwa timeout (Optional)SpecifiestheIEEE802.1Xportbasednetworkaccesscontrol authenticationmethodforwhichtosetthetimeoutvalue. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysMACauthenticationmethodfor whichtosetthetimeoutvalue. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysPortWebAuthenticationmethodfor whichtosetthetimeoutvalue. Specifiesthetimeoutvalueinseconds.Thevaluecanrangefrom0to 65535.Avalueof0meansthatnoidletimeoutwillbeappliedunlessan idletimeoutvalueisprovidedbytheauthenticatingserver.
Defaults
Ifnoauthenticationmethodisspecified,theidletimeoutvalueissetforallauthentication methods.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
Ifyousetanidletimeoutvalue,aMACuserwhoseMACaddresshasagedoutoftheforwarding databasewillbeunauthenticatedifnotraffichasbeenseenfromthataddressforthespecifiedidle timeoutperiod. Avalueofzeroindicatesthatnoidletimeoutwillbeappliedunlessanidletimeoutvalueis providedbytheauthenticatingserver.Forexample,ifasessionisauthenticatedbyaRADIUS server,thatservermayencodeaIdleTimeoutAttributeinitsauthenticationresponse.
Example
Thisexamplesetstheidletimeoutvalueforallauthenticationmethodsto300seconds.
G3(su)->set multiauth idle-timeout 300
Syntax
clear multiauth idle-timeout [dot1x | mac | pwa]
20-38
Security Configuration
Parameters
dot1x (Optional)SpecifiestheIEEE802.1Xportbasednetworkaccesscontrol authenticationmethodforwhichtoresetthetimeoutvaluetoits default. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysMACauthenticationmethodfor whichtoresetthetimeoutvaluetoitsdefault. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysPortWebAuthenticationmethodfor whichtoresetthetimeoutvaluetoitsdefault.
mac pwa
Defaults
Ifnoauthenticationmethodisspecified,theidletimeoutvalueisresettoitsdefaultvalueof0for allauthenticationmethods.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleresetstheidletimeoutvalueforallauthenticationmethodsto0seconds.
G3(su)->clear multiauth idle-timeout
Syntax
show multiauth session-timeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readonly.
Example
Thisexampledisplaysthesessiontimeoutvaluesforallauthenticationmethods.
G3(su)->show multiauth session-timeout Authentication type Timeout (sec) ------------------- ------------dot1x 0 pwa 0 mac 0
20-39
Syntax
set multiauth session-timeout [dot1x | mac | pwa] timeout
Parameters
dot1x mac pwa timeout (Optional)SpecifiestheIEEE802.1Xportbasednetworkaccesscontrol authenticationmethodforwhichtosetthesessiontimeoutvalue. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysMACauthenticationmethodfor whichtosetthesessiontimeoutvalue. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysPortWebAuthenticationmethodfor whichtosetthesessiontimeoutvalue. Specifiesthetimeoutvalueinseconds.Thevaluecanrangefrom0to 65535.Avalueof0meansthatnosessiontimeoutwillbeappliedunless asessiontimeoutvalueisprovidedbytheauthenticatingserver.
Defaults
Ifnoauthenticationmethodisspecified,thesessiontimeoutvalueissetforallauthentication methods.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
Avalueofzeromaybesupersededbyasessiontimeoutvalueprovidedbytheauthenticating server.Forexample,ifasessionisauthenticatedbyaRADIUSserver,thatservermayencodea SessionTimeoutAttributeinitsauthenticationresponse.
Example
ThisexamplesetsthesessiontimeoutvaluefortheIEEE802.1Xauthenticationmethodto300 seconds.
G3(su)->set multiauth session-timeout dot1x 300
Syntax
clear multiauth session-timeout [dot1x | mac | pwa]
20-40
Security Configuration
Parameters
dot1x (Optional)SpecifiestheIEEE802.1Xportbasednetworkaccesscontrol authenticationmethodforwhichtoresetthetimeoutvaluetoits default. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysMACauthenticationmethodfor whichtoresetthetimeoutvaluetoitsdefault. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysPortWebAuthenticationmethodfor whichtoresetthetimeoutvaluetoitsdefault.
mac pwa
Defaults
Ifnoauthenticationmethodisspecified,thesessiontimeoutvalueisresettoitsdefaultvalueof0 forallauthenticationmethods.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleresetsthesessiontimeoutvaluefortheIEEE802.1Xauthenticationmethodto0 seconds.
G3(su)->clear multiauth session-timeout dot1x
InordertoauthenticatemultipleRFC3580users,policymaptableresponsemustbesettotunnel asdescribedinthissection.
Note: The G3 cannot simultaneously support Policy and RFC 3580 on the same port. If multiple users are configured to use a port, and the G3 is then switched from "policy" mode to (RFC-3580 "tunnel" mode, the total number of users supported to use a port will be reset to one.
20-41
Commands
For information about... show policy maptable response set policy maptable response set vlanauthorization set vlanauthorization egress clear vlanauthorization show vlanauthorization Refer to page... 20-42 20-42 20-43 20-44 20-44 20-45
Syntax
show policy maptable response
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentpolicymaptableresponsesetting:
G3(rw)->show policy maptable response
policy
Syntax
set policy maptable response {policy | tunnel}
20-42
Security Configuration
set vlanauthorization
Parameters
policy tunnel Setsthemaptableresponsetopolicy.Thisisthedefaultsetting,which allowsauthenticationofupto8multiauthusersperport. Setsthemaptableresponsetotunnel,whichallowsauthenticationofup to8multiauthusersperport.ThissettingisrequiredtoconfigureVLAN authorizationformultipleusersperGigabitport.
Defaults
Settopolicy.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthepolicymaptableresponsetotunnel:
G3(rw)-> set policy maptable response tunnel
set vlanauthorization
EnableordisabletheuseoftheRADIUSVLANtunnelattributetoputaportintoaparticular VLANbasedontheresultofauthentication.
Syntax
set vlanauthorization {enable | disable} [port-string]
Parameters
enable|disable portstring Enablesordisablesvlanauthorization/tunnelattributes. (Optional)SpecifieswhichportstoenableordisabletheuseofVLAN tunnelattributes/authorization.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleport stringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
VLANauthenticationisdisabledbydefault.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableVLANauthenticationforallGigabitEthernetports:
G3(rw)-> set vlanauthorization enable ge.*.*
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableVLANauthenticationforallGigabitEthernetportsonswitch unit/module 3:
G3(rw)-> set vlanauthorization disable ge.3.*
20-43
Syntax
set vlanauthorization egress {none | tagged | untagged} port-string
Parameters
none tagged untagged portstring Specifiesthatnoegressmanipulationwillbemade. Specifiesthattheauthenticatingportwillbeaddedtothecurrenttagged egressfortheVLANIDreturned. Specifiesthattheauthenticatingportwillbeaddedtothecurrent untaggedegressfortheVLANIDreturned(default). Specifiesthattheportorlistofports.towhichthiscommandwillapply. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Bydefault,administrativeegressissettountagged.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheinsertionoftheRADIUSassignedVLANtoan802.1qtag foralloutboundframesforports10through15onunit/modulenumber3.
G3(rw)->set vlanauthorization egress tagged ge.3.10-15
clear vlanauthorization
Usethiscommandtoreturnport(s)tothedefaultconfigurationofVLANauthorizationdisabled, egressuntagged.
Syntax
clear vlanauthorization [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifieswhichportsaretoberestoredtodefault configuration.Ifnoportstringisentered,theactionwillbeaglobal setting.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisentered,allportsawillberesettodefaultconfigurationwithVLAN authorizationdisabledandegressframesuntagged.
20-44
Security Configuration
show vlanauthorization
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowhowtoclearVLANauthorizationforallportsonslots3,4,and5:
G3(rw)->clear vlanauthorization ge.3-5.*
show vlanauthorization
DisplaystheVLANauthenticationstatusandconfigurationinformationforthespecifiedports.
Syntax
show vlanauthorization [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysVLANauthenticationstatusforthespecifiedports.If noportstringisentered,thentheglobalstatusofthesettingisdisplayed. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisentered,thestatusforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThiscommandshowshowtodisplayVLANauthorizationstatusforge.1.1: G3(su)>showvlanauthorizationge.1.1 VlanAuthorization:enabled
port ------ge.1.1 status administrative egress -------- -------------enabled untagged operational egress ----------authenticated vlan id mac address ----------------- -------
20-45
Table 20-5
Output Field
Purpose
Toreview,disable,enable,andconfigureMAClocking.
Commands
For information about... show maclock show maclock stations set maclock enable set maclock disable set maclock clear maclock Refer to page... 20-47 20-48 20-49 20-50 20-50 20-51
20-46
Security Configuration
show maclock
For information about... set maclock static clear maclock static set maclock firstarrival clear maclock firstarrival set maclock agefirstarrival clear maclock agefirstarrival set maclock move set maclock trap
Refer to page... 20-52 20-52 20-53 20-54 20-54 20-55 20-55 20-56
show maclock
UsethiscommandtodisplaythestatusofMAClockingononeormoreports.
Syntax
show maclock [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysMAClockingstatusforspecifiedport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MAClockingstatuswillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMAClockinginformationforge.1.1.
G3(su)->show maclock ge.1.1 MAC locking is globally enabled Port Number ------ge.1.1 Port Trap Status Status ------- -------enabled disabled Aging Status ------enabled Max Static Max FirstArrival Last Violating Allocated Allocated MAC Address ---------- --------------- --------------20 1 00:a0:c9:39:5c:b4
20-47
Table 20-6
Output Field Port Status
Trap Status Aging Status Max Static Allocated Max FirstArrival Allocated Last Violating MAC Address
Syntax
show maclock stations [firstarrival | static] [port-string]
Parameters
firstarrival static portstring (Optional)DisplaysMAClockinginformationaboutendstationsfirst connectedtoMAClockedports. (Optional)DisplaysMAClockinginformationaboutstatic(management defined)endstationsconnectedtoMAClockedports. (Optional)Displaysendstationinformationforspecifiedport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,MAClockinginformationwillbedisplayedforallendstations.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
20-48
Security Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMAClockinginformationfortheendstationsconnectedtoall GigabitEthernetportsinunit/module2:
G3(su)->show maclock stations ge.2.* Port Number MAC Address Status ------------ -----------------------------ge.2.1 00:a0:c9:39:5c:b4 active ge.2.7 00:a0:c9:39:1f:11 active State -------------first arrival static Aging ----true false
Syntax
setmaclockenable[portstring]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)EnablesMAClockingonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MAClockingwillbeenabledglobally.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Whenenabledandconfigured,MAClockingdefineswhichMACaddresses,aswellashowmany MACaddressesarepermittedtousespecificport(s).
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 20-49
MAClockingisdisabledbydefaultatdevicestartup.ConfiguringoneormoreportsforMAC lockingrequiresgloballyenablingitonthedeviceandthenenablingitonthedesiredports.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableMAClockingonge.2.3:
G3(su)->set maclock enable ge.2.3
Syntax
set maclock disable [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisablesMAClockingonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MAClockingwillbedisabledgloballyonthestackorstandalone device.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableMAClockingonge.2.3:
G3(su)->set maclock disable ge.2.3
set maclock
UsethiscommandtocreateastaticMACaddresstoportlocking,andtoenableordisableMAC lockingforthespecifiedMACaddressandport.
Syntax
set maclock mac-address port-string {create | enable | disable}
Parameters
macaddress portstring SpecifiestheMACaddressforwhichMAClockingwillbecreated, enabledordisabled. Specifiestheportonwhichtocreate,enableordisableMAClockingfor thespecifiedMAC.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstring values,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
20-50
Security Configuration
clear maclock
create
enable|disable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ConfiguringaportforMAClockingrequiresgloballyenablingitontheswitchfirstusingtheset maclockenablecommandasdescribedinsetmaclockenableonpage 2049. StaticMAClockingauseronmultipleportsisnotsupported. StaticallyMAClockedaddresseswilldisplayintheshowmacoutput(asdescribedonpage1118) asaddresstypeotherandwillnotremovethemonlinkdown.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateaMAClockingassociationbetweenMACaddress0e03efd8 4455andportge.3.2:
G3(rw)->set maclock 0e-03-ef-d8-44-55 ge.3.2 create
clear maclock
UsethiscommandtoremoveastaticMACaddresstoportlockingentry.
Syntax
clear maclock mac-address port-string
Parameters
macaddress portstring SpecifiestheMACaddressthatwillberemovedfromthelistofstatic MACsallowedtocommunicateontheport. SpecifiestheportonwhichtocleartheMACaddress.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
20-51
Usage
TheMACaddressthatisclearedwillnolongerbeabletocommunicateontheportunlessthefirst arrivallimithasbeensettoavaluegreaterthan0andthislimithasnotyetbeenmet. Forexample,ifuserBsMACisremovedfromthestaticMACaddresslistandthefirstarrival limithasbeensetto0,thenuserBwillnotbeabletocommunicateontheport.IfuserAsMACis removedfromthestaticMACaddresslistandthefirstarrivallimithasbeensetto10,butonlyhas 7entries,userAwillbecomethe8thentryandallowedtocommunicateontheport.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoremoveaMACfromthelistofstaticMACsallowedtocommunicate onportge.3.2:
G3(rw)->clear maclock 0e-03-ef-d8-44-55 ge.3.2
Syntax
set maclock static port-string value
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichtosetthemaximumnumberofstaticMACs allowed.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. SpecifiesthemaximumnumberofstaticMACaddressesallowedper port.Validvaluesare0to20.
value
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthemaximumnumberofallowablestaticMACsto2onge.3.1:
G3(rw)->set maclock static ge.3.1 2
Syntax
clear maclock static port-string
20-52
Security Configuration
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichtoresetnumberofstaticMACaddresses allowed.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthenumberofallowablestaticMACsonge.2.3:
G3(rw)->clear maclock static ge.2.3
Syntax
set maclock firstarrival port-string value
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichtolimitMAClocking.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41. SpecifiesthenumberoffirstarrivalendstationMACaddressestobe allowedconnectionstotheport.Validvaluesare0to600.
value
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Themaclockfirstarrivalcountresetswhenthelinkgoesdown.Thisfeatureisbeneficialifyou haveroamingusersthefirstarrivalcountwillbereseteverytimeausermovestoanotherport, butwillstillprotectagainstconnectingmultipledevicesonasingleportandwillprotectagainst MACaddressspoofing.
Note: Setting a ports first arrival limit to 0 does not deny the first MAC address learned on the port from passing traffic.
20-53
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtorestrictMAClockingto6MACaddressesonge.2.3:
G3(su)->set maclock firstarrival ge.2.3 6
Syntax
clear maclock firstarrival port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportonwhichtoresetthefirstarrivalvalue.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetMACfirstarrivalsonge.2.3:
G3(su)->clear maclock firstarrival ge.2.3
Syntax
set maclock agefirstarrival port-string {enable | disable}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoenableordisablefirstarrivalaging.For adetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. Enableordisablefirstarrivalaging.Bydefault,firstarrivalagingis disabled.
enable|disable
Defaults
None.
20-54
Security Configuration
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleenablesfirstarrivalagingonportge.1.1.
G3(su)-> set maclock agefirstarrival ge.1.1 enable
Syntax
clear maclock agefirstarrival port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtodisablefirstarrivalaging.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledisablesfirstarrivalagingonportge.1.1.
G3(su)-> clear maclock agefirstarrival ge.1.1 enable
Syntax
set maclock move port-string
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichMACwillbemovedfromfirstarrivalMACs tostaticentries.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
None.
20-55
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
IftherearemorefirstarrivalMACsthantheallowedmaximumstaticMACs,thenonlythelatest firstarrivalMACswillbemovedtostaticentries.Forexample,ifyousetthemaximumnumberof staticMACsto2withthesetmaclockstaticcommand,andthenexecutedthesetmaclockmove command,eventhoughtherewerefiveMACsinthefirstarrivaltable,onlythetwomostrecent MACentrieswouldbemovedtostaticentries.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtomoveallcurrentfirstarrivalMACstostaticentriesonportsge.3.140:
G3(rw)->set maclock move ge.3.1-40
Syntax
set maclock trap port-string {enable | disable}
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichMAClocktrapmessagingwillbeenabledor disabled.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41. EnablesordisablesMAClocktrapmessaging.
enable|disable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Whenenabled,thisfeatureauthorizestheswitchtosendanSNMPtrapmessageifanendstation isconnectedthatexceedsthemaximumvaluesconfiguredusingthesetmaclockfirstarrivaland setmaclockstaticcommands.ViolatingMACaddressesaredroppedfromthedevicesfiltering database.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableMAClocktrapmessagingonge.2.3:
G3(su)->set maclock trap ge.2.3 enable
20-56
Security Configuration
Note: One user per PWA-configured port can be authenticated on G-Series devices. PWA authentication does not support RFC-3580 VLAN authorization.
Purpose
Toreview,enable,disable,andconfigurePortWebAuthentication(PWA).
Commands
For information about... show pwa set pwa show pwa banner set pwa banner clear pwa banner set pwa displaylogo set pwa ipaddress set pwa protocol set pwa guestname clear pwa guestname set pwa guestpassword set pwa gueststatus set pwa initialize set pwa quietperiod set pwa maxrequest set pwa portcontrol show pwa session set pwa enhancedmode Refer to page... 20-58 20-59 20-60 20-60 20-61 20-61 20-62 20-62 20-63 20-63 20-64 20-64 20-65 20-65 20-66 20-66 20-67 20-68
20-57
show pwa
show pwa
Usethiscommandtodisplayportwebauthenticationinformationforoneormoreports.
Syntax
show pwa [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysPWAinformationforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,PWAinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPWAinformationforge.2.1:
G3(su)->show pwa ge.2.1 PWA Status PWA IP Address PWA Protocol PWA Enhanced Mode PWA Logo PWA Guest Networking Status PWA Guest Name PWA Redirect Time Port Mode -------- ---------------ge.2.1 disabled enabled 192.168.62.99 PAP N/A enabled disabled guest N/A QuietPeriod ----------60 MaxReq --------16
AuthStatus -------------disconnected
PWA IP Address
PWA Protocol
20-58
Security Configuration
set pwa
Table 20-8
Output Field PWA Logo
PWA Guest Password PWA Redirect Time Port Mode Auth Status Quiet Period
MaxReq
set pwa
Usethiscommandtoenableordisableportwebauthentication.
Syntax
set pwa {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable Enablesordisablesportwebauthentication.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
20-59
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableportwebauthentication:
G3(su)->set pwa enable
Syntax
show pwa banner
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythePWAloginbanner:
G3(su)->show pwa banner Welcome to Enterasys Networks
Syntax
set pwa banner string
Parameters
string SpecifiesthePWAloginbanner.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAloginbannertoWelcometoEnterasysNetworks:
G3(su)->set pwa banner Welcome to Enterasys Networks
20-60
Security Configuration
Syntax
clear pwa banner
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthePWAloginbannertoablankstring
G3(su)->clear pwa banner
Syntax
set pwa displaylogo {display | hide}
Parameters
display|hide DisplaysorhidestheEnterasysNetworkslogowhenthePWAwebsite displays.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtohidetheEnterasysNetworkslogo:
G3(su)->set pwa displaylogo hide
20-61
Syntax
set pwa ipaddress ip-address
Parameters
ipaddress SpecifiesagloballyuniqueIPaddress.Thissamevaluemustbe configuredintoeveryauthenticatingswitchinthedomain.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetaPWAIPaddressof1.2.3.4:
G3(su)->set pwa ipaddress 1.2.3.4
Syntax
set pwa protocol {chap | pap}
Parameters
chap|pap SetsthePWAprotocolto: CHAP(PPPChallengeHandshakeProtocol)encryptstheusername andpasswordbetweentheendstationandtheswitchport. PAP(PasswordAuthenticationProtocoldoesnotprovideany encryptionbetweentheendstationtheswitchport.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetathePWAprotocoltoCHAP:
G3(su)->set pwa protocol chap
20-62
Security Configuration
Syntax
set pwa guestname name
Parameters
name Specifiesaguestusername.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAguestusernametoguestuser:
G3(su)->set pwa guestname guestuser
Syntax
clear pwa guestname
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthePWAguestusername
G3(su)->clear pwa guestname
20-63
Syntax
set pwa guestpassword
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
PWAwillusethispasswordandtheguestusernametograntnetworkaccesstoguestswithout establishedloginnamesandpasswords.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAguestuserpasswordname:
G3(su)->set pwa guestpassword Guest Password: ********* Retype Guest Password: *********
Syntax
set pwa gueststatus {authnone | authradius | disable}
Parameters
authnone authradius Enablesguestnetworkingwithnoauthenticationmethod. EnablesguestnetworkingwithRADIUSauthentication.Uponsuccessful authenticationfromRADIUS,PWAwillapplythepolicyreturnedfrom RADIUStothePWAport. Disablesguestnetworking.
disable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
20-64
Security Configuration
Usage
PWAwilluseaguestpasswordandguestusernametograntnetworkaccesswithdefaultpolicy privilegestouserswithoutestablishedloginnamesandpasswords.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePWAguestnetworkingwithRADIUSauthentication:
G3(su)->set pwa guestnetworking authradius
Syntax
set pwa initialize [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Initializesspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionofpossible portstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,allportswillbeinitialized.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoinitializeportsge.1.57:
G3(su)->set pwa initialize ge.1.5-7
Syntax
set pwa quietperiod time [port-string]
Parameters
time portstring Specifiesquiettimeinseconds. (Optional)Setsthequietperiodforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
20-65
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,quietperiodwillbesetforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAquietperiodto30secondsforportsge.1.57:
G3(su)->set pwa quietperiod 30 ge.1.5-7
Syntax
set pwa maxrequests requests [port-string]
Parameters
maxrequests portstring Specifiesthemaximumnumberoflogonattempts. (Optional)Setsthemaximumrequestsforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,maximumrequestswillbesetforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAmaximumrequeststo3forallports:
G3(su)->set pwa maxrequests 3
Syntax
set pwa portcontrol {enable | disable} [port-string]
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesPWAonspecifiedports.
20-66
Security Configuration
portstring
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,PWAwillenabledonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePWAonports122:
G3(su)->set pwa portcontrol enable ge.1.1-22
Syntax
show pwa session [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysPWAsessioninformationforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 41.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,sessioninformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPWAsessioninformation:
G3(su)->show pwa session Port MAC -------- ----------------ge.2.19 00-c0-4f-20-05-4b ge.2.19 00-c0-4f-24-51-70 ge.2.19 00-00-f8-78-9c-a7 IP --------------172.50.15.121 172.50.15.120 172.50.15.61 User ------------pwachap10 pwachap1 pwachap11 Duration -----------0,14:46:55 0,15:43:30 0,14:47:58 Status --------active active active
20-67
Syntax
set pwa enhancedmode {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesPWAenhancedmode.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePWAenhancedmode:
G3(su)->set pwa enhancedmode enable
Commands
For information about... show ssh status set ssh set ssh hostkey Refer to page... 20-68 20-69 20-69
Syntax
show ssh status
20-68
Security Configuration
set ssh
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySSHstatusontheswitch:
G3(su)->show ssh status SSH Server status: Disabled
set ssh
Usethiscommandtoenable,disableorreinitializeSSHserverontheswitch.Bydefault,theSSH serverisdisabled.
Syntax
set ssh {enable | disable | reinitialize}
Parameters
enable|disable reinitialize EnablesordisablesSSH,orreinitializestheSSHserver. ReinitializestheSSHserver.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableSSH:
G3(su)->set ssh disable
Syntax
set ssh hostkey [reinitialize]
Parameters
reinitialize (Optional)Reinitializestheserverhostauthenticationkeys.
20-69
Defaults
Ifreinitializeisnotspecified,theusermustsupplySSHauthenticationkeyvalues.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoregenerateSSHkeys:
G3(su)->set ssh hostkey reinitialize
Purpose
Toreviewandconfiguresecurityaccesscontrollists(ACLs),whichpermitordenyaccessto routinginterfacesbasedonprotocolandIPaddressrestrictions.
Commands
For information about... show access-lists access-list (standard) access-list (extended) ip access-group Refer to page... 20-70 20-74 20-72 20-74
show access-lists
UsethiscommandtodisplayconfiguredIPaccesslistswhenoperatinginroutermode.
Syntax
showaccesslists[number]
Parameters
accesslist number (Optional)Displaysaccesslistinformationforaspecificaccesslistnumber. Validvaluesarebetween1and199.
Defaults
Ifnumberisnotspecified,theentiretableofaccesslistswillbedisplayed.
20-70
Security Configuration
access-list (standard)
Mode
Anyroutermode.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayIPaccesslistnumber101.Thisisanextendedaccesslist, whichpermitsordeniesICMP,UDPandIPframesbasedonrestrictionsconfiguredwiththeone oftheaccesslistcommands.Fordetailsonconfiguringstandardaccesslists,refertoaccesslist (standard)onpage 2071.Fordetailsonconfiguringextendedaccesslists,refertoaccesslist (extended)onpage 2072.
G3(su)->router#show access-lists 101 Extended IP access list 101 1: permit icmp host 18.2.32.130 any 2: permit udp host 198.92.32.130 host 171.68.225.126 3: deny ip 150.136.0.0 0.0.255.255 224.0.0.0 15.255.255.255 4: deny ip 11.6.0.0 0.1.255.255 224.0.0.0 15.255.255.255 5: deny ip 172.24.24.0 0.0.1.255 224.0.0.0 15.255.255.255
access-list (standard)
UsethiscommandtodefineastandardIPaccesslistbynumberwhenoperatinginroutermode. Thenoformofthiscommandremovesthedefinedaccesslistorentry.
Syntax
To create an ACL entry:
access-list access-list-number {deny | permit} source [source-wildcard] no access-list access-list-number [entry]
Parameters
accesslist number deny|permit source Specifiesastandardaccesslistnumber.Validvaluesarefrom1to99. Deniesorpermitsaccessifspecifiedconditionsaremet. Specifiesthenetworkorhostfromwhichthepacketwillbesent.Valid optionsforexpressingsourceare: sourcewildcard insert|replace entry IPaddressorrangeofaddresses(A.B.C.D) anyAnysourcehost hostsourceIPaddressofasinglesourcehost
20-71
access-list (extended)
movedestination source1source2
Defaults
Ifinsert,replaceormovearenotspecified,thenewentrywillbeappendedtotheaccesslist. Ifsource2isnotspecifiedwithmove,onlyoneentrywillbemoved.
Mode
Globalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
Note: ACLs are not supported on routed VLANs which incorporate LAG ports.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtocreateaccesslist1withthreeentriesthatallowaccesstoonlythose hostsonthethreespecifiednetworks.Thewildcardbitsapplytothehostportionsofthenetwork addresses.Anyhostwithasourceaddressthatdoesnotmatchtheaccesslistentrieswillbe rejected:
G3(su)->router(Config)#access-list 1 permit 192.5.34.0 0.0.0.255 G3(su)->router(Config)#access-list 1 permit 128.88.0.0 0.0.255.255 G3(su)->router(Config)#access-list 1 permit 36.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
Thisexamplemovesentry16tothebeginningofACL22:
G3(su)->router(Config)#access-list 22 move 1 16
access-list (extended)
UsethiscommandtodefineanextendedIPaccesslistbynumberwhenoperatinginroutermode. Thenoformofthiscommandremovesthedefinedaccesslistorentry:
Syntax
To apply ACL restrictions to IP, UDP, ICMP or TCP packets:
access-list access-list-number {deny | permit} protocol source [source-wildcard] [operator [port]] destination [destination-wildcard] no access-list access-list-number [entry]
20-72
Security Configuration
access-list (extended)
Parameters
accesslistnumber deny|permit protocol Specifiesanextendedaccesslistnumber.Validvaluesarefrom100to199. Deniesorpermitsaccessifspecifiedconditionsaremet. SpecifiesanIPprotocolforwhichtodenyorpermitaccess.Validvalues andtheircorrespondingprotocolsare: source ipAnyInternetprotocol udpUserDatagramProtocol tcpTransmissionControlProtocol icmpInternetControlMessageProtocol
sourcewildcard operatorport
destination
Defaults
Ifinsert,replace,ormovearenotspecified,thenewentrywillbeappendedtotheaccesslist. Ifsource2isnotspecifiedwithmove,onlyoneentrywillbemoved. Ifoperatorandportarenotspecified,accessparameterswillbeappliedtoallTCPorUDPports.
Enterasys G-Series CLI Reference 20-73
ip access-group
Mode
Globalconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Config)#
Usage
Accesslistsareappliedtointerfacesbyusingtheipaccessgroupcommandasdescribedinip accessgrouponpage 2074. ValidaccesslistnumbersforextendedACLsare100to199.ForstandardACLs,validvaluesare1 to99.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodefineaccesslist101todenyICMPtransmissionsfromanysource andforanydestination:
G3(su)->router(Config)#access-list 101 deny ICMP any any
ip access-group
Usethiscommandtoapplyaccessrestrictionstoinboundframesonaninterfacewhenoperating inroutermode.Thenoformofthiscommandremovesthespecifiedaccesslist.
Syntax
ip access-group access-list-number in no ip access-group access-list-number in
Parameters
accesslistnumber in Specifiesthenumberoftheaccesslisttobeappliedtotheaccesslist.This isadecimalnumberfrom1to199. Filtersinboundframes.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Interfaceconfiguration:G3(su)>router(Configif(Vlan<vlan_id>))#
Usage
ACLsmustbeappliedperroutinginterface.Anentry(rule)canbeappliedtoinboundframes only.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoapplyaccesslist1forallinboundframesontheVLAN1interface. Throughthedefinitionofaccesslist1,onlyframeswithasourceaddressonthe192.5.34.0/24 networkwillberouted.AlltheframeswithothersourceaddressesreceivedontheVLAN1 interfacearedropped:
G3(su)->router(Config)#access-list 1 permit 192.5.34.0 0.0.0.255 G3(su)->router(Config)#interface vlan 1 G3(su)->router(Config-if(Vlan 1))#ip access-group 1 in
20-74
Security Configuration
Index
Numerics
802.1D 6-1 802.1p 8-15, 9-1 802.1Q 7-1 802.1s 6-1 802.1w 6-1 802.1x 20-5, 20-17 Configuration clearing switch parameters 2-52 modes for router operation 14-2 Configuration Files copying 2-47 deleting 2-47 displaying 2-45 executing 2-46 show running config 2-47 show running-config 15-6 Contexts (SNMP) 5-3 Copying Configuration or Image Files 2-47 Cost area default 16-21 OSPF 16-14, 16-21 Spanning Tree port 6-37 Interface Configuration Mode 15-3 Interface(s) configuring OSPF parameters 16-10 configuring settings for IP 15-1 loopback, configuring 18-9 RIP passive 16-8 RIP receive 16-8 RIP send 16-4 tunnel, configuring 15-7, 18-9 IP access lists 20-71 to 20-72 address, setting for a routing interface 15-5 routes, adding in router mode 15-19 routes, managing in switch mode 11-15 IPv6 about 18-1 addresses, configuring 18-9 addresses, setting 17-3 configuration defaults 18-2 default router, setting 17-5 displaying information 18-19 gateway, setting 17-5 general configuration commands 18-3 interface configuration commands 18-9 management 17-1 Neighbor Discovery Protocol about 18-1 configuring 18-12 displaying cache 17-6 OSPFv3, configuring 19-1 IRDP 16-34
A
Access Groups 20-74 Access Lists 20-71 to 20-72 Addresses MAC, adding entries to routing table 15-5 setting the router ID address 16-11 Advertised Ability 4-14 Alias node 11-31 Area Border Routers (ABRs) 16-20 ARP entries, adding in routing mode 15-12 proxy, enabling 15-13 timeout 15-14 Authentication EAPOL 20-17 MAC 20-19 MD5 16-18 OSPF MD5 16-18 simple password 16-18 Port web 20-57 RADIUS server 20-5, 20-8 SSH 20-69 Auto-negotiation 4-14
D
Defaults CLI behavior, described 1-8 factory installed 1-2 DHCP server, configuring 13-1 DVMRP 16-31 Dynamic policy profile assignment 20-2
E
EAP pass-through 20-2, 20-13 EAPOL 20-17
F
Flow Control 4-18 Forbidden VLAN port 7-13
G
Getting help xxxii GVRP enabling and disabling 7-22 purpose of 7-18 timer 7-23
B
banner motd 2-20 Baud Rate 2-27 Broadcast settings for IP routing 15-15 suppression, enabling on ports 4-28
J
Jumbo Frame Support 4-12
K
Keyword Lookups 1-8
H
Hardware show system 2-13, 2-21 Hello Packets 16-17 Help keyword lookups 1-8 Host VLAN 7-16
L
License key advanced routing 16-1 licenses activating 2-27 license key field descriptions 2-27 Line Editing Commands 1-10 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuring 3-13 Link State Advertisements displaying 16-25 retransmit interval 16-16 transmit delay 16-16 LLDP configuring 3-13
C
CDP Discovery Protocol 3-1 CIDR 16-6 Cisco Discovery Protocol 3-6 Class of Service 8-6, 8-11, 8-15 to 8-21, 9-1 Classification Policies 8-1 Clearing NVRAM 2-52 CLI closing 2-50 scrolling screens 1-9 starting 1-6 Command History Buffer 11-11, 11-12 Command Line Interface. See also CLI
I
ICMP 11-13 IGMP 10-1 enabling and disabling 10-2, 10-9 Image File copying 2-47 downloading 2-35 Ingress Filtering 7-6, 7-9
LLDP-MED configuring 3-13 Lockout set system 2-7 Logging 11-1 Login administratively configured 1-7 default 1-7 setting accounts 2-2 via Telnet 1-7 Loopback interfaces, configuring 18-9
M
MAC Addresses displaying 11-18 MAC Authentication 20-19 MAC Locking 20-46 maximum static entries 20-52 static 20-52 Management VLAN 7-1 MD5 Authentication 16-18 motd 2-20 Multicast 16-45 Multicast Filtering 10-1, 10-2 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) 6-1
priority 16-14 redistribute 16-24 retransmit interval 16-16 timers 16-15 transmit delay 16-16 virtual links 16-23, 16-29 OSPFv3 about 19-1 area configuration commands 19-9 configuration defaults 19-2 configuring 19-1 displaying information 19-27 global configuration commands 19-3 interface configuration commands 19-20
Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping 9-4 Prompt in router mode 14-2 set 2-19 Protocol Independant Multicast 16-45 PWA 20-57
R
RADIUS 20-3 realm 20-5 RADIUS Filter-ID 20-2 attribute formats 20-3 RADIUS server 20-5, 20-8 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 6-1 Redistribute 16-9, 16-24 Related Manuals xxxi Reset 2-52 RFC 3580 20-41 RIP CIDR 16-6 configuration mode, enabling 16-2 configuration tasks 16-1 passive interface 16-8 redistribute 16-9 Router Mode(s) enabling 14-2 Routing Interfaces configuring 15-3 Routing Protocol Configuration DVMRP 16-31 IRDP 16-34 OSPF 16-10 OSPFv3 19-1 RIP 16-1 VRRP 16-38
P
Password aging 2-6 history 2-6, 2-7 set new 2-5 setting the login 2-5 PIM-SM 16-45 Ping 11-13, 15-19 Policy Management assigning ports 8-13 classifying to a VLAN or Class of Service 8-6, 8-11 dynamic assignment of profiles 20-2 profiles 8-1, 8-15 Port Mirroring 4-30 Port Priority configuring 9-1 Port String syntax used in the CLI 4-1 Port Trunking 4-33 Port web authentication configuring 20-57 Port(s) alias 4-9 assignment scheme 4-1 auto-negotiation and advertised ability 4-14 broadcast suppression 4-28 counters, reviewing statistics 4-5 duplex mode, setting 4-9 flow control 4-18 link flap about 4-19 configuration defaults 4-22 configuring 4-21 link traps, configuring 4-19 MAC lock 20-49 priority, configuring 9-1 speed, setting 4-9 status, reviewing 4-3 Power over Ethernet (PoE), configuring 2-30 Priority OSPF 16-14 VRRP 16-41
N
Name setting for a VLAN 7-5 setting for the system 2-22 Neighbor Discovery Protocol configuring 18-12 Neighbors OSPF 16-28 Network Management addresses and routes 11-15 monitoring switch events and status 11-11 Networks OSPF 16-13 Node Alias 11-31 NSSA Areas 16-22 NVRAM clearing 2-52
S
Scrolling Screens 1-9 Secure Shell (SSH) 20-68 enabling 20-69 regenerating new keys 20-69 Security methods, overview of 20-1 Serial Port downloading upgrades via 2-35 show system utilization cpu 2-14 SNMP access rights 5-15 accessing in router mode 5-3 enabling on the switch 5-16 MIB views 5-18 notification parameters 5-28 notify filters 5-28 security models and levels 5-2 statistics 5-3 target addresses 5-25 target parameters 5-22 trap configuration example 5-36 users, groups and communities 5-7
O
OSPF Area Border Routers (ABRs) 16-20 areas, defining NSSAs 16-22 areas, defining range 16-20 areas, defining stub 16-21 configuration mode, enabling 16-12 configuration tasks 16-10 cost 16-14, 16-21 hello packet intervals 16-17 information, displaying 16-25 to 16-29 link state advertisements 16-25 neighbors 16-28 networks 16-13
SNTP 11-25 Spanning Tree 6-1 backup root 6-21 bridge parameters 6-3 features 6-2 port parameters 6-31 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 6-1 Split Horizon 16-7 SSL WebView 2-55 Stub Areas 16-21 Syslog 11-1 System Information displaying basic 2-11 setting basic 2-8
forbidden ports 7-13 host, setting 7-16 ingress filtering 7-6 naming 7-5 RADIUS 20-41 secure management, creating 7-1 VRRP configuration mode, enabling 16-39 creating a session 16-40 enabling on an interface 16-43 priority 16-41 virtual router address 16-40
W
WebView 1-2, 2-53 WebView SSL 2-55
T
Technical Support xxxii Telnet disconnecting 11-14 enabling in switch mode 2-39 Terminal Settings 2-24 TFTP downloading firmware upgrades via 2-35 Timeout ARP 15-14 CLI, system 2-25 RADIUS 20-5 Timers OSPF 16-15 Traceroute in router mode 15-20 Trap SNMP configuration example 5-36 Tunnel Attributes RFC 3580 RADIUS attributes 20-41 Tunnel interfaces about 15-7 configuring 18-9
U
User Accounts default 1-7 setting 2-2
V
Version RIP receive 16-5 RIP send 16-4 Version Information 2-21 Virtual Links 16-23, 16-29 VLANs assigning ingress filtering 7-9 assigning port VLAN IDs 7-6 authentication 20-41, 20-45 classifying to 8-6, 8-11 creating static 7-4 dynamic egress 7-16 egress lists 7-11, 20-44 enabling GVRP 7-18